diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-0.txt | 4425 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 84330 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-8.txt | 4422 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 83174 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 247800 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/19103-h.htm | 5235 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/Uenus.png | bin | 0 -> 411 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/Venus.png | bin | 0 -> 362 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/capI.png | bin | 0 -> 1827 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/capT.png | bin | 0 -> 1556 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/dec_1.png | bin | 0 -> 4723 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/dec_219.png | bin | 0 -> 882 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/dec_A2.png | bin | 0 -> 1852 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/dec_A2b_bottom.png | bin | 0 -> 650 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/dec_A2b_top.png | bin | 0 -> 652 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/dec_A3.png | bin | 0 -> 2496 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/page160.png | bin | 0 -> 29728 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/pic116.png | bin | 0 -> 13074 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/pic126.png | bin | 0 -> 39756 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/pic134.png | bin | 0 -> 7960 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/pic157.png | bin | 0 -> 17798 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/pic161.png | bin | 0 -> 2116 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/pic174.png | bin | 0 -> 8939 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/que_lig.png | bin | 0 -> 534 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/sidenote48.png | bin | 0 -> 477 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/sidenote96.png | bin | 0 -> 1072 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103-h/images/titlepage.png | bin | 0 -> 18282 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103.txt | 4422 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 19103.zip | bin | 0 -> 82990 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
32 files changed, 18520 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/19103-0.txt b/19103-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f857548 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4425 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by John Wilkins + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Discovery of a World in the Moone + Or, A Discovrse Tending To Prove That 'Tis Probable There + May Be Another Habitable World In That Planet + +Author: John Wilkins + +Release Date: August 23, 2006 [EBook #19103] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + + + + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + [Transcriber’s Note: + + Spelling and punctuation are as in the original, including the + consistently “modern” use of V and U. Italic capital V has two forms, + used interchangeably. Since italic capital U does not occur, the + rounded V-form has been transcribed as U. + + Latin quotations were given in italics; the translation was usually + printed with marginal quotation marks. In this e-text, Latin passages + are shown as block quotes (indented) _without_ quotation marks, while + passages with marginal quotes are shown as block quotes _with_ + quotation marks. + + The six Sidenotes shown with an asterisk alongside their number were + printed with an asterisk in the original text; all other notes were + unmarked. + + References from the Sidenotes are identified at the end of the text, + followed by a complete list of errata.] + + * * * * * + * * * * + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: + Sun with six orbits, each with symbol: + Mercurius, Venus, Ceres et Proserpina, Mars, Jupiter, Saturnus + Sun utters: Ame omnes + “Ceres and Proserpina” orbit continuing below sun shows earth with + orbiting moon. + Text on earth orbit: Sua fovent; Vniuersũ ornant. + Text on moon’s orbit: Mutuo se illuminant] + + + THE + DISCOVERY + OF A + WORLD + IN THE + MOONE. + + + or, + + A DISCOVRSE + Tending + TO PROVE + + that ’tis probable there + may be another habitable + World in that Planet. + + + _Quid tibi inquis ista proderunt? Si nihil aliud, + hoc certè, sciam omnia angusta esse._ + SENECA. Præf. ad 1. Lib. _N. Q._ + + [Decoration] + + _LONDON_, + + Printed by _E. G._ for _Michael Sparl_ + and _Edward Forrest_, 1638. + + + + + [Decoration] + + _Perlegi hæc παράδοξα & novitatis graciâ typis + mandari permitto._ + + Mart. 29. 1638. + THO. WEEKES _R.P._ + _Episc. Lond. Cap._ + _Domest._ + + [Decoration] + + + + +To the Reader. + + +_If amongst thy leisure houres thou canst spare any for the perusall of +this discourse, and dost looke to finde somewhat in it which may serve +for thy information and benefit: let me then advise thee to come unto +it with an equall minde, not swayed by prejudice, but indifferently +resolved to assent unto that truth which upon deliberation shall seeme +most probable unto thy reason, and then I doubt not, but either thou +wilt agree with mee in this assertion, or at least not thinke it to be +as farre from truth, as it is from common opinion._ + +_Two cautions there are which I would willingly admonish thee of in the +beginning._ + +1. _That thou shouldst not here looke to find any exact, accurate + Treatise, since this discourse was but the fruit of some lighter + studies, and those too hudled up in a short time, being first + thought of and finished in the space of some few weekes, and + therefore you cannot in reason expect, that it should be so + polished, as perhaps, the subject would require, or the leisure + of the Author might have done it._ + +2. _To remember that I promise onely probable arguments for the + proofe of this opinion, and therefore you must not looke that every + consequence should be of an undeniable dependance, or that the truth + of each argument should be measured by its necessity. I grant that + some Astronomicall appearances may possibly be solved otherwise then + here they are. But the thing I aime at is this, that probably they + may so be solved, as I have here set them downe: Which, if it be + granted (as I thinke it must) then I doubt not, but the indifferent + reader will find some satisfaction in the maine thing that is to be + proved._ + +_Many ancient Philosophers of the better note, have formerly defended +this assertion, which I have here laid downe, and it were to be wished, +that some of us would more apply our endeavours unto the examination of +these old opinions, which though they have for a long time lien +neglected by others, yet in them may you finde many truths well worthy +your paines and observation. Tis a false conceit, for us to thinke, that +amongst the ancient variety and search of opinions, the best hath still +prevailed. Time (saith the learned _Verulam_) seemes to be of the nature +of a river or streame, which carrieth downe to us that which is light, +or blowne up, but sinketh that which is weighty and solid._ + +_It is my desire that by the occasion of this discourse, I may raise up +some more active spirit to a search after other hidden and unknowne +truthes. Since it must needes be a great impediment unto the growth of +sciences, for men still so to plod on upon beaten principles, as to be +afraid of entertaining any thing that may seeme to contradict them. An +unwillingnesse to take such things into examination, is one of those +errours of learning in these times observed by the judicious _Verulam_. +Questionlesse there are many secret truths, which the ancients have +passed over, that are yet left to make some of our age famous for their +discovery._ + +_If by this occasion I may provoke any reader to an attempt of this +nature, I shall then thinke my selfe happy, and this work successefull._ + +Farewell. + + + + + [Decoration] + + +The First Proposition, by way of Preface. + +_That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it + should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly + esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common + consent._ + + +There is an earnestnesse and hungering after novelty, which doth still +adhere unto all our natures, and it is part of that primative image, +that wide extent and infinite capacity at first created in the heart of +man, for this since its depravation in _Adam_ perceiving it selfe +altogether emptied of any good doth now catch after every new thing, +conceiving that possibly it may finde satisfaction among some of its +fellow creatures. But our enemy the divell (who strives still to pervert +our gifts, and beate us with our owne weapons) hath so contriv’d it, +that any truth doth now seeme distastefull for that very reason, for +which errour is entertain’d--Novelty, for let but some upstart heresie +be set abroach, and presently there are some out of a curious humour; +others, as if they watched an occasion of singularity, will take it up +for canonicall, and make it part of their creede and profession; whereas +solitary truth cannot any where finde so ready entertainement; but the +same Novelty which is esteemed the commendation of errour and makes that +acceptable, is counted the fault of truth, and causes that to bee +rejected. How did the incredulous World gaze at _Columbus_ when hee +promised to discover another part of the earth, and he could not for a +long time by his confidence, or arguments, induce any of the Christian +Princes, either to assent unto his opinion, or goe to the charges of an +experiment. Now if he who had such good grounds for his assertion, could +finde no better entertainement among the wiser sort, and upper end of +the World; ’tis not likely then that this opinion which I now deliver, +shall receive any thing from the men of these daies, especially our +vulgar wits, but misbeliefe or derision. It hath alwaies beene the +unhappinesse of new truths in Philosophy, to be derided by those that +are ignorant of the causes of things, and reiected by others whose +perversenesse ties them to the contrary opinion, men whose envious pride +will not allow any new thing for truth which they themselves were not +the first inventors of. So that I may iustly expect to be accused of a +pragmaticall ignorance, and bold ostentation, especially since for this +opinion _Xenophanes_, a man whose authority was able to adde some credit +to his assertion could not escape the like censure from others. For +_Natales Comes_ speaking of that Philosopher,[1] and this his opinion, +saith thus, + + _Nonnulli ne nihil scisse videantur, aliqua nova monstra in + Philosophiã introducunt, ut alicujus rei inventores fuisse appareant._ + + “Some there are who least they might seeme to know nothing, will + bring up monstrous absurdities in Philosophy, that so afterward they + may bee famed for the invention of somewhat.” + +The same author doth also in another place accuse _Anaxagoras_[2] of +folly for the same opinion, + + _Est enim non ignobilis gradus stultitiæ, vel si nescias quid dicas, + tamen velle de rebus propositis hanc vel illam partem stabilire._ + +“’Tis none of the worst kindes of folly, boldly to affirme one side or +other, when a man knows not what to say.” + + [Sidenote 1: _Mytholog. lib. 3. c. 17._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Lib. 7. c. 1._] + +If these men were thus censur’d, I may iustly then expect to be derided +by most, and to be believed by few or none; especially since this +opinion seemes to carry in it so much strangenesse, so much +contradiction to the generall consent of others. But how ever, I am +resolved that this shall not be any discouragement, since I know that it +is not the common opinion of others that can either adde or detract from +the truth. For, + +1. Other truths have beene formerly esteemed altogether as ridiculous + as this can be. + +2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall opinion. + +I shall give an instance of each, that so I may the better prepare the +Reader to consider things without a prejudice, when hee shall see that +the common opposition against this which I affirme cannot any way +derogate from its truth. + +1. Other truths have beene formerly accounted as ridiculous as this, I +shall specifie that of the Antipodes, which have beene denied and laught +at by many wise men and great Schollers, such as were _Herodotus_, St. +_Austin_, _Lactantius_, the _Venerable Bede_, _Lucretius_ the Poet, +_Procopius_, and the voluminous _Abulensis_ with others. _Herodotus_ +counted it so horrible an absurdity, that hee could not forbeare +laughing to thinke of it. Γελῶ δὲ ὁρῶν γῆς περιόδος γράψαντας, +πολλοὺς ἤδη καὶ οὐδένα νόον ἔχοντας ἐξηγησάμενον ὃι Ὠκεανόν τε +ῥεόντα γράφουσι, πέριξ τήν τε γὴν ἐοῦσαν κυκλοτερέα ὡς ἀπὸ τόρνου. + + [Greek: Gelô de horôn gês periodous grapsantas, pollous êdê kai + oudena noon echontas exêgêsamenon hoi Ôkeanon te rheonta graphousi, + perix tên te gên eousan kukloterea hôs apo tornou.] + + “I cannot choose but laugh, (saith he) to see so many men venture to + describe the earths compasse, relating those things that are without + all sense, as that the Sea flowes about the World, and that the earth + it selfe is round as an Orbe.” + +But this great ignorance is not so much to be admired in him, as in +those learneder men of later times, when all sciences began to flourish +in the World. Such was Saint _Austin_ who censures that relation of the +Antipodes to be an incredible fable,[1] and with him agrees the eloquent +_Lactantius_,[2] + + _quid illi qui esse contrarios vestigiis nostris Antipodes putant? + num aliquid loquuntur? aut est quispiam tam ineptus, qui credat esse + homines, quorum vestigia sunt superiora quàm capita? aut ibi quæ apud + nos jacent inversa pendere? fruges & arbores deorsum versus crescere, + pluvias & nives, & grandinem sursum versus cadere in terram? & + miratur aliquis hortor pensiles inter septem mira narrari, quum + Philosophi, & agros & maria, & urbes & montes pensiles faciunt? &c._ + + “What (saith he) are they that thinke there are Antipodes, such as + walke with their feet against ours? doe they speake any likelyhood? + or is there any one so foolish as to believe that there are men whose + heeles are higher than their heads? that things which with us doe lie + on the ground doe hang there? that the Plants and Trees grow + downewards, that the haile, and raine, and snow fall upwards to the + earth? and doe wee admire the hanging Orchards amongst the seven + wonders, whereas here the Philosophers have made the Field and Seas, + the Cities and Mountaines hanging.” + +What shall wee thinke (saith hee in _Plutarch_) that men doe clyng to +that place like wormes, or hang by their clawes as Cats, or if wee +suppose a man a little beyond the Center, to bee digging with a spade? +is it likely (as it must bee according to this opinion) that the earth +which hee loosened, should of it selfe ascend upwards? or else suppose +two men with their middles about the center, the feete of the one being +placed where the head of the other is, and so two other men crosse them, +yet all these men thus situated according to this opinion should stand +upright, and many other such grosse consequences would follow (saith +hee) which a false imagination is not able to fancy as possible. Upon +which considerations, _Bede_[3] also denies the being of any Antipodes, + + _Neque enim Antipodarum ullatenus est Fabulis accommodandus assensus_, + +“Nor should wee any longer assent to the Fable of Antipodes.” So also +_Lucretius_ the Poet speaking of the same subject, sayes: + + _Sed vanus stolidis hæc omnia finxerit error._[4] + + [Sidenote 1: _De civit. Dei. lib. 16. cap. 9._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Institut. l. 3. c. 24._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De ratione temporum, Cap. 32._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De nat. rerum, lib. 1._] + +That some idle fancy faigned these for fooles to believe. Of this +opinion was _Procopius Gazæus_,[1] but he was perswaded to it by another +kinde of reason; for he thought that all the earth under us was sunke in +the water, according to the saying of the Psalmist,[2] Hee hath founded +the Earth upon the Seas, and therefore hee accounted it not inhabited by +any. Nay _Tostatus_ a man of later yeeres and generall learning doth +also confidently deny that there are any such Antipodes, though the +reason which hee urges for it bee not so absurde as the former, for the +Apostles, saith hee,[3] travelled through the whole habitable world, but +they never passed the Equinoctiall; and if you answer that they are said +to goe through all the earth, because they went through all the knowne +world, hee replies, that this is not sufficient, since Christ would have +all men to be saved, and come to the knowledge of his truth,[4] and +therefore ’tis requisite that they should have travelled thither also, +if there had been any inhabitants, especially since he did expressely +command them to goe and teach all nations, and preach the Gospell +through the whole world,[5] and therefore he thinkes that as there are +no men, so neither are there seas, or rivers, or any other conveniency +for habitation: ’tis commonly related of one _Virgilius_, that he was +excommunicated and condemned for a Heretique by _Zachary_ Bishop of +_Rome_, because hee was not of the same opinion. But _Baronius_ +saies,[6] it was because hee thought there was another habitable world +within ours. How ever, you may well enough discerne in these examples +how confident many of these great Schollars were in so grosse an errour, +how unlikely, what an incredible thing it seemed to them, that there +should be any Antipodes, and yet now this truth is as certaine and +plaine, as sense or demonstration can make it. This then which I now +deliver is not to be rejected; though it may seeme to contradict the +common opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Comment. in 1. Cap. Gen._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Psal. 24. 2._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Comment. in_ 1. Genes.] + + [Sidenote 4: 1 Tim. 2. 4.] + + [Sidenote 5: Mat. 28. 19] + + [Sidenote 6: _Annal. Eccles. A.D. 748._] + +2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall consent. I +might instance in many remarkeable examples, but I will onely speake of +the supposed labour of the Moone in her eclipses, because this is +neerest to the chiefe matter in hand, and was received as a common +opinion amongst many of the ancients, and therefore _Plutarch_ speaking +of a Lunary eclipse, relates, that at such times ’twas a custome amongst +the _Romanes_ (the most civill and learned people in the world) to sound +brasse Instruments, and hold great torches toward the heaven. Τῶν δὲ +Ρωμαίων (ὥσπερ ἐστω ἐνομισμένον) χαλκοῦ τε πατάγοις ἀνακαλουμένων +τὸ φῶς αὐτὸς καὶ πυρὰ πολλὰ δαλοῖς καὶ δασσὶν ἀνεχόντων πρὸς τὸν +οὐρανὸν,[1] for by this meanes they supposed the Moone was much eased +in her labours, and therfore _Ovid_ calls such loud Instruments the +auxiliaries or helpes of the Moone.[2] + + _Cum frustra resonant æra auxiliaria Lunæ._ + +and therefore the Satyrist too describing a loud scold, saies, she was +able to make noise enough to deliver the labouring Moone.[3] + + _Vna laboranti poterit succurrere Lunæ._ + + [Sidenote 1: _In vita Paul. Æmil._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Metam. l. 4._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Iuven. Sat. 6_] + +Now the reason of all this their ceremonie, was, because they feared the +world would fall asleepe, when one of its eyes began to winke, and +therefore they would doe what they could by loud sounds to rouse it from +its drowsinesse, and keepe it awake by bright torches, to bestow that +light upon it which it began to lose. Some of them thought hereby to +keepe the Moone in her orbe, whereas otherwise she would have fallen +downe upon the earth, and the world would have lost one of its lights, +for the credulous people believed, that Inchanters, and Witches could +bring the Moone downe, which made _Virgil_ say, + + _Cantus & è cœlo possunt deducere Lunam._ + +And those Wizards knowing the times of her eclipses, would then threaten +to shew their skill, by pulling her out of her orbe. So that when the +silly multitude saw that she began to looke red, they presently feared +they should lose the benefit of her light, and therefore made a great +noise that she might not heare the sound of those Charmes, which would +otherwise bring her downe, and this is rendered for a reason of this +custome by _Pliny_ and _Propertius_: + + _Cantus & è curru lunam deducere tentant, + Et facerent, si non æra repulsa sonent._[1] + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. hist. lib. 2. c. 12._] + +_Plutarch_ gives another reason of it, and he sayes, ’tis because they +would hasten the Moone out of the darke shade wherein shee was involv’d, +that so she might bring away the soules of those Saints that inhabit +within her, which cry out by reason they are then deprived of their +wonted happinesse, and cannot heare the musicke of the Spheares, but are +forced to behold the torments, and wailing of those damned soules which +are represented to them as they are tortured in the region of the aire, +but whether this or what ever else was the meaning of this superstition, +yet certainly ’twas a very ridiculous custome, and bewrayed a great +ignorance of those ancient times, especially since it was not onely +received by the vulgar, such as were men of lesse note and learning, but +believed also, by the more famous and wiser sort, such as were those +great Poets, _Stesichorus_ and _Pindar_. And not onely amongst the more +sottish heathens, who might account that Planet to be one of their Gods, +but the primitive Christians also were in this kinde guilty; which made +S. _Ambrose_ so tartly to rebuke those of his time, when he said, + + _Tum turbatur carminibus Globus Lunæ, quando calicibus turbantur & + oculi_. + +“When your heads are troubled with cups, then you thinke the Moone to be +troubled with charmes.” + +And for this reason also did _Maximus_ a Bishop,[1] write a Homily +against it, wherein hee shewed the absurditie of that foolish +superstition. I remember, that _Ludovicus Uives_ relates a more +ridiculous story of a people that imprisoned an Asse for drinking up the +Moone, whose image appearing in the water was covered with a cloud, as +the Asse was drinking, for which the poore beast was afterward brought +to the barre to receive a sentence according to his deserts, where the +grave Senate being set to examine the matter, one of the Counsell +(perhaps wiser than the rest) rises up, and out of his deepe judgement, +thinkes it not fit that their Towne should lose its Moone, but that +rather the Asse should be cut up, and that taken out of him, which +sentence being approved by the rest of those Politicians, as the +subtillest way for the conclusion of the matter was accordingly +performed. But whether this tale were true or no I will not question, +however there is absurdity enough in that former custome of the +ancients, that may confirme the truth to be proved, and plainly declare +the insufficiency of common opinion to adde true worth or estimation +unto any thing. So that from that which I have said may be gathered thus +much. + + [Sidenote 1: _Turinens. Episc._] + +1. That a new truth may seeme absurd and impossible not onely to the + vulgar, but to those also who are otherwise wise men, and excellent + schollers; and hence it will follow, that every new thing which + seemes to oppose common Principles is not presently to be rejected, + but rather to be pry’d into with a diligent enquiry, since there + are many things which are yet hid from us, and reserv’d for future + discovery. + +2. That it is not the commonnesse of an opinion that can priviledge it + for a truth, the wrong way is sometime a well beaten path, whereas + the right way (especially to hidden truths) may bee lesse trodden + and more obscure. + +True indeed, the strangeness of this opinion will detract much from its +credit; but yet we should know that nothing is in its selfe strange, +since every naturall effect has an equall dependance upon its cause, and +with the like necessity doth follow from it, so that ’tis our ignorance +which makes things appeare so, and hence it comes to passe that many +more evident truths seeme incredible to such who know not the causes of +things: you may as soone perswade some Country peasants that the Moone +is made of greene Cheese (as wee say) as that ’tis bigger than his +Cart-wheele, since both seeme equally to contradict his sight, and hee +has not reason enough to leade him farther than his senses. Nay, suppose +(saith _Plutarch_) a Philosopher should be educated in such a secret +place, where hee might not see either Sea or River, and afterwards +should be brought out where one might shew him the great Ocean telling +him the quality of that water, that it is blackish, salt, and not +potable, and yet there were many vast creatures of all formes living in +it, which make use of the water as wee doe of the aire, questionlesse he +would laugh at all this, as being monstrous lies & fables, without any +colour of truth. Just so will this truth which I now deliver appeare +unto others; because we never dreamt of any such matter as a world in +the Moone, because the state of that place hath as yet been vailed from +our knowledge, therefore wee can scarcely assent to any such matter. +Things are very hardly received which are altogether strange to our +thoughts and our senses. The soule may with lesse difficulty be brought +to believe any absurdity, when as it has formerly beene acquainted with +some colours and probabilities for it, but when a new, and an unheard of +truth shall come before it, though it have good grounds and reasons, yet +the understanding is afraid of it as a stranger, and dares not admit it +into its beliefe without a great deale of reluctancy and tryall. And +besides things that are not manifested to the senses, are not assented +unto without some labour of mind, some travaile and discourse of the +understanding, and many lazie soules had rather quietly repose +themselves in an easie errour, then take paines to search out the truth. +The strangenesse then of this opinion which I now deliver will be a +great hinderance to its beliefe, but this is not to be respected by +reason it cannot bee helped. I have stood the longer in the Preface, +because that prejudice which the meere title of the booke may beget +cannot easily be removed without a great deale of preparation, and I +could not tell otherwise how to rectifie the thoughts of the Reader for +an impartiall survey of the following discourse. + +I must needs confesse, though I had often thought with my selfe that it +was possible there might be a world in the Moone, yet it seemed such an +uncouth opinion that I never durst discover it, for feare of being +counted singular and ridiculous, but afterward having read _Plutarch_, +_Galilæus_, _Keplar_, with some others, and finding many of mine owne +thoughts confirmed by such strong authority, I then concluded that it +was not onely possible there might bee, but probable that there was +another habitable world in that Planet. In the prosecuting of this +assertion, I shall first endeavour to cleare the way from such doubts as +may hinder the speed or ease of farther progresse; and because the +suppositions imply’d in this opinion may seeme to contradict the +principles of reason or faith, it will be requisite that I first remove +this scruple, shewing the conformity of them to both these, and proving +those truths that may make way for the rest, which I shall labour to +performe in the second, third, fourth, and fifth Chapters, and then +proceede to confirme such Propositions, which doe more directly belong +to the maine point in hand. + + + + +Proposition 2. + +_That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of + reason or faith._ + + +Tis reported of _Aristotle_ that when hee saw the bookes of _Moses_ he +commended them for such a majesticke stile as might become a God, but +withall hee censured that manner of writing to be very unfitting for a +Philosopher because there was nothing proved in them, but matters were +delivered as if they would rather command than perswade beliefe. And +’tis observed that hee sets downe nothing himselfe, but he confirmes it +by the strongest reasons that may be found, there being scarce an +argument of force for any subject in Philosophy which may not bee picked +out of his writings, and therefore ’tis likely if there were in reason a +necessity of one onely world, that hee would have found out some such +necessary proofe as might confirme it: Especially since hee labours for +it so much in two whole Chapters. But now all the arguments which he +himselfe urges in this subject,[1] are very weake and farre enough from +having in them any convincing power. Therefore ’tis likely that a +plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of reason. +However, I will set downe the two chiefe of his arguments from his owne +workes, and from them you may guesse the force of the other. The 1. is +this,[2] since every heavy body doth naturally tend downwards, and every +light body upwards, what a hudling and confusion must there bee if there +were two places for gravity and two places for lightnesse: for it is +probable that the Earth of that other World would fall downe to this +Center, and so mutually the aire and fire here ascend to those Regions +in the other, which must needes much derogate from the providence of +nature, and cause a great disorder in his workes. To this I answere, +that if you will consider the nature of gravity, you will plainely see +there is no ground to feare any such confusion, for heavinesse is +nothing else but such a quality as causes a propension in ’its subject +to tend downewards towards its owne Centre, so that for some of that +earth to come hither would not bee said a fall but an ascension, since +it moved from its owne place, and this would bee impossible (saith +_Ruvio_) because against nature,[3] and therefore no more to bee feared +than the falling of the Heavens. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Cœlo_ l. 1. c. 8. 9.] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ibid._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De Cœlo_ l. 1. c. 9. q. 1.] + +Another Argument hee had from his master _Plato_,[1] that there is but +one World, because there is but one first mover, God.[2] + + [Sidenote 1: _Metaphys._ l. 12. c. 8.] + + [Sidenote 2: _Diog. Laert. lib._ 3.] + +But here I may deny the consequence, since a plurality of worlds doth +not take away the unity of the first mover. + + _Vt enim forma substantialis, sic primum efficiens apparentem + solummodo multiplicitatem induit per signatam materiam_ + +(saith a Countreyman of ours.)[1] As the substantiall forme, so the +efficient cause hath onely an appearing multiplicity from its particular +matter. You may see this point more largely handled, and these Arguments +more fully answered by _Plutarch_ in his Booke (why Oracles are silent) +and _Iacob Carpentarius_ in his comment on _Alcinous_. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nic. Hill. de Philosop. Epic. partic. 379._] + +But our opposites the Interpreters themselves, (who too often doe +_jurare in verba magistri_) will grant that there is not any strength in +these consequences, and certainely their such weake arguments could not +convince that wise Philosopher, who in his other opinions was wont to +bee swayed by the strength and power of reason: wherefore I should +rather thinke that he had some by-respect, which made him first assent +to this opinion, and afterwards strive to prove it. Perhaps it was +because hee feared to displease his scholler _Alexander_, of whom ’tis +related[1] that he wept to heare a disputation of another world, since +he had not then attained the Monarchy of this, his restlesse wide heart +would have esteemed this Globe of Earth not big enough for him, if there +had beene another, which made the Satyrist say of him, + + _Æstuat infœlix angusto limite mundi._[2] + + “That he did vexe himselfe and sweate in his desires, as being pend + up in a narrow roome, when hee was confin’d but to one world.” + +Before he thought to seate himselfe next the Gods, but now when hee had +done his best, hee must be content with some equall, or perhaps +superiour Kings. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plutarch. de tranq. anim._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iuvenal._] + +It may be, that _Aristotle_ was moved to this opinion, that hee might +thereby take from _Alexander_ the occasion of this feare and discontent, +or else, perhaps, _Aristotle_ himselfe was as loth to hold the +possibility of a world which he could not discover, as _Alexander_ was +to heare of one which he could not conquer. Tis likely that some such +by-respect moved him to this opinion, since the arguments he urges for +it are confest by his zealous followers and commentators, to be very +sleight and frivolous, and they themselves grant, what I am now to +prove, that there is not any evidence in the light of naturall reason, +which can sufficiently manifest that there is but one world. + +But however some may object, would it not be inconvenient and dangerous +to admit of such opinions that doe destroy those principles of +_Aristotle_, which all the world hath so long followed? + +This question is much controverted by the _Romish_ Divines; _Campanella_ +hath writ a Treatise[1] in defence of it, in whom you may see many +things worth the reading and notice. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilæo._] + +To it I answer, that this position in Philosophy, doth not bring any +inconvenience to the rest, since tis not _Aristotle_, but truth that +should be the rule of our opinions, and if they be not both found +together, wee may say to him, as hee said to his Master _Plato_, + + ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ὄντοιν φίλοιν, ὅσιον προτιμᾶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν + + [Greek: amphoin gar ontoin philoin, hosion protiman tên alêtheian].[1] + + “Though _Plato_ were his friend, yet hee would rather adhere to + truth than him.” + + [Sidenote 1: _Ethic. l. 1. c. 6._] + +I must needs grant, that wee are all much beholden to the industry of +the ancient Philosophers, and more especially to _Aristotle_, for the +greater part of our learning, but yet tis not ingratitude to speake +against him, when hee opposeth truth; for then many of the Fathers would +be very guilty, especially _Iustin_, who hath writ a Treatise purposely +against him. + +But suppose this opinion were false, yet ’tis not against the faith, and +so it may serve for the better confirmation of that which is true; the +sparkes of errour, being forc’d out by opposition, as the sparkes of +fire, by the striking of the flint and steele. But suppose too that it +were hereticall, and against the faith, yet may it be admitted with the +same priviledge as _Aristotle_, from whom many more dangerous opinions +have proceeded: as that the world is eternall, that God cannot have +while to looke after these inferiour things, that after death there is +no reward or punishment, and such like blasphemies, which strike +directly at the fundamentalls of our Religion. + +So that it is justly to be wondred why some should be so superstitious +in these daies, as to sticke closer unto him, than unto Scripture, as if +his Philosophy were the onely foundation of all divine truths. + +Upon these grounds both St. _Uincentius_and _Senafinus_ _de firmo_ (as I +have seene them quoted) thinke that _Aristotle_ was the viol of Gods +wrath, which was powred out upon the waters of Wisedome by the third +Angel;[1] But for my part, I thinke the world is much beholden to +_Aristotle_ for all its sciences. But yet twere a shame for these later +ages to rest our selves meerely upon the labours of our Fore-fathers, as +if they had informed us of all things to be knowne, and when wee are set +upon their shoulders, not to see further then they themselves did. +’Twere a superstitious, a lazie opinion to thinke _Aristotles_ workes +the bounds and limits of all humane invention, beyond which there could +be no possibility of reaching. Certainly there are yet many things left +to discovery, and it cannot be any inconvenience for us, to maintaine a +new truth, or rectifie an ancient errour. + + [Sidenote 1: Rev. 16. 4.] + +But the position (say some) is directly against Scripture, for + +1. _Moses_ tells us but of one world, and his History of the creation +had beene very imperfect if God had made another. + +2. Saint _John_ speaking of Gods workes, saies he made the world, in the +singular number, and therefore there is but one:[1] ’tis the argument of +_Aquinas_, and he thinks that none will oppose it, but such who with +_Democritus_ esteeme some blinde chance, and not any wise providence to +be the framer of all things. + + [Sidenote 1: Part 1. Q. 47. Art. 3.] + +3. The opinion of more worlds has in ancient time beene accounted a +heresie, and _Baronius_ affirmes that for this very reason, _Virgilius_ +was cast out of his Bishopricke, and excommunicated from the Church.[1] + + [Sidenote 1: _Annal. Eccl. A.D. 748._] + +4. A fourth argument there is urged by _Aquinas_, if there be more +worlds than one, then they must either be of the same, or of a diverse +nature, but they are not of the same kinde,[1] for this were needlesse, +and would argue an improvidence, since one would have no more perfection +than the other; not of divers kinds, for then one of them could not be +called the world or universe, since it did not containe universall +perfection, I have cited this argument, because it is so much stood upon +by _Iulius Cæsar la Galla_,[2] one that has purposely writ a Treatise +against this opinion which I now deliver, but the Dilemma is so blunt, +that it cannot cut on either side, and the consequences so weake, that I +dare trust them without an answer; And (by the way) you may see this +Author in that place, where he endeavours to prove a necessity of one +world, doth leave the chiefe matter in hand, and take much needlesse +paines to dispute against _Democritus_, who thought that the world was +made by the casuall concourse of _atoms_ in a great _vacuum_. It should +seeme, that either his cause, or his skill was weake, or else he would +have ventured upon a stronger adversary. These arguments which I have +set downe, are the chiefest which I have met with against this subject, +and yet the best of these hath not force enough to endanger the truth +that I have delivered. + + [Sidenote 1: _Ibid._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De Phænom. in orbe lunæ._] + +Unto the two first it may be answered, that the negative authority of +Scripture is not prevalent in those things which are not the +fundamentalls of Religion. + +But you’le reply, though it doe not necessarily conclude, yet ’tis +probable if there had beene another world, wee should have had some +notice of it in Scripture. + +I answer, ’tis as probable that the Scripture should have informed us of +the Planets they being very remarkable parts of the Creation, and yet +neither _Moses_ nor _Job_, nor the _Psalmes_ (the places most frequent +in Astronomicall observations) mention any of them but the Sunne and +Moone, and moreover, you must know, that ’tis besides the scope of the +Holy Ghost either in the new Testament or in the old, to reveale any +thing unto us concerning the secrets of Philosophy; ’tis not his intent +in the new Testament, since we cannot conceive how it might any way +belong either to the Historicall exegeticall or propheticall parts of +it: nor is it his intent in the old Testament, as is well observed by +our Countrey-man Master WRIGHT.[1] + + _Non Mosis aut Prophetarum institutum fuisse videtur Mathematicas + aliquas aut Physicas subtilitates promulgare, sed ad vulgi captum + & loquendi morem quemadmodum nutrices infantulis solent sese + accommodare._ + + “’Tis not the endeavour of _Moses_ or the Prophets to discover any + Mathematicall or Philosophicall subtilties, but rather to accõmodate + themselves to vulgar capacities, and ordinary speech, as nurses are + wont to use their infants.” + +True indeede, _Moses_ is there to handle the history of the Creation, +but ’tis observed that he does not any where meddle with such matters as +were very hard to be apprehended, for being to informe the common people +as well as others, he does it after a vulgar way, as it is commonly +noted, declaring the originall chiefely of those things which were +obvious to the sense, and being silent of other things, which then could +not well be apprehended. And therefore _Aquinas_ observes,[2] that +_Moses_ writes nothing of the aire, because that being invisible, the +people knew not whether there were any such body or no. And for this +very reason Saint _Austin_ also thinkes that there is nothing exprest +concerning the creation of Angels which notwithstanding are as +remarkable parts of the creatures, and as fit to be knowne as another +world. And therefore the Holy Ghost too uses such vulgar expressions +which set things forth rather as they appeare, then as they are,[3] as +when he calls the Moone one of the greater lights המארת הגדלים whereas +’tis the least, but one that wee can see in the whole heavens. So +afterwards speaking of the great raine which drowned the world,[4] he +saies, the windowes of heaven were opened, because it seemed to come +with that violence, as if it were, poured out from windows in the +Firmament.[5] So that the phrases which the Holy Ghost uses concerning +these things are not to be understood in a literall sense; but rather as +vulgar expressions, and this rule is set downe by Saint _Austin_, where +speaking concerning that in the Psalme, _who stretched the earth upon +the waters_,[6] hee notes, that when the words of Scripture shall +seeme to contradict common sense or experience, there are they to be +understood in a qualified sense, and not according to the letter. And +’tis observed that for want of this rule, some of the ancients have +fastened strange absurdities upon the words of the Scripture. So Saint +_Ambrose_ esteemed it a heresie, to thinke, that the Sunne and starres +were not very hot, as being against the words of Scripture,[7] _Psalm._ +19. 6. where the _Psalmist_ sayes that there is nothing that is hid from +the heate of the Sunne. So others there are that would prove the heavens +not to be round, out of that place, _Psal._ 104. 2. _Hee stretcheth out +the heavens like a curtaine._[8] So _Procopius_ also was of opinion, +that the earth was founded upon the waters, nay, he made it part of his +faith, proving it out of _Psal._ 24. 2. _Hee hath founded the earth upon +the seas, and established it upon the flouds._ These and such like +absurdities have followed, when men looke for the grounds of Philosophie +in the words of Scripture. So that from what hath beene said, I may +conclude that the silence of Scripture concerning any other world is not +sufficient argument to prove that there is none. Thus for the two first +arguments. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Epist. ad Gilbert._] + + [Sidenote 2: Part 1. Q. 68. Art. 3.] + + [Sidenote 3: Gen. 1. 16] + + [Sidenote 4: Gen. 11.] + + [Sidenote 5: Sr. _W. Rawly_ c. 7. §. 6.] + + [Sidenote 6: l. 2. in Gen. / Psal. 136. 6.] + + [Sidenote 7: Wisd. 2. 4. 17. 5. / Ecclus. 43. 3. 4.] + + [Sidenote 8: _Com. in c. 1. Gen._] + +Unto the third, I may answer, that this very example is quoted by +others, to shew the ignorance of those primative times, who did +sometimes condemne what they did not understand, and have often censur’d +the lawfull & undoubted parts of Mathematiques for hereticall, because +they themselves could not perceive a reason of it, and therefore their +practise in this particular, is no sufficient testimony against us. + +But lastly I answer to all the above named objections, that the terme +World, may be taken in a double sense, more generally for the whole +Universe, as it implies in it the elementary and æthereall bodies, the +starres and the earth. Secondly, more particularly for an inferiour +World consisting of elements. Now the maine drift of all these +arguments, is to confute a plurality of worlds in the first sense, and +if there were any such, it might, perhaps, seeme strange, that _Moses_, +or St. _John_ should either not know, or not mention its creation. And +_Virgilius_ was condemned for this opinion, because he held, _quòd sit +alius mundus sub terrâ, aliusque Sol & Luna_, (as _Baronius_) that +within our globe of earth, there was another world, another Sunne and +Moone, and so he might seeme to exclude this from the number of the +other creatures. + +But now there is no such danger in this opinion, which is here +delivered, since this world said to be in the Moone, whose creation is +particularly exprest. + +So that in the first sense I yeeld, that there is but one world, which +is all that the arguments do prove, but understand it in the second +sense, and so I affirme there may be more nor doe any of the above named +objections prove the cõtrary. + +Neither can this opinion derogate from the divine Wisdome (as _Aquinas_ +thinkes) but rather advance it, shewing a _compendium_ of providence, +that could make the same body a world, and a Moone; a world for +habitation, and a Moone for the use of others, and the ornament of the +whole frame of Nature. For as the members of the body serve not onely +for the preservation of themselves, but for the use and conveniency of +the whole, as the hand protects the head as well as saves it selfe,[1] +so is it in the parts of the Universe, where each one may serve, as well +for the conservation of that which is within it, as the helpe of others +without it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cusanus de doct. ignor. l. 2. c. 12._] + +I have now in some measure, shewed that a plurality of worlds does not +contradict any principle of reason or place of Scripture, and so cleared +the first part of that supposition which is applied in the opinion. + +It may next be enquired; whether ’tis possible there may be a globe of +elements in that which we call the æthereall parts of the Universe; for +if this (as it is according to the common opinion) be priviledged from +any change or corruption, it will be in vaine then to imagine any +element there, and if we will have another world, we must then seeke out +some other place for its situation. The third Proposition therefore +shall be this. + + + + +Proposition 3. + +_That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can + priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these + inferiour bodies are liable unto._ + + +It hath beene often questioned amongst the ancient Fathers and +Philosophers, what kind of matter that should be, of which the heavens +are framed, whether or no of any fifth substance distinct from the foure +elements, as _Aristotle_[1] holds, and with him some of the late +Schoolemen, whose subtill braines could not be content to attribute to +those vast glorious bodies, but common materialls, and therefore they +themselves had rather take paines to preferre them to some extraordinary +nature, whereas notwithstanding, all the arguments they could invent, +were not able to convince a necessity of any such matter, as is confest +by their owne[2]* side. It were much to be desired, thst these men had +not in other cases, as well as this, multiplied things without +necessity, and as if there had not beene enough to be knowne in the +secrets of nature, have spun out new subjects from their owne braines to +finde more worke for future ages, I shall not mention their arguments, +since ’tis already confest, that they are none of them of any necessary +consequence, and besides, you may see them set downe in any of the +bookes _de Cœlo._ + + [Sidenote 1: _De Cœlo., l. 1. cap. 2._] + + [Sidenote 2*: _Colleg. Cannimb. De Cœlo. l. 1. c. 2. q. 6. art. 3._] + +But is it the generall consent of the Fathers, and the opinion of +_Lombard_, that the heavens consist of the same matter with these +sublunary bodies. St. _Ambrose_ is confident of it, that hee esteemes +the contrary a heresie.[1] True indeed, they differ much among +themselves, some thinking them to be made of fire, others of water, but +herein they generally agree, that they are all framed of some element or +other. For a better confirmation of this, you may see _Ludovicus +Molina_, _Euseb. Nirembergius_, with divers others.[2] The venerable +_Bede_ thought the Planets to consist of all the foure elements, and +’tis likely that the other parts are of an aereous substance,[3] as will +be shewed afterward; however, I cannot now stand to recite the arguments +for either, I have onely urged these Authorities to countervaile +_Aristotle_, and the Schoolemen, and the better to make way for a proof +of their corruptibility. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Hexam. lib. 4._] + + [Sidenote 2: _In opere 6. dierum. disput. 5._] + + [Sidenote 3: _In lib. de Mundi constit._] + +The next thing then to be enquired after, is, whether they be of a +corruptible nature, [1]not whether they can be destroyed by God, for +this Scripture puts out of doubt. + + [Sidenote 1: 2 Pet. 3. 12.] + +Nor whether or no in a long time they would weare away and grow worse, +for from any such feare they have beene lately priviledged.[1] But +whether they are capable of such changes and vicissitudes, as this +inferiour world is liable unto. + + [Sidenote 1: By Doctor _Hackwell_ _Apol._] + +The two chiefe opinions concerning this, have both erred in some +extremity, the one side going so farre from the other, that they have +both gone beyond the right, whilest _Aristotle_ hath opposed the truth, +as well as the Stoicks. + +Some of the Ancients have thought, that the heavenly bodies have stood +in need of nourishment from the elements, by which they were continually +fed, and so had divers alterations by reason of their food, this is +fathered on _Heraclitus_,[1] followed by that great Naturalist +_Pliny_,[2] and in generall attributed to all the Stoicks. You may see +_Seneca_ expressely to this purpose in these words, + + _Ex illa alimenta omnibus animalibus, omnibus satis, omnibus stellis + dividuntur, hinc profertur quo sustineantur tot Sydera tam exercitata, + tam avida, per diem, noctemque, ut in opere, ita in pastu._[3] + +Speaking of the earth, he saies, from thence it is, that nourishment is +divided to all the living creatures, the Plants and the Starres, hence +were sustained so many constellations, so laborious, so greedy both day +and night, as well in their feeding as working. Thus also _Lucan_ sings, + + _Necnon Oceano pasci Phœbumque polumque credimus._ + + [Sidenote 1: _Plutarch. de plac. philos. l. 2. c. 17._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 9._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Nat. Quæst. lib. 2. cap. 5._] + +Unto these _Ptolome_[1] also that learned Egyptian seemed to agree, when +he affirmes that the body of the Moone is moister, and cooler than any +of the other Planets, by reason of the earthly vapours that are exhaled +unto it. You see these ancients thought the Heavens to be so farre from +this imagined incorruptibility, that rather like the weakest bodies they +stood in need of some continuall nourishment without which they could +not subsist. + + [Sidenote 1: _I{o} Apost._] + +But _Aristotle_ and his followers were so farre from this,[1] that they +thought those glorious bodies could not containe within them any such +principles, as might make them lyable to the least change or corruption, +and their chiefe reason was, because we could not in so long a space +discerne any alteration amongst them; but unto this I answer. + + [Sidenote 1: _De cœlo. l. 1. cap. 3._] + +1. Supposing we could not, yet would it not hence follow[1] that there +were none, as hee himselfe in effect doth confesse in another place; for +speaking concerning our knowledge of the Heavens, hee sayes ’tis very +imperfect and difficult, by reason of the vaste distance of those bodies +from us, and because the changes which may happen unto it, are not +either bigge enough or frequent enough to fall within the apprehension +and observation of our senses; no wonder then if hee himselfe bee +deceived in his assertions concerning these particulars. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Cœlo. l. 2. cap. 3._] + +2. Though we could not by our senses see such alterations, yet our +reason might perhaps sufficiently convince us of them. Nor can we well +conceive how the Sunne should reflect against the Moone, and yet not +produce some alteration of heate. _Diogenes_ the Philosopher was hence +perswaded that those scorching heates had burnt the Moone into the forme +of a Pumice-stone. + +3. I answer that there have been some alterations observed there; +witnesse those comets which have beene seene above the Moone. So that +though _Aristotles_ consequence were sufficient, when hee proved that +the heavens were not corruptible, because there have not any changes +being observed in it, yet this by the same reason must bee as prevalent, +that the Heavens are corruptible, because there have beene so many +alterations observed there; but of these together with a farther +confirmation of this proposition, I shall have occasion to speake +afterwards; In the meane space, I will referre the Reader to that worke +of _Scheiner_ a late Jesuit which hee titles his _Rosa Vrsina_,[1] where +hee may see this point concerning the corruptibility of the Heavens +largely handled and sufficiently confirmed. + + [Sidenote 1: _lib. 4. p. 2. cy.24, 35._] + +There are some other things, on which I might here take an occasion to +enlarge my selfe, but because they are directly handled by many others, +and doe not immediately belong to the chiefe matter in hand, I shall +therefore referre the Reader to their authors, and omit any large proofe +of them my selfe, as defining all possible brevity. + +1. The first is this: That there are no solid Orbes. If there be a +habitable World in the Moone (which I now affirme) it must follow, that +her Orbe is not solid, as _Aristotle_ supposed; and if not her, why any +of the other? I rather thinke that they are all of a fluid (perhaps +aereous) substance. Saint _Ambrose_, and Saint _Basil_[1] did endeavour +to prove this out of that place in _Isay_,[2] where they are compared to +smoake, as they are both quoted by _Rhodiginus_, _Eusebius_, +_Nierembergius_[3] doth likewise from that place confute the solidity +and incorruptibility of the Heavens, and cites for the same +interpretation the authority of _Eustachius_ of _Antioch_; and Saint +_Austin_,[4] I am sure seemes to assent unto this opinion, though he +does often in his other workes contradict it. The testimony of other +Fathers to this purpose you may see in _Sixtus Senensis. l. 5. Biblioth. +annot. 14._ but for your better satisfaction herein, I shall referre you +to the above named _Scheiner_ in his _Rosa Ursina_,[5] in whom you may +see both authorities and reason, and very largely and distinctly set +downe for this opinion, for the better confirmation of which hee +adjoynes also some authenticall Epistles of _Fredericus Cæsius Lynceus_ +a Noble Prince written to _Bellarmine_, containing divers reasons to the +same purpose, you may also see the same truth set downe by _Johannes +Pena_ in his preface to _Euclids Opticks_, and _Christoph. Rothmannus_, +both who thought the Firmament to bee onely aire: and though the noble +_Tycho_[6] doe dispute against them, yet he himselfe holds, + + _Quod propius ad veritatis penetralia accedit hæc opinio, quam + Aristotelica vulgariter approbata, quæ cœlum pluribus realibus atque + imperviis orbibus citra rem replevit._ + + “That this opinion comes neerer to the truth than that common one + of _Aristotle_ which hath to no purpose filled the heavens with such + reall and impervious Orbes.” + + [Sidenote 1: _Isa. 51. 6._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Hist. nat. l. 2. c. 11. 13._] + + [Sidenote 4: _In lib. sup. Gen. ad lit._] + + [Sidenote 5: _lib. 4. p. 11, 2. c. 7. 26, 30._] + + [Sidenote 6: _De stella. 15. 72. l. 6. c. 9._] + +2. There is no element of fire, which must be held with this opinion +here delivered; for if wee suppose a world in the Moone, then it will +follow, that the spheare of fire, either is not there where ’tis usually +placed in the concavity of his Orbe, or else that there is no such thing +at all, which is most probable, since there are not any such solid Orbs, +that by their swift motion might heare and enkindle the adjoyning aire, +which is imagined to be the reason of that element. Concerning this see +_Cardan_, _Iohannes Pena_ that learned _Frenchman_, the noble _Tycho_, +with divers others who have purposely handled this proposition. + +3. I might adde a third, _viz._ that there is no Musicke of the +spheares, for if they be not solid, how can their motion cause any such +sound as is conceived? I doe the rather medle with this, because +_Plutarch_ speaks as if a man might very conveniently heare that +harmony, if he were an inhabitant in the Moone. But I guesse that hee +said this out of incogitancy, and did not well consider those necessary +consequences which depended upon his opinion. However the world would +have no great losse in being deprived of this Musicke, unlesse at some +times we had the priviledge to heare it: Then indeede _Philo_ the Jew[1] +thinkes it would save us the charges of diet, and we might live at an +easie rate by feeding at the eare onely, and receiving no other +nourishment; and for this very reason (saies he) was _Moses_ enabled to +tarry forty daies and forty nights in the Mount without eating any +thing, because he there heard the melody of the Heavens,--_Risum +teneatis_. I know this Musicke hath had great patrons both sacred and +prophane authours, such as _Ambrose_, _Bede_, _Boetius_, _Anselme_, +_Plato_, _Cicero_ and others, but because it is not now, I thinke +affirmed by any, I shall not therefore bestow either paines or time in +arguing against it. + + [Sidenote 1: _De somniis._] + +It may suffice that I have onely named these three last, and for the two +more necessary, have referred the Reader to others for satisfaction. I +shall in the next place proceede to the nature of the Moones body, to +know whether that be capable of any such conditions, as may make it +possible to be inhabited, and what those qualities are wherein it more +neerely agrees with our earth. + + + + +Proposition 4. + +_That the Moone is a solid, compacted, opacous body._ + + +I shall not need to stand long in the proofe of this proposition, since +it is a truth already agreed on by the generall consent of the most and +the best Philosophers. + +1. It is solid in opposition to fluid, as is the ayre, for how otherwise +could it beare backe the light which it receives from the Sunne? + +But here it may be questioned, whether or no the Moone bestow her light +upon us by the reflection of the Sunne-beames from the superficies of +her body, or else by her owne illumination. Some there are who affirme +this latter part. So _Averroes_, _Cælius Rhodiginus_, _Iulius Cæsar_, +_&c._ and their reason is because this light is discerned in many +places,[1] whereas those bodies which give light by reflexion can there +onely be perceived where the angle of reflexion is equall to the angle +of incidence, and this is onely in one place, as in a looking-glasse +those beames which are reflected from it cannot bee perceived in every +place where you may see the glasse, but onely there where your eye is +placed on the same line whereon the beames are reflected. + + [Sidenote 1: _De cœlo. l. 2. com. 49._ + _Ant. lection. l. 20. c. 4._ + _De phænom. lunæ. c. 11._] + +But to this I answere, that the argument will not hold of such bodies, +whose superficies is full of unequall parts and gibbosities as the Moone +is. Wherefore it is as well the more probable as the more common +opinion, that her light proceedes from both these causes, from reflexion +and illumination; nor doth it herein differ from our earth, since that +also hath some light by illumination: for how otherwise would the parts +about us in a Sunne-shine day appeare so bright, when as all the rayes +of reflexion cannot enter into our eye? + +2. It is compact, and not a spungie and porous substance.[1] But this is +denied by _Diogenes_, _Vitellio_, and _Reinoldus_, and some others, who +held the Moone to bee of the same kind of nature as a Pumice-stone, and +this, say they, is the reason why in the Suns eclipses there appeares +within her a duskish ruddy colour, because the Sunne-beames being +refracted in passing through the pores of her body, must necessarily be +represented under such a colour. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de pla. phil. l. 2. c. 13._ + _Opt. l. 4._ + _Com. Purbac. Theo. p. 164._] + +But I reply, if this be the cause of her rednesse; then why doth she not +appeare under the same forme when she is about a sextile aspect, and the +darkned part of her body is discernable? for then also doe the same +rayes passe through her, and therefore in all likelihood should produce +the same effect, and notwithstanding those beames are then diverted from +us, that they cannot enter into our eyes by a streight line, yet must +the colour still remaine visible in her body,[1] and besides according +to this opinion, the spots would not alwaies be the same, but divers, as +the various distance of the Sunne requires. Againe, if the Sunne-beames +did passe through her, why then hath she not a taile as the Comets? why +doth she appeare in such an exact round? and not rather attended with a +long flame, since it is meerely this penetration of the Sunne beames +that is usually attributed to be the cause of beards in blazing starres. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scaliger exercit. 80. § 13._] + +3. It is opacous, not transparent or diaphanous like Chrystall or +glasse,[1] as _Empedocles_ thought, who held the Moone to bee a globe of +pure congealed aire, like haile inclosed in a spheare of fire, for then. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de fa. lunæ._] + +1. Why does shee not alwaies appeare in the full? since the light is +dispersed through all her body? + +2. How can the interposition of her body so darken the Sun, or cause +such great eclipses as have turned day into night,[1] that have +discovered the stars, and frighted the birds with such a sudden +darknesse, that they fell downe upon the earth, as it is related in +divers Histories? And therefore _Herodotus_ telling of an Eclipse which +fell in _Xerxes_ time, describes it thus:[2] ὁ ἥλιος ἐκλιπὼν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ +οὐρανοῦ ἕδρην ἀφανὴς ἦν. The Sunne leaving his wonted seate in the +heavens, vanished away: all which argues such a great darknesse, as +could not have beene, if her body had beene perspicuous. Yet some there +are who interpret all these relations to bee hyperbolicall expressions, +and the noble _Tycho_ thinkes it naturally impossible, that any eclipse +should cause such darknesse, because the body of the Moone can never +totally cover the Sunne; however, in this he is singular, all other +Astronomers (if I may believe _Keplar_) being on the contrary opinion, +by reason the Diameter of the Moone does for the most part appeare +bigger to us then the Diameter of the Sunne. + + [Sidenote 1: _Thucid._ + _Livii._ + _Plut. de fa. Lunæ._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Herodot. l. 7 c. 37._] + +But here _Julius Cæsar_[1] once more, puts in to hinder our passage. The +Moone (saith he) is not altogether opacous, because ’tis still of the +same nature with the Heavens, which are incapable of totall opacity: and +his reason is, because perspicuity is an inseparable accident of those +purer bodies, and this hee thinkes must necessarily bee granted, for hee +stops there, and proves no further; but to this I shall deferre an +answere, till hee hath made up his argument. + + [Sidenote 1: _De phænom. Lunæ. c. 11._] + +We may frequently see, that her body does so eclipse the Sunne, as our +earth doth the Moone; since then the like interposition of them both, +doth produce the like effect, they must necessarily be of the like +natures, that is a like opacous, which is the thing to be shewed; and +this was the reason (as the Interpreters guesse) why _Aristotle_ +affirmed the Moone to be of the earths nature,[1] because of their +agreement in opacity, whereas all the other elements save that, are in +some measure perspicuous. + + [Sidenote 1: _In lib. de animalib._] + +But the greatest difference which may seeme to make our earth altogether +unlike the Moone, is, because the one is a bright body, and hath light +of its owne, and the other a grosse dark body which cannot shine at all. +’Tis requisite therefore, that in the next place I cleare this doubt, +and shew that the Moone hath no more light of her owne than our earth. + + + + +Proposition 5. + +_That the Moone hath not any light of her owne._ + + +Twas the fancy of some of the Jewes, and more especially of _Rabbi +Simeon_, that the Moone was nothing else but a contracted Sunne,[1] and +that both those planets at their first creation were equall both in +light and quantity, for because God did then call them both great +lights, therefore they inferred, that they must be both equall in +bignesse. But a while after (as the tradition goes) the ambitious Moone +put up her complaint to God against the Sunne, shewing, that it was not +fit there should be two such great lights in the heavens, a Monarchy +would best become the place of order and harmony. Upon this God +commanded her to contract her selfe into a narrower compasse, but she +being much discontented hereat, replies, What! because I have spoken +that which is reason and equity, must I therefore be diminished? This +sentence could not chuse but much trouble her; and for this reason was +shee in much distresse and griefe for a long space, but that her sorrow +might be some way pacified, God bid her be of good cheere, because her +priviledges and charet should be greater then the Suns, he should +appeare in the day timeonely, shee both in the day and night, but her +melancholy being not satisfied with this, shee replyed againe, that that +alas was no benefit, for in the day-time she should be either not seene, +or not noted. Wherefore, God to comfort her up, promised, that his +people the Israelites should celebrate all their feasts and holy daies +by a computation of her moneths, but this being not able to content her, +shee has looked very melancholy ever since; however shee hath still +reserved much light of her owne. + + [Sidenote 1: _Tostatus in 1. Gen._ + _Hieron. de 5. Hide._ + _Hebræonia l. 2. c. 4._] + +Others there were, that did thinke the Moone to be a round globe, the +one halfe of whole body was of a bright substance, the other halfe being +darke, and the divers conversions of those sides towards our eyes, +caused the variety of her appearances: of this opinion was _Berosus_, as +he is cited by _Vitruvius_,[1] and St. _Austin_[2] thought it was +probable enough, but this fancy is almost equally absurd with the +former, and both of them sound rather like fables, then philosophicall +truths. You may commonly see how this latter does contradict frequent +and easie experience, for ’tis observed, that that spot which is +perceived about her middle, when she is in the increase, may be +discern’d in the same place when she is in the ful: whence it must +follow, that the same part which was before darkened, is after +inlightened, and that the one part is not alwaies darke, and the other +light of it selfe, but enough of this, I would be loth to make an enemy, +that I may afterwards overcome him, or bestow time in proving that which +is already granted. I suppose now, that neither of them hath any +patrons, and therefore need no confutation. + + [Sidenote 1: _Lib. 9. Architecturæ._] + + [Sidenote 2: _in enarrat. Psalmorum._] + +’Tis agreed upon by all sides, that this Planet receives most of her +light from the Sunne, but the chiefe controversie is, whether or no she +hath any of her owne? The greater multitude affirme this. _Cardan_ +amongst the rest, is very confident of it, and he thinkes that if any of +us were in the Moone at the time of her greatest eclipse,[1] + + _Lunam aspiceremus non secus ac innumeris cereis splendidissimis + accensis, atque in eas oculis defixis cæcutiremus_; + +“wee should perceive so great a brightnesse of her owne, that would +blind us with the meere sight,” and when shee is enlightened by the +Sunne, then no eagles eye if there were any there, is able to looke upon +her. This _Cardan_ saies, and hee doth but say it without bringing any +proofe for its confirmation. However, I will set downe the arguments +that are usually urged for this opinion, and they are taken either from +Scripture or reason; from Scripture is urged that place, _1 Cor. 15._ +where it is said, _There is one glory of the Sunne, and another glory +of the Moone_. _Vlysses Albergettus_ urges, that in _Math. 24. 22._ +ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς, _The Moone shall not give her +light_: therefore (saies he) she hath some of her owne. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Subtil. lib. 3._] + +But to these wee may easily answer that the glory and light there spoken +of, may be said to be hers, though it be derived, as you may see in many +other instances. + +The arguments from reason are taken either + +1. From that light which is discerned in her, when there is a totall +eclipse of her owne body, or of the Sunne. + +2. For the light which is discerned in the darker part of her body, when +she is but a little distant from the Sunne. + +1. For when there are any totall eclipses, there appeares in her body a +great rednesse, and many times light enough to cause a remarkeable +shade, as common experience doth sufficiently manifest: but this cannot +come from the Sunne, since at such times either the earth, or her owne +body shades her from the Sun-beames, therefore it must proceede from her +owne light. + +2. Two or three daies after the new Moone, wee may perceive light in her +whole body, whereas the rayes of the Sun reflect but upon a small part +of that which is visible, therefore ’tis likely that there is some light +of her owne. + +In answering to these objections, I shall first shew, that this light +cannot be her owne, and then declare that which is the true reason of +it. + +That it is not her own, appeares + +1. From the variety of it at divers times; for ’tis commonly observed, +that sometimes ’tis of a brighter, sometimes of a darker appearance, now +redder, and at another time of a more duskish colour. The observation of +this variety in divers eclipses, you may see set downe by _Keplar_[1] +and many others, but now this could not be if that light were her owne, +that being constantly the same, and without any reason of such an +alteration: So that thus I may argue. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. Astron. c. 7. num. 3._] + +If there were any light proper to the Moone, then would that Planet +appeare brightest when she is eclipied in her Perige, being neerest to +the earth, and so consequently more obscure and duskish when she is in +her Apoge or farthest from it; the reason is, because the neerer any +enlightened body comes to the sight, by so much the more strong are the +species and the better perceived. This sequell is granted by some of our +adversaries, and they are the very words of noble _Tycho_,[1] + + _Si luna genuino gauderet lumine, utique cum in umbra terræ esset, +illud non amitteret, sed eò evidentiùs exereret, omne enim lumen in +tenebris, plus splendet cum alio majore fulgore non præpeditur._ + +If the Moone had any light of her owne, then would she not lose it in +the earths shadow, but rather shine more clearely, since every light +appeares greater in the darke, when it is not hindered by a more +perspicuous brightnesse. + + [Sidenote 1: _De nova stella lib. 1. c. 10._] + +But now the event falls out cleane contrary, (as observation doth +manifest, and our opposites themselves doe grant)[1] the Moone appearing +with a more reddish and cleare light when she is eclipsed being in her +Apoge or farthest distance, and a more blackish yron colour when she is +in her Perige or neerest to us, therefore shee hath not any light of her +owne. Nor may we thinke that the earths shadow can cloud the proper +light of the Moone from appearing, or take away any thing from her +inherent brightnesse, for this were to thinke a shadow to be a body, an +opinion altogether mis-becomming a Philosopher, as _Tycho_ grants in the +fore-cited place, + + _Nec umbra terræ corporeum quid est, aut densa aliqua substantia, + aut lunæ lumen obtenebrare possit, atque id visui nostro præripere, + sed est quædam privatio luminis solaris, ob interpositum opacum + corpus terræ._ + +Nor is the earths shadow any corporall thing, or thicke substance, that +it can cloud the Moones brightnesse, or take it away from our sight, but +it is a meere privation of the Suns light, by reason of the +interposition of the earths opacous body. + + [Sidenote 1: Reinhold _comment. in Purb. Theor. pag. 164._] + +2. If shee had any light of her owne then that would in it selfe be, +either such a ruddy brightnesse as appeares in the eclipses, or else +such a leaden duskish light as wee see in the darker parts of her body, +when shee is a little past the conjunction. (That it must be one of +these may follow from the opposite arguments) but it is neither of +these, therefore she hath none of her owne. + +1. ’Tis not such a ruddy light as appeares in eclipses, for then why can +wee not see the like rednesse, when wee may discerne the obscurer parts +of the Moone? + +You will say, perhaps, that then the neerenesse of that greater light, +takes away that appearance. + +I reply, this cannot be, for then why does Mars shine with his wonted +rednesse, when he is neere the Moone? or why cannot her greater +brightnesse make him appeare white as the other Planets? nor can there +be any reason given why that greater light should represent her body +under a false colour. + +2. ’Tis not such a duskish leaden light, as we see in the darker part of +her body, when shee is about a sextile Aspect distant from the Sunne, +for then why does shee appeare red in the eclipses, since the more shade +cannot choose such variety, for ’tis the nature of darknesse by its +opposition, rather to make things appeare of a more white and cleare +brightnesse then they are in themselves, or if it be the shade, yet +those parts of the Moone are then in the shade of her body, and +therefore in reason should have the like rednesse. Since then neither of +these lights are hers, it followes that she hath none of her owne. Nor +is this a singular opinion, but it hath had many learned patrons, such +was _Macrobius_,[1] who being for this quoted of _Rhodiginus_, he calls +him _vir reconditissimæ scientiæ_,[2] a man who knew more than ordinary +Philosophers, thus commending the opinion in the credit of the Authour. +To him assents the Venerable _Bede_, upon whom the glosse hath this +comparison.[3] As the Looking-glasse represents not any image within it +selfe, unlesse it receive some from without; so the Moone hath not any +light, but what is bestowed by the Sun. To these agreed _Albertus +Magnus_, _Scaliger_, _Mæslin_, and more especially _Mulapertius_,[4] +whose words are more pat to the purpose then others, and therefore I +shall set them downe as you may finde them in his Preface to his +Treatise concerning the _Austriaca sydera_; + + _Luna, Venus, & Mercurius, terrestris & humidæ sunt substantiæ + ideoque de suo non lucere, sicut nec terra._ + +The Moone, _Venus_, and _Mercurie_ (saith he) are of an earthly and +moyst substance, and therefore have no more light of their owne, then +the earth hath. Nay, some there are who thinke that all the other +Starres doe receive that light, whereby they appeare visible to us from +the Sunne, so _Ptolomie_, _Isidore Hispalensis_, _Albertus Magnus_ and +_Bede_, much more then must the Moone shine with a borrowed light.[5] + + [Sidenote 1: _Somn. Scip. l. 1. c. 20._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Lect. antiq. l. 1. c. 15._] + + [Sidenote 3: _In lib. de natur. rerum._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De 4r. Coævis. Q. 4ª. Art. 21._ + _Exercit. 62._ + _1. Epitome. Astron. lib. 4. p. 2._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Originum l. 3. c. 60._ + _De Cœlo. l. 2._ + _De ratione tempor. c. 4._] + +But enough of this. I have now sufficiently shewed what at the first I +promised, that this light is not proper to the Moone. It remaines in the +next place, that I tell you the true reason of it. And here, I thinke +’tis probable that the light which appeares in the Moone at the eclipses +is nothing else but the second species of the Sunnes rayes which passe +through the shadow unto her body: and from a mixture of this second +light with the shadow, arises that rednesse which at such times appeares +unto us. I may call it _Lumen crepusculum_, the _Aurora_ of the Moone, +or such a kinde of blushing light, that the Sunne causes when he is +neere his rising, when he bestowes some small light upon the thicker +vapours. Thus wee see commonly the Sunne being in the Horizon, and the +reflexion growing weake, how his beames make the waters appeare very +red. + +The Moabites in _Iehorams_ time when they rose early in the morning, and +beheld the waters a farre off, mistooke them for blood.[1] + + _Et causa hujus est, quia radius solaris in aurora contrahit quandam + rubedinem, propter vapores combustos manentes circa superficiem + terræ, per quos radii transeunt, & ideo cum repercutiantur in aqua + ad oculos nostros, trahunt secum eundem ruborem, & faciunt apparere + locum aquarum, in quo est repercussio esse rubrum_, + +saith _Tostatus_.[2] The reason is, because of his rayes, which being in +the lower vapours, those doe convey an imperfect mixed light upon the +waters. Thus the Moone being in the earths shadow, and the Sunne beames +which are round about it, not being able to come directly unto her body, +yet some second raies there are, which passing through the shadow, make +her appeare in that ruddy colour: So that she must appeare brightest, +when shee is eclipsed, being in her Apoge, of greatest distance from us, +because then the cone of the earths shadow is lesse, and the refraction +is made through a narrower medium. So on the contrary, she must be +represented under a more darke and obscure forme when she is eclipsed, +being in her Perige, or neerest to the earth, because then she is +involved in a greater shadow, or bigger part of the cone, and so the +refraction passing through a greater medium, the light must needes be +weaker which doth proceed from it. If you aske now what the reason may +be of that light which we discerne in the darker part of the new Moone: +I answer, ’tis reflected from our earth which returnes as great a +brightnesse to that Planet, as it receives from it. This I shall have +occasion to prove afterward. + + [Sidenote 1: 2 King. 3. 22.] + + [Sidenote 2: _2ª. Quæst. in hoc cap._] + +I have now done with these propositions which were set downe to cleare +the passage, and confirme the suppositions implied in the opinion, I +shall in the next place proceed to a more direct treating of the chiefe +matter in hand. + + + + +Proposition 6. + +_That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of + many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be + deduced from the tenents of others._ + + +Since this opinion may be suspected of singularity, I shall therefore +first confirme it by sufficient authority of divers authours, both +ancient and moderne, that so I may the better cleare it from the +prejudice either of an upstart fancy, or an absolute errour. This is by +some attributed to _Orpheus_, one of the most ancient Greeke Poets, who +speaking of the Moone, saies thus, ἡ πολλ᾽ οὔρεα ἔχει, πολλ᾽ ἄστεα, +πολλὰ μέλαθρα,[1] That it hath many mountaines and cities, and houses +in it. To him assented _Xenophanes_, _Anaxagoras_, _Democritus_, and +_Heraclitus_,[2] all who thought it to have firme solid ground, like to +our earth,[3] containing in it many large fields, champion grounds, and +divers inhabitants, unto these agreed _Pythagoras_, who thought that our +earth was but one of the Planets which moved round about the Sunne,[4] +(as _Aristotle_ relates it of him) and the _Pythagoreans_ in generall +did affirme, that the Moone also was terrestriall, that she was +inhabited as this lower world. That those living creatures & plants +which are in her, exceed any of the like kind with us in the same +proportion, as their daies are longer than ours: _viz._ by 15 times. +This _Pythagoras_[5] was esteemed by all, of a most divine wit, as +appeares especially by his valuation amongst the _Romans_ who being +cõmanded by the Oracle to erect a statue to the wisest _Grecian_, the +Senate determined[6] _Pythagoras_ to be meant, preferring him in their +judgements before the divine _Socrates_, whom their Gods pronounc’d the +wisest. Some think him a _Iew_ by birth, but most agree that hee was +much conversant amongst the learneder sort, & Priests of that Nation, +by whom he was informed of many secrets, and perhaps, this opinion, +which he vented afterwards in _Greece_, where he was much opposed by +_Aristotle_ in some worded disputations, but never confuted by any solid +reason. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ibid. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Diog. Laert. l. 2. & l. 9._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De Cœlo. l. 2. cap. 13._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Plut. ibid. cap. 30._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 34. cap. 6._] + +To this opinion of _Pythagoras_ did _Plato_ also assent, when hee +considered that there was the like eclipse made by the earth, and this, +that it had no light of its owne, that it was so full of spots. And +therefore wee may often reade in him and his followers,[1] of an +_ætherea terra_, and _lunares populi_, an æthereall earth, and +inhabiters in the Moone; but afterwards this was mixed with many +ridiculous fancies: for some of them considering the mysteries implied +in the number 3. concluded that there must necessarily bee a Trinity of +worlds, whereof the first is this of ours, the second in the Moone whose +element of water is represented by the spheare of _Mercury_, the aire by +_Uenus_, and the fire by the Sunne. And that the whole Universe might +the better end in earth as it began, they have contrived it, that _Mars_ +shall be a spheare of the fire, _Iupiter_ of aire, _Saturne_ of water; +and above all these, the Elysian fields, spacious and pleasant places +appointed for the habitation of those unspotted soules, that either +never were imprisoned in, or else now have freed themselves from any +commerce with the body. _Scaliger_[2] speaking of this _Platonicke_ +fancie, _quæ in tres trientes mundum quasi assem divisit_, thinks ’tis +confutation enough, to say, ’tis _Plato’s_. However for the first part +of this assertion, it was assented unto by many others, and by reason of +the grossnesse and inequality of this planet, ’twas frequently called +_quasi terra cœlestis_, as being esteemed the sediment and more +imperfect part of those purer bodies, you may see this proved by +_Plutarch_,[3] in that delightfull work which he properly made for the +confirmition of this particular. With him agreed _Alcinous_[4] and +_Plotinus_, later Writers. Unto these I might also adde the imperfect +testimony of _Mahomet_, whose authority of grant can adde but little +credit to this opinion, because hee was an ignorant imposter, but yet +consider that originall, from whence hee derived most of his knowledge, +and then, perhaps, his witnesse may carry with it some probablity. He is +commonly thought by birth to be an Ismaelite, being instructed by the +Jewes in the secrets of their Philosophy,[5] and perhaps, learned this +from those Rabbies, for in his _Alcaron_, hee talkes much of mountaines, +pleasant fields, and cleare rivers in the heavens, but because he was +for the maine very unlearned, he was not able to deliver any thing so +distinctly as he was informed.[6] The Cardinall _Cusanus_ and _Iornandus +Bunus_, held a particular world in every Starre, and therefore one of +them defining our earth, he saies, it is + + _stella quædam nobilis, quæ lunam & calorem & influentiam habet + aliam, & diversam ab omnibus aliis stellis_; + +a “noble starre having a distinct light, heat and influence from all the +rest.” Unto this _Nichol. Hill_, a country man of ours was inclined, +when he said _Astrea terræ natura probabilis est_: “That ’tis probable +the earth hath a starry nature.”[7] + + [Sidenote 1: _Plat. de conviviis._ + _Macrob. Somn. Scip. lib. 1. ca. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Exercit. 62._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De facie Lunæ._] + + [Sidenote 4: _Instit. ad discip._ Plat. _Cæl. Rhodig. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Azoara. 57. & 65._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Cusa. de doct. ign. l. 2. cap. 12._] + + [Sidenote 7: _Philos. epicur. part. 434._] + +But the opinion which I have here delivered was more directly proved by +_Mæslin_, _Keplar_, and _Galilæus_, each of them late writers, and +famous men for their singular skill in Astronomy.[1] As for those workes +of _Mæslin_ and _Keplar_ wherein they doe more expresly treate of this +opinion, I have not yet had the happinesse to see them. However their +opinions appeare plaine enough from their owne writings, and the +testimony of others concerning them. But _Iulius Cæsar_, whom I have +above quoted, speaking of their testimony whom I now cite for this +opinion,[2] _viz._ _Keplar_ and _Galilæus_ affirmes that to his +knowledge they did but jest in those things which they write concerning +this, and as for any such world, he assuredly knowes they never so much +as dreamt of it. But I had rather believe their owne words, then his +pretended knowledge. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Thesibus_ + _dissertatio cum Nic. Hill._ + _Nuncius Sydereus._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De phænom. lunæ. c. 4._] + +’Tis true indeed, in many things they doe but trifle, but for the maine +scope of those discourses, ’tis as manifest they seriously meant it, as +any indifferent Reader may easily discerne; otherwise sure _Campanella_ +(a man as well acquainted with his opinion, and perhaps his person as +_Cæsar_ was) would never have writ an apologie for him. And besides ’tis +very likely if it had beene but a jest, _Galilæus_ would never have +suffered so much for it as afterwards he did. But as for the knowledge +which hee pretends, you may guesse what it was by his confidence (I say +not presumption) in other assertions, and his boldnesse[1] in them may +well derogate from his credit in this. For speaking of _Ptolome’s_ +_Hypothesis_ he pronounces this verdict, + + _Impossibile est excentricorum & epicyclorum positio, nec aliquis + est ex Mathematicis adeo stultus qui veram illam existimet._ + + “The position of _Excentricks_ and _Epicycles_ is altogether + impossible, nor is there any Mathematician such a foole as to + thinke it true.” + +I should guesse hee could not have knowledge enough to maintaine any +other Hypothesis who was so ignorant in Mathematicks, as to deny that +any good Authour held this. For I would faine know whether there were +never any that thought the Heavens to be solid bodies, and that there +were such kindes of motion as is by those feined Orbes supplyed; if so, +then _Cæsar la Galla_ was much mistaken. I thinke his assertions are +equally true, that _Galilæus_ and _Keplar_ did not hold this, and that +there were none which ever held that other. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cap. 7._] + +But in my following discourse I shall most insist on the observation of +_Galilæus_, the inventour of that famous perspective, whereby we may +discerne the heavens hard by us, whereby those things which others have +formerly guest at are manifested to the eye, and plainely discovered +beyond exception or doubt, of which admirable invention, these latter +ages of the world may justly boast, and for this expect to be celebrated +by posterity. ’Tis related of _Eudoxus_, that hee wished himselfe burnt +with _Phaeton_, so he might stand over the Sunne to contemplate its +nature; had hee lived in these daies, he might have enjoyed his wish at +an easie rate, and scaling the heavens by this glasse, might plainely +have discerned what hee so much desired. _Keplar_ considering those +strange discoveries which this perspective had made, could not choose +but cry out in a προσωποπεία and rapture of admiration. + + _O multiscium & quovis sceptro pretiosius perspicillum! an qui te + dextra tenet, ille non dominus constituatur operum Dei?_ + +And _Johannes Fabricius_[1] an elegant writer, speaking of the same +glasse, and for this invention preferring our age before those former +times of greater ignorance, saies thus; + + _Adeo sumus superiores veteribus, ut quam illi carminis magici + pronunciatu de missam representâsse putantur nos non tantum + innocenter demittamus, sed etiam familiari quodam intuitu ejus quasi + conditionem intueamur._ + + “So much are wee above the ancients, that whereas they were faine by + their magical charms to represent the Moones approach, wee cannot + onely bring her lower with a greater innocence, but may also with a + more familiar view behold her condition.” + +And because you shall have no occasion to question the truth of those +experiments, which I shal afterwards urge from it; I will therefore set +downe the testimony of an enemy, and such a witnesse hath alwaies beene +accounted prevalent: you may see it in the abovenamed _Cæsar la +Galla_,[2] whose words are these: + + _Mercurium caduceum gestantem, cœlestia nunciare, & mortuorum animas + ab inferis revacare sapiens finxit antiquitas. Galilæum verò novum + Iovis interpretem Telescopio caducæo instructum Sydera aperire, & + veterum Philosophorum manes ad superos revocare solers nostra ætas + videt & admiratur._ + +Wise antiquity fabled _Mercury_ carrying a rodde in his hand to relate +newes from Heaven, and call backe the soules of the dead, but it hath +beene the happinesse of our industrious age to see and admire _Galilæus_ +the new Embassadour of the Gods furnished with his perspective to unfold +the nature of the Starres, and awaken the ghosts of the ancient +Philosophers. So worthily and highly did these men esteeme of this +excellent invention. + + [Sidenote 1: _De macula in sole obser._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De phænom. c. 1._] + +Now if you would know what might be done by this glasse, in the sight of +such things as were neerer at hand, the same Authour will tell you,[1] +when hee sayes, that by it those things which could scarce at all bee +discerned by the eye at the distance of a mile and a halfe, might +plainely and distinctly bee perceived for 16 Italian miles, and that as +they were really in themselves, without any transposition or falsifying +at all. So that what the ancient Poets were faine to put in a fable, our +more happy age hath found out in a truth, and we may discerne as farre +with these eyes which _Galilæus_ hath bestowed upon us, as _Lynceus_ +could with those which the Poets attributed unto him. But if you yet +doubt whether all these observations were true, the same Authour may +confirme you,[2] when hee saies they were shewed, + + _Non uni aut alteri, sed quamplurimis, neque gregariis hominibus, + sed præcipuis atque disciplinis omnibus, necnon Mathematicis & + opticis præceptis, optimè instructis sedulâ ac diligenti inspectione_. + + “Not to one or two, but to very many, and those not ordinary men, + but to those who were well vers’d in Mathematickes and Opticks, + and that not with a meere glance but with a sedulous and diligent + inspection.” + +And least any scruple might remaine unanswered, or you might thinke the +men who beheld all this though they might be skilfull, yet they came +with credulous minds, and so were more easie to be deluded. He addes +that it was shewed,[3] + + _vius qui ad experimenta hæc contradicendi animo accesserant_. + + “To such as were come with a great deale of prejudice, and an intent + of contradiction.” + +Thus you may see the certainety of those experiments which were taken by +this glasse. I have spoken the more concerning it, because I shall +borrow many things in my farther discourse, from those discoveries which +were made by it. + + [Sidenote 1: _ibid. c. 5._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Cap. 1._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Cap. 5._] + +I have now cited such Authors both ancient and moderne, who have +directly maintained the same opinion. I told you likewise in the +proposition that it might probably be deduced from the tenent of others: +such were _Aristarchus_, _Philolaus_ and _Copernicus_, with many other +later writers who assented to their hypothesis, so _Ioach. Rlelicus_, +_David Origanus_, _Lansbergius_, _Guil. Gilbert_, and (if I may believe +_Campanella_[1]) _Innumeri alii Angli & Galli_. Very many others both +English and French, all who affirmed our Earth to be one of the Planets, +and the Sunne to bee the Centre of all, about which the heavenly bodies +did move, and how horrid soever this may seeme at the first, yet is it +likely enough to be true, nor is there any maxime or observation in +Opticks (saith _Pena_) that can disprove it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilæo._] + +Now if our earth were one of the Planets (as it is according to them) +then why may not another of the Planets be an earth? + +Thus have I shewed you the truth of this proposition: Before I proceede +farther, ’tis requisite that I informe the Reader, what method I shall +follow in the proving of this chiefe assertion, that there is a World in +the Moone. + +The order by which I shall bee guided will be that which _Aristotle_[1] +uses in his booke _De mundo_ (if that booke were his.) + + [Sidenote 1: _à 1º. cap. ad 10m._] + +First, περὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ of those chiefe parts which are in it; not the +elementary and æthereall (as he doth there) since this doth not belong +to the elementary controversie, but of the Sea and Land, &c. Secondly, +περὶ αὐτὴν παθῶν, of those things which are extrinsecall to it, as the +seasons, meteors and inhabitants. + + + + +Proposition 7. + +_That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be + distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the Sea + and Land in that other World._ + + +For the cleare proofe of this proposition, I shall first reckon up and +refute the opinions of others concerning the matter and forme of those +spots, and then shew the greater probability of this present assertion, +and how agreeable it is to that truth, which is most commonly received; +as for the opinions of other concerning these, they have beene very +many, I will only reckon up those which are common and remarkeable. + +Some there are that thinke those spots doe not arise from any deformity +of the parts, but a deceit of the eye, which cannot at such a distance +discerne an equall light in that planet, but these do but onely say it, +and shew not any reason for the proofe of their opinion: Others think[1] +that there be some bodies betwixt the Sunne and Moone, which keeping off +the lights in some parts, doe by their shadow produce these spots which +wee there discerne. + + [Sidenote 1: So _Bede_ in _d. de Mund. constit._] + +Others would have them to be the figure of the mountaines here below +represented there as in a looking-glasse. But none of those fancies can +bee true, because the spots are stil the same, & not varied according to +the difference of places, and besides, _Cardan_ thinks it is impossible +that any image should be conveyed so farre as there to be represented +unto us at such a distance,[1] but tis commonly related of _Pythagoras_, +that he by writing, what he pleased in a glasse, by the reflexiõ of the +same species, would make those letters to appeare in the circle of the +Moone, where they should be legible by any other, who might at that time +be some miles distant from him.[2]* _Agrippa_ affirmes this to be +possible, and the way of performing it not unknowne to himselfe, with +some others in his time. It may be that our Bishop did by the like +meanes performe those strange conclusions which hee professes in his +_Nuncius inanimatus_, where hee pretends that hee can informe his +friends of what he pleases, though they be an hundred miles distant, +_forte etiam, vel milliare millesimum_, they are his owne words, and, +perhaps, a thousand, and all this in a minutes space, or little more, +quicker than the Sunne can move. + + [Sidenote 1: _De subtil. lib. 3._] + + [Sidenote 2*: _Occulta ad Philos. l. 1. cap. 6._] + +Now, what conveyance there should be for so speedy a passage, I cannot +conceive, unlesse it be carried with the light, then which wee know not +any thing quicker; but of this onely by the way; however, whether those +images can be represented so or not, yet certaine it is, those spots are +not such representations. Some thinke that when God had at first created +too much earth to make a perfect globe, not knowing well where to bestow +the rest, he placed it in the Moone, which ever since hath so darkened +it in some parts, but the impiety of this is sufficient confutation, +since it so much detracts from the divine power and wisedome. + +The *[1]Stoicks held that planet to be mixed of fire and aire, and in +their opinion, the variety of its composition, caused her spots: +_Anaxagoras_ thought all the starres to be of an earthly nature, mixed +with some fire, and as for the Sunne, hee affirmed it to be nothing else +but a fiery stone; for which later opinion, the _Athenians_ sentenc’d +him to death;[2] those zealous Idolaters counting it a great blasphemy, +to make their God a stone, whereas not withstanding, they were so +senslesse in their adoration of Idolls, as to make a stone their God, +this _Anaxagoras_ affirmed the Moone to be more terrestriall then the +other, but of a greater purity then any thing here below, and the spots +hee thought were nothing else, but some cloudy parts, intermingled with +the light which belonged to that Planet, but I have above destroyed the +supposition on which this fancy is grounded: _Pliny_[3] thinkes they +arise from some drossie stuffe, mixed with that moysture which the Moone +attracts unto her selfe, but hee was of their opinion, who thought the +starres were nourished by some earthly vapours, which you may commonly +see refuted in the _Commentators_ on the bookes, _de Cœlo_. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Plut. de placit. phil. l. 2. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iosephus l. 2. con. App._ + _August. de civit. Dei. l. 18. c. 41._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Nat. Hist. lib. 2. c. 9._] + +_Vitellio_ and _Reinoldus_[1] affirme the spots to be the thicker parts +of the Moone, into which the Sunne cannot infuse much light, and this +(say they) is the reason, why in the Sunnes eclipses, the spots and +brighter parts are still in some measure distinguished, because the +Sunne beames are not able so well to penetrate through those thicker, as +they may through the thinner parts of the Planet. Of this opinion also +was _Cæsar la Galla_, whose words are these,[2] + + “The Moone doth there appeare clearest, where shee is transpicuous, + not onely through the superficies, but the substance also, and there + she seemes spotted, where her body is most opacous.” + +The ground of this his assertion was, because hee thought the Moone did +receive and bestow her light by illumination onely, and not at all by +reflexion, but this, together with the supposed penetration of the Sunne +beames, and the perspicuity of the Moones body I have above answered and +refuted. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. lib. 9._ + _Comment. in Purb. pag. 164._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ex qua parte luna est transpicua non totum secundum + superficiem, sed etiam secundum substantiam, eatenus clara, ex qua + autem parte opaca est, eatenus obscura videtur._ _De Phænom. + cap. 11._] + +The more common and generall opinion[1] is, that the spots are the +thinner parts of the Moone, which are lesse able to reflect the beames +that they receive from the Sunne, and this is most agreeable to reason, +for if the starres are therefore brightest, because they are thicker and +more solid then their orbes, then it will follow, that those parts of +the Moone which have lesse light, have also lesse thickenesse. It was +the providence of nature (say some) that so contrived that planet to +have these spots within it, for since that is neerest to those lower +bodies which are so full of deformity, ’tis requisite that it should in +some measure agree with them, and as in this inferiour world the higher +bodies are the most compleat, so also in the heavens perfection is +ascended unto by degrees, and the Moone being the lowest, must be the +least pure, and therefore _Philo_ the Jew[2] interpreting _Iacobs_ +dreame concerning the ladder, doth in an allegory shew, how that in the +fabricke of the world, all things grow perfecter as they grow higher, +and this is the reason (saith hee) why the Moone doth not consist of any +pure simple matter, but is mixed with aire, which shewes so darkely +within her body. + + [Sidenote 1: _Albert. mag. de coævis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ + _Colleg. Con._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De Somniis._] + +But this cannot be a sufficient reason, for though it were true that +nature did frame every thing perfecter as it was higher, yet is it as +true, that nature frames every thing fully perfect for that office to +which shee intends it. Now, had she intended the Moone meerly to reflect +the Sunne beames and give light, the spots then had not so much argued +her providence, as her unskilfulnesse and imperfection,[1] as if in the +haste of her worke shee could not tell how to make that body exactly +fit, for that office to which she appointed it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scalig. exercit. 62._] + +Tis likely then that she had some other end which moved her to produce +this variety, and this in all probability was her intent to make it a +fit body for habitation with the same conveniencies of sea and land, as +this inferiour world doth partake of. For since the Moone is such a +vast, such a solid and opacous body like our earth (as was above proved) +why may it not be probable, that those thinner and thicker parts +appearing in her, doe shew the difference betwixt the sea and land in +that other world; and _Galilæus_ doubts not, but that if our earth were +visible at the same distance, there would be the like appearance of it. + +As for the forme of those spots, some of the vulgar thinke they +represent a man, and the Poets guesse ’tis the boy _Endimion_, whose +company shee loves so well, that shee carries him with her, others will +have it onely to be the face of a man as the Moone is usually pictured, +but _Albertus_ thinkes rather, that it represents a Lyon with his taile +towards the East, and his head the West, and [1]*some others have +thought it to be very much like a Fox, & certainly ’tis as much like a +Lyon as that in the _Zodiake_, or as _Vrsa major_ is like a Beare. + + [Sidenote 1*: Eusebius Nioremb. _Hist. Nat. lib. 8. c. 15._] + +I should guesse that it represents one of these as well as another, and +any thing else as well as any of these, since ’tis but a strong +imagination, which fancies such images as schoole-boyes usually doe in +the markes of a wall, whereas there is not any such similitude in the +spots themselves, which rather like our Sea, in respect of the land, +appeares under a rugged and confused figure, and doth not represent any +distinct image, so that both in respect of the matter and the forme it +may be probable enough, that those spots and brighter parts may shew the +distinction betwixt the Sea and Land in that other world. + + + + +Proposition 8. + +_The spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land._ + + +When I first compared the nature of our earth and water with those +appearances in the Moone; I concluded contrary to the proposition, that +the brighter parts represented the water, and the spots the land; of +this opinion likewise was _Keplar_ at the first; but my second thoughts, +and the reading of others,[1] have now convinced me (as after he was) of +the truth of that Proposition which I have now set downe. But before I +come to the confirmation of it, I shall mention those scruples which at +first made mee doubt of the truth of this opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. Astro. c. 6. num. 9._ + _Dissert. cum nuncio Gal._] + +1. It may be objected, ’tis probable, if there be any such sea and land +as ours, that it bears some proportion and similitude with ours: but now +this Proposition takes away all likenesse betwixt them, for whereas the +superficies of our earth is but the third part of the whole surface in +the globe, two parts being overspread with the water (as _Scaliger_[1] +observes) yet here according to this opinion, the Sea should be lesse +then the Land, since there is not so much of the bespotted, as ther is +of the enlightened parts, wherefore ’tis probable, that either there is +no such thing at all, or else that the brighter parts are the Sea. + + [Sidenote 1: _Exercit. 38._] + +2. The water, by reason of the smoothnesse of its superficies, seemes +better able to reflect the Sun beames then the earth, which in most +places is so full of ruggednesse of grasse and trees, and such like +impediments of reflection, and besides, cõmon experience shewes, that +the water shines with a greater and more glorious brightnesse then the +earth, therefore it should seeme that the spots are the earth, and the +brighter parts the water. + +But to the first it may be answered. + +1. There is no great probability in this consequence, that because ’tis +so with us, therefore it must be so with the parts of the Moone, for +since there is such a difference betwixt them in divers other respects, +they may not, perhaps, agree in this. + +2. That assertion of _Scaliger_ is not by all granted for a truth. +_Fromondus_[1] with others, thinke, that the superficies of the Sea and +Land in so much of the world as is already discovered, is equall, and of +the same extension. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Meteoris l. 5. c. 1. Art. 1._] + +3. The Orbe of thicke and vaporous aire which encompasses the Moone, +makes the brighter parts of that Planet appeare bigger then in +themselves they are; as I shall shew afterwards. + +To the second it may be answered, that though the water be of a smooth +superficies, and so may seeme most fit to reverberate the light, yet +because ’tis of a perspicuous nature, therefore the beames must sinke +into it, and cannot so strongly and clearely be reflected. _Sicut in +speculo ubi plumbum abrasum fuerit_, (saith _Cardan_) as in +Looking-glasses where part of the lead is raized off, and nothing left +behind to reverberate the image, the species must there passe through +and not backe againe; so it is where the beames penetrate and sinke into +the substance of the body, there cannot be such an immediate and strong +reflection as when they are beate backe from the superficies, and +therefore the Sunne causes a greater heate by farre upon the Land then +upon the water. Now as for that experiment, where ’tis said, that the +waters have a greater brightness then the Land: I answer, ’tis true +onely there where they represent the image of the Sunne or some bright +cloud, and not in other places, as is very plaine by common observation. + +So that notwithstanding those doubts, yet this Proposition may remaine +true, that the spots may be the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land. Of +this opinion was _Plutarch_: unto him assented _Keplar_ and _Galilæus_, +whose words are these, + + _Si quis veterum Pythagoræorum sententiam excuscitare velit, lunam + scilicet esse quasi tellurem alteram, ejus pars lucidior terrenam + superficiem, obscurior verò aqueam magis congruè repræsentet. Mihi + autem dubium fuit numquam terrestris globi à longè conspecti, + atque a radiis solaribus perfusi, terream superficiem clariorem, + obscuriorem verò aqueam sese in conspectum daturam._[1] + + “If any man have a minde to renew the opinion of the _Pythagoreans_, + that the Moone is another earth, then her brighter parts may fitly + represent the earths superficies, and the darker part the water: + and for my part, I never doubted but that our earthly globe being + shined upon by the Sunne, and beheld at a great distance, the Land + would appeare brightest and the Sea more obscurely.” + + [Sidenote 1: _De facie lun._ + _Dissertatio._ + _Nunc. Syd._] + +The reasons may be. + +1. That which I urged about the foregoing Chapter, because the water is +the thinner part, and therefore must give the lesse light. + +2. Because observation tels us, that the spotted parts are alwaies +smooth and equall, having every where an equality of light, when once +they are enlightened by the Sunne, whereas the brighter parts are full +of rugged gibbosities and mountaines having many shades in them, as I +shall shew more at large afterwards. + +That in this Planet there must be Seas, _Campanella_[1] indeavours to +prove out of Scripture interpreting the _waters above the Firmament_ +spoken of in _Genesis_ to be meant of the Sea in this world. For (saith +he) ’tis not likely that there are any such waters above the Orbes to +moderate that heate which they receive from their swift motion (as some +of the Fathers thinke) nor did _Moses_ meane the Angells which may be +called spirituall waters, as _Origen_ and _Austin_[2] would have it, for +both these are rejected by the generall consent: nor could he meane any +waters in the second region, as most Commentators interpret it. For +first there is nothing but vapours, which though they are afterwards +turned into water, yet while they remaine there, they are onely the +matter of that element, which may as well be fire or earth, or aire. +2. Those vapors are not above the _expansum_, but in it. So that hee +thinkes there is no other way to salve all, but by making the Planets +severall worlds with Sea & Land, with such Rivers and Springs, as wee +have here below: Especially since _Esdras_[3] speakes of the springs +above the Firmament, but I cannot agree with him in this, nor doe I +thinke that any such thing can be proved out of Scripture. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilæo._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Confession. l. 13. c. 32._] + + [Sidenote 3: 2 Esdr. 4. 7.] + +Before I proceede to the next Position, I shall first answer some doubts +which might be made against the generality of this truth, whereby it may +seeme impossible that there should be either Sea or Land in the Moone; +for since she moves so swiftly as Astronomers observe, why then does +there nothing fall from her, or why doth shee not shake something out by +the celerity of her revolution? I answer, you must know that the +inclination of every heavie body, to its proper Center doth sufficiently +tie it unto its place, so that suppose any thing were separated, yet +must it necessarily returne againe, and there is no more danger of their +falling into our world then there is feare of our falling into the +Moone. + +But yet there are many fabulous relations of such things as have dropped +thence. There is a tale of the Nemean Lyon that _Hercules_ slew, which +first rushing among the heards out of his unknowne den in the Mountaine +of _Cytheron_ in _Bœotia_, the credulous people thought he was sent from +their Goddesse the Moone. And if a whirle-winde did chance to snatch any +thing up, and afterwards raine it downe againe, the ignorant multitude +are apt to believe that it dropt from Heaven. Thus _Avicenna_ relates +the story of a Calfe which fell downe in a storme, the beholders +thinking it a Moone-calfe, and that it fell thence. So _Cardan_ +travelling upon the Apennine Mountaines, a sudden blast tooke off his +hat, which if it had beene carryed farre, he thinkes the peasants who +had perceived it to fall, would have sworne it had rained hats. After +some such manner many of our prodigies come to passe, and the people are +willing to believe anything, which they may relate to others as a very +strange and wonderfull event. I doubt not but the Trojan _Palladium_, +the Romane _Minerva_, and our Ladies Church at _Loretto_, with many +sacred reliques preserved by the Papists might droppe from the Moone as +well as any of these. + +But it may be againe objected, suppose there were a bullet shot up in +that world, would not the Moone runne away from it, before it could fall +downe, since the motion of her body (being every day round our earth) is +farre swifter than the other, and so the bullet must be left behinde, +and at length fall downe to us? To this I answer, + +1. If a bullet could be shot so farre till it came to the circumference +of those things which belong to our center, then it would fall downe to +us. + +2. Though there were some heavie body a great height in that ayer, yet +would the motion of its centre by an attractive vertue still hold it +within its convenient distance, so that whether their earth moved or +stood still, yet would the same violence cast a body from it equally +farre. That I may the plainer expresse my meaning, I will set downe this +Diagramme. + + [Illustration as described in text] + +Suppose this earth were A, which was to move in the circle C, D. and let +the bullet be supposed at B. within its proper verge; I say, whether +this earth did stand stil or move swiftly towards D, yet the bullet +would still keepe at the same distance by reason of that Magneticke +vertue of the center (if I may so speake) whereby all things within its +spheare are attracted with it. So that the violence to the bullet, being +nothing else but that whereby ’tis removed from its center, therefore an +equall violence can carry a body from its proper place, but at an equall +distance whether or no the center stand still or move. + +The impartiall Reader may finde sufficient satisfaction for this and +such other arguments as may be urged against the motion of that earth in +the writings of _Capernicus_ and his followers, unto whom for brevities +sake I will referre them. + + + + +Proposition 9. + +_That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plains + in the body of the Moone._ + + +Though there are some who thinke Mountaines to bee a deformity in the +earth, as if they were either beate up by the flood, or else cast up +like so many heaps of rubbish left at the creation, yet if well +considered, they will be found as much to conduce to the beauty and +conveniency of the universe as any of the other parts. Nature (saith +_Pliny_[1]) purposely framed them for many excellent uses: partly to +tame the violence of greater Rivers, to strengthen certaine joynts +within the veines and bowels of the earth, to breake the force of the +Seas inundation, and for the safety of the earths inhabitants, whether +beasts or men. That they make much for the protection of beasts the +Psalmist[2] testifies, _The highest hils are a refuge for the wilde +Goats, and the rockes for Conies_. The Kingly Prophet had learned the +safety of these by his owne experience, when he also was faine to make a +mountaine his refuge from the fury of his Master _Saul_, who persecuted +him in the wildernesse. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. hist. l. 36. c. 1._] + + [Sidenote 2: Psal. 104. v. 18.] + +True indeed, such places as these keepe their neighbours poore, as +beeing most barren, but yet they preserve them safe, as being most +strong, witnesse our unconquered _Wales_ and _Scotland_, whose greatest +protection hath beene the naturall strength of their Countrey, so +fortified with Mountaines, that these have alwaies been unto them sure +retraites from the violence and oppression of others, wherefore a good +Authour doth rightly call them natures bulwarkes cast up at God +Almighties owne charges, the scornes and curbs of victorious armies, +which made the Barbarians in _Curtius_ so confident of their owne +safety, when they were once retired to an inaccessible mountaine, that +when _Alexanders_ Legate had brought them to a parley and perswading +them to yeeld, told them of his masters victories, what Seas and +Wildernesses hee had passed, they replyed that all that might be, but +could _Alexander_ fly too? Over the Seas he might have ships, and over +the land horses, but hee must have wings before he could get up thither. +Such safety did those barbarous nations conceive in the mountaines +whereunto they were retyred, certainely then such usefull parts were not +the effect of mans sinne, or produced by the Worlds curse the flood, but +rather at the first created by the goodnesse and providence of the +Almighty. + +So that if I intend to prove that the Moone is such a habitable world as +this is, ’tis requisite that I shew it to have the same conveniences of +habitation as this hath, and here if some Rabbi or Chymicke were to +handle the point they would first prove it out of Scripture, from that +place in _Moses_ his blessing,[1] where hee speakes of the ancient +mountaines and lasting hils, _Deut._ 33 הררי קדם וגבעות עולם for having +immediately before mentioned those blessings which should happen unto +_Ioseph_ by the influence of the Moone, he does presently exegetically +iterate thẽ in blessing him with the chiefe things of the ancient +Mountaines and lasting hils; you may also see the same expression used +in _Iacobs_ blessing of _Ioseph_.[2] + + [Sidenote 1: Deut. 33. 15] + + [Sidenote 2: Gen. 49. 26] + +But however we may deale _pro_ or _con_ in Philosophy, yet we must not +jest with divine truths, or bring Scripture to patronize any fancy of +our owne, though, perhaps, it be truth. For the better proofe of this +proposition, I might here cite the testimony of _Diodorus_, who thought +the Moone to bee full of rugged places, _vel ut terrestribus tumulis +superciliosam_, but he erred much in some circumstances of this opinion, +especially where he saies, there is an Iland amongst the _Hyperboreans_, +wherein those hils may to the eye bee plainely discovered, and for this +reason. [1]*_Cælius_ calls him a fabulous Writer, but you may see more +expresse authority for the proofe of this in the opinions of +_Anaxagoras_ and _Democritus_,[2] who held that this Planet was full of +champion grounds, mountains and vallies, and this seemed likewise +probable unto _Augustinus Nifus_, whose words are these: + + _Forsitan non est remotum dicere, lunæ partes esse diversas, veluti + sunt partes terræ, quarum aliæ sunt vallosæ, aliæ montosæ, ex quarum + differentia effici potest facies illa lunæ; nec est rationi dissonum, + nam luna est corpus imperfectè Sphæricum, cum sit corpus ab ultimo + cœlo elongatum, ut supra dixit Aristoteles._ + + “Perhaps, it would not be amisse to say that the parts of the Moone + were divers, as the parts of this earth, whereof some are vallies, + and some mountaines, from the difference of which, some spots in the + Moone may proceed, nor is this against reason, for that Planet cannot + be perfectly sphericall, since ’tis so remote a body from the first + orbe, as _Aristotle_ had said before.” + +You may see this truth assented unto by _Blancanus_ the Jesuit,[3] and +by him confirmed with with divers reasons. _Keplar_ hath observed in the +Moones eclipses,[4] that the division of her enlightened part from the +shaded, was made by a crooked unequall line, of which there cannot be +any probable cause conceived, unlesse it did arise from the ruggednesse +of that planet, for it cannot at all be produc’d from the shade of any +mountains here upon earth, because these would be so lessned before they +could reach so high in a conicall shadow, that they would not be at all +sensible unto us (as might easily be demonstrated) nor can it be +conceived what reason of this difference there should be in the Sunne. +Wherefore there being no other body that hath any thing to doe in +eclipses, we must necessarily conclude, that it is caused by a variety +of parts in the Moone it selfe, and what can there be but its +gibbosities? Now if you should aske a reason why there should be such a +similitude of these in that Planet, the same _Keplar_ shall jest you out +an answere, for supposing (saith he) those inhabitants are bigger than +any of us in the same proportion, as their daies are longer than ours, +viz. by fifteen times it may bee for want of stones to erect such vast +houses as were requisite for their bodies, they are faine to digge great +and round hollowes in the earth, where they may both procure water for +their thirst, and turning about with the shade, may avoid those great +heats which otherwise they would be lyable unto; or if you will give +_Cæsar la Galla_ leave to guesse in the same manner, he would rather +think that those thirsty nations cast up so many and so great heaps of +earth in digging of their wine cellars, but this onely by the way. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Lect. aut l. 1. c. 15._ + _Plut. de plac. l. 2. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De cœlo. l. 2. p. 49._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De Mundi fab. pars 3ª. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 4: _Astron. Opt. c. 6. num 9._] + +I shall next produce the eye-witnesse of _Galilæus_,[1] on which I most +of all depend for the proofe of this Proposition, when he beheld the new +Moone through his perspective, it appeared to him under a rugged and +spotted figure, seeming to have the darker and enlightned parts divided +by a tortuous line, having some parcels of light at a good distance from +the other, and this difference is so remarkable, that you may easily +perceive it through one of those ordinary perspectives, which are +commonly sold amongst us, but for your better apprehending of what I +deliver, I will set downe the Figure as I find it in _Galilæus_: + + [Sidenote 1: _Nuncius Sydereus._] + + [Illustration: Crescent Moon] + +Suppose ABCD to represent the appearance of the Moones body being in a +sextile, you may see some brighter parts separated at a pretty distance +from the other, which can bee nothing else but a reflexion of the +Sunne-beames upon some parts that are higher then the rest, and those +obscure gibbosities which stand out towards the enlightened parts must +bee such hollow and deepe places whereto the rayes cannot reach, but +when the Moone is got further off from the Sunne, and come to that +fulnesse, as this line BD doth represent her under, then doe these parts +also receive an equall light, excepting onely that difference which doth +appeare betwixt their sea and land. And if you do consider how any +rugged body would appeare, being enlightned, you would easily conceive +that it must necessarily seeme under some such gibbous unequall forme, +as the Moone is here represented. Now for the infallibility of these +appearances, I shall referre the reader to that which hath beene said in +the 6th Proposition. + +But _Cæsar la Galla_ affirmes, that all these appearances may consist +with a plaine superficies, if wee suppose the parts of the body to be +some of them, _Diaphanous_, and some opacous; and if you object that the +light which is conveyed to any diaphanous part in a plaine superficies +must be by a continued line, whereas here there appeare many brighter +parts among the obscure at some distance from the rest. To this he +answers, it may arise from some secret conveyances and channels within +her body, that doe consist of a more diaphanous matter which being +covered over with an opacious superficies, the light passing through +them may breake out a great way off, whereas the other parts betwixt may +still remaine darke. Just as the River _Arethusa_ in _Sicile_ which +runnes under ground for a great way, and afterwards breakes out againe. +But because this is one of the chiefest fancies whereby hee thinkes hee +hath fully answered the arguments of this opinion, I will therefore set +downe his answere in his owne words, lest the Reader might suspect more +in them then I have expressed.[1] + + _Non est impossibile cœcos ductus diaphani & perspicui corporis, + sed opacâ superficie protendi, usque in diaphanam aliquam ex profundo + in superficiem, emergentem partem, per quos ductus lumen longo + postmodum interstitio erumpat, &c._ + +But I reply, if the superficies betwixt these two enlightened parts +remaine darke because of its opacity, then would it alwaies be darke, +and the Sunne could not make it partake of light more then it could of +perspicuity: But this contradicts all experience as you may see in +_Galilæus_, who affirmes that when the Sunne comes nearer to his +opposition, then that which is betwixt them, both is enlightned as well +as either. Nay this opposes his owne eye-witnesse, for he confesses +himselfe that he saw this by the glasse. He had said before that he came +to see those strange sights discovered by _Galilæus_ his glasse with an +intent of contradiction, and you may reade that confirmed in the +weakenesse of this answere, which rather bewrayes an obstinate then a +perswaded will, for otherwise sure hee would never have undertooke to +have destroyed such certaine proofes with so groundlesse a fancy. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cap. 11._] + +But it may bee objected, that ’tis almost impossible, and altogether +unlikely that in the Moone thete should be any mountaines so high as +those observations make them, for doe but suppose according to the +common principles, that the Moones diameter unto the Earths is very +neere to the proportion of 2. to 7, suppose withall that the Earths +diameter containes about 7000 Italian miles, and the Moones 2000 (as is +commonly granted) now _Galiæus_ hath observed that some parts have been +enlightened when they were the twentieth part of the diameter distant +from the common terme of illumination, so that hence it must necessarily +follow that there may bee some Mountaines in the Moone so high, that +they are able to cast a shadow a 100 miles off. An opinion that sounds +like a prodigie or a fiction; wherefore ’tis likely that either those +appearances are caused by somewhat else besides mountaines, or else +those are fallible observations, from whence may follow such improbable +inconceiveable consequences. + +But to this I answere: + +1. You must consider the height of the Mountaines is but very little, if +you compare them to the length of their shadowes. Sr. _Walter +Rawleigh_[1] observes that the Mount _Athos_ now called _Lacas_ casts +its shadow 300 furlongs, which is above 37 miles, and yet that Mount is +none of the highest, nay _Solinus_[2] (whom I should rather believe in +this kinde) affirmes that this Mountaine gives his shadow quite over the +Sea, from _Macedon_ to the Ile of _Lemnos_ which is 700 furlongs or 84 +miles, and yet according to the common reckoning it doth scarce reach 4 +miles upwards, in its perpendicular height. + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. l. 1. c. 7. § 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Poly. histor. c. 21._] + +2. I affirme that there are very high Mountaines in the Moone. _Keplar_ +and _Galilæus_ thinke that they are higher than any which are upon our +earth. But I am not of their opinion in this, because I suppose they goe +upon a false ground whilst they conceive that the highest mountaine upon +the earth is not above a mile perpendicular. + +Whereas ’tis the common opinion and found true enough by observation, +that _Olympus_, _Atlas_, _Taurus_ and _Enius_, with many others are much +above this height. _Tenariffa_ in the Canary Ilands is proved by +computation to bee above 8 miles perpendicular, and about this height is +the mount _Perjacaca_ in _America_. Sr. _Walter Rawleigh_ seemes to +thinke, that the highest of these is neere 30 miles upright: nay +_Aristotle_[1] speaking of _Caucasus_ in _Asia_, affirmes it to bee +visible for 560 miles, as some interpreters finde by computation, from +which it will follow, that it was 78 miles perpendicularly high, as you +may see confirmed by _Jacobus Mazonius_,[2] and out of him in +_Blancanus_ the Jesuite.[3] But this deviates from the truth more in +excesse then the other doth in defect. However though these in the moone +are not so high as some amongst us, yet certaine it is they are of a +great height, and some of them at the least foure miles perpendicular. +This I shall prove from the observation of _Galilæus_, whose glasse can +shew this truth to the senses, a proofe beyond exception and certaine +that man must needs be of a most timerous faith who dares not believe +his owne eye. + + [Sidenote 1: _Meteor. l. 1. c. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Comparatio Arist. cum Platone, Sect. 3. c. 5._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Exposi. in loc. Math. Artis. loc. 148._] + +By that perspective you may plainely discerne some enlightned parts +(which are the mountaines) to be distant from the other about the +twentieth part of the diameter. From whence it will follow, that those +mountaines must necessarily be at the least foure Italian miles in +height. + + [Illustration] + +For let BDEF be the body of the moone, ABC will be a ray or beame of the +Sunne, which enlightens a mountaine at A and _B_ is the point of +contingency, the distance betwixt A and B must bee supposed to be the +twentieth part of the diameter which is an 100 miles, for so far are +some enlightened parts severed from the common terme of illumination. +Now the aggregate of the quadrate from A _B_ a hundred, and _B_ _G_ a +1000 will bee 1010000, unto which the quadrate arising from A G must be +equall according to the 47th proposition in the first booke of elements. +Therefore the whole line _A_ _G_ is somewhat more than 104, and the +distance betwixt H A must be above 4 miles, which was the thing to be +proved. + +But it may be againe objected, if there be such rugged parts, and so +high mountaines, why then cannot wee discerne them at this distance, why +doth the moone appeare unto us so exactly round, and not rather as a +wheele with teeth? + +I answere, by reason of too great a distance, for if the whole body +appeare to our eye so little, then those parts which beare so small a +proportion to the whole will not at all be sensible. + +But it may be replied, if there were any such remarkeable hils, why does +not the limbe of the moone appeare like a wheele with teeth to those who +looke upon it through the great perspective on whose witnesse you so +much depend? or what reason is there that she appeares as exactly round +through it as shee doth to the bare eye? certainely then either there is +no such thing as you imagine, or else the glasse failes much in this +discovery. + +To this I shall answere out of _Galilæus_. + +1. You must know that there is not meerely one ranke of mountaines about +the edge of the moone, but divers orders, one mountaine behind another, +and so there is somewhat to hinder those void spaces which otherwise, +perhaps, might appeare. + +Now where there be many hils, the ground seemes even to a man that can +see the tops of all. Thus when the sea rages, and many vast waves are +lifted up, yet all may appeare plaine enough to one that stands at the +shore. So where there are so many hils, the inequality will be lesse +remarkable, if it be discerned at a distance. + +2. Though there be mountains in that part which appeares unto us, to be +the limbe of the Moone, as well as in any other place, yet the bright +vapours hide their appearance: for there is an orbe of thicke vaporous +aire that doth immediatly compasse the body of the Moone, which though +it have not so great opacity, as to terminate the sight, yet being once +enlightened by the Sunne, it doth represent the body of the Moone under +a greater forme, and hinders our sight from a distinct view of her true +circumference. But of this in the next Chapter. + +I have now sufficiently proved, that there are hills in the Moone, and +hence it may seeme likely that there is also a world, for since +providence hath some speciall end in all its workes, certainly then +these mountaines were not produced in vaine, and what more probable +meaning can wee conceive there should be, than to make that place +convenient for habitation. + + + + +Proposition 10. + +_That there is an Atmo-sphæra, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, + immediately encompassing the body of the Moone._ + + +As that part of our aire which is neerest to the earth, is of a thicker +substance than the other, by reason tis alwaies mixed with some vapours, +which are continually exhaled into it. So is it equally requisite, that +if there be a world in the Moone, that the aire about that should be +alike qualified with ours. Now, that there is such an orbe of grosse +aire, was first of all (for ought I can reade) observed by _Meslin_, +afterwards assented unto by _Keplar_ and _Galilæus_,[1] and since by +_Baptistae Cisatus_, _Sheiner_ with others, all of them confirming it by +the same arguments which I shall onely cite, and then leave this +Proposition. + + [Sidenote 1: _Vide_ Euseb. Nierem. _de Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 11._] + +1. ’Tis observed, that so much of the Moone as is enlightened, is +alwaies part of a bigger circle then that which is darker. Their +frequent experience hath proved this, and an easie observation may +quickely confirme it. But now this cannot proceede from any other cause +so probable, as from this orbe of aire, especially when we consider how +that planet shining with a borrowed light, doth not send forth any such +rayes as may make her appearance bigger then her body. + +2. ’Tis observed in the Solary eclipses, that there is a great +trepidation about the body of the Moone, from which we may likewise +argue an Atmo-sphæra, since we cannot well conceive what so probable a +cause there should be of such an appearance as this, + + _Quod radii Solares à vaporibus Lunam ambientibus fuerint + intercisi_,[1] + +that the Sun beames were broken and refracted by the vapours that +encompassed the Moone. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scheiner. Ros. Vrs. l. 4. pars 2. c. 27._] + +3. I may adde the like argument taken from another observation which +will be easily tried and granted. When the Sunne is eclipsed, wee +discerne the Moone as shee is in her owne naturall bignesse, but then +she appeares somewhat lesse then when shee is in the full, though she be +in the same place of her supposed excentrick and epicycle, and therefore +_Tycho_ hath calculated a Table for the Diameter of the divers new +Moones. But now there is no reason so probable to salve this appearance, +as to place an orbe of thicker aire, neere the body of that Planet, +which may be enlightened by the reflected beames, and through which the +direct raies may easily penetrate. + +But some may object that this will not consist with that which was +before delivered, where I said, that the thinnest parts had least light. + +If this were true, how comes it to passe then, that this aire should be +as bright as any of the other parts, when as tis the thinnest of all? + +I answer, if the light be received by reflection, then the thickest body +hath most because it is best able to beare backe the raies, but if the +light be received by illumination[1] (especially if there be an opacous +body behinde, which may double the beames by reflexion) as it is here, +then I deny not but a thinne body may retaine much light, and perhaps, +some of those appearances which wee take for fiery comets, are nothing +else but a bright cloud enlightened, so that probable it is, there may +be such aire without the Moone, and hence it comes to passe, that the +greater spots are onely visible towards her middle parts, and none neere +the circumference, not but that there are some as well in those parts as +else where, but they are not there perceiveable, by reason of those +brighter vapours which hide them. + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. l. 1. c. 7. § 11._] + + + + +Proposition 11. + +_That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone._ + + +I have already handled the first thing that I promised according to the +Method which _Aristotle_ uses in his Booke _de Mundo_, and shew’d you +the necessary parts that belong to this world in the Moone. In the next +place ’tis requisite that I proceed to those things which are +extrinsecall unto it, as the Seasons, the Meteors, and the Inhabitants. + + 1. Of the Seasons; + +And if there be such a world in the Moone, ’tis requisite then that +their seasons should be some way correspondent unto ours, that they +should have Winter and Summer, night and day, as wee have. + +Now that in this Planet there is some similitude of Winter and Summer is +affirmed by _Aristotle_ [1] himselfe, since there is one hemispheare +that hath alwaies heate and light, and the other that hath darknesse and +cold. True indeed, their daies and yeeres are alwaies of one and the +same length, but tis so with us also under the Poles, and therefore that +great difference is not sufficient to make it altogether unlike ours, +nor can we expect that every thing there should be in the same manner as +it is here below, as if nature had no way but one to bring about her +purposes. Wee may easily see what great differences there are amongst +us, betwixt things of the same kinde. Some men (say they) [2] there are, +who can live onely upon smells, without eating any thing, and the same +Plant, saith _Besoldus_, hath sometimes contrary effects. _Mandragora_ +which growes in _Syria_ inflames the lust, wheras _Mandragora_ which +grows in other places doth coole the blood & quench lust. + + [Sidenote 1: _De gen. animal. l. 4. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Plat. de fac._ + _De naturâ populorum. c. 3._] + +Now if with us there be such great difference betwixt things of the same +kinde, we have no reason then to thinke it necessary that both these +worlds should be altogether alike, but it may suffice if they bee +correspondent in something onely, however it may be questioned whether +it doth not seeme to be against the wisedome of providence, to make the +night of so great a length, when they have such a long time unfit for +worke? I answere no, since tis so, and more with us also under the +poles; and besides, the generall length of their night is somewhat +abated in the bignesse of their Moone which is our earth. For this +returnes as great a light unto that Planet, as it receives from it. But +for the better proofe of this, I shall first free the way from such +opinions as might otherwise hinder the speede of a clearer progresse. + +_Plutarch_[1] one of the chiefe patrons of this world in the Moone, doth +directly contradict this proposition; affirming, that those who live +there may discerne our world as the dregges and sediment of all other +creatures, appearing to them through clouds and foggy mists, and that +altogether devoid of light, being base and unmoveable, so that they +might well imagine the darke place of damnation to be here situate, and +that they onely were the inhabiters of the world, as being in the midst +betwixt Heaven and Hell. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de fac. lunæ._] + +To this I may answere, ’tis probable that _Plutarch_ spake this +inconsiderately, and without a reason, which makes him likewise fall +into another absurditie, when he sayes our earth would appeare +immoveable, whereas questionlesse though it did not, yet would it seeme +to move, and theirs to stand still, as the Land doth to a man in a +Shippe; according to that of the Poet: + + _Provehimur portu, terræque urbesque recedunt._ + +And I doubt not but that ingenuous Authour would easily have recanted if +hee had beene but acquainted with those experiences which men of latter +times have found out, for the confirmation of this truth. + +2. Unto him assents _Macrobius_, whose words are these; + + _Terra accepto solis lumine clarescit, tantummodò, non relucet._ + + “The earth is by the Sunne-beames made bright, but not able to + enlighten any thing so farre.” + +And his reason is, because this being of a thicke and grosse matter, the +light is terminated in its superficies, and cannot penetrate into the +substance; whereas the moone doth therefore seeme so bright to us, +because it receives the beames within it selfe. But the weaknesse of +this assertion, may bee easily manifest by a common experience, for +polished steele (whose opacity will not give any admittance to the +rayes) reflects a stronger heate then glasse, and so consequently a +greater light. + +3. ’Tis the generall consent of Philosophers, that the reflection of the +Sunne-beames from the earth doth not reach much above halfe a mile high, +where they terminate the first region, so that to affirme they might +ascend to the moone, were to say, there were but one region of aier, +which contradicts the proved and received opinion. + +Unto this it may be answered: + +That it is indeed the common consent, that the reflexion of the +Sunne-beames reach onely to the second region, but yet some there are, +and those too Philosophers of good note, who thought otherwise. Thus +_Plotinus_ is cited by _Cælius_,[1] + + _Si concipias te in sublimi quopiam mundi loco, unde oculis + subjiciatur terræ moles aquis circumfusa, & solis syderumque radiis + illustrata, non aliam profecto visam iri probabile est, quam qualis + modo visatur lunaris globi species._ + + “If you did conceive your selfe to bee in some such high place, + where you might discerne the whole Globe of the earth and water, + when it was enlightned by the Sunnes rayes, ’tis probable it would + then appeare to you in the same shape as the moone doth now unto us.” + +Thus also _Carolus Malapertius_, whose words are these,[2] + + _Terra hæc nostra si in luna constituti essemus, splendida prorsus + quasi non ignobilis planeta, nobis appareret._ + + “If wee were placed in the moone, and from thence beheld this our + earth, it would appeare unto us very bright, like one of the nobler + Planets.” + +Unto these doth _Fromondus_ assent, when he sayes,[3] + + _Credo equidem quod si oculus quispiam in orbe lunari foret, globum + terræ & aquæ instar ingentis syderis à sole illustrem conspiceret._ + + “I believe that this globe of earth and water would appeare like + some great Starre to any one, who should looke upon it from the + moone.” + +Now this could not be, nor could it shine so remarkably, unlesse the +beames of light, were reflected from it. And therefore the same +_Fromondus_ expresly holds, that the first region of ayre is there +terminated, where the heate caused by reflexion begins to languish, +whereas the beames themselves doe passe a great way further. The chiefe +argument which doth most plainely manifest this truth, is taken from a +common observation which may be easily tryed. + + [Sidenote 1: _Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Præfat. ad Austrica syd._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Meteor. l. 1. c. 2. Art. 2._] + +If you behold the Moone a little before or after the conjunction, when +she is in a sextile with the Sunne, you may discerne not onely the part +which is enlightned, but the rest also to have in it a kind of a duskish +light, but if you chuse out such a scituation, where some house or +chimney (being some 70 or 80 paces distant from you) may hide from your +eye the enlightned hornes, you may then discerne a greater and more +remarkeable shining in those parts unto which the Sunne beames cannot +reach; nay there is so great a light, that by the helpe of a good +perspective you may discerne its spots. Inso much that _Blancanus_ the +Jesuite speaking of it sayes[1] + + _Hæc experientia ita me aliquando fefellit, ut in hunc fulgorem + casu ac repente incidens, existimarim novo quodam miraculo tempore + adolescentis lunæ factum esse plenilunium._ + + “This experiment did once so deceive mee, that happening upon the + sight of this brightnesse upon a sudden, I thought that by some new + miracle the Moone had beene got into her full a little after her + change.”” + + [Sidenote 1: _De mundi fab. p. 3ª. c. 3._] + +But now this light is not proper to the Moone, it doth not proceed from +the rayes of the Sunne which doth penetrate her body, nor is it caused +by any other of the Planets and Starres. Therefore it must necessarily +follow, that it comes from the earth. The two first of these I have +already proved, and as for the last, it is confidently affirmed by +_Cælius_,[1] + + _Quod si in disquisitionem evocet quia, an lunari syderi lucem + fœnerent planetæ item alii, asseveranter astruendum non fœnerare_. + +“If any should aske whether the other Planets lend any light to the +Moone; I answer they doe not.” True indeed, the noble _Tycho_[2] +discussing the reason of this light attributes it to the Planet _Uenus_, +and I grant that this may convey some light to the Moone; but that it is +not the cause of this whereof wee now discourse, is of itselfe +sufficiently plaine, because _Uenus_ is sometimes over the Moone, when +as shee cannot convey any light to that part which is turned from her. + + [Sidenote 1: _Progym. 1._] + + [Sidenote 2: _l. 20. c. 5._] + +It doth not proceede from the fixed starres, for then it would retaine +the same light in eclipses, whereas the light at such times is more +ruddy and dull. Then also the light of the Moone would not be greater or +lesser, according to its distance from the edge of the earths shadow, +since it did at all times equally participate this light of the starres. + +Now because there is no other body in the whole Universe, save the +earth, it remaines that this light must necessarily be caused by that +which with a just gratitude repaies to the Moone, such illumination as +it receives from her. + +And as loving friends equally participate of the same joy and griefe, so +doe these mutually partake of the same light from the Sunne, and the +same darkenesse from the eclipses, being also severally helped by one +another in their greatest wants: For when the Moone is in conjunction +with the Sunne, and her upper part receives all the light, then her +lower Hemispheare (which would otherwise be altogether darke) is +enlightened by the reflexion of the Sunne beames from the earth. When +these two planets are in opposition, then that part of the earth which +could not receive any light from the Sunne beames, is most enlightened +by the Moone, being then in her full; and as she doth most illuminate +the earth when the Sunne beames cannot, so the gratefull earth returnes +to her as great, nay greater light when shee most wants it; so that +alwaies that visible part of the Moone which receives nothing from the +Sunne, is enlightened by the earth, as is proved by _Galilæus_, with +many more arguments, in that Treatise which he calls _Systema mundi_. +True indeed, when the Moone comes to a quartile, then you can neither +discerne this light, nor yet the darker part of her body, but the reason +is, because of the exuperancy of the light in the other parts. _Quippe +illustratum medium speciem recipit valentiorem_,[1] the clearer +brightnesse involves the weaker, it being with the species of sight, as +it is with those of sound, and as the greater noise drownes the lesse, +so the brighter object hides that which is more obscure. But they doe +alwaies in their mutuall vicissitudes participate of one anothers light; +so also doe they partake of the same defects and darknings, for when our +Moone is eclipsed, then is their Sunne darkened, and when our Sunne is +eclipsed, then is their Moone deprived of its light, as you may see +affirmed by _Mæslin_.[2] + + _Quod si terram nobis ex alto liceret intueri, quemadmodum + deficientem lunam ex longinquo spectare possumus, videremus tempore + eclipsis solis terræ aliquam partem lumine solis deficere, eodem + planè modo sicut ex opposito luna deficit_, + + “If wee might behold this globe of earth at the same distance as we + doe the Moone in her defects, wee might discerne some part of it + darkened in the Sunnes eclipses, just so as the Moone is in hers.” + +For as our Moone is eclipsed by the interposition of our earth, so is +their Moone eclipsed by the interposition of theirs. The manner of this +mutuall illumination betwixt these two you may plainly discerne in this +Figure following. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scal. exerc. 62._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Epit. Astro. l. 4. part. 2._] + + [Illustration as described in text: + sun, crescent moon and gibbous earth] + +Where A represents the Sun, B the Earth, and C the Moone; Now suppose +the Moone C to be in a sextile of increase, when there is onely one +small part of her body enlightened, then the earth B will have such a +part of its visible Hemispheare darkened, as is proportionable to that +part of the Moone which is enlightened; and as for so much of the Moone, +as the Sun beames cannot reach unto, it receives light from a +proportionall part of the earth which shines upon it, as you may plainly +perceive by the Figure. + +You see then that agreement and similitude which there is betwixt our +earth and the Moone. Now the greatest difference which makes them +unlike, is this, that the Moone enlightens our earth round about, +whereas our earth gives light onely to that Hemispheare of the Moone +which is visible unto us, as may be certainly gathered from the constant +appearance of the same spots, which could not thus come to passe, if the +Moone had such a diurnall motion about its own axis, as perhaps our +earth hath. And though some suppose her to move in an epicycle, yet this +doth not so turne her body round, that we may discerne both +Hemispheares, for according to that hypothesis, the motion of her +eccentrick, doth turne her face towards us, as much as the other doth +from us. + +But now if any question what they doe for a Moone who live in the upper +part of her body? I answer, the solving of this is the most uncertaine +and difficult thing that I know of concerning this whole matter. But yet +I will give you two probable conjectures. + +1. Perhaps, the upper Hemispheare of the Moone doth receive a sufficient +light from those planets about it, and amongst these _Venus_ (it may be) +bestowes a more especiall brightnesse, since _Galilæus_ hath plainly +discerned that she suffers the same increase and decreases, as the Moone +hath, and ’tis probable that this may be perceived there without the +help of a glasse, because they are farre neerer it than wee. When +_Venus_ (saith _Keplar_) lies downe in the Perige or lower part of her +supposed Epicycle, then is she in conjunction with her husband the +Sunne, from whom after she hath departed for the space of ten moneths, +shee gets _plenum uterum_, and is in the full. + +But you’ll reply, though _Venus_ may bestow some light when she is over +the Moone, and in conjunction, yet being in opposition, she is not +visible to them, and what shall they then doe for light? + +I answer, then they have none: nor doth this make so great a difference +betwixt those two Hemispheares as there is with us, betwixt the places +under the poles, and the line, but if this bee not sufficient, then I +say in the second place that + +2. Perhaps there may be some other enlightened body above the Moone +which we cannot discerne, nor is this altogether improbable because +there is almost the like observed in Saturne, who appeares through this +glasse with two lesser bodies on each side, which may supply the office +of Moones, unto each hemispheare thus: + + o O o + +So in this world also there may be some such body, though wee cannot +discerne it, because the Moone is alwaies in a streight line, betwixt +our eye and that. Nor is it altogether unlikely that there should bee +more moones to one Orbe, because _Jupiter_ also is observed to have +foure such bodies that move round about him. + +But it may seeme a very difficult thing to conceive, how so grosse and +darke a body as our earth, should yeeld such cleare light as proceedes +from the Moone, and therefore the Cardinall _de Cusa_[1] (who thinkes +every Starre to be a severall world) is of opinion that the light of the +Sunne is not able to make them appeare so bright, but the reason of +their shining is, because wee behold them at a great distance through +their regions of fire which doe set a shining lustre upon those bodies +that of themselves are darke. + + _Vnde si quis esset extra regionem ignis, terra ista in + circumferentia suæ regionis per medium ignis lucida stella + appareret._ + + “So that if man were beyond the region of fire, this earth would + appear through that as a bright Starre.” + +But if this were the onely reason then would the Moone bee freed from +such increases and decreases as shee is now lyable unto. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ig. l. 2. c. 12._] + +_Keplar_ thinkes that our earth receives that light whereby it shines +from the Sunne, but this (saith he) is not such an intended cleare +brightnesse as the Moone is capable of, and therefore hee guesses, that +the earth there is of a more chokie soyle like the Ile of _Creete_, and +so is better able to reflect a stronger light, whereas our earth must +supply this intention with the quantity of its body, but this I conceive +to be a needlesse conjecture, since our earth if all things were well +considered, will be found able enough to reflect as great a light. For + +1. Consider its opacity, if you marke these sublunary things, you shall +perceive that amongst them, those that are most perspicuous, are not so +well able to reverberate the Sunne beames as the thicker bodies. The +rayes passe singly through a diaphanous matter, but in an opacous +substance they are doubled in their returne and multiplyed by reflexion. +Now if the moone and the other Planets can shine so clearely by beating +backe the Sunne beames, why may not the earth also shine as well, which +agrees with them in the cause of this brightnesse their opacity? + +2. Consider what a cleare light wee may discerne reflected from the +earth in the middest of Summer, and withall conceive how much greater +that must bee which is under the line, where the rayes are more directly +and strongly reverberated. + +3. Consider the great distance at which wee behold the Planets, for this +must needs adde much to their shining and therefore _Cusanus_ (in the +above cited place) thinkes that if a man were in the Sunne, that Planet +would not appeare so bright to him, as now it doth to us, because then +his eye could discerne but little, whereas here wee may comprehend the +beames as they are contracted in a narrow body. _Keplar_ beholding the +earth from a high mountaine when it was enlightned by the Sunne +confesses that it appeared unto him of an incredible brightnesse, +whereas then the reflected rayes entered into his sight obliquely; but +how much brighter would it have appeared if hee might in a direct line +behold the whole globe of earth and these rayes gathered together? So +that if wee consider that great light which the earth receives from the +Sunne in the Summer, and then suppose wee were in the Moone, where wee +might see the whole earth hanging in those vast spaces where there is +nothing to terminate the sight, but those beames which are there +contracted into a little compasse; I say, if wee doe well consider this, +wee may easily conceive, that our earth appeares as bright to those +other inhabitants in the Moone, as theirs doth to us. + + + + +Proposition 12. + +_That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world + in the Moone, as there are with us._ + + +_Plutarch_ discussing this point affirmes that it is not necessary there +should be the same meanes of growth and fructifying in both these +worlds, since nature might in her policy finde out more waies then one +how to bring about the same effect. But however he thinks its probable +that the Moone her selfe sendeth forth warme winds, and by the +swiftnesse of her motion there should breathe out a sweet and +comfortable ayer, pleasant dewes and gentle moysture, which might serve +for the refreshing and nourishment of the inhabitants and plants in that +other world. + +But since they have all things alike with us, as sea and land, and +vaporous ayer encompassing both, I should rather therefore thinke that +nature there should use the same way of producing meteors as she doth +with us (and not by a motion as _Plutarch_ supposes) because shee doth +not love to vary from her usuall operations without some extraordinary +impediment, but still keepes her beaten path unlesse she be driven +thence. + +One argument whereby I shall manifest this truth, may be taken from +those new Starres which have appeared in divers ages of the world, and +by their parallax have beene discerned to have been above the _M_oone, +such as was that in _Cassiopeia_, that in _Sagittarius_, with many +others betwixt the Planets. _Hipparchus_ in his time tooke especiall +notice of such as these,[1] and therefore fancied out such +constellations in which to place the Starres, shewing how many there +were in every asterisme, that so afterwards posterity might know, +whether there were any new Starre produced or any old one missing. Now +the nature of these Comets may probably manifest, that in this other +world there are other meteors also; for these in all likelihood are +nothing else but such evaporations caused by the Sunne, from the bodies +of the Planets. I shall prove this by shewing the improbabilities and +inconveniences of any other opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plin. nat. hist. l. 2. c. 26._] + +For the better pursuite of this ’tis in the first place requisite that I +deale with our chiefe adversary, _Cæsar la Galla_, who doth most +directly oppose that truth which is here to bee proved. Hee endeavouring +to confirme the incorruptibility of the Heavens, and being there to +satisfie the argument which is taken from these comets, He answers it +thus: + + _Aut argumentum desumptum ex paralaxi non est efficax, aut si est + efficax, eorum instrumentorum usum decipere, vel ratione astri vel + medii, vel distantiæ, aut ergo erat in suprema parte aeris, aut si + in cœlo, tum forsan factum erat ex reflectione radiorum Saturni & + Jovis, qui tunc in conjunctione fuerant._ + + “Either the argument from the paralax is not efficacious, or if it + be, yet the use of the instruments might deceive either in regard of + the starre or the _medium_, or the distance, and so this comet might + be in the upper regions of the aire, or if it were in the heavens, + there it might be produced by the reflexion of the rayes from + _Saturne_ and _Jupiter_, who were then in conjunction.” + +You see what shifts hee is driven to, how he runnes up and downe to many +starting holes, that hee may find some shelter, and in stead of the +strength of reason, he answers with a multitude of words, thinking (as +the Proverbe is) that hee may use haile, when hee hath no thunder, +_Nihil turpius_ (saith [1]*_Seneca_) + + _dubio est incerto, pedem modo referente, modo producente._ + + “What can there bee more unseemely in one that should be a faire + disputant, then to be now here, now there, and so uncertaine, that + one cannot tell where to find him.” + +He thinkes that there are not Comets in the heavens, because there may +be many other reasons of such appearances, but what he knowes not, +perhaps (he saies) that argument from the parallax is not sufficient, or +if it be, then there may be some deceit in the observation. To this I +may safely say, that hee may justly be accounted a weake Mathematician +who mistrusts the strength of this argument, nor can hee know much in +Astronomy, who understands not the parallax, which is the foundation of +that Science, and I am sure that hee is a timorous man, who dares not +believe the frequent experience of his senses, or trust to a +demonstration. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Epist. 95._] + +True indeed, I grant tis possible, that the eye, the _medium_, and the +distance may al deceive the beholder, but I would have him shew which of +all these was likely to cause an error in this observation? Meerely to +say they might be deceived is no sufficient answer, for by this I might +confute the positions of all Astronomers, and affirme the starres are +hard by us, because ’tis possible they may be deceived in their +observing that distance. But I forbeare any further reply; my opinion is +of that Treatise, that either it was set forth purposely to tempt a +confutation, that hee might see the opinion of _Galilæus_ confirmed by +others, or else it was invented with as much haste and negligence as it +was printed, there being in it almost as many faults as lines. + +Others thinke that these are not any new Comets, but some ancient +starres that were there before, which now shine with that unusuall +brightnesse, by reason of the interposition of such vapors which doe +multiply their light, and so the alteration will be here onely, and not +in the heavens. Thus _Aristotle_ thought the appearance of the milkie +way was produced, for he held that there were many little starres, which +by their influence did constantly attract such a vapour towards that +place of heaven, so that it alwaies appeared white. Now by the same +reason may a brighter vapor be the cause of these appearances. + +But how probable soever this opinion may seeme, yet if well considered, +you shall finde it to be altogether absurd and impossible: for, + +1. These starres were never seene there before, and tis not likely that +a vapour being hard by us can so multiply that light which could not +before be at all discerned. + +2. This supposed vapour cannot be either contracted into a narrow +compasse or dilated into a broad: 1. it could not be within a little +space, for then that starre would not appeare with the same multiplied +light to those in other climates: 2. it cannot be a dilated vapour, for +then other starres which were discerned through the same vapour would +seeme as bigg as that; this argument is the same in effect with that of +the paralax, as you may see in this Figure. + + [Illustration] + +Suppose A B to be a Hemispheare of one earth, C D to be the upper part +of the highest region, in which there might be either a contracted +vapour, as G, or else a dilated one, as H I. Suppose E F likewise to +represent halfe the heavens, wherein was this appearing Comet at K. Now +I say, that a contracted vapour, as G, could not cause this appearance, +because an inhabitant at M could not discerne the same starre with this +brightnesse, but perhaps another at L, betwixt which the vapour is +directly interposed. Nor could it be caused by a dilated vapour, as H I, +because then all the starres that were discerned through it would be +perceived with the same brightnesse. + +Tis necessary therefore that the cause of this appearance should be in +the heavens. And this is granted by the most and best Astronomers. But, +say some, this doth not argue any naturall alteration in those purer +bodies, since tis probable that the concourse of many little vagabond +starres by the union of their beames may cause so great a light. Of this +opinion were _Anaxagoras_ and _Zeno_ amongst the ancient, and _Baptista +Cisatus_, _Blancanus_, with others amongst our moderne Astronomers. For, +say they, when there happens to be a concourse of some few starres, then +doe many other flie unto them from all the parts of heaven like so many +Bees unto their King. But 1. tis not likely that amongst those which wee +count the fixed starres there should be any such uncertaine motions, +that they can wander from all parts of the heavens, as if Nature had +neglected them, or forgot to appoint them a determinate course. 2. If +there be such a conflux of these, as of Bees to their King, then what +reason is there that they doe not still tarry with it, that so the Comet +may not be dissolved? But enough of this. You may commonly see it +confuted by many other arguments. Others there are, who affirme these to +be some new created stars, produced by an extraordinary supernaturall +power. I answer, true indeed, tis possible they might be so, but however +tis not likely they were so, since such appearances may be salved some +other way, wherefore to fly unto a miracle for such things, were a great +injury to nature, and to derogate from her skill, an indignitie much +mis-becomming a man who professes himselfe to be a Philosopher, +_Miraculum_ (saith one) _est ignorantiæ Asylum_, a miracle often serves +for the receptacle of a lazy ignorance which any industrious Spirit +would be ashamed of, it being but an idle way to shift off the labour of +any further search. But here’s the misery of it, wee first tie our +selves unto _Aristotles_ Principles, and then conclude, that nothing +could contradict them but a miracle, whereas ’twould be much better for +the Common-wealth of learning, if we would ground our Principles rather +upon the frequent experiences of our owne, then the bare authority of +others. + +Some there are, who thinke that these Comets are nothing else, but +exhalations from our earth, carried up into the higher parts of the +Heaven. So _Peno_, _Rothmannus_ & _Galilæus_,[1] but this is not +possible, since by computation ’tis found that one of them is above 300 +times bigger than the whole Globe of Land and Water. Others therefore +have thought that they did proceed from the body of the Sun, and that +that Planet onely is + + _Cometarum officina, unde tanquam emissarii & exploratores + emitterentur, brevi ad solem redituri_: + +The shop or forge of Comets from whence they were sent, like so many +spies, that they might in some short space returne againe, but this +cannot be, since if so much matter had proceeded from him alone, it +would have made a sensible diminution in his body. The Noble _Tycho_ +therefore thinkes that they consist of some such fluider parts of the +Heaven, as the milkie way is framed of, which being condenst together, +yet not attaining to the consistency of a Starre, is in some space of +time rarified againe into its wonted nature. But this is not likely, for +if there had beene so great a condensation as to make them shine so +bright, and last so long, they would then sensibly have moved downewards +towards some center of gravity, because whatsoever is condenst must +necessarily grow heavier, whereas these rather seemed to ascend higher, +as they lasted longer. But some may object, that a thing may be of the +same weight, when it is rarified, as it had while it was condenst: so +metalls, when they are melted, and when they are cold: so water also +when it is frozen, and when it is fluid, doth not differ in respect of +gravity. But to these I answer: First, Metalls are not rarified by +melting, but molified. Secondly, waters are not properly condensed, but +congealed into a harder substance, the parts being not contracted closer +together, but still possessing the same extension. + + [Sidenote 1: _Tycho Progym. l. 1. cap. 9._] + +And beside, what likely cause can we conceive of this condensation, +unlesse there be such qualities there, as there are in our ayre, and +then why may not the Planets have the like qualities, as our earth? and +if so, then ’tis more probable that they are made by the ordinary way of +nature, as they are with us, and consist of exhalations from the bodies +of the Planets. Nor is this a singular opinion; but it seemed most +likely to _Camillus Gloriosus_, _Th. Campanella_, _Fromondus_,[1] with +some others. But if you aske whither all these exhalations shall +returne, I answer, every one into his owne Planet: if it be againe +objected,[2] that then there will be so many centers of gravity, and +each severall Planet will be a distinct world; I reply, perhaps all of +them are so except the Sunne, though _Cusanus_ thinkes there is one +also, and later times have discovered some lesser Planets moving round +about him. But as for _Saturne_, he hath two Moones on each side. +_Jupiter_ hath foure, that incircle his body with their motion. _Venus_ +is observed to increase and decrease as the Moone. _Mars_, and all the +rest, derive their light from the Sunne onely. Concerning _Mercury_, +there hath beene little or no observation, because for the most part, +he lies hid under the Sunne beames, and seldome appeares by himselfe. +So that if you consider their quantity, their opacity, or these other +discoveries, you shall finde it probable enough, that each of them may +be a severall world. But this would be too much for to vent at the +first: the chiefe thing at which I now ayme in this discourse, is to +prove that there may be one in the Moone. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Comet. l. 5. c. 4._ + _Apolog._ + _Meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iohan. Fabr._ + _Carolus Malaptius de Heliocyc._ + _Scheiner. Rosa Vrsina._] + +It hath beene before confirmed that there was a spheare of thicke +vaporous aire encompasing the Moone, as the first and second regions doe +this earth. I have now shewed, that thence such exhalations may proceede +as doe produce the Comets: now from hence it may probably follow, that +there may be wind also and raine, with such other Meteors as are common +amongst us. This consequence is so dependant, that _Fromondus_[1] dares +not deny it, though hee would (as hee confesses himselfe) for if the +Sunne be able to exhale from them such fumes as may cause Comets, why +not then such as may cause winds, and why not such also as cause raine, +since I have above shewed, that there is Sea and Land as with us. Now +raine seemes to be more especially requisite for them, since it may +allay the heate and scorchings of the Sunne, when he is over their +heads. And nature hath thus provided for those in _Peru_, with the other +inhabitants under the line. + + [Sidenote 1: _De meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6._] + +But if there be such great, and frequent alterations in the Heavens, why +cannot wee discerne them? + +I answer: + +1. There may be such, and we not able to perceive them, because of the +weaknesse of our eye, and the distance of those places from us, they are +the words of _Fienus_, as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the above +cited place, + + _Possunt maximæ permutationes in cœlo fieri, etiamsi a nobis non + conspiciantur, hoc visus nostri debilitas & immensa cœli distantia + faciunt._ + +And unto him assents _Fromondus_ himselfe, when a little after hee +saies, + + _Si in sphæris planetarum degeremus, plurima forsan cœlestium + nebularum vellere toto æthere passim dispersa videremus, quorum + species jam evanescit nimia spatii intercapedine._ + + “If we did live in the spheares of the Planets, wee might there, + perhaps, discerne many great clouds dispersed through the whole + Heavens, which are not now visible by reason of this great distance.” + +2. _Mæslin_ and _Keplar_ affirme, that they have seene some of these +alterations. The words of _Mæslin_ are these (as I finde them cited.)[1] + + _In eclipsi Lunari vespere Dominicæ Palmarum Anni 1605, in corpore + Lunæ versus Boream, nigricans quædam macula conspecta fuit, obscurior + cætero toto corpore, quod candentis ferri figuram repræsentabat; + dixisses nubila in multam regionem extensa pluviis & tempestuosis + imbribus gravida, cujusmodi ab excelsorum montium jugis in humiliora + convallium loca videre non rarò contingit._ + + “In that lunary eclipse which happened in the even of Palme-sunday, + in the yeere 1605, there was a certaine blackish spot discerned in + the Northerly part of the Moone, being darker than any other part of + her body, and representing the colour of red hot yron; you might + conjecture that it was some dilated cloud, being pregnant with + showers, for thus doe such lower clouds appeare from the tops of + high mountaines.” + + [Sidenote 1: _Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil._] + +Unto this I may adde another testimony of _Bapt. Cisatus_, as he is +quoted by _Nierembergius_,[1] grounded upon an observation taken 23. +yeeres after this of _Mæslin_, and writ to this _Euseb. Nieremberg._ in +a letter by that diligent and judicious Astronomer. The words of it +runne thus: + + _Et quidem in eclipsi nupra solari quæ fuit ipso die natali Christi, + observavi clarè in luna soli supposita, quidpiam quod valde probat + id ipsum quod Cometæ quoque & maculæ solares urgent, nempe cœlum non + esse à tenuitate & variationibus aeris exemptum, nam circa Lunam + adverti esse sphæram seu orbem quendam vaporosum, non secus atque + circum terram, adeoque sicut ex terra in aliquam usque sphæram + vapores & exhalationes expirant, ita quoque ex luna._ + + “In that late solary eclipse which happened on Christmas day, when + the Moone was just under the Sunne, I plainly discerned that in her + which may clearely confirme what the Comets and Sunne spots doe seeme + to prove, _viz._ that the heavens are not solid, nor freed from those + changes which our aire is liable unto, for about the Moone I perceived + such an orbe of vaporous aire, as that is which doth encompasse our + earth, and as vapours and exhalations, are raised from our earth into + this aire, so are they also from the Moone.” + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. Nat. l. 2. c. 11._] + +You see what probable grounds and plaine testimonies have brought for +the confirmation of this Proposition: many other things in this behalfe +might be spoken, which for brevity sake I now omit, and passe unto the +next. + + + + +Proposition 13. + +_That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but + of what kinde they are is uncertaine._ + + +I have already handled the Seasons and Meteors belonging to this new +World: ’tis requisite that in the next place I should come unto the +third thing which I promised, and to say somewhat of the inhabitants, +concerning whom there might be many difficult questions raised, as +whether that place be more inconvenient for habitation then our World +(as _Keplar_ thinkes) whether they are the seed of _Adam_, whether they +are there in a blessed estate, or else what meanes there may be for +their salvation, with many other such uncertaine enquiries, which I +shall willingly omit, leaving it to their examination, who have more +leisure and learning for the search of such particulars. + +Being for mine own part content only to set downe such notes belonging +unto these which have observed in other Writers. + + _Cum tota illa regio nobis ignota sit, remanent inhabitores illi + ignoti penitus_, + +(saith _Cusanus_)[1] since we know not the regions of that place, wee +must be altogether ignorant of the inhabitants. There hath not yet beene +any such discovery concerning these, upon which wee may build a +certainty, or good probability: well may wee guesse at them, and that +too very doubtfully, but we can know nothing, for if we doe hardly +guesse aright at things which be upon earth, if with labour wee doe +finde the things that are at hand, [2]how then can wee search out those +things that are in Heaven? What a little is that which wee know? in +respect of those many matters contained within this great Universe, this +whole globe of earth and water? though it seeme to us to be of a large +extent, yet it beares not so great a proportion unto the whole frame of +Nature, as a small sand doth unto it; and what can such little creatures +as wee discerne, who are tied to this point of earth? or what can they +in the Moone know of us? If wee understand any thing (saith _Esdras_[3]) +’tis nothing but that which is upon the earth, and hee that dwelleth +above in the Heavens, may onely understand the things that are above in +the heighth of the heavens. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: Wisd. 9. 16.] + + [Sidenote 3: 2 Esd. 4. 22.] + +So that ’twere a very needelesse thing for us, to search after any +particulars, however, wee may guesse in the generall, that there are +some inhabitans in that Planet: for why else did Providence furnish that +place with all such conveniences of habitation as have beene above +declared? + +But you will say, perhaps, is there not too great and intollerable a +heate, since the Sunne is in their Zinith every moneth, and doth tarry +their so long before hee leaves it? + +I answer, 1. This may, perhaps, be remedied (as it is under the line) by +the frequencie of mid-day showers, which may cloud their Sunne, and +coole their earth: 2. The equality of their nights doth much temper the +scorching of the day, and the extreme cold that comes from the one, +require some space before it can be dispelled by the other, so that the +heate spending a great while before it can have the victory, hath not +afterwards much time to rage in. Wherfore notwithstanding this, yet that +place may remaine habitable. And this was the opinion of the _Cardinal +de Cusa_, when speaking of this Planet, he saies,[1] + + _Hic locus Mundi est habitatio hominum & animalium atque + vegetabilium_. + + “This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and Plantes.” + +To him assented _Campanella_, but hee cannot determine whether there +were men, or rather some other kinde of creatures. If they were men, +then he thinkes they could not be infected with _Adams_ sinne; yet, +perhaps, they had some of their owne, which might make them liable to +the same misery with us, out of which, perhaps, they were delivered by +the same means as we, the death of Christ, and thus he thinkes that +place of the _Ephesians_ may be interpreted, where the Apostle saies,[2] +_God gathered all things together in Christ, both which are in earth, +and which are in the heavens_: So also that of the same Apostle to the +_Colossians_, where hee saies,[3] that _it pleased the Father to +reconcile all things unto himselfe by Christ, whether they be things in +earth, or things in heaven_. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: Eph. 1. 10.] + + [Sidenote 3: Col. 1. 20.] + +But I dare not jest with Divine truthes, or apply these places according +as fancy directs. As I thinke this opinion doth not any where contradict +Scripture, so I thinke likewise, that it cannot be proved from it, +wherefore _Campanella’s_ second conjecture may be more probable, that +the inhabitants of that world, are not men as wee are, but some other +kinde of creatures which beare some proportion and likenesse to our +natures, and _Cusanus_ too thinkes they differ from us in many respects; +I will set downe his words as they may bee found in the abovecited +place, + + _Suspicamus in regione solis magis esse solares, claros & illuminatos + intellectuares habitatores, spiritu aliores etiam quam in lunâ, ubi + magis lunatici, & in terra, magis materiales, & grossi, ut illi + intellectualis naturæ solares sint multum in actu & parum in + potentia; terreni vero magis in potentia, & parum in actu, lunares + in medio fluctuantes. Hoc quidem opinamur ex influentia ignili + solis aquatica simul & aeria lunæ, & gravedine materiali terræ, + & consimiliter de aliis stellarum regionibus suspicantes, nullam + habitatoribus carêre, quasi tot sint partes particulares mundiales + omnius universi, quot sunt stellæ quarum non est numerus, nisi apud + eum qui omnia in numero creavit._ + + “Wee may conjecture (saith he) the inhabiters of the Sunne are + like to the nature of that Planet, more cleare and bright, more + intellectuall and spirituall than those in the Moone where they + are neerer to the nature of that duller Planet, and those of the + earth being more grosse and materiall than either, so that these + intellectuall natures in the Sun, are more forme than matter, those + in the earth more matter than forme, and those in the Moone betwixt + both. This wee may guesse from the fiery influence of the Sunne, the + watery and aereous influence of the Moone, as also the matereall + heavinesse of the earth. In some such manner likewise is it with the + regions of the other Starres, for wee conjecture that none of them + are without inhabitants, but that there are so many particular + worlds and parts of this one universe, as there are Stars which are + innumerable, unlesse it bee to him who created all things in number.” + +For he held that the stars were not all in one equall Orbe as we +commonly suppose, but that some were farre higher than others which made +them appeare lesse and that many others were so farre above any of +these, that they were altogether invisible unto us. An opinion (which as +I conceive) hath not any great probability for it, nor certainty against +it. + +The Priest of _Saturne_ relating to _Plutarch_ (as he faignes it) the +nature of the Selenites, told him they were of divers dispositions, some +desiring to live in the lower parts of the Moone, where they might looke +downewards upon us, while others were more surely mounted aloft, all of +them shining like the rayes of the Sun, and as being victorious are +crowned with garlands made with the wings of _Eustathia_ or +_Constancie_. + +It hath beene the opinion amongst some of the Ancients, that their +Heavens and Elysian fields were in the Moone where the aire is most +quiet and pure. Thus _Socrates_, thus _Plato_,[1] with his followers, +did esteeme this to bee the place where those purer soules inhabit, who +are freed from the Sepulchre, and contagion of the body. And by the +Fable of _Ceres_, continually wandring in search of her daughter +_Proserpina_, is meant nothing else but the longing desire of men, who +live upon _Ceres_ earth, to attaine a place in _Proserpina_, the Moone +or Heaven. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. Com. lib. 3. c. 19._] + +_Plutarch_ also seemes to assent unto this, but hee thinkes moreover, +that there are two places of happinesse answerable to those two parts +which hee fancies to remaine of a man when hee is dead, the soule and +the understanding; the soule he thinkes is made of the Moone, and as our +bodies doe so proceede from the dust of this earth, that they shall +returne to it hereafter, so our soules were generated out of that +Planet, and shall bee resolved into it againe, whereas the understanding +shall ascend unto the Sunne, out of which it was made where it shall +possesse an eternity of well being, and farre greater happinesse than +that which is enjoyed in the Moone. So that when a man dies, if his +soule bee much polluted, then must it wander up and downe in the middle +regions of the aire where hell is, and there suffer unspeakable torments +for those sinnes whereof it is guilty. Whereas the soules of better men, +when they have in some space of time beene purged from that impurity +which they did derive from the body, then doe they returne into the +Moone, where they are possest with such a joy, as those men feele who +professe holy misteries, from which place (saith he) some are sent downe +to have the superintendance of Oracles, being diligent either in the +preservation of the good, either from or in all perils, and the +prevention or punishment of all wicked actions, but if in these +imployments they mis-behave themselves, then are they againe to be +imprisoned in a body, otherwise they remaine in the Moone till their +body be resolved into it, & the understanding being cleared from all +impediments, ascends to the Sunne which is its proper place. But this +requires a diverse space of time according to the diverse affections of +the soule. As for those who have beene retired and honest, addicting +themselves to a studious and quiet life, these are quickly preferred to +a higher happinesse. But as for such who have busied themselves in many +broyles, or have beene vehement in the prosecution of any lust, as the +ambitious, the amorous, the wrathfull man, these still retaine the +glimpses and dreames of such things as they have performed in their +bodies, which makes them either altogether unfit to remaine there where +they are, or else keepes them long ere they can put off their soules. +Thus you see _Plutarchs_ opinion concerning the inhabitants and +neighbours of the Moone, which (according to the manner of the +Academickes) hee delivers in a third person; you see he makes that +Planet an inferiour kind of heaven, and though hee differ in many +circumstances, yet doth hee describe it to be some such place, as wee +suppose Paradise to be. You see likewise his opinion concerning the +place of damned spirits, that it is in the middle region of the aire, +and in neither of these is hee singular, but some more late and Orthodox +Writers have agreed with him. As for the place of hell, many thinke it +may be in the aire as well as any where else. + +True indeed, Saint _Austin_ affirmes that this place cannot bee +discovered;[1] But others there are who can shew the situation of it out +of Scripture; Some holding it to bee in some other world without this, +because our Saviour calls it σκότος ἐξώτερον, outward darkenesse.[2] But +the most will have it placed towards the Center of our earth, because +’tis said,[3] Christ descended into the lower parts of the earth, and +some of these are so confident, that this is its situation, that they +can describe you its bignes also, and of what capacity it is. _Francis +Ribera_ in his Comment on the _Revelations_, speaking of those words, +where ’tis said,[4] that the blood went out of the Wine-presse, even +unto the horses bridles by the space of one thousand and sixe hundred +furlongs, interprets them to bee meant of Hell, and that that number +expresses the diameter of its concavity, which is 200 _Italian_ miles; +but _Lessius_ thinkes that this opinion gives them too much roome in +hell,[5] and therefore hee guesses that ’tis not so wide; for (saith +hee) the diameter of one league being cubically multiplied, will make a +spheare capable of 800000 millions of damned bodies, allowing to each +sixe foote in the square, whereas (saies hee) ’tis certaine that there +shall not be one hundred thousand millions in all that shall bee damned. +You see the bold _Iesuit_ was carefull that every one should have but +roome enough in hell, and by the strangenesse of the conjecture, you may +guesse that he had rather bee absurd, than seeme either uncharitable or +ignorant. I remember there is a relation in _Pliny_, how that +_Dionisiodorus_ a Mathematician, being dead, did send a letter from his +place to some of his friends upon earth, to certifie them what distance +there was betwixt the center and superficies: hee might have done well +to have prevented this controversie, and enformed them the utmost +capacity of that place. However, certaine it is, that that number cannot +bee knowne, and probable it is, that the place is not yet determined, +but that hell is there where there is any tormented soule, which may bee +in the regions of the aire as well as in the center; but of this onely +occasionally, and by reason of _Plutarchs_ opinion concerning those that +are round about the Moone; as for the Moone it selfe, hee esteemes it +to bee a lower kinde of Heaven, and therefore in another place hee cals +it a terrestriall starre,[6] and an Olympian or celestiall earth +answerable, as I conceive, to the paradise of the Schoolemen, and that +Paradise was either in or neere the Moone, is the opinion of some later +Writers, who derived it (in all likelihood) from the assertion of +_Plato_, and perhaps, this of _Plutarch_. _Tostatus_[7] laies this +opinion upon _Isioder. Hispalensis_, and the venerable _Bede_; and +_Pererius_[8] fathers it upon _Strabus_ and _Rabanus_ his Master. +Some would have it to bee situated in such a place as could not be +discovered, which causes the penman of _Esdras_ to make it a harder +matter to know the outgoings of Paradise, then to weigh the weight of +the fire, or measure the blasts of wind, or call againe a day that is +past.[9] But notwithstanding this, there bee some others who thinke that +it is on the top of some high mountaine under the line, and these +interpreted the torrid Zone to be the flaming Sword whereby Paradise +was guarded. ’Tis the consent of divers others, who agree in this, that +Paradise is situated in some high and eminent place.[10] So _Tostatus_: + + _Est etiam Paradisus situ altissima, supra omnem terræ altitudinem_, + + “Paradise is situated in some high place above the earth”: + +and therefore in his Cõment upon the 49. of _Genesis_, hee understands +the blessing of _Iacob_ concerning the everlasting hills to bee meant of +Paradise, and the blessing it selfe to bee nothing else but a promise of +Christs comming, by whose passion the gates of Paradise should bee +opened. Unto him assented _Rupertus_, _Scotus_, and most of the other +Schoolemen, as I find them cited by _Pererius_,[11] and out of him in +Sr. _W. Rawleigh_. Their reason was this: because in probability this +place was not overflowed by the flood, since there were no sinners there +which might draw that curse upon it. Nay _Tostatus_ thinkes that the +body of _Enoch_ was kept there, and some of the Fathers, as _Tertullian_ +and _Austin_ have affirmed, that the blessed soules were reserved in +that place till the day of judgement, and therefore ’tis likely that it +was not overflowed by the flood; and besides, since all men should have +went naked if _Adam_ had not fell, ’tis requisite therefore that it +should be situated in some such place where it might bee priviledged +from the extremities of heat and cold. But now this could not bee (they +thought) so conveniently in any lower, as it might in some higher aire. +For these and such like considerations have so many affirmed that +Paradise was in a high elevated place, which some have conceived could +bee no where but in the Moone: For it could not be in the top of any +mountaine, nor can we thinke of any other body separated from this earth +which can bee a more convenient place for habitation than this Planet, +therefore they concluded that it was there. + + [Sidenote 1: _De civit. Dei. lib. 22. ca. 16._] + + [Sidenote 2: Mat. 25. 30] + + [Sidenote 3: Eph. 4. 9.] + + [Sidenote 4: Rev. 14. 20.] + + [Sidenote 5: _De Morib. div. l. 13. c. 24._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Cur silent oracula._] + + [Sidenote 7: _S. W. Raw. lib. 1. cap. 3. § 7._] + + [Sidenote 8: _in Gen._] + + [Sidenote 9: 2 Esd. 4. 7.] + + [Sidenote 10: _In_ Genes.] + + [Sidenote 11: _Comment. in 2. Gen. v. 8. lib 1. cap. 3. § 6 7._] + +It could not bee on the top of any mountaine. + +1. Because wee have expresse Scripture, that the highest of them was +overflowed.[1] + + [Sidenote 1: Gen. 7. 19.] + +2. Because it must bee of a greater extension, and not some small patch +of ground, since ’tis likely all men should have lived there, if _Adam_ +had not fell. But for a satisfaction of these arguments, together with a +farther discourse of Paradise, I shall referre you to those who have +written purposely upon this subject. Being content for my owne part to +have spoken so much of it, as may conduce to shew the opinion of others +concerning the inhabitants of the Moone, I dare not my selfe affirme any +thing of these Selenites, because I know not any ground whereon to build +any probable opinion. But I thinke that future ages will discover more; +and our posterity, perhaps, may invent some meanes for our better +acquaintance with these inhabitants. ’Tis the method of providence not +presently to shew us all, but to lead us along from the knowledge of one +thing to another. ’Twas a great while ere the Planets were distinguished +from the fixed Stars, and sometime after that ere the morning and +evening starre were found to bee the same, and in greater space I doubt +not but this also, and farre greater mysteries will bee discovered. In +the first ages of the world the Islanders either thought themselves to +be the onely dwellers upon the earth, or else if there were any other, +yet they could not possibly conceive how they might have any commerce +with them, being severed by the deepe and broad Sea, but the after-times +found out the invention of ships, in which notwithstanding none but some +bold daring men durst venture, there being few so resolute as to commit +themselves unto the vaste Ocean, and yet now how easie a thing is this, +even to a timorous & cowardly nature? So, perhaps, there may be some +other meanes invented for a conveyance to the Moone, and though it may +seeme a terrible and impossible thing ever to passe through the vaste +spaces of the aire, yet no question there would bee some men who durst +venture this as well as the other. True indeed, I cannot conceive any +possible meanes for the like discovery of this conjecture, since there +can bee no sailing to the Moone, unlesse that were true which the Poets +doe but feigne, that shee made her bed in the Sea. We have not now any +_Drake_ or _Columbus_ to undertake this voyage, or any _Dædalus_ to +invent a conveyance through the aire. However, I doubt not but that time +who is still the father of new truths, and hath revealed unto us many +things which our Ancestours were ignorant of, will also manifest to our +posterity, that which wee now desire, but cannot know. _Veniet tempus_ +(saith _Seneca_[1]) + + _quo ista quæ nunc latent, in lucem, dies extrahet, & longioris ævi + diligentia._ + +Time will come when the indeavours of after-ages shall bring such things +to light, as now lie hid in obscurity. Arts are not yet come to their +Solstice, but the industry of future times assisted with the labours of +their forefathers, may reach unto that height which wee could not +attaine to. + + _Ueniet tempus quo posteri nostri nos tam aperta nescisse mirentur._ + +As wee now wonder at the blindnesse of our Ancestors, who were not able +to discerne such things as seeme plaine and obvious unto us. So will our +posterity admire our ignorance in as perspicuous matters. _Keplar_ +doubts not, but that as soone as the art of flying is found out, some of +their Nation will make one of the first colonies that shall inhabite +that other world. But I leave this and the like conjectures to the +fancie of the reader; Desiring now to finish this Discourse, wherein I +have in some measure proved what at the first I promised, a world in the +Moone. However, I am not so resolute in this, that I thinke tis +necessary there must be one, but my opinion is that ’tis possible there +may be, and tis probable there is another habitable world in that +Planet. And this was that I undertooke to prove. In the pursuit whereof, +if I have shewed much weaknesse or indiscretion; I shall willingly +submit my selfe to the reason and censure of the more judicious. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. Quæst. l. 7. c. 25._] + + + + + [Decoration] + +The Propositions that are proved in this Discourse. + + +Proposition 1. + +_That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it + should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly + esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common + consent._ + +By way of Preface. + + +Prop. 2. + +_That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of + reason or faith._ + + +Prop. 3. + +_That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can + priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these + inferiour bodies are liable unto._ + + +Prop. 4. + +_That the Moone is a solid, compacted opacous body._ + + +Prop. 5. + +_That the Moone hath not any light of her owne._ + + +Prop. 6. + +_That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of + many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be + deduced from the tenents of others._ + + +Prop. 7. + +_That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be + distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the + Sea and Land in that other world._ + + +Prop. 8. + +_That the spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land._ + + +Prop. 9. + +_That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plaines + in the body of the Moone._ + + +Prop. 10. + +_That there is an Atmo-sphæra, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, + immediately encompassing the body of the Moone._ + + +Prop. 11. + +_That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone._ + + +Prop. 12. + +_That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world + in the Moone, as there are with us._ + + +Prop. 13. + +_That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but + of what kinde they are is uncertaine._ + + +FINIS. + + + * * * * * + * * * * + * * * * * + +[Transcriber’s Additional Notes and Errata] + +Works and Authors Cited in Sidenotes: + +This is not intended to be a comprehensive list. A few sources could not +be identified; others are so well-known, they did not need to be marked. + +The following spellings and name forms are used consistently: + + Austin = Augustine + Blancanus the Jesuit(e) = Josephus Blancanus, Giuseppe Biancani + Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus + Tycho = Tycho Brahe + Nicholas Hill “a country man of ours”. Hill the early atomist, + not Hill (Montanus, van de Bergh) the printer. + Keplar = Kepler (Johannes) + Julius Caesar = Cæsar la Galla, Giulio Cesare La Galla, Lagalla + Mæslin = Maestlin (Michael) + Rawleigh, Rawly = Raleigh (Sir Walter) + Verulam = Francis Bacon (1st Baron Verulam) + + Note also “sydera” for “sidera”. + +Albertus Magnus: _De quattuor coaequaevis_ +----: _De caelo et mundo_ +Aristotle: _De Caelo_ +Bede: _De ratione temporum_ +Christopher Besoldus: _De Natura Populorum ejusque variatione, et de + Linguarum ortu atque immutatione_ (1632) +Josephus Blancanus (Giuseppe Biancani): _Sphaera mundi_ + (Full Title: _Sphaera Mundi seu Cosmographia. Demonstrativa, ac + facili Methodo tradita: In qua totius Mundi fabrica, una cum novis, + Tychonis, Kepleri, Galilaei, aliorumque; Astronomorum adinventis + continetur_) +----: _Aristotelis loca mathematica ex universes ipsius operibus + collecta et explicata_ +Tycho (Brahe): _Astronomiae instauratae progymnasmata_ +Th. (Tommaso) Campanella: _Apologia pro Galileo_ (1622) +Collegium Conimbricenses (Jesuits of Coimbra University): _Commentarii + Collegii Conimbricensis Societatis Jesu in quattuor libros + physicorum Aristotelis de Coelo_ (1592) +Cardinal de Cusa, Cusanus (Nicholas of Cusa/Kues, Nicolaus Cryffts): + _De Docta Ignorantia_ +Johannes Fabricius: _De Maculis in Sole Observatis, et Apparente earum + cum Sole Conversione Narratio_ (1611) + Text not identified by name. +Libertus Fromondus (Libert Froidmont): _Meteorologicorum libri sex_ + (1627) +Galileo: _Nuncius Sidereus_ +Camillus Gloriosus (Giovanni Camillo Glorioso): _De Cometis dissertatio + astronomico-physica_ (1624) +Isidore: _Originum_ +Johannes Kepler: _Dissertatio cum Nuncio Sidereo_ + The name “Galileo” (or “Galilei”) is sometimes included in the + title, as “Diss. cum Nunc. Syd. Galil.” +----: _Epitome astronomiae Copernicanae_ +----: _Astronomiae Pars Optica_ +Julius Caesar (Giulio Cesare La Galla): _De Phenomenis in Orbe Lunae_ + (1612) +Leonard Lessius: _De perfectionibus moribusque divinis_ (1620) + This work is often cited as “De Moribus”; other early mentions are + found in _Tristram Shandy_ and _The Anatomy of Melancholy_. +Mæslin (Michael Maestlin): _Epitome Astronomiae_ (1610) +Carolus Malapertus, Malapertius (Charles Malapert): _Austriaca sidera + heliocyclia astronomicis hypothesibus illigata_ (1633) +Jacobus Mazonius (Jacopo Mazzoni): _In universam Platonis et Aristotelis + philosophiam praeludia sive de Comparatione Platonis et Aristotelis_ +Johannes Eusebius (Juan Eusebio) Nieremberg: _Historia Naturae_ (1635) +Augustinus Nifus (Niphus, Agostino Nifo) + Quoted text not identified by name. +Benedictus Pererius (Benito Pereira): _Commentariorum et disputationum + in Genesim tomi quattuor_ (1591-99) +Plutarch: _De facie in orbe lunae_ +----: _De tranquillitate animi_ +Erasmus Reinhold: Commentary (1542, 1553) on Georg Purbach’s _Theoricae + novae planetarum_ +Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus (Lodovico / Luigi Ricchieri): + _Lectionum antiquarum libri triginta_ +Ruvio (Antonio Rubio): Commentary on Aristotle’s _De Caelo_ +(Julius Caesar) Scaliger: _Exotericae exercitationes ad Hieronymum + Cardanum_ +Christoph Scheiner: _Rosa Ursina sive Sol ex Admirando Facularum + & Macularum suarum Phoenomeno varius_ +Tostatus (Alonso Tostado): _In Genesis_ + + * * * * * + +Errors and Anomalies: + +All but one occurrence of -que is written with a ligature. They have +been expanded for this e-text. + +though they have for a long time lien neglected + _so in original: “lain”?_ +πολλοὺς ἤδη καὶ οὐδένα νόον ἔχοντας + _text reads πελλοὺς; last vowel in ἔχοντας unclear_ +both St. _Uincentius_and _Senafinus_ + _“Senafinus” could not be identified, but cannot be Serafinus_ +_Aristotle_ was the viol of Gods wrath + _spelling “viol” as in original_ +the world is much beholden to _Aristotle_ for all its sciences + _text reads “it sciences”_ +if there be more worlds than one + _text reads “more words”_ +[Sidenote] Ecclus. 43. 3. 4. + _so in original: “Eccles.”?_ +[Sidenote to “Ptolome”] _I{o} Apost._ + _reading unclear, text not identified: “I^o.”?_ +[Sidenote to “Rosa Vrsina”] _lib. 4. p. 2. cy. 24, 35._ + _unclear: “ty.” or error for “cp.”?_ +_Hebræonia l. 2. c. 4._ + _text unclear: “Hebraeoma”?_ +and more especially _Malapertius_ + _text reads “Mulapertius”_ +but never confuted by any solid reason + _text reads “coufuted”_ +[Sidenote] ... _dissertatio / cum Nic. Hill._ ... + _so in original: error for “dissertatio cum Nunc[ius] Sid[ereus]” + (by Kepler)?_ +vius qui ad experimenta hæc contradicendi animo accesserant + _so in original_ +it might probably be deduced + _text reads “de deduced”_ +so _Ioach. Rlelicus_ + _so in original: “Rheticus”?_ +Others think[1] that there be some bodies + _text reads “that there some bodies”_ +[Sidenote] So _Bede_ in _d. de Mund. constit._ + _single letter illegible: could be “fi” or “à”_ +[Sidenote] Eusebius Nioremb. _Hist. Nat. + _so in original: “Nieremberg”_ +sententiam exsuscitare velit + _text reads “excuscitare”_ +that earth in the writings of _Capernicus_ and his followers + _spelling as in original_ +[Sidenote] _Lect. ant. l. 1. c. 15._ + _text reads “Lect. aut l. 1”_ +Nay this opposes his owne eye-witnesse + _text reads “owne-eye-witnesse”_ +that in the Moone there should be any mountaines + _text reads “thete”_ +_Olympus_, _Atlas_, _Taurus_ and _Enius_ + _text unclear; may be “Emus”: for Mt. Aenus?_ +the 47th proposition in the first booke of elements. +Therefore the whole line _A_ _G_ is somewhat more than 104 + _“the 47th proposition” is better known as the Pythagorean theorem. + “104” is presumably an error for “1004”; the correct figure is + almost 1005_ +[Sidenote] _Plat. de fac._ + _so in original: “Plut[arch]”?_ +[Sidenote] _Præfat. ad Austrica syd._ + _so in original: “Austriaca”_ +[Sidenote to Cælius] _Progym. 1._ +[Sidenote to Tycho] _l. 20. c. 5._ + _notes may be reversed: Tycho Brahe wrote a “Progymnasmata”_ +because of the exuperancy of the light in the other parts + _so in original: “exsuperancy”_ +because they are farre neerer it than wee + _text unclear_ +a more chokie soyle like the Ile of _Creete_ + _spelling as in original: “chalky”_ +in his time tooke especiall notice + _text reads “looke” but catchword has “tooke”_ +such appearances may be salved some other way + _so in original_ +[Sidenote] _Carolus Malaptius de Heliocyc._ + _so in original: Malapert(i)us_ +2. _Mæslin_ and _Keplar_ affirme, that they have seene some of these + alterations. The words of _Mæslin_ are these (as I finde them + cited.) +[Sidenote] _Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil._ + _sidenote is attached to Mæslin quote, but work named is by Kepler_ +there are some inhabitants in that Planet + _text reads “inhabitans”_ +The equality of their nights doth much temper the scorching of the day, + and the extreme cold that comes from the one, require some space + _wording as in original_ +This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and Plantes. + _text reads “Planets”_ +intellectuares habitatores + _so in original: “intellectuales”?_ +ex influentia ignili solis + _adjective “ignilis” may have been invented by author cited_ +but _Lessius_ thinkes that this opinion gives them too much roome + _text reads “opi/on” at line break_ +hee cals it a terrestriall starre + _text reads “terrestraill”_ +_Pererius_ fathers it upon _Strabus_ and _Rabanus_ + _text reads “fathers is”_ + +Punctuation: + +the Cities and Mountaines hanging.” What shall wee thinke + _marginal quotes continue through line beginning “shall wee”_ +a propension in its subject + _text reads “’its” with leading apostrophe_ +But the position (say some) is directly against Scripture + _opening parenthesis missing_ +Scripturequæ cœlum pluribus realibus atque + _“atque” written out (all other -que occurrences use ligature)_ +more directly proved by _Mæslin_, _Keplar_, and _Galilæus_ + _no comma after “Mæslin”_ +it seemed most / likely to _Camillus Gloriosus_, _Th. Campanella_ + _text has period (full stop) for comma_ +too much for to vent at the first: the chiefe thing + _text reads “at the first. the”_ +the words of _Fienus_, as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the above + cited place, _Possunt maximæ ..._ + _text has “... cited place) _Possunt ...”_ + _could also be:_ + the words of _Fienus_ (as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the + above cited place) _Possunt maximæ +vespere Dominicæ Palmarum Anni 1605, in corpore Lunæ + _text reads “Anni 1605. in corpore”_ +And this was the opinion of the _Cardinal de Cusa_ + _text reads “de cusa”_ +but to lead us along from the knowledge of one thing to another + _“a/long” printed at line break without hyphen_ + +Printer’s Errors: + +Invisible letters or punctuation marks, supplied from context, are shown +in {braces}. + +2{.} Grosse absurdities have beene entertained +[Sidenote] _Plutarch. de t{r}anq. anim._ +[Sidenote] _Lib. 9. Architecturæ{.}_ +[Sidenote] Reinhold _comment. in Purb. Th{e}or. pag. 164._ +[Sidenote] _In lib. de natur. rerum{.}_ +[Sidenote] _De 4r. Coævis.... Exercit{.} 62._ +[Sidenote] _Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13{.}_] +[Sidenote] _Ex qua parte luna est transpi{c}ua non totum secundum + superfi{ci}em, +[Sidenote] _Albert. mag. de {c}oævis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ +[Sidenote] _S{c}alig. exercit. 62._ +some others have thought it to be ver{y} much like a Fox +Mihi autem dubium fuit nu{m}quam ... sese in conspectum da{t}uram +But it may be againe obj{e}cted +yet would the motion of i{t}s centre by an attractive vertue still hold + it w{it}hin i{t}s convenient distance, so that whether their ear{t}h + moved + _“within”: “i” missing, “t” invisible_ +You may see this truth assented unto by _Blancanus_ the J{e}suit +and if you obj{e}ct that the light which is conveyed +for he confesses himselfe that he saw this by the glasse{.} +our earth appeares a{s} brigh{t} + + * * * * * + +Pagination: + +_Pages 177-192 (printed as 175-190) are all one error: The eight pages +printed on one side of the sheet forming signature N were misnumbered +by -2._ + +118, 120 _read_ 18, 20 +123 _reads_ 113 +166 _reads_ 66 +177, 180, 181, 184, 185, 188, 189, 192 + _read_ 175, 178, 179, 182, 183, 186, 187, 190 +209 _reads_ 107 +210, 211 _read_ 208, 209 +212, 213, 214 _no printed number_ +215 _reads_ 63 + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by +John Wilkins + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + +***** This file should be named 19103-0.txt or 19103-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/1/0/19103/ + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/19103-0.zip b/19103-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e3680a --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-0.zip diff --git a/19103-8.txt b/19103-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a9dfb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4422 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by John Wilkins + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Discovery of a World in the Moone + Or, A Discovrse Tending To Prove That 'Tis Probable There + May Be Another Habitable World In That Planet + +Author: John Wilkins + +Release Date: August 23, 2006 [EBook #19103] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + + + + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + [Transcriber's Note: + + Spelling and punctuation are as in the original, including the + consistently "modern" use of V and U. Italic capital V has two forms, + used interchangeably. Since italic capital U does not occur, the + rounded V-form has been transcribed as U. + + Greek words and phrases have been transliterated and shown between + +marks+. Hebrew is shown between #marks#. + + Latin quotations were given in italics; the translation was usually + printed with marginal quotation marks. In this e-text, Latin passages + are shown as block quotes (indented) _without_ quotation marks, while + passages with marginal quotes are shown as block quotes _with_ + quotation marks. + + The six Sidenotes shown with an asterisk alongside their number were + printed with an asterisk in the original text; all other notes were + unmarked. + + References from the Sidenotes are identified at the end of the text, + followed by a complete list of errata.] + + * * * * * + * * * * + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: + Sun with six orbits, each with symbol: + Mercurius, Venus, Ceres et Proserpina, Mars, Jupiter, Saturnus + Sun utters: Ame omnes + "Ceres and Proserpina" orbit continuing below sun shows earth with + orbiting moon. + Text on earth orbit: Sua fovent; Vniuersum ornant. + Text on moon's orbit: Mutuo se illuminant] + + + THE + DISCOVERY + OF A + WORLD + IN THE + MOONE. + + + or, + + A DISCOVRSE + Tending + TO PROVE + + that 'tis probable there + may be another habitable + World in that Planet. + + + _Quid tibi inquis ista proderunt? Si nihil aliud, + hoc cert, sciam omnia angusta esse._ + SENECA. Prf. ad 1. Lib. _N. Q._ + + [Decoration] + + _LONDON_, + + Printed by _E. G._ for _Michael Sparl_ + and _Edward Forrest_, 1638. + + + + + [Decoration] + + _Perlegi hc +paradoxa+ & novitatis graci typis + mandari permitto._ + + Mart. 29. 1638. + THO. WEEKES _R.P._ + _Episc. Lond. Cap._ + _Domest._ + + [Decoration] + + + + +To the Reader. + + +_If amongst thy leisure houres thou canst spare any for the perusall of +this discourse, and dost looke to finde somewhat in it which may serve +for thy information and benefit: let me then advise thee to come unto +it with an equall minde, not swayed by prejudice, but indifferently +resolved to assent unto that truth which upon deliberation shall seeme +most probable unto thy reason, and then I doubt not, but either thou +wilt agree with mee in this assertion, or at least not thinke it to be +as farre from truth, as it is from common opinion._ + +_Two cautions there are which I would willingly admonish thee of in the +beginning._ + +1. _That thou shouldst not here looke to find any exact, accurate + Treatise, since this discourse was but the fruit of some lighter + studies, and those too hudled up in a short time, being first + thought of and finished in the space of some few weekes, and + therefore you cannot in reason expect, that it should be so + polished, as perhaps, the subject would require, or the leisure + of the Author might have done it._ + +2. _To remember that I promise onely probable arguments for the + proofe of this opinion, and therefore you must not looke that every + consequence should be of an undeniable dependance, or that the truth + of each argument should be measured by its necessity. I grant that + some Astronomicall appearances may possibly be solved otherwise then + here they are. But the thing I aime at is this, that probably they + may so be solved, as I have here set them downe: Which, if it be + granted (as I thinke it must) then I doubt not, but the indifferent + reader will find some satisfaction in the maine thing that is to be + proved._ + +_Many ancient Philosophers of the better note, have formerly defended +this assertion, which I have here laid downe, and it were to be wished, +that some of us would more apply our endeavours unto the examination of +these old opinions, which though they have for a long time lien +neglected by others, yet in them may you finde many truths well worthy +your paines and observation. Tis a false conceit, for us to thinke, that +amongst the ancient variety and search of opinions, the best hath still +prevailed. Time (saith the learned _Verulam_) seemes to be of the nature +of a river or streame, which carrieth downe to us that which is light, +or blowne up, but sinketh that which is weighty and solid._ + +_It is my desire that by the occasion of this discourse, I may raise up +some more active spirit to a search after other hidden and unknowne +truthes. Since it must needes be a great impediment unto the growth of +sciences, for men still so to plod on upon beaten principles, as to be +afraid of entertaining any thing that may seeme to contradict them. An +unwillingnesse to take such things into examination, is one of those +errours of learning in these times observed by the judicious _Verulam_. +Questionlesse there are many secret truths, which the ancients have +passed over, that are yet left to make some of our age famous for their +discovery._ + +_If by this occasion I may provoke any reader to an attempt of this +nature, I shall then thinke my selfe happy, and this work successefull._ + +Farewell. + + + + + [Decoration] + + +The First Proposition, by way of Preface. + +_That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it + should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly + esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common + consent._ + + +There is an earnestnesse and hungering after novelty, which doth still +adhere unto all our natures, and it is part of that primative image, +that wide extent and infinite capacity at first created in the heart of +man, for this since its depravation in _Adam_ perceiving it selfe +altogether emptied of any good doth now catch after every new thing, +conceiving that possibly it may finde satisfaction among some of its +fellow creatures. But our enemy the divell (who strives still to pervert +our gifts, and beate us with our owne weapons) hath so contriv'd it, +that any truth doth now seeme distastefull for that very reason, for +which errour is entertain'd--Novelty, for let but some upstart heresie +be set abroach, and presently there are some out of a curious humour; +others, as if they watched an occasion of singularity, will take it up +for canonicall, and make it part of their creede and profession; whereas +solitary truth cannot any where finde so ready entertainement; but the +same Novelty which is esteemed the commendation of errour and makes that +acceptable, is counted the fault of truth, and causes that to bee +rejected. How did the incredulous World gaze at _Columbus_ when hee +promised to discover another part of the earth, and he could not for a +long time by his confidence, or arguments, induce any of the Christian +Princes, either to assent unto his opinion, or goe to the charges of an +experiment. Now if he who had such good grounds for his assertion, could +finde no better entertainement among the wiser sort, and upper end of +the World; 'tis not likely then that this opinion which I now deliver, +shall receive any thing from the men of these daies, especially our +vulgar wits, but misbeliefe or derision. It hath alwaies beene the +unhappinesse of new truths in Philosophy, to be derided by those that +are ignorant of the causes of things, and reiected by others whose +perversenesse ties them to the contrary opinion, men whose envious pride +will not allow any new thing for truth which they themselves were not +the first inventors of. So that I may iustly expect to be accused of a +pragmaticall ignorance, and bold ostentation, especially since for this +opinion _Xenophanes_, a man whose authority was able to adde some credit +to his assertion could not escape the like censure from others. For +_Natales Comes_ speaking of that Philosopher,[1] and this his opinion, +saith thus, + + _Nonnulli ne nihil scisse videantur, aliqua nova monstra in + Philosophi introducunt, ut alicujus rei inventores fuisse appareant._ + + "Some there are who least they might seeme to know nothing, will + bring up monstrous absurdities in Philosophy, that so afterward they + may bee famed for the invention of somewhat." + +The same author doth also in another place accuse _Anaxagoras_[2] of +folly for the same opinion, + + _Est enim non ignobilis gradus stultiti, vel si nescias quid dicas, + tamen velle de rebus propositis hanc vel illam partem stabilire._ + +"'Tis none of the worst kindes of folly, boldly to affirme one side or +other, when a man knows not what to say." + + [Sidenote 1: _Mytholog. lib. 3. c. 17._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Lib. 7. c. 1._] + +If these men were thus censur'd, I may iustly then expect to be derided +by most, and to be believed by few or none; especially since this +opinion seemes to carry in it so much strangenesse, so much +contradiction to the generall consent of others. But how ever, I am +resolved that this shall not be any discouragement, since I know that it +is not the common opinion of others that can either adde or detract from +the truth. For, + +1. Other truths have beene formerly esteemed altogether as ridiculous + as this can be. + +2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall opinion. + +I shall give an instance of each, that so I may the better prepare the +Reader to consider things without a prejudice, when hee shall see that +the common opposition against this which I affirme cannot any way +derogate from its truth. + +1. Other truths have beene formerly accounted as ridiculous as this, I +shall specifie that of the Antipodes, which have beene denied and laught +at by many wise men and great Schollers, such as were _Herodotus_, St. +_Austin_, _Lactantius_, the _Venerable Bede_, _Lucretius_ the Poet, +_Procopius_, and the voluminous _Abulensis_ with others. _Herodotus_ +counted it so horrible an absurdity, that hee could not forbeare +laughing to thinke of it. +Gel de horn gs periodous grapsantas, +pollous d kai oudena noon echontas exgsamenon hoi keanon te +rheonta graphousi, perix tn te gn eousan kukloterea hs apo tornou.+ + + "I cannot choose but laugh, (saith he) to see so many men venture to + describe the earths compasse, relating those things that are without + all sense, as that the Sea flowes about the World, and that the earth + it selfe is round as an Orbe." + +But this great ignorance is not so much to be admired in him, as in +those learneder men of later times, when all sciences began to flourish +in the World. Such was Saint _Austin_ who censures that relation of the +Antipodes to be an incredible fable,[1] and with him agrees the eloquent +_Lactantius_,[2] + + _quid illi qui esse contrarios vestigiis nostris Antipodes putant? + num aliquid loquuntur? aut est quispiam tam ineptus, qui credat esse + homines, quorum vestigia sunt superiora qum capita? aut ibi qu apud + nos jacent inversa pendere? fruges & arbores deorsum versus crescere, + pluvias & nives, & grandinem sursum versus cadere in terram? & + miratur aliquis hortor pensiles inter septem mira narrari, quum + Philosophi, & agros & maria, & urbes & montes pensiles faciunt? &c._ + + "What (saith he) are they that thinke there are Antipodes, such as + walke with their feet against ours? doe they speake any likelyhood? + or is there any one so foolish as to believe that there are men whose + heeles are higher than their heads? that things which with us doe lie + on the ground doe hang there? that the Plants and Trees grow + downewards, that the haile, and raine, and snow fall upwards to the + earth? and doe wee admire the hanging Orchards amongst the seven + wonders, whereas here the Philosophers have made the Field and Seas, + the Cities and Mountaines hanging." + +What shall wee thinke (saith hee in _Plutarch_) that men doe clyng to +that place like wormes, or hang by their clawes as Cats, or if wee +suppose a man a little beyond the Center, to bee digging with a spade? +is it likely (as it must bee according to this opinion) that the earth +which hee loosened, should of it selfe ascend upwards? or else suppose +two men with their middles about the center, the feete of the one being +placed where the head of the other is, and so two other men crosse them, +yet all these men thus situated according to this opinion should stand +upright, and many other such grosse consequences would follow (saith +hee) which a false imagination is not able to fancy as possible. Upon +which considerations, _Bede_[3] also denies the being of any Antipodes, + + _Neque enim Antipodarum ullatenus est Fabulis accommodandus assensus_, + +"Nor should wee any longer assent to the Fable of Antipodes." So also +_Lucretius_ the Poet speaking of the same subject, sayes: + + _Sed vanus stolidis hc omnia finxerit error._[4] + + [Sidenote 1: _De civit. Dei. lib. 16. cap. 9._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Institut. l. 3. c. 24._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De ratione temporum, Cap. 32._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De nat. rerum, lib. 1._] + +That some idle fancy faigned these for fooles to believe. Of this +opinion was _Procopius Gazus_,[1] but he was perswaded to it by another +kinde of reason; for he thought that all the earth under us was sunke in +the water, according to the saying of the Psalmist,[2] Hee hath founded +the Earth upon the Seas, and therefore hee accounted it not inhabited by +any. Nay _Tostatus_ a man of later yeeres and generall learning doth +also confidently deny that there are any such Antipodes, though the +reason which hee urges for it bee not so absurde as the former, for the +Apostles, saith hee,[3] travelled through the whole habitable world, but +they never passed the Equinoctiall; and if you answer that they are said +to goe through all the earth, because they went through all the knowne +world, hee replies, that this is not sufficient, since Christ would have +all men to be saved, and come to the knowledge of his truth,[4] and +therefore 'tis requisite that they should have travelled thither also, +if there had been any inhabitants, especially since he did expressely +command them to goe and teach all nations, and preach the Gospell +through the whole world,[5] and therefore he thinkes that as there are +no men, so neither are there seas, or rivers, or any other conveniency +for habitation: 'tis commonly related of one _Virgilius_, that he was +excommunicated and condemned for a Heretique by _Zachary_ Bishop of +_Rome_, because hee was not of the same opinion. But _Baronius_ +saies,[6] it was because hee thought there was another habitable world +within ours. How ever, you may well enough discerne in these examples +how confident many of these great Schollars were in so grosse an errour, +how unlikely, what an incredible thing it seemed to them, that there +should be any Antipodes, and yet now this truth is as certaine and +plaine, as sense or demonstration can make it. This then which I now +deliver is not to be rejected; though it may seeme to contradict the +common opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Comment. in 1. Cap. Gen._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Psal. 24. 2._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Comment. in_ 1. Genes.] + + [Sidenote 4: 1 Tim. 2. 4.] + + [Sidenote 5: Mat. 28. 19] + + [Sidenote 6: _Annal. Eccles. A.D. 748._] + +2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall consent. I +might instance in many remarkeable examples, but I will onely speake of +the supposed labour of the Moone in her eclipses, because this is +neerest to the chiefe matter in hand, and was received as a common +opinion amongst many of the ancients, and therefore _Plutarch_ speaking +of a Lunary eclipse, relates, that at such times 'twas a custome amongst +the _Romanes_ (the most civill and learned people in the world) to sound +brasse Instruments, and hold great torches toward the heaven. +Tn de +Rmain (hsper est enomismenon) chalkou te patagois anakaloumenn +to phs autos kai pura polla dalois kai dassin anechontn pros ton +ouranon+,[1] for by this meanes they supposed the Moone was much eased +in her labours, and therfore _Ovid_ calls such loud Instruments the +auxiliaries or helpes of the Moone.[2] + + _Cum frustra resonant ra auxiliaria Lun._ + +and therefore the Satyrist too describing a loud scold, saies, she was +able to make noise enough to deliver the labouring Moone.[3] + + _Vna laboranti poterit succurrere Lun._ + + [Sidenote 1: _In vita Paul. mil._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Metam. l. 4._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Iuven. Sat. 6_] + +Now the reason of all this their ceremonie, was, because they feared the +world would fall asleepe, when one of its eyes began to winke, and +therefore they would doe what they could by loud sounds to rouse it from +its drowsinesse, and keepe it awake by bright torches, to bestow that +light upon it which it began to lose. Some of them thought hereby to +keepe the Moone in her orbe, whereas otherwise she would have fallen +downe upon the earth, and the world would have lost one of its lights, +for the credulous people believed, that Inchanters, and Witches could +bring the Moone downe, which made _Virgil_ say, + + _Cantus & coelo possunt deducere Lunam._ + +And those Wizards knowing the times of her eclipses, would then threaten +to shew their skill, by pulling her out of her orbe. So that when the +silly multitude saw that she began to looke red, they presently feared +they should lose the benefit of her light, and therefore made a great +noise that she might not heare the sound of those Charmes, which would +otherwise bring her downe, and this is rendered for a reason of this +custome by _Pliny_ and _Propertius_: + + _Cantus & curru lunam deducere tentant, + Et facerent, si non ra repulsa sonent._[1] + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. hist. lib. 2. c. 12._] + +_Plutarch_ gives another reason of it, and he sayes, 'tis because they +would hasten the Moone out of the darke shade wherein shee was involv'd, +that so she might bring away the soules of those Saints that inhabit +within her, which cry out by reason they are then deprived of their +wonted happinesse, and cannot heare the musicke of the Spheares, but are +forced to behold the torments, and wailing of those damned soules which +are represented to them as they are tortured in the region of the aire, +but whether this or what ever else was the meaning of this superstition, +yet certainly 'twas a very ridiculous custome, and bewrayed a great +ignorance of those ancient times, especially since it was not onely +received by the vulgar, such as were men of lesse note and learning, but +believed also, by the more famous and wiser sort, such as were those +great Poets, _Stesichorus_ and _Pindar_. And not onely amongst the more +sottish heathens, who might account that Planet to be one of their Gods, +but the primitive Christians also were in this kinde guilty; which made +S. _Ambrose_ so tartly to rebuke those of his time, when he said, + + _Tum turbatur carminibus Globus Lun, quando calicibus turbantur & + oculi_. + +"When your heads are troubled with cups, then you thinke the Moone to be +troubled with charmes." + +And for this reason also did _Maximus_ a Bishop,[1] write a Homily +against it, wherein hee shewed the absurditie of that foolish +superstition. I remember, that _Ludovicus Uives_ relates a more +ridiculous story of a people that imprisoned an Asse for drinking up the +Moone, whose image appearing in the water was covered with a cloud, as +the Asse was drinking, for which the poore beast was afterward brought +to the barre to receive a sentence according to his deserts, where the +grave Senate being set to examine the matter, one of the Counsell +(perhaps wiser than the rest) rises up, and out of his deepe judgement, +thinkes it not fit that their Towne should lose its Moone, but that +rather the Asse should be cut up, and that taken out of him, which +sentence being approved by the rest of those Politicians, as the +subtillest way for the conclusion of the matter was accordingly +performed. But whether this tale were true or no I will not question, +however there is absurdity enough in that former custome of the +ancients, that may confirme the truth to be proved, and plainly declare +the insufficiency of common opinion to adde true worth or estimation +unto any thing. So that from that which I have said may be gathered thus +much. + + [Sidenote 1: _Turinens. Episc._] + +1. That a new truth may seeme absurd and impossible not onely to the + vulgar, but to those also who are otherwise wise men, and excellent + schollers; and hence it will follow, that every new thing which + seemes to oppose common Principles is not presently to be rejected, + but rather to be pry'd into with a diligent enquiry, since there + are many things which are yet hid from us, and reserv'd for future + discovery. + +2. That it is not the commonnesse of an opinion that can priviledge it + for a truth, the wrong way is sometime a well beaten path, whereas + the right way (especially to hidden truths) may bee lesse trodden + and more obscure. + +True indeed, the strangeness of this opinion will detract much from its +credit; but yet we should know that nothing is in its selfe strange, +since every naturall effect has an equall dependance upon its cause, and +with the like necessity doth follow from it, so that 'tis our ignorance +which makes things appeare so, and hence it comes to passe that many +more evident truths seeme incredible to such who know not the causes of +things: you may as soone perswade some Country peasants that the Moone +is made of greene Cheese (as wee say) as that 'tis bigger than his +Cart-wheele, since both seeme equally to contradict his sight, and hee +has not reason enough to leade him farther than his senses. Nay, suppose +(saith _Plutarch_) a Philosopher should be educated in such a secret +place, where hee might not see either Sea or River, and afterwards +should be brought out where one might shew him the great Ocean telling +him the quality of that water, that it is blackish, salt, and not +potable, and yet there were many vast creatures of all formes living in +it, which make use of the water as wee doe of the aire, questionlesse he +would laugh at all this, as being monstrous lies & fables, without any +colour of truth. Just so will this truth which I now deliver appeare +unto others; because we never dreamt of any such matter as a world in +the Moone, because the state of that place hath as yet been vailed from +our knowledge, therefore wee can scarcely assent to any such matter. +Things are very hardly received which are altogether strange to our +thoughts and our senses. The soule may with lesse difficulty be brought +to believe any absurdity, when as it has formerly beene acquainted with +some colours and probabilities for it, but when a new, and an unheard of +truth shall come before it, though it have good grounds and reasons, yet +the understanding is afraid of it as a stranger, and dares not admit it +into its beliefe without a great deale of reluctancy and tryall. And +besides things that are not manifested to the senses, are not assented +unto without some labour of mind, some travaile and discourse of the +understanding, and many lazie soules had rather quietly repose +themselves in an easie errour, then take paines to search out the truth. +The strangenesse then of this opinion which I now deliver will be a +great hinderance to its beliefe, but this is not to be respected by +reason it cannot bee helped. I have stood the longer in the Preface, +because that prejudice which the meere title of the booke may beget +cannot easily be removed without a great deale of preparation, and I +could not tell otherwise how to rectifie the thoughts of the Reader for +an impartiall survey of the following discourse. + +I must needs confesse, though I had often thought with my selfe that it +was possible there might be a world in the Moone, yet it seemed such an +uncouth opinion that I never durst discover it, for feare of being +counted singular and ridiculous, but afterward having read _Plutarch_, +_Galilus_, _Keplar_, with some others, and finding many of mine owne +thoughts confirmed by such strong authority, I then concluded that it +was not onely possible there might bee, but probable that there was +another habitable world in that Planet. In the prosecuting of this +assertion, I shall first endeavour to cleare the way from such doubts as +may hinder the speed or ease of farther progresse; and because the +suppositions imply'd in this opinion may seeme to contradict the +principles of reason or faith, it will be requisite that I first remove +this scruple, shewing the conformity of them to both these, and proving +those truths that may make way for the rest, which I shall labour to +performe in the second, third, fourth, and fifth Chapters, and then +proceede to confirme such Propositions, which doe more directly belong +to the maine point in hand. + + + + +Proposition 2. + +_That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of + reason or faith._ + + +Tis reported of _Aristotle_ that when hee saw the bookes of _Moses_ he +commended them for such a majesticke stile as might become a God, but +withall hee censured that manner of writing to be very unfitting for a +Philosopher because there was nothing proved in them, but matters were +delivered as if they would rather command than perswade beliefe. And +'tis observed that hee sets downe nothing himselfe, but he confirmes it +by the strongest reasons that may be found, there being scarce an +argument of force for any subject in Philosophy which may not bee picked +out of his writings, and therefore 'tis likely if there were in reason a +necessity of one onely world, that hee would have found out some such +necessary proofe as might confirme it: Especially since hee labours for +it so much in two whole Chapters. But now all the arguments which he +himselfe urges in this subject,[1] are very weake and farre enough from +having in them any convincing power. Therefore 'tis likely that a +plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of reason. +However, I will set downe the two chiefe of his arguments from his owne +workes, and from them you may guesse the force of the other. The 1. is +this,[2] since every heavy body doth naturally tend downwards, and every +light body upwards, what a hudling and confusion must there bee if there +were two places for gravity and two places for lightnesse: for it is +probable that the Earth of that other World would fall downe to this +Center, and so mutually the aire and fire here ascend to those Regions +in the other, which must needes much derogate from the providence of +nature, and cause a great disorder in his workes. To this I answere, +that if you will consider the nature of gravity, you will plainely see +there is no ground to feare any such confusion, for heavinesse is +nothing else but such a quality as causes a propension in 'its subject +to tend downewards towards its owne Centre, so that for some of that +earth to come hither would not bee said a fall but an ascension, since +it moved from its owne place, and this would bee impossible (saith +_Ruvio_) because against nature,[3] and therefore no more to bee feared +than the falling of the Heavens. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Coelo_ l. 1. c. 8. 9.] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ibid._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De Coelo_ l. 1. c. 9. q. 1.] + +Another Argument hee had from his master _Plato_,[1] that there is but +one World, because there is but one first mover, God.[2] + + [Sidenote 1: _Metaphys._ l. 12. c. 8.] + + [Sidenote 2: _Diog. Laert. lib._ 3.] + +But here I may deny the consequence, since a plurality of worlds doth +not take away the unity of the first mover. + + _Vt enim forma substantialis, sic primum efficiens apparentem + solummodo multiplicitatem induit per signatam materiam_ + +(saith a Countreyman of ours.)[1] As the substantiall forme, so the +efficient cause hath onely an appearing multiplicity from its particular +matter. You may see this point more largely handled, and these Arguments +more fully answered by _Plutarch_ in his Booke (why Oracles are silent) +and _Iacob Carpentarius_ in his comment on _Alcinous_. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nic. Hill. de Philosop. Epic. partic. 379._] + +But our opposites the Interpreters themselves, (who too often doe +_jurare in verba magistri_) will grant that there is not any strength in +these consequences, and certainely their such weake arguments could not +convince that wise Philosopher, who in his other opinions was wont to +bee swayed by the strength and power of reason: wherefore I should +rather thinke that he had some by-respect, which made him first assent +to this opinion, and afterwards strive to prove it. Perhaps it was +because hee feared to displease his scholler _Alexander_, of whom 'tis +related[1] that he wept to heare a disputation of another world, since +he had not then attained the Monarchy of this, his restlesse wide heart +would have esteemed this Globe of Earth not big enough for him, if there +had beene another, which made the Satyrist say of him, + + _stuat infoelix angusto limite mundi._[2] + + "That he did vexe himselfe and sweate in his desires, as being pend + up in a narrow roome, when hee was confin'd but to one world." + +Before he thought to seate himselfe next the Gods, but now when hee had +done his best, hee must be content with some equall, or perhaps +superiour Kings. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plutarch. de tranq. anim._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iuvenal._] + +It may be, that _Aristotle_ was moved to this opinion, that hee might +thereby take from _Alexander_ the occasion of this feare and discontent, +or else, perhaps, _Aristotle_ himselfe was as loth to hold the +possibility of a world which he could not discover, as _Alexander_ was +to heare of one which he could not conquer. Tis likely that some such +by-respect moved him to this opinion, since the arguments he urges for +it are confest by his zealous followers and commentators, to be very +sleight and frivolous, and they themselves grant, what I am now to +prove, that there is not any evidence in the light of naturall reason, +which can sufficiently manifest that there is but one world. + +But however some may object, would it not be inconvenient and dangerous +to admit of such opinions that doe destroy those principles of +_Aristotle_, which all the world hath so long followed? + +This question is much controverted by the _Romish_ Divines; _Campanella_ +hath writ a Treatise[1] in defence of it, in whom you may see many +things worth the reading and notice. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilo._] + +To it I answer, that this position in Philosophy, doth not bring any +inconvenience to the rest, since tis not _Aristotle_, but truth that +should be the rule of our opinions, and if they be not both found +together, wee may say to him, as hee said to his Master _Plato_, + + +amphoin gar ontoin philoin, hosion protiman tn altheian+.[1] + + "Though _Plato_ were his friend, yet hee would rather adhere to + truth than him." + + [Sidenote 1: _Ethic. l. 1. c. 6._] + +I must needs grant, that wee are all much beholden to the industry of +the ancient Philosophers, and more especially to _Aristotle_, for the +greater part of our learning, but yet tis not ingratitude to speake +against him, when hee opposeth truth; for then many of the Fathers would +be very guilty, especially _Iustin_, who hath writ a Treatise purposely +against him. + +But suppose this opinion were false, yet 'tis not against the faith, and +so it may serve for the better confirmation of that which is true; the +sparkes of errour, being forc'd out by opposition, as the sparkes of +fire, by the striking of the flint and steele. But suppose too that it +were hereticall, and against the faith, yet may it be admitted with the +same priviledge as _Aristotle_, from whom many more dangerous opinions +have proceeded: as that the world is eternall, that God cannot have +while to looke after these inferiour things, that after death there is +no reward or punishment, and such like blasphemies, which strike +directly at the fundamentalls of our Religion. + +So that it is justly to be wondred why some should be so superstitious +in these daies, as to sticke closer unto him, than unto Scripture, as if +his Philosophy were the onely foundation of all divine truths. + +Upon these grounds both St. _Uincentius_and _Senafinus_ _de firmo_ (as I +have seene them quoted) thinke that _Aristotle_ was the viol of Gods +wrath, which was powred out upon the waters of Wisedome by the third +Angel;[1] But for my part, I thinke the world is much beholden to +_Aristotle_ for all its sciences. But yet twere a shame for these later +ages to rest our selves meerely upon the labours of our Fore-fathers, as +if they had informed us of all things to be knowne, and when wee are set +upon their shoulders, not to see further then they themselves did. +'Twere a superstitious, a lazie opinion to thinke _Aristotles_ workes +the bounds and limits of all humane invention, beyond which there could +be no possibility of reaching. Certainly there are yet many things left +to discovery, and it cannot be any inconvenience for us, to maintaine a +new truth, or rectifie an ancient errour. + + [Sidenote 1: Rev. 16. 4.] + +But the position (say some) is directly against Scripture, for + +1. _Moses_ tells us but of one world, and his History of the creation +had beene very imperfect if God had made another. + +2. Saint _John_ speaking of Gods workes, saies he made the world, in the +singular number, and therefore there is but one:[1] 'tis the argument of +_Aquinas_, and he thinks that none will oppose it, but such who with +_Democritus_ esteeme some blinde chance, and not any wise providence to +be the framer of all things. + + [Sidenote 1: Part 1. Q. 47. Art. 3.] + +3. The opinion of more worlds has in ancient time beene accounted a +heresie, and _Baronius_ affirmes that for this very reason, _Virgilius_ +was cast out of his Bishopricke, and excommunicated from the Church.[1] + + [Sidenote 1: _Annal. Eccl. A.D. 748._] + +4. A fourth argument there is urged by _Aquinas_, if there be more +worlds than one, then they must either be of the same, or of a diverse +nature, but they are not of the same kinde,[1] for this were needlesse, +and would argue an improvidence, since one would have no more perfection +than the other; not of divers kinds, for then one of them could not be +called the world or universe, since it did not containe universall +perfection, I have cited this argument, because it is so much stood upon +by _Iulius Csar la Galla_,[2] one that has purposely writ a Treatise +against this opinion which I now deliver, but the Dilemma is so blunt, +that it cannot cut on either side, and the consequences so weake, that I +dare trust them without an answer; And (by the way) you may see this +Author in that place, where he endeavours to prove a necessity of one +world, doth leave the chiefe matter in hand, and take much needlesse +paines to dispute against _Democritus_, who thought that the world was +made by the casuall concourse of _atoms_ in a great _vacuum_. It should +seeme, that either his cause, or his skill was weake, or else he would +have ventured upon a stronger adversary. These arguments which I have +set downe, are the chiefest which I have met with against this subject, +and yet the best of these hath not force enough to endanger the truth +that I have delivered. + + [Sidenote 1: _Ibid._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De Phnom. in orbe lun._] + +Unto the two first it may be answered, that the negative authority of +Scripture is not prevalent in those things which are not the +fundamentalls of Religion. + +But you'le reply, though it doe not necessarily conclude, yet 'tis +probable if there had beene another world, wee should have had some +notice of it in Scripture. + +I answer, 'tis as probable that the Scripture should have informed us of +the Planets they being very remarkable parts of the Creation, and yet +neither _Moses_ nor _Job_, nor the _Psalmes_ (the places most frequent +in Astronomicall observations) mention any of them but the Sunne and +Moone, and moreover, you must know, that 'tis besides the scope of the +Holy Ghost either in the new Testament or in the old, to reveale any +thing unto us concerning the secrets of Philosophy; 'tis not his intent +in the new Testament, since we cannot conceive how it might any way +belong either to the Historicall exegeticall or propheticall parts of +it: nor is it his intent in the old Testament, as is well observed by +our Countrey-man Master WRIGHT.[1] + + _Non Mosis aut Prophetarum institutum fuisse videtur Mathematicas + aliquas aut Physicas subtilitates promulgare, sed ad vulgi captum + & loquendi morem quemadmodum nutrices infantulis solent sese + accommodare._ + + "'Tis not the endeavour of _Moses_ or the Prophets to discover any + Mathematicall or Philosophicall subtilties, but rather to accmodate + themselves to vulgar capacities, and ordinary speech, as nurses are + wont to use their infants." + +True indeede, _Moses_ is there to handle the history of the Creation, +but 'tis observed that he does not any where meddle with such matters as +were very hard to be apprehended, for being to informe the common people +as well as others, he does it after a vulgar way, as it is commonly +noted, declaring the originall chiefely of those things which were +obvious to the sense, and being silent of other things, which then could +not well be apprehended. And therefore _Aquinas_ observes,[2] that +_Moses_ writes nothing of the aire, because that being invisible, the +people knew not whether there were any such body or no. And for this +very reason Saint _Austin_ also thinkes that there is nothing exprest +concerning the creation of Angels which notwithstanding are as +remarkable parts of the creatures, and as fit to be knowne as another +world. And therefore the Holy Ghost too uses such vulgar expressions +which set things forth rather as they appeare, then as they are,[3] as +when he calls the Moone one of the greater lights #hame'orot hagdolim# +whereas 'tis the least, but one that wee can see in the whole heavens. +So afterwards speaking of the great raine which drowned the world,[4] +he saies, the windowes of heaven were opened, because it seemed to +come with that violence, as if it were, poured out from windows in the +Firmament.[5] So that the phrases which the Holy Ghost uses concerning +these things are not to be understood in a literall sense; but rather +as vulgar expressions, and this rule is set downe by Saint _Austin_, +where speaking concerning that in the Psalme, _who stretched the earth +upon the waters_,[6] hee notes, that when the words of Scripture shall +seeme to contradict common sense or experience, there are they to be +understood in a qualified sense, and not according to the letter. And +'tis observed that for want of this rule, some of the ancients have +fastened strange absurdities upon the words of the Scripture. So Saint +_Ambrose_ esteemed it a heresie, to thinke, that the Sunne and starres +were not very hot, as being against the words of Scripture,[7] _Psalm._ +19. 6. where the _Psalmist_ sayes that there is nothing that is hid from +the heate of the Sunne. So others there are that would prove the heavens +not to be round, out of that place, _Psal._ 104. 2. _Hee stretcheth out +the heavens like a curtaine._[8] So _Procopius_ also was of opinion, +that the earth was founded upon the waters, nay, he made it part of his +faith, proving it out of _Psal._ 24. 2. _Hee hath founded the earth +upon the seas, and established it upon the flouds._ These and such like +absurdities have followed, when men looke for the grounds of Philosophie +in the words of Scripture. So that from what hath beene said, I may +conclude that the silence of Scripture concerning any other world is +not sufficient argument to prove that there is none. Thus for the two +first arguments. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Epist. ad Gilbert._] + + [Sidenote 2: Part 1. Q. 68. Art. 3.] + + [Sidenote 3: Gen. 1. 16] + + [Sidenote 4: Gen. 11.] + + [Sidenote 5: Sr. _W. Rawly_ c. 7. . 6.] + + [Sidenote 6: l. 2. in Gen. / Psal. 136. 6.] + + [Sidenote 7: Wisd. 2. 4. 17. 5. / Ecclus. 43. 3. 4.] + + [Sidenote 8: _Com. in c. 1. Gen._] + +Unto the third, I may answer, that this very example is quoted by +others, to shew the ignorance of those primative times, who did +sometimes condemne what they did not understand, and have often censur'd +the lawfull & undoubted parts of Mathematiques for hereticall, because +they themselves could not perceive a reason of it, and therefore their +practise in this particular, is no sufficient testimony against us. + +But lastly I answer to all the above named objections, that the terme +World, may be taken in a double sense, more generally for the whole +Universe, as it implies in it the elementary and thereall bodies, the +starres and the earth. Secondly, more particularly for an inferiour +World consisting of elements. Now the maine drift of all these +arguments, is to confute a plurality of worlds in the first sense, and +if there were any such, it might, perhaps, seeme strange, that _Moses_, +or St. _John_ should either not know, or not mention its creation. And +_Virgilius_ was condemned for this opinion, because he held, _qud sit +alius mundus sub terr, aliusque Sol & Luna_, (as _Baronius_) that +within our globe of earth, there was another world, another Sunne and +Moone, and so he might seeme to exclude this from the number of the +other creatures. + +But now there is no such danger in this opinion, which is here +delivered, since this world said to be in the Moone, whose creation is +particularly exprest. + +So that in the first sense I yeeld, that there is but one world, which +is all that the arguments do prove, but understand it in the second +sense, and so I affirme there may be more nor doe any of the above named +objections prove the ctrary. + +Neither can this opinion derogate from the divine Wisdome (as _Aquinas_ +thinkes) but rather advance it, shewing a _compendium_ of providence, +that could make the same body a world, and a Moone; a world for +habitation, and a Moone for the use of others, and the ornament of the +whole frame of Nature. For as the members of the body serve not onely +for the preservation of themselves, but for the use and conveniency of +the whole, as the hand protects the head as well as saves it selfe,[1] +so is it in the parts of the Universe, where each one may serve, as well +for the conservation of that which is within it, as the helpe of others +without it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cusanus de doct. ignor. l. 2. c. 12._] + +I have now in some measure, shewed that a plurality of worlds does not +contradict any principle of reason or place of Scripture, and so cleared +the first part of that supposition which is applied in the opinion. + +It may next be enquired; whether 'tis possible there may be a globe of +elements in that which we call the thereall parts of the Universe; for +if this (as it is according to the common opinion) be priviledged from +any change or corruption, it will be in vaine then to imagine any +element there, and if we will have another world, we must then seeke out +some other place for its situation. The third Proposition therefore +shall be this. + + + + +Proposition 3. + +_That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can + priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these + inferiour bodies are liable unto._ + + +It hath beene often questioned amongst the ancient Fathers and +Philosophers, what kind of matter that should be, of which the heavens +are framed, whether or no of any fifth substance distinct from the foure +elements, as _Aristotle_[1] holds, and with him some of the late +Schoolemen, whose subtill braines could not be content to attribute to +those vast glorious bodies, but common materialls, and therefore they +themselves had rather take paines to preferre them to some extraordinary +nature, whereas notwithstanding, all the arguments they could invent, +were not able to convince a necessity of any such matter, as is confest +by their owne[2]* side. It were much to be desired, thst these men had +not in other cases, as well as this, multiplied things without +necessity, and as if there had not beene enough to be knowne in the +secrets of nature, have spun out new subjects from their owne braines to +finde more worke for future ages, I shall not mention their arguments, +since 'tis already confest, that they are none of them of any necessary +consequence, and besides, you may see them set downe in any of the +bookes _de Coelo._ + + [Sidenote 1: _De Coelo., l. 1. cap. 2._] + + [Sidenote 2*: _Colleg. Cannimb. De Coelo. l. 1. c. 2. q. 6. art. 3._] + +But is it the generall consent of the Fathers, and the opinion of +_Lombard_, that the heavens consist of the same matter with these +sublunary bodies. St. _Ambrose_ is confident of it, that hee esteemes +the contrary a heresie.[1] True indeed, they differ much among +themselves, some thinking them to be made of fire, others of water, but +herein they generally agree, that they are all framed of some element or +other. For a better confirmation of this, you may see _Ludovicus +Molina_, _Euseb. Nirembergius_, with divers others.[2] The venerable +_Bede_ thought the Planets to consist of all the foure elements, and +'tis likely that the other parts are of an aereous substance,[3] as will +be shewed afterward; however, I cannot now stand to recite the arguments +for either, I have onely urged these Authorities to countervaile +_Aristotle_, and the Schoolemen, and the better to make way for a proof +of their corruptibility. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Hexam. lib. 4._] + + [Sidenote 2: _In opere 6. dierum. disput. 5._] + + [Sidenote 3: _In lib. de Mundi constit._] + +The next thing then to be enquired after, is, whether they be of a +corruptible nature, [1]not whether they can be destroyed by God, for +this Scripture puts out of doubt. + + [Sidenote 1: 2 Pet. 3. 12.] + +Nor whether or no in a long time they would weare away and grow worse, +for from any such feare they have beene lately priviledged.[1] But +whether they are capable of such changes and vicissitudes, as this +inferiour world is liable unto. + + [Sidenote 1: By Doctor _Hackwell_ _Apol._] + +The two chiefe opinions concerning this, have both erred in some +extremity, the one side going so farre from the other, that they have +both gone beyond the right, whilest _Aristotle_ hath opposed the truth, +as well as the Stoicks. + +Some of the Ancients have thought, that the heavenly bodies have stood +in need of nourishment from the elements, by which they were continually +fed, and so had divers alterations by reason of their food, this is +fathered on _Heraclitus_,[1] followed by that great Naturalist +_Pliny_,[2] and in generall attributed to all the Stoicks. You may see +_Seneca_ expressely to this purpose in these words, + + _Ex illa alimenta omnibus animalibus, omnibus satis, omnibus stellis + dividuntur, hinc profertur quo sustineantur tot Sydera tam exercitata, + tam avida, per diem, noctemque, ut in opere, ita in pastu._[3] + +Speaking of the earth, he saies, from thence it is, that nourishment is +divided to all the living creatures, the Plants and the Starres, hence +were sustained so many constellations, so laborious, so greedy both day +and night, as well in their feeding as working. Thus also _Lucan_ sings, + + _Necnon Oceano pasci Phoebumque polumque credimus._ + + [Sidenote 1: _Plutarch. de plac. philos. l. 2. c. 17._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 9._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Nat. Qust. lib. 2. cap. 5._] + +Unto these _Ptolome_[1] also that learned Egyptian seemed to agree, when +he affirmes that the body of the Moone is moister, and cooler than any +of the other Planets, by reason of the earthly vapours that are exhaled +unto it. You see these ancients thought the Heavens to be so farre from +this imagined incorruptibility, that rather like the weakest bodies they +stood in need of some continuall nourishment without which they could +not subsist. + + [Sidenote 1: _I{o} Apost._] + +But _Aristotle_ and his followers were so farre from this,[1] that they +thought those glorious bodies could not containe within them any such +principles, as might make them lyable to the least change or corruption, +and their chiefe reason was, because we could not in so long a space +discerne any alteration amongst them; but unto this I answer. + + [Sidenote 1: _De coelo. l. 1. cap. 3._] + +1. Supposing we could not, yet would it not hence follow[1] that there +were none, as hee himselfe in effect doth confesse in another place; for +speaking concerning our knowledge of the Heavens, hee sayes 'tis very +imperfect and difficult, by reason of the vaste distance of those bodies +from us, and because the changes which may happen unto it, are not +either bigge enough or frequent enough to fall within the apprehension +and observation of our senses; no wonder then if hee himselfe bee +deceived in his assertions concerning these particulars. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Coelo. l. 2. cap. 3._] + +2. Though we could not by our senses see such alterations, yet our +reason might perhaps sufficiently convince us of them. Nor can we well +conceive how the Sunne should reflect against the Moone, and yet not +produce some alteration of heate. _Diogenes_ the Philosopher was hence +perswaded that those scorching heates had burnt the Moone into the forme +of a Pumice-stone. + +3. I answer that there have been some alterations observed there; +witnesse those comets which have beene seene above the Moone. So that +though _Aristotles_ consequence were sufficient, when hee proved that +the heavens were not corruptible, because there have not any changes +being observed in it, yet this by the same reason must bee as prevalent, +that the Heavens are corruptible, because there have beene so many +alterations observed there; but of these together with a farther +confirmation of this proposition, I shall have occasion to speake +afterwards; In the meane space, I will referre the Reader to that worke +of _Scheiner_ a late Jesuit which hee titles his _Rosa Vrsina_,[1] where +hee may see this point concerning the corruptibility of the Heavens +largely handled and sufficiently confirmed. + + [Sidenote 1: _lib. 4. p. 2. cy. 24, 35._] + +There are some other things, on which I might here take an occasion to +enlarge my selfe, but because they are directly handled by many others, +and doe not immediately belong to the chiefe matter in hand, I shall +therefore referre the Reader to their authors, and omit any large proofe +of them my selfe, as defining all possible brevity. + +1. The first is this: That there are no solid Orbes. If there be a +habitable World in the Moone (which I now affirme) it must follow, that +her Orbe is not solid, as _Aristotle_ supposed; and if not her, why any +of the other? I rather thinke that they are all of a fluid (perhaps +aereous) substance. Saint _Ambrose_, and Saint _Basil_[1] did endeavour +to prove this out of that place in _Isay_,[2] where they are compared to +smoake, as they are both quoted by _Rhodiginus_, _Eusebius_, +_Nierembergius_[3] doth likewise from that place confute the solidity +and incorruptibility of the Heavens, and cites for the same +interpretation the authority of _Eustachius_ of _Antioch_; and Saint +_Austin_,[4] I am sure seemes to assent unto this opinion, though he +does often in his other workes contradict it. The testimony of other +Fathers to this purpose you may see in _Sixtus Senensis. l. 5. Biblioth. +annot. 14._ but for your better satisfaction herein, I shall referre you +to the above named _Scheiner_ in his _Rosa Ursina_,[5] in whom you may +see both authorities and reason, and very largely and distinctly set +downe for this opinion, for the better confirmation of which hee +adjoynes also some authenticall Epistles of _Fredericus Csius Lynceus_ +a Noble Prince written to _Bellarmine_, containing divers reasons to the +same purpose, you may also see the same truth set downe by _Johannes +Pena_ in his preface to _Euclids Opticks_, and _Christoph. Rothmannus_, +both who thought the Firmament to bee onely aire: and though the noble +_Tycho_[6] doe dispute against them, yet he himselfe holds, + + _Quod propius ad veritatis penetralia accedit hc opinio, quam + Aristotelica vulgariter approbata, qu coelum pluribus realibus atque + imperviis orbibus citra rem replevit._ + + "That this opinion comes neerer to the truth than that common one + of _Aristotle_ which hath to no purpose filled the heavens with such + reall and impervious Orbes." + + [Sidenote 1: _Isa. 51. 6._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Hist. nat. l. 2. c. 11. 13._] + + [Sidenote 4: _In lib. sup. Gen. ad lit._] + + [Sidenote 5: _lib. 4. p. 11, 2. c. 7. 26, 30._] + + [Sidenote 6: _De stella. 15. 72. l. 6. c. 9._] + +2. There is no element of fire, which must be held with this opinion +here delivered; for if wee suppose a world in the Moone, then it will +follow, that the spheare of fire, either is not there where 'tis usually +placed in the concavity of his Orbe, or else that there is no such thing +at all, which is most probable, since there are not any such solid Orbs, +that by their swift motion might heare and enkindle the adjoyning aire, +which is imagined to be the reason of that element. Concerning this see +_Cardan_, _Iohannes Pena_ that learned _Frenchman_, the noble _Tycho_, +with divers others who have purposely handled this proposition. + +3. I might adde a third, _viz._ that there is no Musicke of the +spheares, for if they be not solid, how can their motion cause any such +sound as is conceived? I doe the rather medle with this, because +_Plutarch_ speaks as if a man might very conveniently heare that +harmony, if he were an inhabitant in the Moone. But I guesse that hee +said this out of incogitancy, and did not well consider those necessary +consequences which depended upon his opinion. However the world would +have no great losse in being deprived of this Musicke, unlesse at some +times we had the priviledge to heare it: Then indeede _Philo_ the Jew[1] +thinkes it would save us the charges of diet, and we might live at an +easie rate by feeding at the eare onely, and receiving no other +nourishment; and for this very reason (saies he) was _Moses_ enabled to +tarry forty daies and forty nights in the Mount without eating any +thing, because he there heard the melody of the Heavens,--_Risum +teneatis_. I know this Musicke hath had great patrons both sacred and +prophane authours, such as _Ambrose_, _Bede_, _Boetius_, _Anselme_, +_Plato_, _Cicero_ and others, but because it is not now, I thinke +affirmed by any, I shall not therefore bestow either paines or time in +arguing against it. + + [Sidenote 1: _De somniis._] + +It may suffice that I have onely named these three last, and for the two +more necessary, have referred the Reader to others for satisfaction. I +shall in the next place proceede to the nature of the Moones body, to +know whether that be capable of any such conditions, as may make it +possible to be inhabited, and what those qualities are wherein it more +neerely agrees with our earth. + + + + +Proposition 4. + +_That the Moone is a solid, compacted, opacous body._ + + +I shall not need to stand long in the proofe of this proposition, since +it is a truth already agreed on by the generall consent of the most and +the best Philosophers. + +1. It is solid in opposition to fluid, as is the ayre, for how otherwise +could it beare backe the light which it receives from the Sunne? + +But here it may be questioned, whether or no the Moone bestow her light +upon us by the reflection of the Sunne-beames from the superficies of +her body, or else by her owne illumination. Some there are who affirme +this latter part. So _Averroes_, _Clius Rhodiginus_, _Iulius Csar_, +_&c._ and their reason is because this light is discerned in many +places,[1] whereas those bodies which give light by reflexion can there +onely be perceived where the angle of reflexion is equall to the angle +of incidence, and this is onely in one place, as in a looking-glasse +those beames which are reflected from it cannot bee perceived in every +place where you may see the glasse, but onely there where your eye is +placed on the same line whereon the beames are reflected. + + [Sidenote 1: _De coelo. l. 2. com. 49._ + _Ant. lection. l. 20. c. 4._ + _De phnom. lun. c. 11._] + +But to this I answere, that the argument will not hold of such bodies, +whose superficies is full of unequall parts and gibbosities as the Moone +is. Wherefore it is as well the more probable as the more common +opinion, that her light proceedes from both these causes, from reflexion +and illumination; nor doth it herein differ from our earth, since that +also hath some light by illumination: for how otherwise would the parts +about us in a Sunne-shine day appeare so bright, when as all the rayes +of reflexion cannot enter into our eye? + +2. It is compact, and not a spungie and porous substance.[1] But this is +denied by _Diogenes_, _Vitellio_, and _Reinoldus_, and some others, who +held the Moone to bee of the same kind of nature as a Pumice-stone, and +this, say they, is the reason why in the Suns eclipses there appeares +within her a duskish ruddy colour, because the Sunne-beames being +refracted in passing through the pores of her body, must necessarily be +represented under such a colour. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de pla. phil. l. 2. c. 13._ + _Opt. l. 4._ + _Com. Purbac. Theo. p. 164._] + +But I reply, if this be the cause of her rednesse; then why doth she not +appeare under the same forme when she is about a sextile aspect, and the +darkned part of her body is discernable? for then also doe the same +rayes passe through her, and therefore in all likelihood should produce +the same effect, and notwithstanding those beames are then diverted from +us, that they cannot enter into our eyes by a streight line, yet must +the colour still remaine visible in her body,[1] and besides according +to this opinion, the spots would not alwaies be the same, but divers, as +the various distance of the Sunne requires. Againe, if the Sunne-beames +did passe through her, why then hath she not a taile as the Comets? why +doth she appeare in such an exact round? and not rather attended with a +long flame, since it is meerely this penetration of the Sunne beames +that is usually attributed to be the cause of beards in blazing starres. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scaliger exercit. 80. 13._] + +3. It is opacous, not transparent or diaphanous like Chrystall or +glasse,[1] as _Empedocles_ thought, who held the Moone to bee a globe of +pure congealed aire, like haile inclosed in a spheare of fire, for then. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de fa. lun._] + +1. Why does shee not alwaies appeare in the full? since the light is +dispersed through all her body? + +2. How can the interposition of her body so darken the Sun, or cause +such great eclipses as have turned day into night,[1] that have +discovered the stars, and frighted the birds with such a sudden +darknesse, that they fell downe upon the earth, as it is related in +divers Histories? And therefore _Herodotus_ telling of an Eclipse which +fell in _Xerxes_ time, describes it thus:[2] +ho hlios eklipn tn ek +tou ouranou hedrn aphans n+. The Sunne leaving his wonted seate in +the heavens, vanished away: all which argues such a great darknesse, as +could not have beene, if her body had beene perspicuous. Yet some there +are who interpret all these relations to bee hyperbolicall expressions, +and the noble _Tycho_ thinkes it naturally impossible, that any eclipse +should cause such darknesse, because the body of the Moone can never +totally cover the Sunne; however, in this he is singular, all other +Astronomers (if I may believe _Keplar_) being on the contrary opinion, +by reason the Diameter of the Moone does for the most part appeare +bigger to us then the Diameter of the Sunne. + + [Sidenote 1: _Thucid._ + _Livii._ + _Plut. de fa. Lun._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Herodot. l. 7 c. 37._] + +But here _Julius Csar_[1] once more, puts in to hinder our passage. The +Moone (saith he) is not altogether opacous, because 'tis still of the +same nature with the Heavens, which are incapable of totall opacity: and +his reason is, because perspicuity is an inseparable accident of those +purer bodies, and this hee thinkes must necessarily bee granted, for hee +stops there, and proves no further; but to this I shall deferre an +answere, till hee hath made up his argument. + + [Sidenote 1: _De phnom. Lun. c. 11._] + +We may frequently see, that her body does so eclipse the Sunne, as our +earth doth the Moone; since then the like interposition of them both, +doth produce the like effect, they must necessarily be of the like +natures, that is a like opacous, which is the thing to be shewed; and +this was the reason (as the Interpreters guesse) why _Aristotle_ +affirmed the Moone to be of the earths nature,[1] because of their +agreement in opacity, whereas all the other elements save that, are in +some measure perspicuous. + + [Sidenote 1: _In lib. de animalib._] + +But the greatest difference which may seeme to make our earth altogether +unlike the Moone, is, because the one is a bright body, and hath light +of its owne, and the other a grosse dark body which cannot shine at all. +'Tis requisite therefore, that in the next place I cleare this doubt, +and shew that the Moone hath no more light of her owne than our earth. + + + + +Proposition 5. + +_That the Moone hath not any light of her owne._ + + +Twas the fancy of some of the Jewes, and more especially of _Rabbi +Simeon_, that the Moone was nothing else but a contracted Sunne,[1] and +that both those planets at their first creation were equall both in +light and quantity, for because God did then call them both great +lights, therefore they inferred, that they must be both equall in +bignesse. But a while after (as the tradition goes) the ambitious Moone +put up her complaint to God against the Sunne, shewing, that it was not +fit there should be two such great lights in the heavens, a Monarchy +would best become the place of order and harmony. Upon this God +commanded her to contract her selfe into a narrower compasse, but she +being much discontented hereat, replies, What! because I have spoken +that which is reason and equity, must I therefore be diminished? This +sentence could not chuse but much trouble her; and for this reason was +shee in much distresse and griefe for a long space, but that her sorrow +might be some way pacified, God bid her be of good cheere, because her +priviledges and charet should be greater then the Suns, he should +appeare in the day timeonely, shee both in the day and night, but her +melancholy being not satisfied with this, shee replyed againe, that that +alas was no benefit, for in the day-time she should be either not seene, +or not noted. Wherefore, God to comfort her up, promised, that his +people the Israelites should celebrate all their feasts and holy daies +by a computation of her moneths, but this being not able to content her, +shee has looked very melancholy ever since; however shee hath still +reserved much light of her owne. + + [Sidenote 1: _Tostatus in 1. Gen._ + _Hieron. de 5. Hide._ + _Hebronia l. 2. c. 4._] + +Others there were, that did thinke the Moone to be a round globe, the +one halfe of whole body was of a bright substance, the other halfe being +darke, and the divers conversions of those sides towards our eyes, +caused the variety of her appearances: of this opinion was _Berosus_, as +he is cited by _Vitruvius_,[1] and St. _Austin_[2] thought it was +probable enough, but this fancy is almost equally absurd with the +former, and both of them sound rather like fables, then philosophicall +truths. You may commonly see how this latter does contradict frequent +and easie experience, for 'tis observed, that that spot which is +perceived about her middle, when she is in the increase, may be +discern'd in the same place when she is in the ful: whence it must +follow, that the same part which was before darkened, is after +inlightened, and that the one part is not alwaies darke, and the other +light of it selfe, but enough of this, I would be loth to make an enemy, +that I may afterwards overcome him, or bestow time in proving that which +is already granted. I suppose now, that neither of them hath any +patrons, and therefore need no confutation. + + [Sidenote 1: _Lib. 9. Architectur._] + + [Sidenote 2: _in enarrat. Psalmorum._] + +'Tis agreed upon by all sides, that this Planet receives most of her +light from the Sunne, but the chiefe controversie is, whether or no she +hath any of her owne? The greater multitude affirme this. _Cardan_ +amongst the rest, is very confident of it, and he thinkes that if any of +us were in the Moone at the time of her greatest eclipse,[1] + + _Lunam aspiceremus non secus ac innumeris cereis splendidissimis + accensis, atque in eas oculis defixis ccutiremus_; + +"wee should perceive so great a brightnesse of her owne, that would +blind us with the meere sight," and when shee is enlightened by the +Sunne, then no eagles eye if there were any there, is able to looke upon +her. This _Cardan_ saies, and hee doth but say it without bringing any +proofe for its confirmation. However, I will set downe the arguments +that are usually urged for this opinion, and they are taken either from +Scripture or reason; from Scripture is urged that place, _1 Cor. 15._ +where it is said, _There is one glory of the Sunne, and another glory +of the Moone_. _Vlysses Albergettus_ urges, that in _Math. 24. 22._ ++h seln ou dsei to phengos auts+, _The Moone shall not give her +light_: therefore (saies he) she hath some of her owne. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Subtil. lib. 3._] + +But to these wee may easily answer that the glory and light there spoken +of, may be said to be hers, though it be derived, as you may see in many +other instances. + +The arguments from reason are taken either + +1. From that light which is discerned in her, when there is a totall +eclipse of her owne body, or of the Sunne. + +2. For the light which is discerned in the darker part of her body, when +she is but a little distant from the Sunne. + +1. For when there are any totall eclipses, there appeares in her body a +great rednesse, and many times light enough to cause a remarkeable +shade, as common experience doth sufficiently manifest: but this cannot +come from the Sunne, since at such times either the earth, or her owne +body shades her from the Sun-beames, therefore it must proceede from her +owne light. + +2. Two or three daies after the new Moone, wee may perceive light in her +whole body, whereas the rayes of the Sun reflect but upon a small part +of that which is visible, therefore 'tis likely that there is some light +of her owne. + +In answering to these objections, I shall first shew, that this light +cannot be her owne, and then declare that which is the true reason of +it. + +That it is not her own, appeares + +1. From the variety of it at divers times; for 'tis commonly observed, +that sometimes 'tis of a brighter, sometimes of a darker appearance, now +redder, and at another time of a more duskish colour. The observation of +this variety in divers eclipses, you may see set downe by _Keplar_[1] +and many others, but now this could not be if that light were her owne, +that being constantly the same, and without any reason of such an +alteration: So that thus I may argue. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. Astron. c. 7. num. 3._] + +If there were any light proper to the Moone, then would that Planet +appeare brightest when she is eclipied in her Perige, being neerest to +the earth, and so consequently more obscure and duskish when she is in +her Apoge or farthest from it; the reason is, because the neerer any +enlightened body comes to the sight, by so much the more strong are the +species and the better perceived. This sequell is granted by some of our +adversaries, and they are the very words of noble _Tycho_,[1] + + _Si luna genuino gauderet lumine, utique cum in umbra terr esset, +illud non amitteret, sed e evidentis exereret, omne enim lumen in +tenebris, plus splendet cum alio majore fulgore non prpeditur._ + +If the Moone had any light of her owne, then would she not lose it in +the earths shadow, but rather shine more clearely, since every light +appeares greater in the darke, when it is not hindered by a more +perspicuous brightnesse. + + [Sidenote 1: _De nova stella lib. 1. c. 10._] + +But now the event falls out cleane contrary, (as observation doth +manifest, and our opposites themselves doe grant)[1] the Moone appearing +with a more reddish and cleare light when she is eclipsed being in her +Apoge or farthest distance, and a more blackish yron colour when she is +in her Perige or neerest to us, therefore shee hath not any light of her +owne. Nor may we thinke that the earths shadow can cloud the proper +light of the Moone from appearing, or take away any thing from her +inherent brightnesse, for this were to thinke a shadow to be a body, an +opinion altogether mis-becomming a Philosopher, as _Tycho_ grants in the +fore-cited place, + + _Nec umbra terr corporeum quid est, aut densa aliqua substantia, + aut lun lumen obtenebrare possit, atque id visui nostro prripere, + sed est qudam privatio luminis solaris, ob interpositum opacum + corpus terr._ + +Nor is the earths shadow any corporall thing, or thicke substance, that +it can cloud the Moones brightnesse, or take it away from our sight, but +it is a meere privation of the Suns light, by reason of the +interposition of the earths opacous body. + + [Sidenote 1: Reinhold _comment. in Purb. Theor. pag. 164._] + +2. If shee had any light of her owne then that would in it selfe be, +either such a ruddy brightnesse as appeares in the eclipses, or else +such a leaden duskish light as wee see in the darker parts of her body, +when shee is a little past the conjunction. (That it must be one of +these may follow from the opposite arguments) but it is neither of +these, therefore she hath none of her owne. + +1. 'Tis not such a ruddy light as appeares in eclipses, for then why can +wee not see the like rednesse, when wee may discerne the obscurer parts +of the Moone? + +You will say, perhaps, that then the neerenesse of that greater light, +takes away that appearance. + +I reply, this cannot be, for then why does Mars shine with his wonted +rednesse, when he is neere the Moone? or why cannot her greater +brightnesse make him appeare white as the other Planets? nor can there +be any reason given why that greater light should represent her body +under a false colour. + +2. 'Tis not such a duskish leaden light, as we see in the darker part of +her body, when shee is about a sextile Aspect distant from the Sunne, +for then why does shee appeare red in the eclipses, since the more shade +cannot choose such variety, for 'tis the nature of darknesse by its +opposition, rather to make things appeare of a more white and cleare +brightnesse then they are in themselves, or if it be the shade, yet +those parts of the Moone are then in the shade of her body, and +therefore in reason should have the like rednesse. Since then neither of +these lights are hers, it followes that she hath none of her owne. Nor +is this a singular opinion, but it hath had many learned patrons, such +was _Macrobius_,[1] who being for this quoted of _Rhodiginus_, he calls +him _vir reconditissim scienti_,[2] a man who knew more than ordinary +Philosophers, thus commending the opinion in the credit of the Authour. +To him assents the Venerable _Bede_, upon whom the glosse hath this +comparison.[3] As the Looking-glasse represents not any image within it +selfe, unlesse it receive some from without; so the Moone hath not any +light, but what is bestowed by the Sun. To these agreed _Albertus +Magnus_, _Scaliger_, _Mslin_, and more especially _Mulapertius_,[4] +whose words are more pat to the purpose then others, and therefore I +shall set them downe as you may finde them in his Preface to his +Treatise concerning the _Austriaca sydera_; + + _Luna, Venus, & Mercurius, terrestris & humid sunt substanti + ideoque de suo non lucere, sicut nec terra._ + +The Moone, _Venus_, and _Mercurie_ (saith he) are of an earthly and +moyst substance, and therefore have no more light of their owne, then +the earth hath. Nay, some there are who thinke that all the other +Starres doe receive that light, whereby they appeare visible to us from +the Sunne, so _Ptolomie_, _Isidore Hispalensis_, _Albertus Magnus_ and +_Bede_, much more then must the Moone shine with a borrowed light.[5] + + [Sidenote 1: _Somn. Scip. l. 1. c. 20._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Lect. antiq. l. 1. c. 15._] + + [Sidenote 3: _In lib. de natur. rerum._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De 4r. Covis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ + _Exercit. 62._ + _1. Epitome. Astron. lib. 4. p. 2._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Originum l. 3. c. 60._ + _De Coelo. l. 2._ + _De ratione tempor. c. 4._] + +But enough of this. I have now sufficiently shewed what at the first I +promised, that this light is not proper to the Moone. It remaines in the +next place, that I tell you the true reason of it. And here, I thinke +'tis probable that the light which appeares in the Moone at the eclipses +is nothing else but the second species of the Sunnes rayes which passe +through the shadow unto her body: and from a mixture of this second +light with the shadow, arises that rednesse which at such times appeares +unto us. I may call it _Lumen crepusculum_, the _Aurora_ of the Moone, +or such a kinde of blushing light, that the Sunne causes when he is +neere his rising, when he bestowes some small light upon the thicker +vapours. Thus wee see commonly the Sunne being in the Horizon, and the +reflexion growing weake, how his beames make the waters appeare very +red. + +The Moabites in _Iehorams_ time when they rose early in the morning, and +beheld the waters a farre off, mistooke them for blood.[1] + + _Et causa hujus est, quia radius solaris in aurora contrahit quandam + rubedinem, propter vapores combustos manentes circa superficiem + terr, per quos radii transeunt, & ideo cum repercutiantur in aqua + ad oculos nostros, trahunt secum eundem ruborem, & faciunt apparere + locum aquarum, in quo est repercussio esse rubrum_, + +saith _Tostatus_.[2] The reason is, because of his rayes, which being in +the lower vapours, those doe convey an imperfect mixed light upon the +waters. Thus the Moone being in the earths shadow, and the Sunne beames +which are round about it, not being able to come directly unto her body, +yet some second raies there are, which passing through the shadow, make +her appeare in that ruddy colour: So that she must appeare brightest, +when shee is eclipsed, being in her Apoge, of greatest distance from us, +because then the cone of the earths shadow is lesse, and the refraction +is made through a narrower medium. So on the contrary, she must be +represented under a more darke and obscure forme when she is eclipsed, +being in her Perige, or neerest to the earth, because then she is +involved in a greater shadow, or bigger part of the cone, and so the +refraction passing through a greater medium, the light must needes be +weaker which doth proceed from it. If you aske now what the reason may +be of that light which we discerne in the darker part of the new Moone: +I answer, 'tis reflected from our earth which returnes as great a +brightnesse to that Planet, as it receives from it. This I shall have +occasion to prove afterward. + + [Sidenote 1: 2 King. 3. 22.] + + [Sidenote 2: _2. Qust. in hoc cap._] + +I have now done with these propositions which were set downe to cleare +the passage, and confirme the suppositions implied in the opinion, I +shall in the next place proceed to a more direct treating of the chiefe +matter in hand. + + + + +Proposition 6. + +_That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of + many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be + deduced from the tenents of others._ + + +Since this opinion may be suspected of singularity, I shall therefore +first confirme it by sufficient authority of divers authours, both +ancient and moderne, that so I may the better cleare it from the +prejudice either of an upstart fancy, or an absolute errour. This is by +some attributed to _Orpheus_, one of the most ancient Greeke Poets, who +speaking of the Moone, saies thus, +h poll' ourea echei, poll' astea, +polla melathra+,[1] That it hath many mountaines and cities, and houses +in it. To him assented _Xenophanes_, _Anaxagoras_, _Democritus_, and +_Heraclitus_,[2] all who thought it to have firme solid ground, like to +our earth,[3] containing in it many large fields, champion grounds, and +divers inhabitants, unto these agreed _Pythagoras_, who thought that our +earth was but one of the Planets which moved round about the Sunne,[4] +(as _Aristotle_ relates it of him) and the _Pythagoreans_ in generall +did affirme, that the Moone also was terrestriall, that she was +inhabited as this lower world. That those living creatures & plants +which are in her, exceed any of the like kind with us in the same +proportion, as their daies are longer than ours: _viz._ by 15 times. +This _Pythagoras_[5] was esteemed by all, of a most divine wit, as +appeares especially by his valuation amongst the _Romans_ who being +cmanded by the Oracle to erect a statue to the wisest _Grecian_, the +Senate determined[6] _Pythagoras_ to be meant, preferring him in their +judgements before the divine _Socrates_, whom their Gods pronounc'd the +wisest. Some think him a _Iew_ by birth, but most agree that hee was +much conversant amongst the learneder sort, & Priests of that Nation, +by whom he was informed of many secrets, and perhaps, this opinion, +which he vented afterwards in _Greece_, where he was much opposed by +_Aristotle_ in some worded disputations, but never confuted by any solid +reason. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ibid. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Diog. Laert. l. 2. & l. 9._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De Coelo. l. 2. cap. 13._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Plut. ibid. cap. 30._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 34. cap. 6._] + +To this opinion of _Pythagoras_ did _Plato_ also assent, when hee +considered that there was the like eclipse made by the earth, and this, +that it had no light of its owne, that it was so full of spots. And +therefore wee may often reade in him and his followers,[1] of an +_therea terra_, and _lunares populi_, an thereall earth, and +inhabiters in the Moone; but afterwards this was mixed with many +ridiculous fancies: for some of them considering the mysteries implied +in the number 3. concluded that there must necessarily bee a Trinity of +worlds, whereof the first is this of ours, the second in the Moone whose +element of water is represented by the spheare of _Mercury_, the aire by +_Uenus_, and the fire by the Sunne. And that the whole Universe might +the better end in earth as it began, they have contrived it, that _Mars_ +shall be a spheare of the fire, _Iupiter_ of aire, _Saturne_ of water; +and above all these, the Elysian fields, spacious and pleasant places +appointed for the habitation of those unspotted soules, that either +never were imprisoned in, or else now have freed themselves from any +commerce with the body. _Scaliger_[2] speaking of this _Platonicke_ +fancie, _qu in tres trientes mundum quasi assem divisit_, thinks 'tis +confutation enough, to say, 'tis _Plato's_. However for the first part +of this assertion, it was assented unto by many others, and by reason of +the grossnesse and inequality of this planet, 'twas frequently called +_quasi terra coelestis_, as being esteemed the sediment and more +imperfect part of those purer bodies, you may see this proved by +_Plutarch_,[3] in that delightfull work which he properly made for the +confirmition of this particular. With him agreed _Alcinous_[4] and +_Plotinus_, later Writers. Unto these I might also adde the imperfect +testimony of _Mahomet_, whose authority of grant can adde but little +credit to this opinion, because hee was an ignorant imposter, but yet +consider that originall, from whence hee derived most of his knowledge, +and then, perhaps, his witnesse may carry with it some probablity. He is +commonly thought by birth to be an Ismaelite, being instructed by the +Jewes in the secrets of their Philosophy,[5] and perhaps, learned this +from those Rabbies, for in his _Alcaron_, hee talkes much of mountaines, +pleasant fields, and cleare rivers in the heavens, but because he was +for the maine very unlearned, he was not able to deliver any thing so +distinctly as he was informed.[6] The Cardinall _Cusanus_ and _Iornandus +Bunus_, held a particular world in every Starre, and therefore one of +them defining our earth, he saies, it is + + _stella qudam nobilis, qu lunam & calorem & influentiam habet + aliam, & diversam ab omnibus aliis stellis_; + +a "noble starre having a distinct light, heat and influence from all the +rest." Unto this _Nichol. Hill_, a country man of ours was inclined, +when he said _Astrea terr natura probabilis est_: "That 'tis probable +the earth hath a starry nature."[7] + + [Sidenote 1: _Plat. de conviviis._ + _Macrob. Somn. Scip. lib. 1. ca. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Exercit. 62._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De facie Lun._] + + [Sidenote 4: _Instit. ad discip._ Plat. _Cl. Rhodig. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Azoara. 57. & 65._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Cusa. de doct. ign. l. 2. cap. 12._] + + [Sidenote 7: _Philos. epicur. part. 434._] + +But the opinion which I have here delivered was more directly proved by +_Mslin_, _Keplar_, and _Galilus_, each of them late writers, and +famous men for their singular skill in Astronomy.[1] As for those workes +of _Mslin_ and _Keplar_ wherein they doe more expresly treate of this +opinion, I have not yet had the happinesse to see them. However their +opinions appeare plaine enough from their owne writings, and the +testimony of others concerning them. But _Iulius Csar_, whom I have +above quoted, speaking of their testimony whom I now cite for this +opinion,[2] _viz._ _Keplar_ and _Galilus_ affirmes that to his +knowledge they did but jest in those things which they write concerning +this, and as for any such world, he assuredly knowes they never so much +as dreamt of it. But I had rather believe their owne words, then his +pretended knowledge. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Thesibus_ + _dissertatio cum Nic. Hill._ + _Nuncius Sydereus._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De phnom. lun. c. 4._] + +'Tis true indeed, in many things they doe but trifle, but for the maine +scope of those discourses, 'tis as manifest they seriously meant it, as +any indifferent Reader may easily discerne; otherwise sure _Campanella_ +(a man as well acquainted with his opinion, and perhaps his person as +_Csar_ was) would never have writ an apologie for him. And besides 'tis +very likely if it had beene but a jest, _Galilus_ would never have +suffered so much for it as afterwards he did. But as for the knowledge +which hee pretends, you may guesse what it was by his confidence (I say +not presumption) in other assertions, and his boldnesse[1] in them may +well derogate from his credit in this. For speaking of _Ptolome's_ +_Hypothesis_ he pronounces this verdict, + + _Impossibile est excentricorum & epicyclorum positio, nec aliquis + est ex Mathematicis adeo stultus qui veram illam existimet._ + + "The position of _Excentricks_ and _Epicycles_ is altogether + impossible, nor is there any Mathematician such a foole as to + thinke it true." + +I should guesse hee could not have knowledge enough to maintaine any +other Hypothesis who was so ignorant in Mathematicks, as to deny that +any good Authour held this. For I would faine know whether there were +never any that thought the Heavens to be solid bodies, and that there +were such kindes of motion as is by those feined Orbes supplyed; if so, +then _Csar la Galla_ was much mistaken. I thinke his assertions are +equally true, that _Galilus_ and _Keplar_ did not hold this, and that +there were none which ever held that other. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cap. 7._] + +But in my following discourse I shall most insist on the observation of +_Galilus_, the inventour of that famous perspective, whereby we may +discerne the heavens hard by us, whereby those things which others have +formerly guest at are manifested to the eye, and plainely discovered +beyond exception or doubt, of which admirable invention, these latter +ages of the world may justly boast, and for this expect to be celebrated +by posterity. 'Tis related of _Eudoxus_, that hee wished himselfe burnt +with _Phaeton_, so he might stand over the Sunne to contemplate its +nature; had hee lived in these daies, he might have enjoyed his wish at +an easie rate, and scaling the heavens by this glasse, might plainely +have discerned what hee so much desired. _Keplar_ considering those +strange discoveries which this perspective had made, could not choose +but cry out in a +prospopeia+ and rapture of admiration. + + _O multiscium & quovis sceptro pretiosius perspicillum! an qui te + dextra tenet, ille non dominus constituatur operum Dei?_ + +And _Johannes Fabricius_[1] an elegant writer, speaking of the same +glasse, and for this invention preferring our age before those former +times of greater ignorance, saies thus; + + _Adeo sumus superiores veteribus, ut quam illi carminis magici + pronunciatu de missam representsse putantur nos non tantum + innocenter demittamus, sed etiam familiari quodam intuitu ejus quasi + conditionem intueamur._ + + "So much are wee above the ancients, that whereas they were faine by + their magical charms to represent the Moones approach, wee cannot + onely bring her lower with a greater innocence, but may also with a + more familiar view behold her condition." + +And because you shall have no occasion to question the truth of those +experiments, which I shal afterwards urge from it; I will therefore set +downe the testimony of an enemy, and such a witnesse hath alwaies beene +accounted prevalent: you may see it in the abovenamed _Csar la +Galla_,[2] whose words are these: + + _Mercurium caduceum gestantem, coelestia nunciare, & mortuorum animas + ab inferis revacare sapiens finxit antiquitas. Galilum ver novum + Iovis interpretem Telescopio caduco instructum Sydera aperire, & + veterum Philosophorum manes ad superos revocare solers nostra tas + videt & admiratur._ + +Wise antiquity fabled _Mercury_ carrying a rodde in his hand to relate +newes from Heaven, and call backe the soules of the dead, but it hath +beene the happinesse of our industrious age to see and admire _Galilus_ +the new Embassadour of the Gods furnished with his perspective to unfold +the nature of the Starres, and awaken the ghosts of the ancient +Philosophers. So worthily and highly did these men esteeme of this +excellent invention. + + [Sidenote 1: _De macula in sole obser._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De phnom. c. 1._] + +Now if you would know what might be done by this glasse, in the sight of +such things as were neerer at hand, the same Authour will tell you,[1] +when hee sayes, that by it those things which could scarce at all bee +discerned by the eye at the distance of a mile and a halfe, might +plainely and distinctly bee perceived for 16 Italian miles, and that as +they were really in themselves, without any transposition or falsifying +at all. So that what the ancient Poets were faine to put in a fable, our +more happy age hath found out in a truth, and we may discerne as farre +with these eyes which _Galilus_ hath bestowed upon us, as _Lynceus_ +could with those which the Poets attributed unto him. But if you yet +doubt whether all these observations were true, the same Authour may +confirme you,[2] when hee saies they were shewed, + + _Non uni aut alteri, sed quamplurimis, neque gregariis hominibus, + sed prcipuis atque disciplinis omnibus, necnon Mathematicis & + opticis prceptis, optim instructis sedul ac diligenti inspectione_. + + "Not to one or two, but to very many, and those not ordinary men, + but to those who were well vers'd in Mathematickes and Opticks, + and that not with a meere glance but with a sedulous and diligent + inspection." + +And least any scruple might remaine unanswered, or you might thinke the +men who beheld all this though they might be skilfull, yet they came +with credulous minds, and so were more easie to be deluded. He addes +that it was shewed,[3] + + _vius qui ad experimenta hc contradicendi animo accesserant_. + + "To such as were come with a great deale of prejudice, and an intent + of contradiction." + +Thus you may see the certainety of those experiments which were taken by +this glasse. I have spoken the more concerning it, because I shall +borrow many things in my farther discourse, from those discoveries which +were made by it. + + [Sidenote 1: _ibid. c. 5._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Cap. 1._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Cap. 5._] + +I have now cited such Authors both ancient and moderne, who have +directly maintained the same opinion. I told you likewise in the +proposition that it might probably be deduced from the tenent of others: +such were _Aristarchus_, _Philolaus_ and _Copernicus_, with many other +later writers who assented to their hypothesis, so _Ioach. Rlelicus_, +_David Origanus_, _Lansbergius_, _Guil. Gilbert_, and (if I may believe +_Campanella_[1]) _Innumeri alii Angli & Galli_. Very many others both +English and French, all who affirmed our Earth to be one of the Planets, +and the Sunne to bee the Centre of all, about which the heavenly bodies +did move, and how horrid soever this may seeme at the first, yet is it +likely enough to be true, nor is there any maxime or observation in +Opticks (saith _Pena_) that can disprove it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilo._] + +Now if our earth were one of the Planets (as it is according to them) +then why may not another of the Planets be an earth? + +Thus have I shewed you the truth of this proposition: Before I proceede +farther, 'tis requisite that I informe the Reader, what method I shall +follow in the proving of this chiefe assertion, that there is a World in +the Moone. + +The order by which I shall bee guided will be that which _Aristotle_[1] +uses in his booke _De mundo_ (if that booke were his.) + + [Sidenote 1: _ 1. cap. ad 10m._] + +First, +peri tn en aut+ of those chiefe parts which are in it; not the +elementary and thereall (as he doth there) since this doth not belong +to the elementary controversie, but of the Sea and Land, &c. Secondly, ++peri autn pathn+, of those things which are extrinsecall to it, as +the seasons, meteors and inhabitants. + + + + +Proposition 7. + +_That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be + distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the Sea + and Land in that other World._ + + +For the cleare proofe of this proposition, I shall first reckon up and +refute the opinions of others concerning the matter and forme of those +spots, and then shew the greater probability of this present assertion, +and how agreeable it is to that truth, which is most commonly received; +as for the opinions of other concerning these, they have beene very +many, I will only reckon up those which are common and remarkeable. + +Some there are that thinke those spots doe not arise from any deformity +of the parts, but a deceit of the eye, which cannot at such a distance +discerne an equall light in that planet, but these do but onely say it, +and shew not any reason for the proofe of their opinion: Others think[1] +that there be some bodies betwixt the Sunne and Moone, which keeping off +the lights in some parts, doe by their shadow produce these spots which +wee there discerne. + + [Sidenote 1: So _Bede_ in _d. de Mund. constit._] + +Others would have them to be the figure of the mountaines here below +represented there as in a looking-glasse. But none of those fancies can +bee true, because the spots are stil the same, & not varied according to +the difference of places, and besides, _Cardan_ thinks it is impossible +that any image should be conveyed so farre as there to be represented +unto us at such a distance,[1] but tis commonly related of _Pythagoras_, +that he by writing, what he pleased in a glasse, by the reflexi of the +same species, would make those letters to appeare in the circle of the +Moone, where they should be legible by any other, who might at that time +be some miles distant from him.[2]* _Agrippa_ affirmes this to be +possible, and the way of performing it not unknowne to himselfe, with +some others in his time. It may be that our Bishop did by the like +meanes performe those strange conclusions which hee professes in his +_Nuncius inanimatus_, where hee pretends that hee can informe his +friends of what he pleases, though they be an hundred miles distant, +_forte etiam, vel milliare millesimum_, they are his owne words, and, +perhaps, a thousand, and all this in a minutes space, or little more, +quicker than the Sunne can move. + + [Sidenote 1: _De subtil. lib. 3._] + + [Sidenote 2*: _Occulta ad Philos. l. 1. cap. 6._] + +Now, what conveyance there should be for so speedy a passage, I cannot +conceive, unlesse it be carried with the light, then which wee know not +any thing quicker; but of this onely by the way; however, whether those +images can be represented so or not, yet certaine it is, those spots are +not such representations. Some thinke that when God had at first created +too much earth to make a perfect globe, not knowing well where to bestow +the rest, he placed it in the Moone, which ever since hath so darkened +it in some parts, but the impiety of this is sufficient confutation, +since it so much detracts from the divine power and wisedome. + +The *[1]Stoicks held that planet to be mixed of fire and aire, and in +their opinion, the variety of its composition, caused her spots: +_Anaxagoras_ thought all the starres to be of an earthly nature, mixed +with some fire, and as for the Sunne, hee affirmed it to be nothing else +but a fiery stone; for which later opinion, the _Athenians_ sentenc'd +him to death;[2] those zealous Idolaters counting it a great blasphemy, +to make their God a stone, whereas not withstanding, they were so +senslesse in their adoration of Idolls, as to make a stone their God, +this _Anaxagoras_ affirmed the Moone to be more terrestriall then the +other, but of a greater purity then any thing here below, and the spots +hee thought were nothing else, but some cloudy parts, intermingled with +the light which belonged to that Planet, but I have above destroyed the +supposition on which this fancy is grounded: _Pliny_[3] thinkes they +arise from some drossie stuffe, mixed with that moysture which the Moone +attracts unto her selfe, but hee was of their opinion, who thought the +starres were nourished by some earthly vapours, which you may commonly +see refuted in the _Commentators_ on the bookes, _de Coelo_. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Plut. de placit. phil. l. 2. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iosephus l. 2. con. App._ + _August. de civit. Dei. l. 18. c. 41._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Nat. Hist. lib. 2. c. 9._] + +_Vitellio_ and _Reinoldus_[1] affirme the spots to be the thicker parts +of the Moone, into which the Sunne cannot infuse much light, and this +(say they) is the reason, why in the Sunnes eclipses, the spots and +brighter parts are still in some measure distinguished, because the +Sunne beames are not able so well to penetrate through those thicker, as +they may through the thinner parts of the Planet. Of this opinion also +was _Csar la Galla_, whose words are these,[2] + + "The Moone doth there appeare clearest, where shee is transpicuous, + not onely through the superficies, but the substance also, and there + she seemes spotted, where her body is most opacous." + +The ground of this his assertion was, because hee thought the Moone did +receive and bestow her light by illumination onely, and not at all by +reflexion, but this, together with the supposed penetration of the Sunne +beames, and the perspicuity of the Moones body I have above answered and +refuted. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. lib. 9._ + _Comment. in Purb. pag. 164._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ex qua parte luna est transpicua non totum secundum + superficiem, sed etiam secundum substantiam, eatenus clara, ex qua + autem parte opaca est, eatenus obscura videtur._ _De Phnom. + cap. 11._] + +The more common and generall opinion[1] is, that the spots are the +thinner parts of the Moone, which are lesse able to reflect the beames +that they receive from the Sunne, and this is most agreeable to reason, +for if the starres are therefore brightest, because they are thicker and +more solid then their orbes, then it will follow, that those parts of +the Moone which have lesse light, have also lesse thickenesse. It was +the providence of nature (say some) that so contrived that planet to +have these spots within it, for since that is neerest to those lower +bodies which are so full of deformity, 'tis requisite that it should in +some measure agree with them, and as in this inferiour world the higher +bodies are the most compleat, so also in the heavens perfection is +ascended unto by degrees, and the Moone being the lowest, must be the +least pure, and therefore _Philo_ the Jew[2] interpreting _Iacobs_ +dreame concerning the ladder, doth in an allegory shew, how that in the +fabricke of the world, all things grow perfecter as they grow higher, +and this is the reason (saith hee) why the Moone doth not consist of any +pure simple matter, but is mixed with aire, which shewes so darkely +within her body. + + [Sidenote 1: _Albert. mag. de covis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ + _Colleg. Con._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De Somniis._] + +But this cannot be a sufficient reason, for though it were true that +nature did frame every thing perfecter as it was higher, yet is it as +true, that nature frames every thing fully perfect for that office to +which shee intends it. Now, had she intended the Moone meerly to reflect +the Sunne beames and give light, the spots then had not so much argued +her providence, as her unskilfulnesse and imperfection,[1] as if in the +haste of her worke shee could not tell how to make that body exactly +fit, for that office to which she appointed it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scalig. exercit. 62._] + +Tis likely then that she had some other end which moved her to produce +this variety, and this in all probability was her intent to make it a +fit body for habitation with the same conveniencies of sea and land, as +this inferiour world doth partake of. For since the Moone is such a +vast, such a solid and opacous body like our earth (as was above proved) +why may it not be probable, that those thinner and thicker parts +appearing in her, doe shew the difference betwixt the sea and land in +that other world; and _Galilus_ doubts not, but that if our earth were +visible at the same distance, there would be the like appearance of it. + +As for the forme of those spots, some of the vulgar thinke they +represent a man, and the Poets guesse 'tis the boy _Endimion_, whose +company shee loves so well, that shee carries him with her, others will +have it onely to be the face of a man as the Moone is usually pictured, +but _Albertus_ thinkes rather, that it represents a Lyon with his taile +towards the East, and his head the West, and [1]*some others have +thought it to be very much like a Fox, & certainly 'tis as much like a +Lyon as that in the _Zodiake_, or as _Vrsa major_ is like a Beare. + + [Sidenote 1*: Eusebius Nioremb. _Hist. Nat. lib. 8. c. 15._] + +I should guesse that it represents one of these as well as another, and +any thing else as well as any of these, since 'tis but a strong +imagination, which fancies such images as schoole-boyes usually doe in +the markes of a wall, whereas there is not any such similitude in the +spots themselves, which rather like our Sea, in respect of the land, +appeares under a rugged and confused figure, and doth not represent any +distinct image, so that both in respect of the matter and the forme it +may be probable enough, that those spots and brighter parts may shew the +distinction betwixt the Sea and Land in that other world. + + + + +Proposition 8. + +_The spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land._ + + +When I first compared the nature of our earth and water with those +appearances in the Moone; I concluded contrary to the proposition, that +the brighter parts represented the water, and the spots the land; of +this opinion likewise was _Keplar_ at the first; but my second thoughts, +and the reading of others,[1] have now convinced me (as after he was) of +the truth of that Proposition which I have now set downe. But before I +come to the confirmation of it, I shall mention those scruples which at +first made mee doubt of the truth of this opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. Astro. c. 6. num. 9._ + _Dissert. cum nuncio Gal._] + +1. It may be objected, 'tis probable, if there be any such sea and land +as ours, that it bears some proportion and similitude with ours: but now +this Proposition takes away all likenesse betwixt them, for whereas the +superficies of our earth is but the third part of the whole surface in +the globe, two parts being overspread with the water (as _Scaliger_[1] +observes) yet here according to this opinion, the Sea should be lesse +then the Land, since there is not so much of the bespotted, as ther is +of the enlightened parts, wherefore 'tis probable, that either there is +no such thing at all, or else that the brighter parts are the Sea. + + [Sidenote 1: _Exercit. 38._] + +2. The water, by reason of the smoothnesse of its superficies, seemes +better able to reflect the Sun beames then the earth, which in most +places is so full of ruggednesse of grasse and trees, and such like +impediments of reflection, and besides, cmon experience shewes, that +the water shines with a greater and more glorious brightnesse then the +earth, therefore it should seeme that the spots are the earth, and the +brighter parts the water. + +But to the first it may be answered. + +1. There is no great probability in this consequence, that because 'tis +so with us, therefore it must be so with the parts of the Moone, for +since there is such a difference betwixt them in divers other respects, +they may not, perhaps, agree in this. + +2. That assertion of _Scaliger_ is not by all granted for a truth. +_Fromondus_[1] with others, thinke, that the superficies of the Sea and +Land in so much of the world as is already discovered, is equall, and of +the same extension. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Meteoris l. 5. c. 1. Art. 1._] + +3. The Orbe of thicke and vaporous aire which encompasses the Moone, +makes the brighter parts of that Planet appeare bigger then in +themselves they are; as I shall shew afterwards. + +To the second it may be answered, that though the water be of a smooth +superficies, and so may seeme most fit to reverberate the light, yet +because 'tis of a perspicuous nature, therefore the beames must sinke +into it, and cannot so strongly and clearely be reflected. _Sicut in +speculo ubi plumbum abrasum fuerit_, (saith _Cardan_) as in +Looking-glasses where part of the lead is raized off, and nothing left +behind to reverberate the image, the species must there passe through +and not backe againe; so it is where the beames penetrate and sinke into +the substance of the body, there cannot be such an immediate and strong +reflection as when they are beate backe from the superficies, and +therefore the Sunne causes a greater heate by farre upon the Land then +upon the water. Now as for that experiment, where 'tis said, that the +waters have a greater brightness then the Land: I answer, 'tis true +onely there where they represent the image of the Sunne or some bright +cloud, and not in other places, as is very plaine by common observation. + +So that notwithstanding those doubts, yet this Proposition may remaine +true, that the spots may be the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land. Of +this opinion was _Plutarch_: unto him assented _Keplar_ and _Galilus_, +whose words are these, + + _Si quis veterum Pythagororum sententiam excuscitare velit, lunam + scilicet esse quasi tellurem alteram, ejus pars lucidior terrenam + superficiem, obscurior ver aqueam magis congru reprsentet. Mihi + autem dubium fuit numquam terrestris globi long conspecti, + atque a radiis solaribus perfusi, terream superficiem clariorem, + obscuriorem ver aqueam sese in conspectum daturam._[1] + + "If any man have a minde to renew the opinion of the _Pythagoreans_, + that the Moone is another earth, then her brighter parts may fitly + represent the earths superficies, and the darker part the water: + and for my part, I never doubted but that our earthly globe being + shined upon by the Sunne, and beheld at a great distance, the Land + would appeare brightest and the Sea more obscurely." + + [Sidenote 1: _De facie lun._ + _Dissertatio._ + _Nunc. Syd._] + +The reasons may be. + +1. That which I urged about the foregoing Chapter, because the water is +the thinner part, and therefore must give the lesse light. + +2. Because observation tels us, that the spotted parts are alwaies +smooth and equall, having every where an equality of light, when once +they are enlightened by the Sunne, whereas the brighter parts are full +of rugged gibbosities and mountaines having many shades in them, as I +shall shew more at large afterwards. + +That in this Planet there must be Seas, _Campanella_[1] indeavours to +prove out of Scripture interpreting the _waters above the Firmament_ +spoken of in _Genesis_ to be meant of the Sea in this world. For (saith +he) 'tis not likely that there are any such waters above the Orbes to +moderate that heate which they receive from their swift motion (as some +of the Fathers thinke) nor did _Moses_ meane the Angells which may be +called spirituall waters, as _Origen_ and _Austin_[2] would have it, for +both these are rejected by the generall consent: nor could he meane any +waters in the second region, as most Commentators interpret it. For +first there is nothing but vapours, which though they are afterwards +turned into water, yet while they remaine there, they are onely the +matter of that element, which may as well be fire or earth, or aire. +2. Those vapors are not above the _expansum_, but in it. So that hee +thinkes there is no other way to salve all, but by making the Planets +severall worlds with Sea & Land, with such Rivers and Springs, as wee +have here below: Especially since _Esdras_[3] speakes of the springs +above the Firmament, but I cannot agree with him in this, nor doe I +thinke that any such thing can be proved out of Scripture. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilo._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Confession. l. 13. c. 32._] + + [Sidenote 3: 2 Esdr. 4. 7.] + +Before I proceede to the next Position, I shall first answer some doubts +which might be made against the generality of this truth, whereby it may +seeme impossible that there should be either Sea or Land in the Moone; +for since she moves so swiftly as Astronomers observe, why then does +there nothing fall from her, or why doth shee not shake something out by +the celerity of her revolution? I answer, you must know that the +inclination of every heavie body, to its proper Center doth sufficiently +tie it unto its place, so that suppose any thing were separated, yet +must it necessarily returne againe, and there is no more danger of their +falling into our world then there is feare of our falling into the +Moone. + +But yet there are many fabulous relations of such things as have dropped +thence. There is a tale of the Nemean Lyon that _Hercules_ slew, which +first rushing among the heards out of his unknowne den in the Mountaine +of _Cytheron_ in _Boeotia_, the credulous people thought he was sent +from their Goddesse the Moone. And if a whirle-winde did chance to +snatch any thing up, and afterwards raine it downe againe, the ignorant +multitude are apt to believe that it dropt from Heaven. Thus _Avicenna_ +relates the story of a Calfe which fell downe in a storme, the beholders +thinking it a Moone-calfe, and that it fell thence. So _Cardan_ +travelling upon the Apennine Mountaines, a sudden blast tooke off his +hat, which if it had beene carryed farre, he thinkes the peasants who +had perceived it to fall, would have sworne it had rained hats. After +some such manner many of our prodigies come to passe, and the people are +willing to believe anything, which they may relate to others as a very +strange and wonderfull event. I doubt not but the Trojan _Palladium_, +the Romane _Minerva_, and our Ladies Church at _Loretto_, with many +sacred reliques preserved by the Papists might droppe from the Moone as +well as any of these. + +But it may be againe objected, suppose there were a bullet shot up in +that world, would not the Moone runne away from it, before it could fall +downe, since the motion of her body (being every day round our earth) is +farre swifter than the other, and so the bullet must be left behinde, +and at length fall downe to us? To this I answer, + +1. If a bullet could be shot so farre till it came to the circumference +of those things which belong to our center, then it would fall downe to +us. + +2. Though there were some heavie body a great height in that ayer, yet +would the motion of its centre by an attractive vertue still hold it +within its convenient distance, so that whether their earth moved or +stood still, yet would the same violence cast a body from it equally +farre. That I may the plainer expresse my meaning, I will set downe this +Diagramme. + + [Illustration as described in text] + +Suppose this earth were A, which was to move in the circle C, D. and let +the bullet be supposed at B. within its proper verge; I say, whether +this earth did stand stil or move swiftly towards D, yet the bullet +would still keepe at the same distance by reason of that Magneticke +vertue of the center (if I may so speake) whereby all things within its +spheare are attracted with it. So that the violence to the bullet, being +nothing else but that whereby 'tis removed from its center, therefore an +equall violence can carry a body from its proper place, but at an equall +distance whether or no the center stand still or move. + +The impartiall Reader may finde sufficient satisfaction for this and +such other arguments as may be urged against the motion of that earth in +the writings of _Capernicus_ and his followers, unto whom for brevities +sake I will referre them. + + + + +Proposition 9. + +_That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plains + in the body of the Moone._ + + +Though there are some who thinke Mountaines to bee a deformity in the +earth, as if they were either beate up by the flood, or else cast up +like so many heaps of rubbish left at the creation, yet if well +considered, they will be found as much to conduce to the beauty and +conveniency of the universe as any of the other parts. Nature (saith +_Pliny_[1]) purposely framed them for many excellent uses: partly to +tame the violence of greater Rivers, to strengthen certaine joynts +within the veines and bowels of the earth, to breake the force of the +Seas inundation, and for the safety of the earths inhabitants, whether +beasts or men. That they make much for the protection of beasts the +Psalmist[2] testifies, _The highest hils are a refuge for the wilde +Goats, and the rockes for Conies_. The Kingly Prophet had learned the +safety of these by his owne experience, when he also was faine to make a +mountaine his refuge from the fury of his Master _Saul_, who persecuted +him in the wildernesse. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. hist. l. 36. c. 1._] + + [Sidenote 2: Psal. 104. v. 18.] + +True indeed, such places as these keepe their neighbours poore, as +beeing most barren, but yet they preserve them safe, as being most +strong, witnesse our unconquered _Wales_ and _Scotland_, whose greatest +protection hath beene the naturall strength of their Countrey, so +fortified with Mountaines, that these have alwaies been unto them sure +retraites from the violence and oppression of others, wherefore a good +Authour doth rightly call them natures bulwarkes cast up at God +Almighties owne charges, the scornes and curbs of victorious armies, +which made the Barbarians in _Curtius_ so confident of their owne +safety, when they were once retired to an inaccessible mountaine, that +when _Alexanders_ Legate had brought them to a parley and perswading +them to yeeld, told them of his masters victories, what Seas and +Wildernesses hee had passed, they replyed that all that might be, but +could _Alexander_ fly too? Over the Seas he might have ships, and over +the land horses, but hee must have wings before he could get up thither. +Such safety did those barbarous nations conceive in the mountaines +whereunto they were retyred, certainely then such usefull parts were not +the effect of mans sinne, or produced by the Worlds curse the flood, but +rather at the first created by the goodnesse and providence of the +Almighty. + +So that if I intend to prove that the Moone is such a habitable world as +this is, 'tis requisite that I shew it to have the same conveniences of +habitation as this hath, and here if some Rabbi or Chymicke were to +handle the point they would first prove it out of Scripture, from that +place in _Moses_ his blessing,[1] where hee speakes of the ancient +mountaines and lasting hils, _Deut._ #Hareray kedem ugva'ot olam# +for having immediately before mentioned those blessings which should +happen unto _Ioseph_ by the influence of the Moone, he does presently +exegetically iterate them in blessing him with the chiefe things of +the ancient Mountaines and lasting hils; you may also see the same +expression used in _Iacobs_ blessing of _Ioseph_.[2] + + [Sidenote 1: Deut. 33. 15] + + [Sidenote 2: Gen. 49. 26] + +But however we may deale _pro_ or _con_ in Philosophy, yet we must not +jest with divine truths, or bring Scripture to patronize any fancy of +our owne, though, perhaps, it be truth. For the better proofe of this +proposition, I might here cite the testimony of _Diodorus_, who thought +the Moone to bee full of rugged places, _vel ut terrestribus tumulis +superciliosam_, but he erred much in some circumstances of this opinion, +especially where he saies, there is an Iland amongst the _Hyperboreans_, +wherein those hils may to the eye bee plainely discovered, and for this +reason. [1]*_Clius_ calls him a fabulous Writer, but you may see more +expresse authority for the proofe of this in the opinions of +_Anaxagoras_ and _Democritus_,[2] who held that this Planet was full of +champion grounds, mountains and vallies, and this seemed likewise +probable unto _Augustinus Nifus_, whose words are these: + + _Forsitan non est remotum dicere, lun partes esse diversas, veluti + sunt partes terr, quarum ali sunt vallos, ali montos, ex quarum + differentia effici potest facies illa lun; nec est rationi dissonum, + nam luna est corpus imperfect Sphricum, cum sit corpus ab ultimo + coelo elongatum, ut supra dixit Aristoteles._ + + "Perhaps, it would not be amisse to say that the parts of the Moone + were divers, as the parts of this earth, whereof some are vallies, + and some mountaines, from the difference of which, some spots in the + Moone may proceed, nor is this against reason, for that Planet cannot + be perfectly sphericall, since 'tis so remote a body from the first + orbe, as _Aristotle_ had said before." + +You may see this truth assented unto by _Blancanus_ the Jesuit,[3] and +by him confirmed with with divers reasons. _Keplar_ hath observed in the +Moones eclipses,[4] that the division of her enlightened part from the +shaded, was made by a crooked unequall line, of which there cannot be +any probable cause conceived, unlesse it did arise from the ruggednesse +of that planet, for it cannot at all be produc'd from the shade of any +mountains here upon earth, because these would be so lessned before they +could reach so high in a conicall shadow, that they would not be at all +sensible unto us (as might easily be demonstrated) nor can it be +conceived what reason of this difference there should be in the Sunne. +Wherefore there being no other body that hath any thing to doe in +eclipses, we must necessarily conclude, that it is caused by a variety +of parts in the Moone it selfe, and what can there be but its +gibbosities? Now if you should aske a reason why there should be such a +similitude of these in that Planet, the same _Keplar_ shall jest you out +an answere, for supposing (saith he) those inhabitants are bigger than +any of us in the same proportion, as their daies are longer than ours, +viz. by fifteen times it may bee for want of stones to erect such vast +houses as were requisite for their bodies, they are faine to digge great +and round hollowes in the earth, where they may both procure water for +their thirst, and turning about with the shade, may avoid those great +heats which otherwise they would be lyable unto; or if you will give +_Csar la Galla_ leave to guesse in the same manner, he would rather +think that those thirsty nations cast up so many and so great heaps of +earth in digging of their wine cellars, but this onely by the way. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Lect. aut l. 1. c. 15._ + _Plut. de plac. l. 2. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De coelo. l. 2. p. 49._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De Mundi fab. pars 3. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 4: _Astron. Opt. c. 6. num 9._] + +I shall next produce the eye-witnesse of _Galilus_,[1] on which I most +of all depend for the proofe of this Proposition, when he beheld the new +Moone through his perspective, it appeared to him under a rugged and +spotted figure, seeming to have the darker and enlightned parts divided +by a tortuous line, having some parcels of light at a good distance from +the other, and this difference is so remarkable, that you may easily +perceive it through one of those ordinary perspectives, which are +commonly sold amongst us, but for your better apprehending of what I +deliver, I will set downe the Figure as I find it in _Galilus_: + + [Sidenote 1: _Nuncius Sydereus._] + + [Illustration: Crescent Moon] + +Suppose ABCD to represent the appearance of the Moones body being in a +sextile, you may see some brighter parts separated at a pretty distance +from the other, which can bee nothing else but a reflexion of the +Sunne-beames upon some parts that are higher then the rest, and those +obscure gibbosities which stand out towards the enlightened parts must +bee such hollow and deepe places whereto the rayes cannot reach, but +when the Moone is got further off from the Sunne, and come to that +fulnesse, as this line BD doth represent her under, then doe these parts +also receive an equall light, excepting onely that difference which doth +appeare betwixt their sea and land. And if you do consider how any +rugged body would appeare, being enlightned, you would easily conceive +that it must necessarily seeme under some such gibbous unequall forme, +as the Moone is here represented. Now for the infallibility of these +appearances, I shall referre the reader to that which hath beene said in +the 6th Proposition. + +But _Csar la Galla_ affirmes, that all these appearances may consist +with a plaine superficies, if wee suppose the parts of the body to be +some of them, _Diaphanous_, and some opacous; and if you object that the +light which is conveyed to any diaphanous part in a plaine superficies +must be by a continued line, whereas here there appeare many brighter +parts among the obscure at some distance from the rest. To this he +answers, it may arise from some secret conveyances and channels within +her body, that doe consist of a more diaphanous matter which being +covered over with an opacious superficies, the light passing through +them may breake out a great way off, whereas the other parts betwixt may +still remaine darke. Just as the River _Arethusa_ in _Sicile_ which +runnes under ground for a great way, and afterwards breakes out againe. +But because this is one of the chiefest fancies whereby hee thinkes hee +hath fully answered the arguments of this opinion, I will therefore set +downe his answere in his owne words, lest the Reader might suspect more +in them then I have expressed.[1] + + _Non est impossibile coecos ductus diaphani & perspicui corporis, + sed opac superficie protendi, usque in diaphanam aliquam ex profundo + in superficiem, emergentem partem, per quos ductus lumen longo + postmodum interstitio erumpat, &c._ + +But I reply, if the superficies betwixt these two enlightened parts +remaine darke because of its opacity, then would it alwaies be darke, +and the Sunne could not make it partake of light more then it could of +perspicuity: But this contradicts all experience as you may see in +_Galilus_, who affirmes that when the Sunne comes nearer to his +opposition, then that which is betwixt them, both is enlightned as well +as either. Nay this opposes his owne eye-witnesse, for he confesses +himselfe that he saw this by the glasse. He had said before that he came +to see those strange sights discovered by _Galilus_ his glasse with an +intent of contradiction, and you may reade that confirmed in the +weakenesse of this answere, which rather bewrayes an obstinate then a +perswaded will, for otherwise sure hee would never have undertooke to +have destroyed such certaine proofes with so groundlesse a fancy. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cap. 11._] + +But it may bee objected, that 'tis almost impossible, and altogether +unlikely that in the Moone thete should be any mountaines so high as +those observations make them, for doe but suppose according to the +common principles, that the Moones diameter unto the Earths is very +neere to the proportion of 2. to 7, suppose withall that the Earths +diameter containes about 7000 Italian miles, and the Moones 2000 (as is +commonly granted) now _Galius_ hath observed that some parts have been +enlightened when they were the twentieth part of the diameter distant +from the common terme of illumination, so that hence it must necessarily +follow that there may bee some Mountaines in the Moone so high, that +they are able to cast a shadow a 100 miles off. An opinion that sounds +like a prodigie or a fiction; wherefore 'tis likely that either those +appearances are caused by somewhat else besides mountaines, or else +those are fallible observations, from whence may follow such improbable +inconceiveable consequences. + +But to this I answere: + +1. You must consider the height of the Mountaines is but very little, if +you compare them to the length of their shadowes. Sr. _Walter +Rawleigh_[1] observes that the Mount _Athos_ now called _Lacas_ casts +its shadow 300 furlongs, which is above 37 miles, and yet that Mount is +none of the highest, nay _Solinus_[2] (whom I should rather believe in +this kinde) affirmes that this Mountaine gives his shadow quite over the +Sea, from _Macedon_ to the Ile of _Lemnos_ which is 700 furlongs or 84 +miles, and yet according to the common reckoning it doth scarce reach 4 +miles upwards, in its perpendicular height. + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. l. 1. c. 7. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Poly. histor. c. 21._] + +2. I affirme that there are very high Mountaines in the Moone. _Keplar_ +and _Galilus_ thinke that they are higher than any which are upon our +earth. But I am not of their opinion in this, because I suppose they goe +upon a false ground whilst they conceive that the highest mountaine upon +the earth is not above a mile perpendicular. + +Whereas 'tis the common opinion and found true enough by observation, +that _Olympus_, _Atlas_, _Taurus_ and _Enius_, with many others are much +above this height. _Tenariffa_ in the Canary Ilands is proved by +computation to bee above 8 miles perpendicular, and about this height is +the mount _Perjacaca_ in _America_. Sr. _Walter Rawleigh_ seemes to +thinke, that the highest of these is neere 30 miles upright: nay +_Aristotle_[1] speaking of _Caucasus_ in _Asia_, affirmes it to bee +visible for 560 miles, as some interpreters finde by computation, from +which it will follow, that it was 78 miles perpendicularly high, as you +may see confirmed by _Jacobus Mazonius_,[2] and out of him in +_Blancanus_ the Jesuite.[3] But this deviates from the truth more in +excesse then the other doth in defect. However though these in the moone +are not so high as some amongst us, yet certaine it is they are of a +great height, and some of them at the least foure miles perpendicular. +This I shall prove from the observation of _Galilus_, whose glasse can +shew this truth to the senses, a proofe beyond exception and certaine +that man must needs be of a most timerous faith who dares not believe +his owne eye. + + [Sidenote 1: _Meteor. l. 1. c. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Comparatio Arist. cum Platone, Sect. 3. c. 5._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Exposi. in loc. Math. Artis. loc. 148._] + +By that perspective you may plainely discerne some enlightned parts +(which are the mountaines) to be distant from the other about the +twentieth part of the diameter. From whence it will follow, that those +mountaines must necessarily be at the least foure Italian miles in +height. + + [Illustration] + +For let BDEF be the body of the moone, ABC will be a ray or beame of the +Sunne, which enlightens a mountaine at A and _B_ is the point of +contingency, the distance betwixt A and B must bee supposed to be the +twentieth part of the diameter which is an 100 miles, for so far are +some enlightened parts severed from the common terme of illumination. +Now the aggregate of the quadrate from A _B_ a hundred, and _B_ _G_ a +1000 will bee 1010000, unto which the quadrate arising from A G must be +equall according to the 47th proposition in the first booke of elements. +Therefore the whole line _A_ _G_ is somewhat more than 104, and the +distance betwixt H A must be above 4 miles, which was the thing to be +proved. + +But it may be againe objected, if there be such rugged parts, and so +high mountaines, why then cannot wee discerne them at this distance, why +doth the moone appeare unto us so exactly round, and not rather as a +wheele with teeth? + +I answere, by reason of too great a distance, for if the whole body +appeare to our eye so little, then those parts which beare so small a +proportion to the whole will not at all be sensible. + +But it may be replied, if there were any such remarkeable hils, why does +not the limbe of the moone appeare like a wheele with teeth to those who +looke upon it through the great perspective on whose witnesse you so +much depend? or what reason is there that she appeares as exactly round +through it as shee doth to the bare eye? certainely then either there is +no such thing as you imagine, or else the glasse failes much in this +discovery. + +To this I shall answere out of _Galilus_. + +1. You must know that there is not meerely one ranke of mountaines about +the edge of the moone, but divers orders, one mountaine behind another, +and so there is somewhat to hinder those void spaces which otherwise, +perhaps, might appeare. + +Now where there be many hils, the ground seemes even to a man that can +see the tops of all. Thus when the sea rages, and many vast waves are +lifted up, yet all may appeare plaine enough to one that stands at the +shore. So where there are so many hils, the inequality will be lesse +remarkable, if it be discerned at a distance. + +2. Though there be mountains in that part which appeares unto us, to be +the limbe of the Moone, as well as in any other place, yet the bright +vapours hide their appearance: for there is an orbe of thicke vaporous +aire that doth immediatly compasse the body of the Moone, which though +it have not so great opacity, as to terminate the sight, yet being once +enlightened by the Sunne, it doth represent the body of the Moone under +a greater forme, and hinders our sight from a distinct view of her true +circumference. But of this in the next Chapter. + +I have now sufficiently proved, that there are hills in the Moone, and +hence it may seeme likely that there is also a world, for since +providence hath some speciall end in all its workes, certainly then +these mountaines were not produced in vaine, and what more probable +meaning can wee conceive there should be, than to make that place +convenient for habitation. + + + + +Proposition 10. + +_That there is an Atmo-sphra, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, + immediately encompassing the body of the Moone._ + + +As that part of our aire which is neerest to the earth, is of a thicker +substance than the other, by reason tis alwaies mixed with some vapours, +which are continually exhaled into it. So is it equally requisite, that +if there be a world in the Moone, that the aire about that should be +alike qualified with ours. Now, that there is such an orbe of grosse +aire, was first of all (for ought I can reade) observed by _Meslin_, +afterwards assented unto by _Keplar_ and _Galilus_,[1] and since by +_Baptistae Cisatus_, _Sheiner_ with others, all of them confirming it by +the same arguments which I shall onely cite, and then leave this +Proposition. + + [Sidenote 1: _Vide_ Euseb. Nierem. _de Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 11._] + +1. 'Tis observed, that so much of the Moone as is enlightened, is +alwaies part of a bigger circle then that which is darker. Their +frequent experience hath proved this, and an easie observation may +quickely confirme it. But now this cannot proceede from any other cause +so probable, as from this orbe of aire, especially when we consider how +that planet shining with a borrowed light, doth not send forth any such +rayes as may make her appearance bigger then her body. + +2. 'Tis observed in the Solary eclipses, that there is a great +trepidation about the body of the Moone, from which we may likewise +argue an Atmo-sphra, since we cannot well conceive what so probable a +cause there should be of such an appearance as this, + + _Quod radii Solares vaporibus Lunam ambientibus fuerint + intercisi_,[1] + +that the Sun beames were broken and refracted by the vapours that +encompassed the Moone. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scheiner. Ros. Vrs. l. 4. pars 2. c. 27._] + +3. I may adde the like argument taken from another observation which +will be easily tried and granted. When the Sunne is eclipsed, wee +discerne the Moone as shee is in her owne naturall bignesse, but then +she appeares somewhat lesse then when shee is in the full, though she be +in the same place of her supposed excentrick and epicycle, and therefore +_Tycho_ hath calculated a Table for the Diameter of the divers new +Moones. But now there is no reason so probable to salve this appearance, +as to place an orbe of thicker aire, neere the body of that Planet, +which may be enlightened by the reflected beames, and through which the +direct raies may easily penetrate. + +But some may object that this will not consist with that which was +before delivered, where I said, that the thinnest parts had least light. + +If this were true, how comes it to passe then, that this aire should be +as bright as any of the other parts, when as tis the thinnest of all? + +I answer, if the light be received by reflection, then the thickest body +hath most because it is best able to beare backe the raies, but if the +light be received by illumination[1] (especially if there be an opacous +body behinde, which may double the beames by reflexion) as it is here, +then I deny not but a thinne body may retaine much light, and perhaps, +some of those appearances which wee take for fiery comets, are nothing +else but a bright cloud enlightened, so that probable it is, there may +be such aire without the Moone, and hence it comes to passe, that the +greater spots are onely visible towards her middle parts, and none neere +the circumference, not but that there are some as well in those parts as +else where, but they are not there perceiveable, by reason of those +brighter vapours which hide them. + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. l. 1. c. 7. 11._] + + + + +Proposition 11. + +_That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone._ + + +I have already handled the first thing that I promised according to the +Method which _Aristotle_ uses in his Booke _de Mundo_, and shew'd you +the necessary parts that belong to this world in the Moone. In the next +place 'tis requisite that I proceed to those things which are +extrinsecall unto it, as the Seasons, the Meteors, and the Inhabitants. + + 1. Of the Seasons; + +And if there be such a world in the Moone, 'tis requisite then that +their seasons should be some way correspondent unto ours, that they +should have Winter and Summer, night and day, as wee have. + +Now that in this Planet there is some similitude of Winter and Summer is +affirmed by _Aristotle_ [1] himselfe, since there is one hemispheare +that hath alwaies heate and light, and the other that hath darknesse and +cold. True indeed, their daies and yeeres are alwaies of one and the +same length, but tis so with us also under the Poles, and therefore that +great difference is not sufficient to make it altogether unlike ours, +nor can we expect that every thing there should be in the same manner as +it is here below, as if nature had no way but one to bring about her +purposes. Wee may easily see what great differences there are amongst +us, betwixt things of the same kinde. Some men (say they) [2] there are, +who can live onely upon smells, without eating any thing, and the same +Plant, saith _Besoldus_, hath sometimes contrary effects. _Mandragora_ +which growes in _Syria_ inflames the lust, wheras _Mandragora_ which +grows in other places doth coole the blood & quench lust. + + [Sidenote 1: _De gen. animal. l. 4. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Plat. de fac._ + _De natur populorum. c. 3._] + +Now if with us there be such great difference betwixt things of the same +kinde, we have no reason then to thinke it necessary that both these +worlds should be altogether alike, but it may suffice if they bee +correspondent in something onely, however it may be questioned whether +it doth not seeme to be against the wisedome of providence, to make the +night of so great a length, when they have such a long time unfit for +worke? I answere no, since tis so, and more with us also under the +poles; and besides, the generall length of their night is somewhat +abated in the bignesse of their Moone which is our earth. For this +returnes as great a light unto that Planet, as it receives from it. But +for the better proofe of this, I shall first free the way from such +opinions as might otherwise hinder the speede of a clearer progresse. + +_Plutarch_[1] one of the chiefe patrons of this world in the Moone, doth +directly contradict this proposition; affirming, that those who live +there may discerne our world as the dregges and sediment of all other +creatures, appearing to them through clouds and foggy mists, and that +altogether devoid of light, being base and unmoveable, so that they +might well imagine the darke place of damnation to be here situate, and +that they onely were the inhabiters of the world, as being in the midst +betwixt Heaven and Hell. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de fac. lun._] + +To this I may answere, 'tis probable that _Plutarch_ spake this +inconsiderately, and without a reason, which makes him likewise fall +into another absurditie, when he sayes our earth would appeare +immoveable, whereas questionlesse though it did not, yet would it seeme +to move, and theirs to stand still, as the Land doth to a man in a +Shippe; according to that of the Poet: + + _Provehimur portu, terrque urbesque recedunt._ + +And I doubt not but that ingenuous Authour would easily have recanted if +hee had beene but acquainted with those experiences which men of latter +times have found out, for the confirmation of this truth. + +2. Unto him assents _Macrobius_, whose words are these; + + _Terra accepto solis lumine clarescit, tantummod, non relucet._ + + "The earth is by the Sunne-beames made bright, but not able to + enlighten any thing so farre." + +And his reason is, because this being of a thicke and grosse matter, the +light is terminated in its superficies, and cannot penetrate into the +substance; whereas the moone doth therefore seeme so bright to us, +because it receives the beames within it selfe. But the weaknesse of +this assertion, may bee easily manifest by a common experience, for +polished steele (whose opacity will not give any admittance to the +rayes) reflects a stronger heate then glasse, and so consequently a +greater light. + +3. 'Tis the generall consent of Philosophers, that the reflection of the +Sunne-beames from the earth doth not reach much above halfe a mile high, +where they terminate the first region, so that to affirme they might +ascend to the moone, were to say, there were but one region of aier, +which contradicts the proved and received opinion. + +Unto this it may be answered: + +That it is indeed the common consent, that the reflexion of the +Sunne-beames reach onely to the second region, but yet some there are, +and those too Philosophers of good note, who thought otherwise. Thus +_Plotinus_ is cited by _Clius_,[1] + + _Si concipias te in sublimi quopiam mundi loco, unde oculis + subjiciatur terr moles aquis circumfusa, & solis syderumque radiis + illustrata, non aliam profecto visam iri probabile est, quam qualis + modo visatur lunaris globi species._ + + "If you did conceive your selfe to bee in some such high place, + where you might discerne the whole Globe of the earth and water, + when it was enlightned by the Sunnes rayes, 'tis probable it would + then appeare to you in the same shape as the moone doth now unto us." + +Thus also _Carolus Malapertius_, whose words are these,[2] + + _Terra hc nostra si in luna constituti essemus, splendida prorsus + quasi non ignobilis planeta, nobis appareret._ + + "If wee were placed in the moone, and from thence beheld this our + earth, it would appeare unto us very bright, like one of the nobler + Planets." + +Unto these doth _Fromondus_ assent, when he sayes,[3] + + _Credo equidem quod si oculus quispiam in orbe lunari foret, globum + terr & aqu instar ingentis syderis sole illustrem conspiceret._ + + "I believe that this globe of earth and water would appeare like + some great Starre to any one, who should looke upon it from the + moone." + +Now this could not be, nor could it shine so remarkably, unlesse the +beames of light, were reflected from it. And therefore the same +_Fromondus_ expresly holds, that the first region of ayre is there +terminated, where the heate caused by reflexion begins to languish, +whereas the beames themselves doe passe a great way further. The chiefe +argument which doth most plainely manifest this truth, is taken from a +common observation which may be easily tryed. + + [Sidenote 1: _Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Prfat. ad Austrica syd._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Meteor. l. 1. c. 2. Art. 2._] + +If you behold the Moone a little before or after the conjunction, when +she is in a sextile with the Sunne, you may discerne not onely the part +which is enlightned, but the rest also to have in it a kind of a duskish +light, but if you chuse out such a scituation, where some house or +chimney (being some 70 or 80 paces distant from you) may hide from your +eye the enlightned hornes, you may then discerne a greater and more +remarkeable shining in those parts unto which the Sunne beames cannot +reach; nay there is so great a light, that by the helpe of a good +perspective you may discerne its spots. Inso much that _Blancanus_ the +Jesuite speaking of it sayes[1] + + _Hc experientia ita me aliquando fefellit, ut in hunc fulgorem + casu ac repente incidens, existimarim novo quodam miraculo tempore + adolescentis lun factum esse plenilunium._ + + "This experiment did once so deceive mee, that happening upon the + sight of this brightnesse upon a sudden, I thought that by some new + miracle the Moone had beene got into her full a little after her + change." + + [Sidenote 1: _De mundi fab. p. 3. c. 3._] + +But now this light is not proper to the Moone, it doth not proceed from +the rayes of the Sunne which doth penetrate her body, nor is it caused +by any other of the Planets and Starres. Therefore it must necessarily +follow, that it comes from the earth. The two first of these I have +already proved, and as for the last, it is confidently affirmed by +_Clius_,[1] + + _Quod si in disquisitionem evocet quia, an lunari syderi lucem + foenerent planet item alii, asseveranter astruendum non foenerare_. + +"If any should aske whether the other Planets lend any light to the +Moone; I answer they doe not." True indeed, the noble _Tycho_[2] +discussing the reason of this light attributes it to the Planet _Uenus_, +and I grant that this may convey some light to the Moone; but that it is +not the cause of this whereof wee now discourse, is of itselfe +sufficiently plaine, because _Uenus_ is sometimes over the Moone, when +as shee cannot convey any light to that part which is turned from her. + + [Sidenote 1: _Progym. 1._] + + [Sidenote 2: _l. 20. c. 5._] + +It doth not proceede from the fixed starres, for then it would retaine +the same light in eclipses, whereas the light at such times is more +ruddy and dull. Then also the light of the Moone would not be greater or +lesser, according to its distance from the edge of the earths shadow, +since it did at all times equally participate this light of the starres. + +Now because there is no other body in the whole Universe, save the +earth, it remaines that this light must necessarily be caused by that +which with a just gratitude repaies to the Moone, such illumination as +it receives from her. + +And as loving friends equally participate of the same joy and griefe, so +doe these mutually partake of the same light from the Sunne, and the +same darkenesse from the eclipses, being also severally helped by one +another in their greatest wants: For when the Moone is in conjunction +with the Sunne, and her upper part receives all the light, then her +lower Hemispheare (which would otherwise be altogether darke) is +enlightened by the reflexion of the Sunne beames from the earth. When +these two planets are in opposition, then that part of the earth which +could not receive any light from the Sunne beames, is most enlightened +by the Moone, being then in her full; and as she doth most illuminate +the earth when the Sunne beames cannot, so the gratefull earth returnes +to her as great, nay greater light when shee most wants it; so that +alwaies that visible part of the Moone which receives nothing from the +Sunne, is enlightened by the earth, as is proved by _Galilus_, with +many more arguments, in that Treatise which he calls _Systema mundi_. +True indeed, when the Moone comes to a quartile, then you can neither +discerne this light, nor yet the darker part of her body, but the reason +is, because of the exuperancy of the light in the other parts. _Quippe +illustratum medium speciem recipit valentiorem_,[1] the clearer +brightnesse involves the weaker, it being with the species of sight, as +it is with those of sound, and as the greater noise drownes the lesse, +so the brighter object hides that which is more obscure. But they doe +alwaies in their mutuall vicissitudes participate of one anothers light; +so also doe they partake of the same defects and darknings, for when our +Moone is eclipsed, then is their Sunne darkened, and when our Sunne is +eclipsed, then is their Moone deprived of its light, as you may see +affirmed by _Mslin_.[2] + + _Quod si terram nobis ex alto liceret intueri, quemadmodum + deficientem lunam ex longinquo spectare possumus, videremus tempore + eclipsis solis terr aliquam partem lumine solis deficere, eodem + plan modo sicut ex opposito luna deficit_, + + "If wee might behold this globe of earth at the same distance as we + doe the Moone in her defects, wee might discerne some part of it + darkened in the Sunnes eclipses, just so as the Moone is in hers." + +For as our Moone is eclipsed by the interposition of our earth, so is +their Moone eclipsed by the interposition of theirs. The manner of this +mutuall illumination betwixt these two you may plainly discerne in this +Figure following. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scal. exerc. 62._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Epit. Astro. l. 4. part. 2._] + + [Illustration as described in text: + sun, crescent moon and gibbous earth] + +Where A represents the Sun, B the Earth, and C the Moone; Now suppose +the Moone C to be in a sextile of increase, when there is onely one +small part of her body enlightened, then the earth B will have such a +part of its visible Hemispheare darkened, as is proportionable to that +part of the Moone which is enlightened; and as for so much of the Moone, +as the Sun beames cannot reach unto, it receives light from a +proportionall part of the earth which shines upon it, as you may plainly +perceive by the Figure. + +You see then that agreement and similitude which there is betwixt our +earth and the Moone. Now the greatest difference which makes them +unlike, is this, that the Moone enlightens our earth round about, +whereas our earth gives light onely to that Hemispheare of the Moone +which is visible unto us, as may be certainly gathered from the constant +appearance of the same spots, which could not thus come to passe, if the +Moone had such a diurnall motion about its own axis, as perhaps our +earth hath. And though some suppose her to move in an epicycle, yet this +doth not so turne her body round, that we may discerne both +Hemispheares, for according to that hypothesis, the motion of her +eccentrick, doth turne her face towards us, as much as the other doth +from us. + +But now if any question what they doe for a Moone who live in the upper +part of her body? I answer, the solving of this is the most uncertaine +and difficult thing that I know of concerning this whole matter. But yet +I will give you two probable conjectures. + +1. Perhaps, the upper Hemispheare of the Moone doth receive a sufficient +light from those planets about it, and amongst these _Venus_ (it may be) +bestowes a more especiall brightnesse, since _Galilus_ hath plainly +discerned that she suffers the same increase and decreases, as the Moone +hath, and 'tis probable that this may be perceived there without the +help of a glasse, because they are farre neerer it than wee. When +_Venus_ (saith _Keplar_) lies downe in the Perige or lower part of her +supposed Epicycle, then is she in conjunction with her husband the +Sunne, from whom after she hath departed for the space of ten moneths, +shee gets _plenum uterum_, and is in the full. + +But you'll reply, though _Venus_ may bestow some light when she is over +the Moone, and in conjunction, yet being in opposition, she is not +visible to them, and what shall they then doe for light? + +I answer, then they have none: nor doth this make so great a difference +betwixt those two Hemispheares as there is with us, betwixt the places +under the poles, and the line, but if this bee not sufficient, then I +say in the second place that + +2. Perhaps there may be some other enlightened body above the Moone +which we cannot discerne, nor is this altogether improbable because +there is almost the like observed in Saturne, who appeares through this +glasse with two lesser bodies on each side, which may supply the office +of Moones, unto each hemispheare thus: + + o O o + +So in this world also there may be some such body, though wee cannot +discerne it, because the Moone is alwaies in a streight line, betwixt +our eye and that. Nor is it altogether unlikely that there should bee +more moones to one Orbe, because _Jupiter_ also is observed to have +foure such bodies that move round about him. + +But it may seeme a very difficult thing to conceive, how so grosse and +darke a body as our earth, should yeeld such cleare light as proceedes +from the Moone, and therefore the Cardinall _de Cusa_[1] (who thinkes +every Starre to be a severall world) is of opinion that the light of the +Sunne is not able to make them appeare so bright, but the reason of +their shining is, because wee behold them at a great distance through +their regions of fire which doe set a shining lustre upon those bodies +that of themselves are darke. + + _Vnde si quis esset extra regionem ignis, terra ista in + circumferentia su regionis per medium ignis lucida stella + appareret._ + + "So that if man were beyond the region of fire, this earth would + appear through that as a bright Starre." + +But if this were the onely reason then would the Moone bee freed from +such increases and decreases as shee is now lyable unto. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ig. l. 2. c. 12._] + +_Keplar_ thinkes that our earth receives that light whereby it shines +from the Sunne, but this (saith he) is not such an intended cleare +brightnesse as the Moone is capable of, and therefore hee guesses, that +the earth there is of a more chokie soyle like the Ile of _Creete_, and +so is better able to reflect a stronger light, whereas our earth must +supply this intention with the quantity of its body, but this I conceive +to be a needlesse conjecture, since our earth if all things were well +considered, will be found able enough to reflect as great a light. For + +1. Consider its opacity, if you marke these sublunary things, you shall +perceive that amongst them, those that are most perspicuous, are not so +well able to reverberate the Sunne beames as the thicker bodies. The +rayes passe singly through a diaphanous matter, but in an opacous +substance they are doubled in their returne and multiplyed by reflexion. +Now if the moone and the other Planets can shine so clearely by beating +backe the Sunne beames, why may not the earth also shine as well, which +agrees with them in the cause of this brightnesse their opacity? + +2. Consider what a cleare light wee may discerne reflected from the +earth in the middest of Summer, and withall conceive how much greater +that must bee which is under the line, where the rayes are more directly +and strongly reverberated. + +3. Consider the great distance at which wee behold the Planets, for this +must needs adde much to their shining and therefore _Cusanus_ (in the +above cited place) thinkes that if a man were in the Sunne, that Planet +would not appeare so bright to him, as now it doth to us, because then +his eye could discerne but little, whereas here wee may comprehend the +beames as they are contracted in a narrow body. _Keplar_ beholding the +earth from a high mountaine when it was enlightned by the Sunne +confesses that it appeared unto him of an incredible brightnesse, +whereas then the reflected rayes entered into his sight obliquely; but +how much brighter would it have appeared if hee might in a direct line +behold the whole globe of earth and these rayes gathered together? So +that if wee consider that great light which the earth receives from the +Sunne in the Summer, and then suppose wee were in the Moone, where wee +might see the whole earth hanging in those vast spaces where there is +nothing to terminate the sight, but those beames which are there +contracted into a little compasse; I say, if wee doe well consider this, +wee may easily conceive, that our earth appeares as bright to those +other inhabitants in the Moone, as theirs doth to us. + + + + +Proposition 12. + +_That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world + in the Moone, as there are with us._ + + +_Plutarch_ discussing this point affirmes that it is not necessary there +should be the same meanes of growth and fructifying in both these +worlds, since nature might in her policy finde out more waies then one +how to bring about the same effect. But however he thinks its probable +that the Moone her selfe sendeth forth warme winds, and by the +swiftnesse of her motion there should breathe out a sweet and +comfortable ayer, pleasant dewes and gentle moysture, which might serve +for the refreshing and nourishment of the inhabitants and plants in that +other world. + +But since they have all things alike with us, as sea and land, and +vaporous ayer encompassing both, I should rather therefore thinke that +nature there should use the same way of producing meteors as she doth +with us (and not by a motion as _Plutarch_ supposes) because shee doth +not love to vary from her usuall operations without some extraordinary +impediment, but still keepes her beaten path unlesse she be driven +thence. + +One argument whereby I shall manifest this truth, may be taken from +those new Starres which have appeared in divers ages of the world, and +by their parallax have beene discerned to have been above the _M_oone, +such as was that in _Cassiopeia_, that in _Sagittarius_, with many +others betwixt the Planets. _Hipparchus_ in his time tooke especiall +notice of such as these,[1] and therefore fancied out such +constellations in which to place the Starres, shewing how many there +were in every asterisme, that so afterwards posterity might know, +whether there were any new Starre produced or any old one missing. Now +the nature of these Comets may probably manifest, that in this other +world there are other meteors also; for these in all likelihood are +nothing else but such evaporations caused by the Sunne, from the bodies +of the Planets. I shall prove this by shewing the improbabilities and +inconveniences of any other opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plin. nat. hist. l. 2. c. 26._] + +For the better pursuite of this 'tis in the first place requisite that I +deale with our chiefe adversary, _Csar la Galla_, who doth most +directly oppose that truth which is here to bee proved. Hee endeavouring +to confirme the incorruptibility of the Heavens, and being there to +satisfie the argument which is taken from these comets, He answers it +thus: + + _Aut argumentum desumptum ex paralaxi non est efficax, aut si est + efficax, eorum instrumentorum usum decipere, vel ratione astri vel + medii, vel distanti, aut ergo erat in suprema parte aeris, aut si + in coelo, tum forsan factum erat ex reflectione radiorum Saturni & + Jovis, qui tunc in conjunctione fuerant._ + + "Either the argument from the paralax is not efficacious, or if it + be, yet the use of the instruments might deceive either in regard of + the starre or the _medium_, or the distance, and so this comet might + be in the upper regions of the aire, or if it were in the heavens, + there it might be produced by the reflexion of the rayes from + _Saturne_ and _Jupiter_, who were then in conjunction." + +You see what shifts hee is driven to, how he runnes up and downe to many +starting holes, that hee may find some shelter, and in stead of the +strength of reason, he answers with a multitude of words, thinking (as +the Proverbe is) that hee may use haile, when hee hath no thunder, +_Nihil turpius_ (saith [1]*_Seneca_) + + _dubio est incerto, pedem modo referente, modo producente._ + + "What can there bee more unseemely in one that should be a faire + disputant, then to be now here, now there, and so uncertaine, that + one cannot tell where to find him." + +He thinkes that there are not Comets in the heavens, because there may +be many other reasons of such appearances, but what he knowes not, +perhaps (he saies) that argument from the parallax is not sufficient, or +if it be, then there may be some deceit in the observation. To this I +may safely say, that hee may justly be accounted a weake Mathematician +who mistrusts the strength of this argument, nor can hee know much in +Astronomy, who understands not the parallax, which is the foundation of +that Science, and I am sure that hee is a timorous man, who dares not +believe the frequent experience of his senses, or trust to a +demonstration. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Epist. 95._] + +True indeed, I grant tis possible, that the eye, the _medium_, and the +distance may al deceive the beholder, but I would have him shew which of +all these was likely to cause an error in this observation? Meerely to +say they might be deceived is no sufficient answer, for by this I might +confute the positions of all Astronomers, and affirme the starres are +hard by us, because 'tis possible they may be deceived in their +observing that distance. But I forbeare any further reply; my opinion is +of that Treatise, that either it was set forth purposely to tempt a +confutation, that hee might see the opinion of _Galilus_ confirmed by +others, or else it was invented with as much haste and negligence as it +was printed, there being in it almost as many faults as lines. + +Others thinke that these are not any new Comets, but some ancient +starres that were there before, which now shine with that unusuall +brightnesse, by reason of the interposition of such vapors which doe +multiply their light, and so the alteration will be here onely, and not +in the heavens. Thus _Aristotle_ thought the appearance of the milkie +way was produced, for he held that there were many little starres, which +by their influence did constantly attract such a vapour towards that +place of heaven, so that it alwaies appeared white. Now by the same +reason may a brighter vapor be the cause of these appearances. + +But how probable soever this opinion may seeme, yet if well considered, +you shall finde it to be altogether absurd and impossible: for, + +1. These starres were never seene there before, and tis not likely that +a vapour being hard by us can so multiply that light which could not +before be at all discerned. + +2. This supposed vapour cannot be either contracted into a narrow +compasse or dilated into a broad: 1. it could not be within a little +space, for then that starre would not appeare with the same multiplied +light to those in other climates: 2. it cannot be a dilated vapour, for +then other starres which were discerned through the same vapour would +seeme as bigg as that; this argument is the same in effect with that of +the paralax, as you may see in this Figure. + + [Illustration] + +Suppose A B to be a Hemispheare of one earth, C D to be the upper part +of the highest region, in which there might be either a contracted +vapour, as G, or else a dilated one, as H I. Suppose E F likewise to +represent halfe the heavens, wherein was this appearing Comet at K. Now +I say, that a contracted vapour, as G, could not cause this appearance, +because an inhabitant at M could not discerne the same starre with this +brightnesse, but perhaps another at L, betwixt which the vapour is +directly interposed. Nor could it be caused by a dilated vapour, as H I, +because then all the starres that were discerned through it would be +perceived with the same brightnesse. + +Tis necessary therefore that the cause of this appearance should be in +the heavens. And this is granted by the most and best Astronomers. But, +say some, this doth not argue any naturall alteration in those purer +bodies, since tis probable that the concourse of many little vagabond +starres by the union of their beames may cause so great a light. Of this +opinion were _Anaxagoras_ and _Zeno_ amongst the ancient, and _Baptista +Cisatus_, _Blancanus_, with others amongst our moderne Astronomers. For, +say they, when there happens to be a concourse of some few starres, then +doe many other flie unto them from all the parts of heaven like so many +Bees unto their King. But 1. tis not likely that amongst those which wee +count the fixed starres there should be any such uncertaine motions, +that they can wander from all parts of the heavens, as if Nature had +neglected them, or forgot to appoint them a determinate course. 2. If +there be such a conflux of these, as of Bees to their King, then what +reason is there that they doe not still tarry with it, that so the Comet +may not be dissolved? But enough of this. You may commonly see it +confuted by many other arguments. Others there are, who affirme these to +be some new created stars, produced by an extraordinary supernaturall +power. I answer, true indeed, tis possible they might be so, but however +tis not likely they were so, since such appearances may be salved some +other way, wherefore to fly unto a miracle for such things, were a great +injury to nature, and to derogate from her skill, an indignitie much +mis-becomming a man who professes himselfe to be a Philosopher, +_Miraculum_ (saith one) _est ignoranti Asylum_, a miracle often serves +for the receptacle of a lazy ignorance which any industrious Spirit +would be ashamed of, it being but an idle way to shift off the labour of +any further search. But here's the misery of it, wee first tie our +selves unto _Aristotles_ Principles, and then conclude, that nothing +could contradict them but a miracle, whereas 'twould be much better for +the Common-wealth of learning, if we would ground our Principles rather +upon the frequent experiences of our owne, then the bare authority of +others. + +Some there are, who thinke that these Comets are nothing else, but +exhalations from our earth, carried up into the higher parts of the +Heaven. So _Peno_, _Rothmannus_ & _Galilus_,[1] but this is not +possible, since by computation 'tis found that one of them is above 300 +times bigger than the whole Globe of Land and Water. Others therefore +have thought that they did proceed from the body of the Sun, and that +that Planet onely is + + _Cometarum officina, unde tanquam emissarii & exploratores + emitterentur, brevi ad solem redituri_: + +The shop or forge of Comets from whence they were sent, like so many +spies, that they might in some short space returne againe, but this +cannot be, since if so much matter had proceeded from him alone, it +would have made a sensible diminution in his body. The Noble _Tycho_ +therefore thinkes that they consist of some such fluider parts of the +Heaven, as the milkie way is framed of, which being condenst together, +yet not attaining to the consistency of a Starre, is in some space of +time rarified againe into its wonted nature. But this is not likely, for +if there had beene so great a condensation as to make them shine so +bright, and last so long, they would then sensibly have moved downewards +towards some center of gravity, because whatsoever is condenst must +necessarily grow heavier, whereas these rather seemed to ascend higher, +as they lasted longer. But some may object, that a thing may be of the +same weight, when it is rarified, as it had while it was condenst: so +metalls, when they are melted, and when they are cold: so water also +when it is frozen, and when it is fluid, doth not differ in respect of +gravity. But to these I answer: First, Metalls are not rarified by +melting, but molified. Secondly, waters are not properly condensed, but +congealed into a harder substance, the parts being not contracted closer +together, but still possessing the same extension. + + [Sidenote 1: _Tycho Progym. l. 1. cap. 9._] + +And beside, what likely cause can we conceive of this condensation, +unlesse there be such qualities there, as there are in our ayre, and +then why may not the Planets have the like qualities, as our earth? and +if so, then 'tis more probable that they are made by the ordinary way of +nature, as they are with us, and consist of exhalations from the bodies +of the Planets. Nor is this a singular opinion; but it seemed most +likely to _Camillus Gloriosus_, _Th. Campanella_, _Fromondus_,[1] with +some others. But if you aske whither all these exhalations shall +returne, I answer, every one into his owne Planet: if it be againe +objected,[2] that then there will be so many centers of gravity, and +each severall Planet will be a distinct world; I reply, perhaps all of +them are so except the Sunne, though _Cusanus_ thinkes there is one +also, and later times have discovered some lesser Planets moving round +about him. But as for _Saturne_, he hath two Moones on each side. +_Jupiter_ hath foure, that incircle his body with their motion. _Venus_ +is observed to increase and decrease as the Moone. _Mars_, and all the +rest, derive their light from the Sunne onely. Concerning _Mercury_, +there hath beene little or no observation, because for the most part, +he lies hid under the Sunne beames, and seldome appeares by himselfe. +So that if you consider their quantity, their opacity, or these other +discoveries, you shall finde it probable enough, that each of them may +be a severall world. But this would be too much for to vent at the +first: the chiefe thing at which I now ayme in this discourse, is to +prove that there may be one in the Moone. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Comet. l. 5. c. 4._ + _Apolog._ + _Meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iohan. Fabr._ + _Carolus Malaptius de Heliocyc._ + _Scheiner. Rosa Vrsina._] + +It hath beene before confirmed that there was a spheare of thicke +vaporous aire encompasing the Moone, as the first and second regions doe +this earth. I have now shewed, that thence such exhalations may proceede +as doe produce the Comets: now from hence it may probably follow, that +there may be wind also and raine, with such other Meteors as are common +amongst us. This consequence is so dependant, that _Fromondus_[1] dares +not deny it, though hee would (as hee confesses himselfe) for if the +Sunne be able to exhale from them such fumes as may cause Comets, why +not then such as may cause winds, and why not such also as cause raine, +since I have above shewed, that there is Sea and Land as with us. Now +raine seemes to be more especially requisite for them, since it may +allay the heate and scorchings of the Sunne, when he is over their +heads. And nature hath thus provided for those in _Peru_, with the other +inhabitants under the line. + + [Sidenote 1: _De meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6._] + +But if there be such great, and frequent alterations in the Heavens, why +cannot wee discerne them? + +I answer: + +1. There may be such, and we not able to perceive them, because of the +weaknesse of our eye, and the distance of those places from us, they are +the words of _Fienus_, as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the above +cited place, + + _Possunt maxim permutationes in coelo fieri, etiamsi a nobis non + conspiciantur, hoc visus nostri debilitas & immensa coeli distantia + faciunt._ + +And unto him assents _Fromondus_ himselfe, when a little after hee +saies, + + _Si in sphris planetarum degeremus, plurima forsan coelestium + nebularum vellere toto there passim dispersa videremus, quorum + species jam evanescit nimia spatii intercapedine._ + + "If we did live in the spheares of the Planets, wee might there, + perhaps, discerne many great clouds dispersed through the whole + Heavens, which are not now visible by reason of this great distance." + +2. _Mslin_ and _Keplar_ affirme, that they have seene some of these +alterations. The words of _Mslin_ are these (as I finde them cited.)[1] + + _In eclipsi Lunari vespere Dominic Palmarum Anni 1605, in corpore + Lun versus Boream, nigricans qudam macula conspecta fuit, obscurior + ctero toto corpore, quod candentis ferri figuram reprsentabat; + dixisses nubila in multam regionem extensa pluviis & tempestuosis + imbribus gravida, cujusmodi ab excelsorum montium jugis in humiliora + convallium loca videre non rar contingit._ + + "In that lunary eclipse which happened in the even of Palme-sunday, + in the yeere 1605, there was a certaine blackish spot discerned in + the Northerly part of the Moone, being darker than any other part of + her body, and representing the colour of red hot yron; you might + conjecture that it was some dilated cloud, being pregnant with + showers, for thus doe such lower clouds appeare from the tops of + high mountaines." + + [Sidenote 1: _Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil._] + +Unto this I may adde another testimony of _Bapt. Cisatus_, as he is +quoted by _Nierembergius_,[1] grounded upon an observation taken 23. +yeeres after this of _Mslin_, and writ to this _Euseb. Nieremberg._ in +a letter by that diligent and judicious Astronomer. The words of it +runne thus: + + _Et quidem in eclipsi nupra solari qu fuit ipso die natali Christi, + observavi clar in luna soli supposita, quidpiam quod valde probat + id ipsum quod Comet quoque & macul solares urgent, nempe coelum non + esse tenuitate & variationibus aeris exemptum, nam circa Lunam + adverti esse sphram seu orbem quendam vaporosum, non secus atque + circum terram, adeoque sicut ex terra in aliquam usque sphram + vapores & exhalationes expirant, ita quoque ex luna._ + + "In that late solary eclipse which happened on Christmas day, when + the Moone was just under the Sunne, I plainly discerned that in her + which may clearely confirme what the Comets and Sunne spots doe seeme + to prove, _viz._ that the heavens are not solid, nor freed from those + changes which our aire is liable unto, for about the Moone I perceived + such an orbe of vaporous aire, as that is which doth encompasse our + earth, and as vapours and exhalations, are raised from our earth into + this aire, so are they also from the Moone." + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. Nat. l. 2. c. 11._] + +You see what probable grounds and plaine testimonies have brought for +the confirmation of this Proposition: many other things in this behalfe +might be spoken, which for brevity sake I now omit, and passe unto the +next. + + + + +Proposition 13. + +_That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but + of what kinde they are is uncertaine._ + + +I have already handled the Seasons and Meteors belonging to this new +World: 'tis requisite that in the next place I should come unto the +third thing which I promised, and to say somewhat of the inhabitants, +concerning whom there might be many difficult questions raised, as +whether that place be more inconvenient for habitation then our World +(as _Keplar_ thinkes) whether they are the seed of _Adam_, whether they +are there in a blessed estate, or else what meanes there may be for +their salvation, with many other such uncertaine enquiries, which I +shall willingly omit, leaving it to their examination, who have more +leisure and learning for the search of such particulars. + +Being for mine own part content only to set downe such notes belonging +unto these which have observed in other Writers. + + _Cum tota illa regio nobis ignota sit, remanent inhabitores illi + ignoti penitus_, + +(saith _Cusanus_)[1] since we know not the regions of that place, wee +must be altogether ignorant of the inhabitants. There hath not yet beene +any such discovery concerning these, upon which wee may build a +certainty, or good probability: well may wee guesse at them, and that +too very doubtfully, but we can know nothing, for if we doe hardly +guesse aright at things which be upon earth, if with labour wee doe +finde the things that are at hand, [2]how then can wee search out those +things that are in Heaven? What a little is that which wee know? in +respect of those many matters contained within this great Universe, this +whole globe of earth and water? though it seeme to us to be of a large +extent, yet it beares not so great a proportion unto the whole frame of +Nature, as a small sand doth unto it; and what can such little creatures +as wee discerne, who are tied to this point of earth? or what can they +in the Moone know of us? If wee understand any thing (saith _Esdras_[3]) +'tis nothing but that which is upon the earth, and hee that dwelleth +above in the Heavens, may onely understand the things that are above in +the heighth of the heavens. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: Wisd. 9. 16.] + + [Sidenote 3: 2 Esd. 4. 22.] + +So that 'twere a very needelesse thing for us, to search after any +particulars, however, wee may guesse in the generall, that there are +some inhabitans in that Planet: for why else did Providence furnish that +place with all such conveniences of habitation as have beene above +declared? + +But you will say, perhaps, is there not too great and intollerable a +heate, since the Sunne is in their Zinith every moneth, and doth tarry +their so long before hee leaves it? + +I answer, 1. This may, perhaps, be remedied (as it is under the line) by +the frequencie of mid-day showers, which may cloud their Sunne, and +coole their earth: 2. The equality of their nights doth much temper the +scorching of the day, and the extreme cold that comes from the one, +require some space before it can be dispelled by the other, so that the +heate spending a great while before it can have the victory, hath not +afterwards much time to rage in. Wherfore notwithstanding this, yet that +place may remaine habitable. And this was the opinion of the _Cardinal +de Cusa_, when speaking of this Planet, he saies,[1] + + _Hic locus Mundi est habitatio hominum & animalium atque + vegetabilium_. + + "This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and Plantes." + +To him assented _Campanella_, but hee cannot determine whether there +were men, or rather some other kinde of creatures. If they were men, +then he thinkes they could not be infected with _Adams_ sinne; yet, +perhaps, they had some of their owne, which might make them liable to +the same misery with us, out of which, perhaps, they were delivered by +the same means as we, the death of Christ, and thus he thinkes that +place of the _Ephesians_ may be interpreted, where the Apostle saies,[2] +_God gathered all things together in Christ, both which are in earth, +and which are in the heavens_: So also that of the same Apostle to the +_Colossians_, where hee saies,[3] that _it pleased the Father to +reconcile all things unto himselfe by Christ, whether they be things in +earth, or things in heaven_. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: Eph. 1. 10.] + + [Sidenote 3: Col. 1. 20.] + +But I dare not jest with Divine truthes, or apply these places according +as fancy directs. As I thinke this opinion doth not any where contradict +Scripture, so I thinke likewise, that it cannot be proved from it, +wherefore _Campanella's_ second conjecture may be more probable, that +the inhabitants of that world, are not men as wee are, but some other +kinde of creatures which beare some proportion and likenesse to our +natures, and _Cusanus_ too thinkes they differ from us in many respects; +I will set downe his words as they may bee found in the abovecited +place, + + _Suspicamus in regione solis magis esse solares, claros & illuminatos + intellectuares habitatores, spiritu aliores etiam quam in lun, ubi + magis lunatici, & in terra, magis materiales, & grossi, ut illi + intellectualis natur solares sint multum in actu & parum in + potentia; terreni vero magis in potentia, & parum in actu, lunares + in medio fluctuantes. Hoc quidem opinamur ex influentia ignili + solis aquatica simul & aeria lun, & gravedine materiali terr, + & consimiliter de aliis stellarum regionibus suspicantes, nullam + habitatoribus carre, quasi tot sint partes particulares mundiales + omnius universi, quot sunt stell quarum non est numerus, nisi apud + eum qui omnia in numero creavit._ + + "Wee may conjecture (saith he) the inhabiters of the Sunne are + like to the nature of that Planet, more cleare and bright, more + intellectuall and spirituall than those in the Moone where they + are neerer to the nature of that duller Planet, and those of the + earth being more grosse and materiall than either, so that these + intellectuall natures in the Sun, are more forme than matter, those + in the earth more matter than forme, and those in the Moone betwixt + both. This wee may guesse from the fiery influence of the Sunne, the + watery and aereous influence of the Moone, as also the matereall + heavinesse of the earth. In some such manner likewise is it with the + regions of the other Starres, for wee conjecture that none of them + are without inhabitants, but that there are so many particular + worlds and parts of this one universe, as there are Stars which are + innumerable, unlesse it bee to him who created all things in number." + +For he held that the stars were not all in one equall Orbe as we +commonly suppose, but that some were farre higher than others which made +them appeare lesse and that many others were so farre above any of +these, that they were altogether invisible unto us. An opinion (which as +I conceive) hath not any great probability for it, nor certainty against +it. + +The Priest of _Saturne_ relating to _Plutarch_ (as he faignes it) the +nature of the Selenites, told him they were of divers dispositions, some +desiring to live in the lower parts of the Moone, where they might looke +downewards upon us, while others were more surely mounted aloft, all of +them shining like the rayes of the Sun, and as being victorious are +crowned with garlands made with the wings of _Eustathia_ or +_Constancie_. + +It hath beene the opinion amongst some of the Ancients, that their +Heavens and Elysian fields were in the Moone where the aire is most +quiet and pure. Thus _Socrates_, thus _Plato_,[1] with his followers, +did esteeme this to bee the place where those purer soules inhabit, who +are freed from the Sepulchre, and contagion of the body. And by the +Fable of _Ceres_, continually wandring in search of her daughter +_Proserpina_, is meant nothing else but the longing desire of men, who +live upon _Ceres_ earth, to attaine a place in _Proserpina_, the Moone +or Heaven. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. Com. lib. 3. c. 19._] + +_Plutarch_ also seemes to assent unto this, but hee thinkes moreover, +that there are two places of happinesse answerable to those two parts +which hee fancies to remaine of a man when hee is dead, the soule and +the understanding; the soule he thinkes is made of the Moone, and as our +bodies doe so proceede from the dust of this earth, that they shall +returne to it hereafter, so our soules were generated out of that +Planet, and shall bee resolved into it againe, whereas the understanding +shall ascend unto the Sunne, out of which it was made where it shall +possesse an eternity of well being, and farre greater happinesse than +that which is enjoyed in the Moone. So that when a man dies, if his +soule bee much polluted, then must it wander up and downe in the middle +regions of the aire where hell is, and there suffer unspeakable torments +for those sinnes whereof it is guilty. Whereas the soules of better men, +when they have in some space of time beene purged from that impurity +which they did derive from the body, then doe they returne into the +Moone, where they are possest with such a joy, as those men feele who +professe holy misteries, from which place (saith he) some are sent downe +to have the superintendance of Oracles, being diligent either in the +preservation of the good, either from or in all perils, and the +prevention or punishment of all wicked actions, but if in these +imployments they mis-behave themselves, then are they againe to be +imprisoned in a body, otherwise they remaine in the Moone till their +body be resolved into it, & the understanding being cleared from all +impediments, ascends to the Sunne which is its proper place. But this +requires a diverse space of time according to the diverse affections of +the soule. As for those who have beene retired and honest, addicting +themselves to a studious and quiet life, these are quickly preferred to +a higher happinesse. But as for such who have busied themselves in many +broyles, or have beene vehement in the prosecution of any lust, as the +ambitious, the amorous, the wrathfull man, these still retaine the +glimpses and dreames of such things as they have performed in their +bodies, which makes them either altogether unfit to remaine there where +they are, or else keepes them long ere they can put off their soules. +Thus you see _Plutarchs_ opinion concerning the inhabitants and +neighbours of the Moone, which (according to the manner of the +Academickes) hee delivers in a third person; you see he makes that +Planet an inferiour kind of heaven, and though hee differ in many +circumstances, yet doth hee describe it to be some such place, as wee +suppose Paradise to be. You see likewise his opinion concerning the +place of damned spirits, that it is in the middle region of the aire, +and in neither of these is hee singular, but some more late and Orthodox +Writers have agreed with him. As for the place of hell, many thinke it +may be in the aire as well as any where else. + +True indeed, Saint _Austin_ affirmes that this place cannot bee +discovered;[1] But others there are who can shew the situation of it out +of Scripture; Some holding it to bee in some other world without this, +because our Saviour calls it +skotos exteron+, outward darkenesse.[2] +But the most will have it placed towards the Center of our earth, +because 'tis said,[3] Christ descended into the lower parts of the +earth, and some of these are so confident, that this is its situation, +that they can describe you its bignes also, and of what capacity it is. +_Francis Ribera_ in his Comment on the _Revelations_, speaking of those +words, where 'tis said,[4] that the blood went out of the Wine-presse, +even unto the horses bridles by the space of one thousand and sixe +hundred furlongs, interprets them to bee meant of Hell, and that that +number expresses the diameter of its concavity, which is 200 _Italian_ +miles; but _Lessius_ thinkes that this opinion gives them too much roome +in hell,[5] and therefore hee guesses that 'tis not so wide; for (saith +hee) the diameter of one league being cubically multiplied, will make a +spheare capable of 800000 millions of damned bodies, allowing to each +sixe foote in the square, whereas (saies hee) 'tis certaine that there +shall not be one hundred thousand millions in all that shall bee damned. +You see the bold _Iesuit_ was carefull that every one should have but +roome enough in hell, and by the strangenesse of the conjecture, you may +guesse that he had rather bee absurd, than seeme either uncharitable or +ignorant. I remember there is a relation in _Pliny_, how that +_Dionisiodorus_ a Mathematician, being dead, did send a letter from his +place to some of his friends upon earth, to certifie them what distance +there was betwixt the center and superficies: hee might have done well +to have prevented this controversie, and enformed them the utmost +capacity of that place. However, certaine it is, that that number cannot +bee knowne, and probable it is, that the place is not yet determined, +but that hell is there where there is any tormented soule, which may bee +in the regions of the aire as well as in the center; but of this onely +occasionally, and by reason of _Plutarchs_ opinion concerning those that +are round about the Moone; as for the Moone it selfe, hee esteemes it to +bee a lower kinde of Heaven, and therefore in another place hee cals it +a terrestriall starre,[6] and an Olympian or celestiall earth +answerable, as I conceive, to the paradise of the Schoolemen, and that +Paradise was either in or neere the Moone, is the opinion of some later +Writers, who derived it (in all likelihood) from the assertion of +_Plato_, and perhaps, this of _Plutarch_. _Tostatus_[7] laies this +opinion upon _Isioder. Hispalensis_, and the venerable _Bede_; and +_Pererius_[8] fathers it upon _Strabus_ and _Rabanus_ his Master. Some +would have it to bee situated in such a place as could not be +discovered, which causes the penman of _Esdras_ to make it a harder +matter to know the outgoings of Paradise, then to weigh the weight of +the fire, or measure the blasts of wind, or call againe a day that is +past.[9] But notwithstanding this, there bee some others who thinke that +it is on the top of some high mountaine under the line, and these +interpreted the torrid Zone to be the flaming Sword whereby Paradise was +guarded. 'Tis the consent of divers others, who agree in this, that +Paradise is situated in some high and eminent place.[10] So _Tostatus_: + + _Est etiam Paradisus situ altissima, supra omnem terr altitudinem_, + + "Paradise is situated in some high place above the earth": + +and therefore in his Cment upon the 49. of _Genesis_, hee understands +the blessing of _Iacob_ concerning the everlasting hills to bee meant of +Paradise, and the blessing it selfe to bee nothing else but a promise of +Christs comming, by whose passion the gates of Paradise should bee +opened. Unto him assented _Rupertus_, _Scotus_, and most of the other +Schoolemen, as I find them cited by _Pererius_,[11] and out of him in +Sr. _W. Rawleigh_. Their reason was this: because in probability this +place was not overflowed by the flood, since there were no sinners there +which might draw that curse upon it. Nay _Tostatus_ thinkes that the +body of _Enoch_ was kept there, and some of the Fathers, as _Tertullian_ +and _Austin_ have affirmed, that the blessed soules were reserved in +that place till the day of judgement, and therefore 'tis likely that it +was not overflowed by the flood; and besides, since all men should have +went naked if _Adam_ had not fell, 'tis requisite therefore that it +should be situated in some such place where it might bee priviledged +from the extremities of heat and cold. But now this could not bee (they +thought) so conveniently in any lower, as it might in some higher aire. +For these and such like considerations have so many affirmed that +Paradise was in a high elevated place, which some have conceived could +bee no where but in the Moone: For it could not be in the top of any +mountaine, nor can we thinke of any other body separated from this earth +which can bee a more convenient place for habitation than this Planet, +therefore they concluded that it was there. + + [Sidenote 1: _De civit. Dei. lib. 22. ca. 16._] + + [Sidenote 2: Mat. 25. 30] + + [Sidenote 3: Eph. 4. 9.] + + [Sidenote 4: Rev. 14. 20.] + + [Sidenote 5: _De Morib. div. l. 13. c. 24._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Cur silent oracula._] + + [Sidenote 7: _S. W. Raw. lib. 1. cap. 3. 7._] + + [Sidenote 8: _in Gen._] + + [Sidenote 9: 2 Esd. 4. 7.] + + [Sidenote 10: _In_ Genes.] + + [Sidenote 11: _Comment. in 2. Gen. v. 8. lib 1. cap. 3. 6 7._] + +It could not bee on the top of any mountaine. + +1. Because wee have expresse Scripture, that the highest of them was +overflowed.[1] + + [Sidenote 1: Gen. 7. 19.] + +2. Because it must bee of a greater extension, and not some small patch +of ground, since 'tis likely all men should have lived there, if _Adam_ +had not fell. But for a satisfaction of these arguments, together with a +farther discourse of Paradise, I shall referre you to those who have +written purposely upon this subject. Being content for my owne part to +have spoken so much of it, as may conduce to shew the opinion of others +concerning the inhabitants of the Moone, I dare not my selfe affirme any +thing of these Selenites, because I know not any ground whereon to build +any probable opinion. But I thinke that future ages will discover more; +and our posterity, perhaps, may invent some meanes for our better +acquaintance with these inhabitants. 'Tis the method of providence not +presently to shew us all, but to lead us along from the knowledge of one +thing to another. 'Twas a great while ere the Planets were distinguished +from the fixed Stars, and sometime after that ere the morning and +evening starre were found to bee the same, and in greater space I doubt +not but this also, and farre greater mysteries will bee discovered. In +the first ages of the world the Islanders either thought themselves to +be the onely dwellers upon the earth, or else if there were any other, +yet they could not possibly conceive how they might have any commerce +with them, being severed by the deepe and broad Sea, but the after-times +found out the invention of ships, in which notwithstanding none but some +bold daring men durst venture, there being few so resolute as to commit +themselves unto the vaste Ocean, and yet now how easie a thing is this, +even to a timorous & cowardly nature? So, perhaps, there may be some +other meanes invented for a conveyance to the Moone, and though it may +seeme a terrible and impossible thing ever to passe through the vaste +spaces of the aire, yet no question there would bee some men who durst +venture this as well as the other. True indeed, I cannot conceive any +possible meanes for the like discovery of this conjecture, since there +can bee no sailing to the Moone, unlesse that were true which the Poets +doe but feigne, that shee made her bed in the Sea. We have not now any +_Drake_ or _Columbus_ to undertake this voyage, or any _Ddalus_ to +invent a conveyance through the aire. However, I doubt not but that time +who is still the father of new truths, and hath revealed unto us many +things which our Ancestours were ignorant of, will also manifest to our +posterity, that which wee now desire, but cannot know. _Veniet tempus_ +(saith _Seneca_[1]) + + _quo ista qu nunc latent, in lucem, dies extrahet, & longioris vi + diligentia._ + +Time will come when the indeavours of after-ages shall bring such things +to light, as now lie hid in obscurity. Arts are not yet come to their +Solstice, but the industry of future times assisted with the labours of +their forefathers, may reach unto that height which wee could not +attaine to. + + _Ueniet tempus quo posteri nostri nos tam aperta nescisse mirentur._ + +As wee now wonder at the blindnesse of our Ancestors, who were not able +to discerne such things as seeme plaine and obvious unto us. So will our +posterity admire our ignorance in as perspicuous matters. _Keplar_ +doubts not, but that as soone as the art of flying is found out, some of +their Nation will make one of the first colonies that shall inhabite +that other world. But I leave this and the like conjectures to the +fancie of the reader; Desiring now to finish this Discourse, wherein I +have in some measure proved what at the first I promised, a world in the +Moone. However, I am not so resolute in this, that I thinke tis +necessary there must be one, but my opinion is that 'tis possible there +may be, and tis probable there is another habitable world in that +Planet. And this was that I undertooke to prove. In the pursuit whereof, +if I have shewed much weaknesse or indiscretion; I shall willingly +submit my selfe to the reason and censure of the more judicious. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. Qust. l. 7. c. 25._] + + + + + [Decoration] + +The Propositions that are proved in this Discourse. + + +Proposition 1. + +_That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it + should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly + esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common + consent._ + +By way of Preface. + + +Prop. 2. + +_That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of + reason or faith._ + + +Prop. 3. + +_That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can + priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these + inferiour bodies are liable unto._ + + +Prop. 4. + +_That the Moone is a solid, compacted opacous body._ + + +Prop. 5. + +_That the Moone hath not any light of her owne._ + + +Prop. 6. + +_That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of + many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be + deduced from the tenents of others._ + + +Prop. 7. + +_That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be + distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the + Sea and Land in that other world._ + + +Prop. 8. + +_That the spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land._ + + +Prop. 9. + +_That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plaines + in the body of the Moone._ + + +Prop. 10. + +_That there is an Atmo-sphra, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, + immediately encompassing the body of the Moone._ + + +Prop. 11. + +_That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone._ + + +Prop. 12. + +_That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world + in the Moone, as there are with us._ + + +Prop. 13. + +_That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but + of what kinde they are is uncertaine._ + + +FINIS. + + + * * * * * + * * * * + * * * * * + +[Transcriber's Additional Notes and Errata] + +Works and Authors Cited in Sidenotes: + +This is not intended to be a comprehensive list. A few sources could not +be identified; others are so well-known, they did not need to be marked. + +The following spellings and name forms are used consistently: + + Austin = Augustine + Blancanus the Jesuit(e) = Josephus Blancanus, Giuseppe Biancani + Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus + Tycho = Tycho Brahe + Nicholas Hill "a country man of ours". Hill the early atomist, + not Hill (Montanus, van de Bergh) the printer. + Keplar = Kepler (Johannes) + Julius Caesar = Csar la Galla, Giulio Cesare La Galla, Lagalla + Mslin = Maestlin (Michael) + Rawleigh, Rawly = Raleigh (Sir Walter) + Verulam = Francis Bacon (1st Baron Verulam) + + Note also "sydera" for "sidera". + +Albertus Magnus: _De quattuor coaequaevis_ +----: _De caelo et mundo_ +Aristotle: _De Caelo_ +Bede: _De ratione temporum_ +Christopher Besoldus: _De Natura Populorum ejusque variatione, et de + Linguarum ortu atque immutatione_ (1632) +Josephus Blancanus (Giuseppe Biancani): _Sphaera mundi_ + (Full Title: _Sphaera Mundi seu Cosmographia. Demonstrativa, ac + facili Methodo tradita: In qua totius Mundi fabrica, una cum novis, + Tychonis, Kepleri, Galilaei, aliorumque; Astronomorum adinventis + continetur_) +----: _Aristotelis loca mathematica ex universes ipsius operibus + collecta et explicata_ +Tycho (Brahe): _Astronomiae instauratae progymnasmata_ +Th. (Tommaso) Campanella: _Apologia pro Galileo_ (1622) +Collegium Conimbricenses (Jesuits of Coimbra University): _Commentarii + Collegii Conimbricensis Societatis Jesu in quattuor libros + physicorum Aristotelis de Coelo_ (1592) +Cardinal de Cusa, Cusanus (Nicholas of Cusa/Kues, Nicolaus Cryffts): + _De Docta Ignorantia_ +Johannes Fabricius: _De Maculis in Sole Observatis, et Apparente earum + cum Sole Conversione Narratio_ (1611) + Text not identified by name. +Libertus Fromondus (Libert Froidmont): _Meteorologicorum libri sex_ + (1627) +Galileo: _Nuncius Sidereus_ +Camillus Gloriosus (Giovanni Camillo Glorioso): _De Cometis dissertatio + astronomico-physica_ (1624) +Isidore: _Originum_ +Johannes Kepler: _Dissertatio cum Nuncio Sidereo_ + The name "Galileo" (or "Galilei") is sometimes included in the + title, as "Diss. cum Nunc. Syd. Galil." +----: _Epitome astronomiae Copernicanae_ +----: _Astronomiae Pars Optica_ +Julius Caesar (Giulio Cesare La Galla): _De Phenomenis in Orbe Lunae_ + (1612) +Leonard Lessius: _De perfectionibus moribusque divinis_ (1620) + This work is often cited as "De Moribus"; other early mentions are + found in _Tristram Shandy_ and _The Anatomy of Melancholy_. +Mslin (Michael Maestlin): _Epitome Astronomiae_ (1610) +Carolus Malapertus, Malapertius (Charles Malapert): _Austriaca sidera + heliocyclia astronomicis hypothesibus illigata_ (1633) +Jacobus Mazonius (Jacopo Mazzoni): _In universam Platonis et Aristotelis + philosophiam praeludia sive de Comparatione Platonis et Aristotelis_ +Johannes Eusebius (Juan Eusebio) Nieremberg: _Historia Naturae_ (1635) +Augustinus Nifus (Niphus, Agostino Nifo) + Quoted text not identified by name. +Benedictus Pererius (Benito Pereira): _Commentariorum et disputationum + in Genesim tomi quattuor_ (1591-99) +Plutarch: _De facie in orbe lunae_ +----: _De tranquillitate animi_ +Erasmus Reinhold: Commentary (1542, 1553) on Georg Purbach's _Theoricae + novae planetarum_ +Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus (Lodovico / Luigi Ricchieri): + _Lectionum antiquarum libri triginta_ +Ruvio (Antonio Rubio): Commentary on Aristotle's _De Caelo_ +(Julius Caesar) Scaliger: _Exotericae exercitationes ad Hieronymum + Cardanum_ +Christoph Scheiner: _Rosa Ursina sive Sol ex Admirando Facularum + & Macularum suarum Phoenomeno varius_ +Tostatus (Alonso Tostado): _In Genesis_ + + * * * * * + +Errors and Anomalies: + +All but one occurrence of -que is written with a ligature. They have +been expanded for this e-text. + +though they have for a long time lien neglected + _so in original: "lain"?_ ++pollous d kai oudena noon echontas+ + _text reads +pellous+; last vowel in +echontas+ unclear_ +both St. _Uincentius_and _Senafinus_ + _"Senafinus" could not be identified, but cannot be Serafinus_ +_Aristotle_ was the viol of Gods wrath + _spelling "viol" as in original_ +the world is much beholden to _Aristotle_ for all its sciences + _text reads "it sciences"_ +if there be more worlds than one + _text reads "more words"_ +[Sidenote] Ecclus. 43. 3. 4. + _so in original: "Eccles."?_ +[Sidenote to "Ptolome"] _I{o} Apost._ + _reading unclear, text not identified: "I^o."?_ +[Sidenote to "Rosa Vrsina"] _lib. 4. p. 2. cy. 24, 35._ + _unclear: "ty." or error for "cp."?_ +_Hebronia l. 2. c. 4._ + _text unclear: "Hebraeoma"?_ +and more especially _Malapertius_ + _text reads "Mulapertius"_ +but never confuted by any solid reason + _text reads "coufuted"_ +[Sidenote] ... _dissertatio / cum Nic. Hill._ ... + _so in original: error for "dissertatio cum Nunc[ius] Sid[ereus]" + (by Kepler)?_ +vius qui ad experimenta hc contradicendi animo accesserant + _so in original_ +it might probably be deduced + _text reads "de deduced"_ +so _Ioach. Rlelicus_ + _so in original: "Rheticus"?_ +Others think[1] that there be some bodies + _text reads "that there some bodies"_ +[Sidenote] So _Bede_ in _d. de Mund. constit._ + _single letter illegible: could be "fi" or ""_ +[Sidenote] Eusebius Nioremb. _Hist. Nat. + _so in original: "Nieremberg"_ +sententiam exsuscitare velit + _text reads "excuscitare"_ +that earth in the writings of _Capernicus_ and his followers + _spelling as in original_ +[Sidenote] _Lect. ant. l. 1. c. 15._ + _text reads "Lect. aut l. 1"_ +Nay this opposes his owne eye-witnesse + _text reads "owne-eye-witnesse"_ +that in the Moone there should be any mountaines + _text reads "thete"_ +_Olympus_, _Atlas_, _Taurus_ and _Enius_ + _text unclear; may be "Emus": for Mt. Aenus?_ +the 47th proposition in the first booke of elements. +Therefore the whole line _A_ _G_ is somewhat more than 104 + _"the 47th proposition" is better known as the Pythagorean theorem. + "104" is presumably an error for "1004"; the correct figure is + almost 1005_ +[Sidenote] _Plat. de fac._ + _so in original: "Plut[arch]"?_ +[Sidenote] _Prfat. ad Austrica syd._ + _so in original: "Austriaca"_ +[Sidenote to Clius] _Progym. 1._ +[Sidenote to Tycho] _l. 20. c. 5._ + _notes may be reversed: Tycho Brahe wrote a "Progymnasmata"_ +because of the exuperancy of the light in the other parts + _so in original: "exsuperancy"_ +because they are farre neerer it than wee + _text unclear_ +a more chokie soyle like the Ile of _Creete_ + _spelling as in original: "chalky"_ +in his time tooke especiall notice + _text reads "looke" but catchword has "tooke"_ +such appearances may be salved some other way + _so in original_ +[Sidenote] _Carolus Malaptius de Heliocyc._ + _so in original: Malapert(i)us_ +2. _Mslin_ and _Keplar_ affirme, that they have seene some of these + alterations. The words of _Mslin_ are these (as I finde them + cited.) +[Sidenote] _Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil._ + _sidenote is attached to Mslin quote, but work named is by Kepler_ +there are some inhabitants in that Planet + _text reads "inhabitans"_ +The equality of their nights doth much temper the scorching of the day, + and the extreme cold that comes from the one, require some space + _wording as in original_ +This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and Plantes. + _text reads "Planets"_ +intellectuares habitatores + _so in original: "intellectuales"?_ +ex influentia ignili solis + _adjective "ignilis" may have been invented by author cited_ +but _Lessius_ thinkes that this opinion gives them too much roome + _text reads "opi/on" at line break_ +hee cals it a terrestriall starre + _text reads "terrestraill"_ +_Pererius_ fathers it upon _Strabus_ and _Rabanus_ + _text reads "fathers is"_ + +Punctuation: + +the Cities and Mountaines hanging." What shall wee thinke + _marginal quotes continue through line beginning "shall wee"_ +a propension in its subject + _text reads "'its" with leading apostrophe_ +But the position (say some) is directly against Scripture + _opening parenthesis missing_ +Scripturequ coelum pluribus realibus atque + _"atque" written out (all other -que occurrences use ligature)_ +more directly proved by _Mslin_, _Keplar_, and _Galilus_ + _no comma after "Mslin"_ +it seemed most / likely to _Camillus Gloriosus_, _Th. Campanella_ + _text has period (full stop) for comma_ +too much for to vent at the first: the chiefe thing + _text reads "at the first. the"_ +the words of _Fienus_, as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the above + cited place, _Possunt maxim ..._ + _text has "... cited place) _Possunt ..."_ + _could also be:_ + the words of _Fienus_ (as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the + above cited place) _Possunt maxim +vespere Dominic Palmarum Anni 1605, in corpore Lun + _text reads "Anni 1605. in corpore"_ +And this was the opinion of the _Cardinal de Cusa_ + _text reads "de cusa"_ +but to lead us along from the knowledge of one thing to another + _"a/long" printed at line break without hyphen_ + +Printer's Errors: + +Invisible letters or punctuation marks, supplied from context, are shown +in {braces}. + +2{.} Grosse absurdities have beene entertained +[Sidenote] _Plutarch. de t{r}anq. anim._ +[Sidenote] _Lib. 9. Architectur{.}_ +[Sidenote] Reinhold _comment. in Purb. Th{e}or. pag. 164._ +[Sidenote] _In lib. de natur. rerum{.}_ +[Sidenote] _De 4r. Covis.... Exercit{.} 62._ +[Sidenote] _Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13{.}_] +[Sidenote] _Ex qua parte luna est transpi{c}ua non totum secundum + superfi{ci}em, +[Sidenote] _Albert. mag. de {c}ovis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ +[Sidenote] _S{c}alig. exercit. 62._ +some others have thought it to be ver{y} much like a Fox +Mihi autem dubium fuit nu{m}quam ... sese in conspectum da{t}uram +But it may be againe obj{e}cted +yet would the motion of i{t}s centre by an attractive vertue still hold + it w{it}hin i{t}s convenient distance, so that whether their ear{t}h + moved + _"within": "i" missing, "t" invisible_ +You may see this truth assented unto by _Blancanus_ the J{e}suit +and if you obj{e}ct that the light which is conveyed +for he confesses himselfe that he saw this by the glasse{.} +our earth appeares a{s} brigh{t} + + * * * * * + +Pagination: + +_Pages 177-192 (printed as 175-190) are all one error: The eight pages +printed on one side of the sheet forming signature N were misnumbered +by -2._ + +118, 120 _read_ 18, 20 +123 _reads_ 113 +166 _reads_ 66 +177, 180, 181, 184, 185, 188, 189, 192 + _read_ 175, 178, 179, 182, 183, 186, 187, 190 +209 _reads_ 107 +210, 211 _read_ 208, 209 +212, 213, 214 _no printed number_ +215 _reads_ 63 + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by +John Wilkins + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + +***** This file should be named 19103-8.txt or 19103-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/1/0/19103/ + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/19103-8.zip b/19103-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..36860bb --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-8.zip diff --git a/19103-h.zip b/19103-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0ed4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h.zip diff --git a/19103-h/19103-h.htm b/19103-h/19103-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..007c91b --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/19103-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5235 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<title>A World in the Moone</title> +<meta http-equiv = "Content-Type" content = "text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + +<style type = "text/css"> + +body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +hr.mid {width: 50%;} +hr.tiny {width: 20%;} + +sup {line-height: .1em;} + +a.tag {text-decoration: none; vertical-align: .3em; font-size: 80%; +line-height: 0em;} + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; +font-weight: normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: +0em;} + +h1 {font-size: 200%;} +h2 {font-size: 150%;} +h3 {font-size: 125%;} +h4 {font-size: 115%;} +h5 {font-size: 100%;} +h6 {font-size: 90%;} + +p, div, blockquote {margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: 0em; line-height: +1.2;} + +div.wholetext {margin-right: 30%; max-width: 40em;} + +p.illustration {text-align: center; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: +1em;} +p.illustration.chapter {margin-top: 4em;} + +p.intro {font-style: italic; font-size: 105%;} +p.heading, p.summary {font-style: italic; margin: 1em 0em 1.5em 2em; +text-indent: -2em;} +p.heading {font-size: 105%;} +p.summary.one {text-indent: 0em;} +p.summary.one:first-letter {float: left; margin: -.2em .1em -.3em -.7em; +padding: 0em; line-height: 1.3em; font-size: 260%; font-style: normal;} + +p.marginquote {margin: 0em 1em 0em 1em;} +p.marginquote:before {content: "“";} +p.marginquote:after {content: "”";} + +.verse {margin-left: 2em; font-style: italic;} +p.hanging {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 1em; text-indent: -2em;} +p.hanging.inset {text-indent: -1em;} + +/* tables */ + +table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-top: 1em; +margin-bottom: 1em;} +table.outline {border-collapse: collapse; border: double;} + +td {vertical-align: top; padding: .1em .5em;} + +td.number {text-align: right;} + +td.border {background-repeat: repeat-x;} +td.border.top {background-image: url(images/dec_A2b_top.png); +height: 38px;} /* 67 x 38 */ +td.border.bottom {background-image: url(images/dec_A2b_bottom.png); +height: 38px;} +/* 68 x 38*/ +td.border.end {background-image: url(images/dec_219.png); +height: 114px} /* 85 x 114 */ + +/* conditional */ +table.outline td {border-top: thin solid; padding: 1em .5em;} +table.outline h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {margin: 0em; line-height: normal;} +div.hanging p {margin: 0em 0em 0em 2em; text-indent: -2em;} +div.hanging p.inset {text-indent: -1em;} + +.firstletter {float: left; margin: -.2em .1em -.3em 0em; +padding: 0em; line-height: 1.3em; font-size: 260%; font-style: normal;} +.secondletter {text-transform: capitalize;} +.firstword {float: left; margin: 0em; padding: 0em;} +.hidden {display: none;} + +/* sidenotes */ + +.sidenote {position: absolute; left: 70%; right: 10%; font-size: 95%; +text-align: left;} + +.greek {border-bottom: thin solid #999;} + +/* text formatting */ + +.chapter {margin-top: 4em;} +.section {margin-top: 2em;} +.space {margin-top: 1em;} +.nospace {margin-top: 0em;} + +.larger {font-size: 1.25em;} +.smallroman {font-size: 0.8em;} +.smallcaps {font-variant: small-caps;} +.extended {letter-spacing: 0.3em;} +.ital {font-style: italic;} +.boldf {font-weight: bold;} +.sans {font-family: sans-serif;} +.plaintext {font-style: normal;} /* switches off italics */ + +/* transcriber's additions */ + +.endnote {margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: .5em;} +.endquote {margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0em; font-size: 95%;} +/*within endnote*/ + +ins.correction {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin dotted red;} +ins.fillin {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin solid red;} + +.pagenum, .folionum {position: absolute; font-size: 95%; +font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; text-indent: 0em; color: #666; +background-color: inherit;} +.pagenum {right: 95%; text-align: right;} +.folionum {left: 95%; text-align: left;} + +.mynote, .technote {padding: .5em; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: +95%} +.mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; margin: 1em 5em;} +.technote {border: medium solid #99C;} + +.contents {font-family: sans-serif; margin-left: 1.5em; text-indent: +-1.5em;} + +</style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by John Wilkins + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Discovery of a World in the Moone + Or, A Discovrse Tending To Prove That 'Tis Probable There + May Be Another Habitable World In That Planet + +Author: John Wilkins + +Release Date: August 23, 2006 [EBook #19103] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + + + + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<p class = "mynote"> +A few typographical errors have been corrected. They have been +noted in the text with <ins class = "correction" title = +"like this">mouse-hover popups</ins>. Invisible letters and punctuation +have been ma<ins class = "fillin">rk</ins>ed without further +explanation.<br> +<br> +Words in Greek and Hebrew include mouse-hover transliterations: <span +class = "greek" title = "hôs">ὥς</span>.<br> +<br> +In addition to the ordinary page numbers, the printed text labeled +the recto (odd) pages of the first four leaves of each 16-page +signature. These will appear in the right margin as A, A2, A3... +</p> + + +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/titlepage.png" width = "341" height = "324" +alt = "planetary orbits" title = "planetary orbits"> +</p> + +<h4>THE</h4> + +<h2>DISCOVERY</h2> + +<h4>OF A</h4> + +<h2 class = "extended">WORLD</h2> + +<h4>IN THE</h4> + +<h2>MOONE.</h2> + + +<table class = "outline chapter"> +<tr> +<td> +<h4>OR,</h4> +<h2>A DISCOVRSE</h2> +<h4>Tending</h4> +<h2 class = "extended">TO PROVE</h2> +<h3>that ’tis probable there</h3> +<h4>may be another habitable</h4> +<h5>World in that Planet.</h5> +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> +<p class = "hanging"> +<i>Quid tibi inquis ista proderunt?<br> +Si nihil aliud, hoc certè, sciam<br> +omnia angusta esse.</i> <span class = "smallcaps">Seneca.</span><br> +Præf. ad 1. Lib. <i>N. Q.</i></p> +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/dec_A2.png" width = "118" height = "38" +alt = ""> +</p> +<h5 class = "extended ital">LONDON,</h5> +<h4>Printed by <i>E. G.</i> for <i>Michael Sparl</i></h4> +<h5>and <i>Edward Forrest</i>, 1638.</h5> +</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<table class = "chapter"> +<tr> +<td class = "border top" height = "38px"> </td> +<tr> +<td> +<p class = "hanging larger"> +<i>Perlegi hæc <span class = "greek" title = +"paradoxa">παράδοξα</span><br> +& novitatis graciâ<br> +typis mandari<br> +permitto.</i> +</p> +<p align = "right"> +Mart. 29. 1638.<br> +<span class = "smallcaps">Tho. Weekes</span> <i>R.P.</i><br> +<i>Episc. Lond. Cap.</i><br> +<i>Domest.</i> +</p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class = "border bottom" height = "38px"> </td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr class = "mid chapter"> + +<div class = "wholetext"> + +<!--corresponds to border lines in printed book--> + +<p class = "illustration chapter"> +<img src = "images/dec_A3.png" width = "283" height = "51" +alt = ""> +</p> + + +<span class = "folionum">A3</span> + +<h3>To the Reader.</h3> + + +<p class = "intro"> +<span class = "firstword"> +<img src = "images/capI.png" width = "103" height = "102" +alt = "I" title = "I" align = "left">F</span> +<span class = "hidden">If</span> amongst thy leisure houres thou +canst spare any for the perusall of this discourse, and dost looke to +finde somewhat in it which may serve for thy information and benefit: +let me then advise thee to come unto it with an equall minde, not swayed +by prejudice, but indifferently resolved to assent unto that truth which +upon deliberation shall seeme most probable unto thy reason, and then I +doubt not, but either thou wilt agree with mee in this assertion, or at +least not thinke it to be as farre from truth, as it is from common +opinion.</p> + +<p class = "intro"> +Two cautions there are which I would willingly admonish thee of in the +beginning.</p> + +<p class = "intro hanging"> +<span class = "folionum">||</span> +<span class = "plaintext">1.</span> That thou shouldst not here looke to +find any exact, accurate Treatise, since this discourse was but the +fruit of some lighter studies, and those too hudled up in a short time, +being first thought of and finished in the space of some few weekes, and +therefore you cannot in reason expect, that it should be so polished, as +perhaps, the subject would require, or the leisure of the Author might +have done it.</p> + +<p class = "intro hanging"> +<span class = "plaintext">2.</span> To remember that I promise onely +probable arguments for the proofe of this opinion, and therefore you +must not looke that every consequence should be of an undeniable +dependance, or that the truth of each argument should be measured by its +necessity. I grant that some Astronomicall appearances may possibly be +solved otherwise then here they are. But the thing I aime at is this, +that probably they may so be solved, as I have here set them downe: +Which, if it be granted (as I thinke it must) then I +<span class = "folionum">||</span> +doubt not, but the indifferent reader will find some satisfaction in the +maine thing that is to be proved.</p> + +<p class = "intro"> +Many ancient Philosophers of the better note, have formerly defended +this assertion, which I have here laid downe, and it were to be wished, +that some of us would more apply our endeavours unto the examination of +these old opinions, which though they have for a long time <ins class = +"correction" title = "so in original: lain?">lien</ins> neglected by +others, yet in them may you finde many truths well worthy your paines +and observation. Tis a false conceit, for us to thinke, that amongst the +ancient variety and search of opinions, the best hath still prevailed. +Time (saith the learned <span class = "plaintext">Verulam</span>) seemes +to be of the nature of a river or streame, which carrieth downe to us +that which is light, or blowne up, but sinketh that which is weighty and +solid.</p> + +<p class = "intro"> +It is my desire that by the occasion of this discourse, I may raise up +some more active spirit to a search +<span class = "folionum">||</span> +after other hidden and unknowne truthes. Since it must needes be a great +impediment unto the growth of sciences, for men still so to plod on upon +beaten principles, as to be afraid of entertaining any thing that may +seeme to contradict them. An unwillingnesse to take such things into +examination, is one of those errours of learning in these times observed +by the judicious <span class = "plaintext">Verulam</span>. Questionlesse +there are many secret truths, which the ancients have passed over, that +are yet left to make some of our age famous for their discovery.</p> + +<p class = "intro"> +If by this occasion I may provoke any reader to an attempt of this +nature, I shall then thinke my selfe happy, and this work +successefull.</p> + +<p class = "larger" align = "right">Farewell.</p> + + + + +<span class = "pagenum">1</span> +<span class = "folionum">B</span> +<p class = "illustration chapter"> +<img src = "images/dec_1.png" width = "284" height = "96" +alt = ""> +</p> + + +<h3>The First Proposition, by</h3> +<h4>way of Preface.</h4> + +<p class = "heading">That the strangenesse of this opinion is no +sufficient reason why it should be rejected, because other certaine +truths have beene formerly esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities +entertayned by common consent.</p> + + +<p> +<span class = "firstword"> +<img src = "images/capT.png" width = "95" height = "98" +alt = "T" title = "T" align = "left">H</span> +<span class = "hidden">Th</span>ere is an earnestnesse and hungering +after novelty, which doth still adhere unto all our natures, and it is +part of that primative image, that wide extent and infinite capacity at +first created in the heart of man, for this since its depravation in +<span class = "pagenum">2</span> +<i>Adam</i> perceiving it selfe altogether emptied of any good doth now +catch after every new thing, conceiving that possibly it may finde +satisfaction among some of its fellow creatures. But our enemy the +divell (who strives still to pervert our gifts, and beate us with our +owne weapons) hath so contriv’d it, that any truth doth now seeme +distastefull for that very reason, for which errour is +entertain’d—Novelty, for let but some upstart heresie be set +abroach, and presently there are some out of a curious humour; others, +as if they watched an occasion of singularity, will take it up for +canonicall, and make it part of their creede and profession; whereas +solitary truth cannot any where finde so ready entertainement; but the +same Novelty which is esteemed the commendation of errour and makes that +acceptable, is counted the fault +<span class = "pagenum">3</span> +<span class = "folionum">B2</span> +of truth, and causes that to bee rejected. How did the incredulous World +gaze at <i>Columbus</i> when hee promised to discover another part of +the earth, and he could not for a long time by his confidence, or +arguments, induce any of the Christian Princes, either to assent unto +his opinion, or goe to the charges of an experiment. Now if he who had +such good grounds for his assertion, could finde no better +entertainement among the wiser sort, and upper end of the World; ’tis +not likely then that this opinion which I now deliver, shall receive any +thing from the men of these daies, especially our vulgar wits, but +misbeliefe or derision. It hath alwaies beene the unhappinesse of new +truths in Philosophy, to be derided by those that are ignorant of the +causes of things, and reiected by others whose perversenesse ties them +to the contrary +<span class = "pagenum">4</span> +opinion, men whose envious pride will not allow any new thing for truth +which they themselves were not the first inventors of. So that I may +iustly expect to be accused of a pragmaticall ignorance, and bold +ostentation, especially since for this opinion <i>Xenophanes</i>, a man +whose authority was able to adde some credit to his assertion could not +escape the like censure from others. For <i>Natales Comes</i> speaking +of that Philosopher, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Mytholog. lib. 3. c. 17.</i></span> +and this his opinion, saith thus, <i>Nonnulli ne nihil scisse videantur, +aliqua nova monstra in Philosophiã introducunt, ut alicujus rei +inventores fuisse appareant.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Some there are who least they might seeme to know nothing, will bring up +monstrous absurdities in Philosophy, that so afterward they may bee +famed for the invention of somewhat.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +The same author doth also in another place accuse <i>Anaxagoras</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Lib. 7. c. 1.</i></span> +<span class = "pagenum">5</span> +<span class = "folionum">B3</span> +of folly for the same opinion, <i>Est enim non ignobilis gradus +stultitiæ, vel si nescias quid dicas, tamen velle de rebus propositis +hanc vel illam partem stabilire.</i> “’Tis none of the worst kindes of +folly, boldly to affirme one side or other, when a man knows not what to +say.”</p> + +<p>If these men were thus censur’d, I may iustly then expect to be +derided by most, and to be believed by few or none; especially since +this opinion seemes to carry in it so much strangenesse, so much +contradiction to the generall consent of others. But how ever, I am +resolved that this shall not be any discouragement, since I know that it +is not the common opinion of others that can either adde or detract from +the truth. For,</p> + +<p class = "hanging"> +1. Other truths have beene formerly esteemed altogether as ridiculous as +this can be.</p> + +<p class = "hanging"> +<span class = "pagenum">6</span> +2<ins class = "fillin">. </ins>Grosse absurdities have beene entertained +by generall opinion.</p> + +<p>I shall give an instance of each, that so I may the better prepare +the Reader to consider things without a prejudice, when hee shall see +that the common opposition against this which I affirme cannot any way +derogate from its truth.</p> + +<p>1. Other truths have beene formerly accounted as ridiculous as this, +I shall specifie that of the Antipodes, which have beene denied and +laught at by many wise men and great Schollers, such as were +<i>Herodotus</i>, St. <i>Austin</i>, <i>Lactantius</i>, the +<i>Venerable Bede</i>, <i>Lucretius</i> the Poet, <i>Procopius</i>, +and the voluminous <i>Abulensis</i> with others. <i>Herodotus</i> +counted it so horrible an absurdity, that hee could not forbeare +laughing to thinke of it. <span class = "greek" title = +"Gelô de horôn gês periodous grapsantas...">Γελῶ δὲ ὁρῶν γῆς περιόδος +γράψαντας</span>, <span class = "greek" title = +"...pollous êdê kai oudena noon echontas exêgêsamenon hoi Ôkeanon te +rheonta graphousi...">πολλοὺς +<span class = "pagenum">7</span> +<span class = "folionum">B4</span> +ἤδη καὶ οὐδένα νόον ἔχοντας ἐξηγησάμενον ὃι Ὠκεανόν τε ῥεόντα +γράφουσι</span>, <span class = "greek" title = +"...perix tên te gên eousan kukloterea hôs apo tornou">πέριξ τήν τε γὴν +ἐοῦσαν κυκλοτερέα ὡς ἀπὸ τόρνου</span>.<a class = "tag" +name = "endtag1" href = "#endnote1">1</a></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +I cannot choose but laugh, (saith he) to see so many men venture to +describe the earths compasse, relating those things that are without all +sense, as that the Sea flowes about the World, and that the earth it +selfe is round as an Orbe.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +But this great ignorance is not so much to be admired in him, as in +those learneder men of later times, when all sciences began to flourish +in the World. Such was Saint <i>Austin</i> who censures that relation of +the Antipodes to be an incredible fable, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De civit. Dei. lib. 16. cap. 9.</i><br> +<i>Institut. l. 3. c. 24.</i></span> +and with him agrees the eloquent <i>Lactantius</i>, +<i>quid illi qui esse contrarios vestigiis nostris Antipodes putant? num +aliquid loquuntur? aut est quispiam tam ineptus, qui credat esse +homines, quorum vestigia sunt superiora quàm capita? aut ibi quæ apud +nos jacent inversa +<span class = "pagenum">8</span> +pendere? fruges & arbores deorsum versus crescere, pluvias & +nives, & grandinem sursum versus cadere in terram? & miratur +aliquis hortor pensiles inter septem mira narrari, quum Philosophi, +& agros & maria, & urbes & montes pensiles faciunt? +&c.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +What (saith he) are they that thinke there are Antipodes, such as walke +with their feet against ours? doe they speake any likelyhood? or is +there any one so foolish as to believe that there are men whose heeles +are higher than their heads? that things which with us doe lie on the +ground doe hang there? that the Plants and Trees grow downewards, that +the haile, and raine, and snow fall upwards to the earth? and doe wee +admire the hanging Orchards amongst the seven wonders, whereas here the +Philosophers have made the Field and Seas, the Cities and +<span class = "pagenum">9</span> +Mountaines hanging.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +What <ins class = "correction" title = +"marginal quotes continue through this line">shall wee</ins> thinke +(saith hee in <i>Plutarch</i>) that men doe clyng to that place like +wormes, or hang by their clawes as Cats, or if wee suppose a man a +little beyond the Center, to bee digging with a spade? is it likely (as +it must bee according to this opinion) that the earth which hee +loosened, should of it selfe ascend upwards? or else suppose two men +with their middles about the center, the feete of the one being placed +where the head of the other is, and so two other men crosse them, yet +all these men thus situated according to this opinion should stand +upright, and many other such grosse consequences would follow (saith +hee) which a false imagination is not able to fancy as possible. Upon +which considerations, <i>Bede</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De ratione temporum, Cap. 32.</i></span> +also denies the being of any Antipodes, <i>Neque enim Antipodarum +<span class = "pagenum">10</span> +ullatenus est Fabulis accommodandus assensus</i>, “Nor should wee any +longer assent to the Fable of Antipodes.” So also <i>Lucretius</i> the +Poet speaking of the same subject, sayes: +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De nat. rerum, lib. 1.</i></span> +</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Sed vanus stolidis hæc omnia finxerit error.</p> + +<p> +That some idle fancy faigned these for fooles to believe. Of this +opinion was <i>Procopius Gazæus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Comment. in 1. Cap. Gen.</i><br> +<i>Psal. 24. 2.</i></span> +but he was perswaded to it by another kinde of reason; for he thought +that all the earth under us was sunke in the water, according to the +saying of the Psalmist, +Hee hath founded the Earth upon the Seas, and therefore hee accounted it +not inhabited by any. Nay <i>Tostatus</i> a man of later yeeres and +generall learning doth also confidently deny that there are any such +Antipodes, though the reason which hee urges for it bee not so absurde +as the former, for the Apostles, saith hee, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Comment. in</i> 1. Genes.</span> +travelled through the whole +<span class = "pagenum">11</span> +habitable world, but they never passed the Equinoctiall; and if you +answer that they are said to goe through all the earth, because they +went through all the knowne world, hee replies, that this is not +sufficient, since Christ would have all men to be saved, and come to the +knowledge of his truth, +<span class = "sidenote"> +1 Tim. 2. 4.</span> +and therefore ’tis requisite that they should have travelled thither +also, if there had been any inhabitants, especially since he did +expressely command them to goe and teach all nations, and preach the +Gospell through the whole world, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Mat. 28. 19</span> +and therefore he thinkes that as there are no men, so neither are there +seas, or rivers, or any other conveniency for habitation: ’tis commonly +related of one <i>Virgilius</i>, that he was excommunicated and +condemned for a Heretique by <i>Zachary</i> Bishop of <i>Rome</i>, +because hee was not of the same opinion. But +<span class = "pagenum">12</span> +<i>Baronius</i> saies, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Annal. Eccles. A.D. 748.</i></span> +it was because hee thought there was another habitable world within +ours. How ever, you may well enough discerne in these examples how +confident many of these great Schollars were in so grosse an errour, how +unlikely, what an incredible thing it seemed to them, that there should +be any Antipodes, and yet now this truth is as certaine and plaine, as +sense or demonstration can make it. This then which I now deliver is not +to be rejected; though it may seeme to contradict the common +opinion.</p> + +<p>2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall consent. I +might instance in many remarkeable examples, but I will onely speake of +the supposed labour of the Moone in her eclipses, because this is +neerest to the chiefe matter in hand, and was received as a common +opinion amongst many +<span class = "pagenum">13</span> +of the ancients, and therefore <i>Plutarch</i> speaking of a Lunary +eclipse, relates, that at such times ’twas a custome amongst the +<i>Romanes</i> (the most civill and learned people in the world) to +sound brasse Instruments, and hold great torches toward the heaven. +<span class = "greek" title = +"Tôn de Rômaiôn (hôsper estô enomismenon) chalkou te patagois +anakaloumenôn...">Τῶν +δὲ Ρωμαίων (ὥσπερ ἐστω ἐνομισμένον) χαλκοῦ τε πατάγοις +ἀνακαλουμένων</span> <span class = "greek" title = +"...to phôs autos kai pura polla dalois kai dassin anechontôn pros ton +ouranon">τὸ +φῶς αὐτὸς καὶ πυρὰ πολλὰ δαλοῖς καὶ δασσὶν ἀνεχόντων πρὸς τὸν +οὐρανὸν</span>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In vita Paul. Æmil.</i></span> +for by this meanes they supposed the Moone was much eased in her +labours, and therfore <i>Ovid</i> calls such loud Instruments the +auxiliaries or helpes of the Moone. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Metam. l. 4.</i></span> +</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Cum frustra resonant æra auxiliaria Lunæ.</p> + +<p>and therefore the Satyrist too describing a loud scold, saies, she +was able to make noise enough to deliver the labouring Moone. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Iuven. Sat. 6</i></span> +</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Vna laboranti poterit succurrere Lunæ.</p> + +<p>Now the reason of all this their ceremonie, was, because they feared +the world would fall +<span class = "pagenum">14</span> +asleepe, when one of its eyes began to winke, and therefore they would +doe what they could by loud sounds to rouse it from its drowsinesse, and +keepe it awake by bright torches, to bestow that light upon it which it +began to lose. Some of them thought hereby to keepe the Moone in her +orbe, whereas otherwise she would have fallen downe upon the earth, and +the world would have lost one of its lights, for the credulous people +believed, that Inchanters, and Witches could bring the Moone downe, +which made <i>Virgil</i> say,</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Cantus & è cœlo possunt deducere Lunam.</p> + +<p>And those Wizards knowing the times of her eclipses, would then +threaten to shew their skill, by pulling her out of her orbe. So that +when the silly multitude saw that she began to looke red, they presently +feared they should lose the benefit of her light, and therefore made a +great noise that +<span class = "pagenum">15</span> +she might not heare the sound of those Charmes, which would otherwise +bring her downe, and this is rendered for a reason of this custome by +<i>Pliny</i> and <i>Propertius</i>:</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Cantus & è curru lunam deducere tentant,<br> +Et facerent, si non æra repulsa sonent. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nat. hist. lib. 2. c. 12.</i></span> +</p> + +<p><i>Plutarch</i> gives another reason of it, and he sayes, ’tis +because they would hasten the Moone out of the darke shade wherein shee +was involv’d, that so she might bring away the soules of those Saints +that inhabit within her, which cry out by reason they are then deprived +of their wonted happinesse, and cannot heare the musicke of the +Spheares, but are forced to behold the torments, and wailing of those +damned soules which are represented to them as they are tortured in the +region of the aire, but whether this or what ever else was the meaning +of this superstition, yet certainly ’twas a very ridiculous custome, +<span class = "pagenum">16</span> +and bewrayed a great ignorance of those ancient times, especially since +it was not onely received by the vulgar, such as were men of lesse note +and learning, but believed also, by the more famous and wiser sort, such +as were those great Poets, <i>Stesichorus</i> and <i>Pindar</i>. And not +onely amongst the more sottish heathens, who might account that Planet +to be one of their Gods, but the primitive Christians also were in this +kinde guilty; which made S. <i>Ambrose</i> so tartly to rebuke those of +his time, when he said, <i>Tum turbatur carminibus Globus Lunæ, quando +calicibus turbantur & oculi</i>. “When your heads are troubled with +cups, then you thinke the Moone to be troubled with charmes.”</p> + +<p>And for this reason also did <i>Maximus</i> a Bishop, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Turinens. Episc.</i></span> +write a Homily against it, wherein hee shewed the absurditie of that +<span class = "pagenum">17</span> +<span class = "folionum">C</span> +foolish superstition. I remember, that <i>Ludovicus Uives</i> relates a +more ridiculous story of a people that imprisoned an Asse for drinking +up the Moone, whose image appearing in the water was covered with a +cloud, as the Asse was drinking, for which the poore beast was afterward +brought to the barre to receive a sentence according to his deserts, +where the grave Senate being set to examine the matter, one of the +Counsell (perhaps wiser than the rest) rises up, and out of his deepe +judgement, thinkes it not fit that their Towne should lose its Moone, +but that rather the Asse should be cut up, and that taken out of him, +which sentence being approved by the rest of those Politicians, as the +subtillest way for the conclusion of the matter was accordingly +performed. But whether this tale were true or no I will not question, +however +<span class = "pagenum">18</span> +there is absurdity enough in that former custome of the ancients, that +may confirme the truth to be proved, and plainly declare the +insufficiency of common opinion to adde true worth or estimation unto +any thing. So that from that which I have said may be gathered thus +much.</p> + +<p class = "hanging"> +1. That a new truth may seeme absurd and impossible not onely to the +vulgar, but to those also who are otherwise wise men, and excellent +schollers; and hence it will follow, that every new thing which seemes +to oppose common Principles is not presently to be rejected, but rather +to be pry’d into with a diligent enquiry, since there are many things +which are yet hid from us, and reserv’d for future discovery.</p> + +<p class = "hanging"> +2. That it is not the commonnesse of an opinion that can priviledge it +for a truth, the +<span class = "pagenum">19</span> +<span class = "folionum">C2</span> +wrong way is sometime a well beaten path, whereas the right way +(especially to hidden truths) may bee lesse trodden and more +obscure.</p> + +<p>True indeed, the strangeness of this opinion will detract much from +its credit; but yet we should know that nothing is in its selfe strange, +since every naturall effect has an equall dependance upon its cause, and +with the like necessity doth follow from it, so that ’tis our ignorance +which makes things appeare so, and hence it comes to passe that many +more evident truths seeme incredible to such who know not the causes of +things: you may as soone perswade some Country peasants that the Moone +is made of greene Cheese (as wee say) as that ’tis bigger than his +Cart-wheele, since both seeme equally to contradict his sight, and hee +has not reason enough to leade him farther than +<span class = "pagenum">20</span> +his senses. Nay, suppose (saith <i>Plutarch</i>) a Philosopher should be +educated in such a secret place, where hee might not see either Sea or +River, and afterwards should be brought out where one might shew him the +great Ocean telling him the quality of that water, that it is blackish, +salt, and not potable, and yet there were many vast creatures of all +formes living in it, which make use of the water as wee doe of the aire, +questionlesse he would laugh at all this, as being monstrous lies & +fables, without any colour of truth. Just so will this truth which I now +deliver appeare unto others; because we never dreamt of any such matter +as a world in the Moone, because the state of that place hath as yet +been vailed from our knowledge, therefore wee can scarcely assent to any +such matter. Things are very hardly received which are altogether +<span class = "pagenum">21</span> +<span class = "folionum">C3</span> +strange to our thoughts and our senses. The soule may with lesse +difficulty be brought to believe any absurdity, when as it has formerly +beene acquainted with some colours and probabilities for it, but when a +new, and an unheard of truth shall come before it, though it have good +grounds and reasons, yet the understanding is afraid of it as a +stranger, and dares not admit it into its beliefe without a great deale +of reluctancy and tryall. And besides things that are not manifested to +the senses, are not assented unto without some labour of mind, some +travaile and discourse of the understanding, and many lazie soules had +rather quietly repose themselves in an easie errour, then take paines to +search out the truth. The strangenesse then of this opinion which I now +deliver will be a great hinderance to its beliefe, but this is not to be +respected +<span class = "pagenum">22</span> +by reason it cannot bee helped. I have stood the longer in the Preface, +because that prejudice which the meere title of the booke may beget +cannot easily be removed without a great deale of preparation, and I +could not tell otherwise how to rectifie the thoughts of the Reader for +an impartiall survey of the following discourse.</p> + +<p>I must needs confesse, though I had often thought with my selfe that +it was possible there might be a world in the Moone, yet it seemed such +an uncouth opinion that I never durst discover it, for feare of being +counted singular and ridiculous, but afterward having read +<i>Plutarch</i>, <i>Galilæus</i>, <i>Keplar</i>, with some others, and +finding many of mine owne thoughts confirmed by such strong authority, I +then concluded that it was not onely possible there might bee, but +probable that there was another +<span class = "pagenum">23</span> +<span class = "folionum">C4</span> +habitable world in that Planet. In the prosecuting of this assertion, I +shall first endeavour to cleare the way from such doubts as may hinder +the speed or ease of farther progresse; and because the suppositions +imply’d in this opinion may seeme to contradict the principles of reason +or faith, it will be requisite that I first remove this scruple, shewing +the conformity of them to both these, and proving those truths that may +make way for the rest, which I shall labour to performe in the second, +third, fourth, and fifth Chapters, and then proceede to confirme such +Propositions, which doe more directly belong to the maine point in +hand.</p> + + +<span class = "pagenum">24</span> +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 2.</h4> + +<p class = "heading">That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any +principle of reason or faith.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">T</span><span class = +"secondletter">i</span>s reported of <i>Aristotle</i> that when hee saw +the bookes of <i>Moses</i> he commended them for such a majesticke stile +as might become a God, but withall hee censured that manner of writing +to be very unfitting for a Philosopher because there was nothing proved +in them, but matters were delivered as if they would rather command than +perswade beliefe. And ’tis observed that hee sets downe nothing +himselfe, but he confirmes it by the strongest reasons that may be +found, there being scarce an argument of force for any subject in +Philosophy which may not bee picked out of +<span class = "pagenum">25</span> +his writings, and therefore ’tis likely if there were in reason a +necessity of one onely world, that hee would have found out some such +necessary proofe as might confirme it: Especially since hee labours for +it so much in two whole Chapters. But now all the arguments which he +himselfe urges in this subject, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Cœlo</i> l. 1. c. 8. 9.</span> +are very weake and farre enough from having in them any convincing +power. Therefore ’tis likely that a plurality of worlds doth not +contradict any principle of reason. However, I will set downe the two +chiefe of his arguments from his owne workes, and from them you may +guesse the force of the other. The 1. is this, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Ibid.</i></span> +since every heavy body doth naturally tend downwards, and every light +body upwards, what a hudling and confusion must there bee if there were +two places for gravity and two places for lightnesse: for it +<span class = "pagenum">26</span> +is probable that the Earth of that other World would fall downe to this +Center, and so mutually the aire and fire here ascend to those Regions +in the other, which must needes much derogate from the providence of +nature, and cause a great disorder in his workes. To this I answere, +that if you will consider the nature of gravity, you will plainely see +there is no ground to feare any such confusion, for heavinesse is +nothing else but such a quality as causes a propension <ins class = +"correction" +title = "text reads ‘in ’its’ with apostrophe">in its</ins> subject to +tend downewards towards its owne Centre, so that for some of that earth +to come hither would not bee said a fall but an ascension, since it +moved from its owne place, and this would bee impossible (saith +<i>Ruvio</i>) because against nature, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Cœlo</i> l. 1. c. 9. q. 1.</span> +and therefore no more to bee feared than the falling of the Heavens.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">27</span> +Another Argument hee had from his master <i>Plato</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Metaphys.</i> l. 12. c. 8.<br> +<i>Diog. Laert. lib.</i> 3.</span> +that there is but one World, because there is but one first mover, +God.</p> + +<p>But here I may deny the consequence, since a plurality of worlds doth +not take away the unity of the first mover. <i>Vt enim forma +substantialis, sic primum efficiens apparentem solummodo multiplicitatem +induit per signatam materiam</i> (saith a Countreyman of ours.) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nic. Hill. de Philosop. Epic. partic. 379.</i></span> +As the substantiall forme, so the efficient cause hath onely an +appearing multiplicity from its particular matter. You may see this +point more largely handled, and these Arguments more fully answered by +<i>Plutarch</i> in his Booke (why Oracles are silent) and <i>Iacob +Carpentarius</i> in his comment on <i>Alcinous</i>.</p> + +<p>But our opposites the Interpreters themselves, (who too often doe +<i>jurare in verba magistri</i>) will grant that there is not any +<span class = "pagenum">28</span> +strength in these consequences, and certainely their such weake +arguments could not convince that wise Philosopher, who in his other +opinions was wont to bee swayed by the strength and power of reason: +wherefore I should rather thinke that he had some by-respect, which made +him first assent to this opinion, and afterwards strive to prove it. +Perhaps it was because hee feared to displease his scholler +<i>Alexander</i>, of whom ’tis related +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plutarch. de t<ins class = "fillin">r</ins>anq. anim.</i></span> +that he wept to heare a disputation of another world, since he had not +then attained the Monarchy of this, his restlesse wide heart would have +esteemed this Globe of Earth not big enough for him, if there had beene +another, which made the Satyrist say of him,</p> + +<p class = "verse nospace"> +Æstuat infœlix angusto limite mundi. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Iuvenal.</i></span> +</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +That he did vexe himselfe and sweate in his desires, as being pend up in +a narrow roome, +<span class = "pagenum">29</span> +when hee was confin’d but to one world.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +Before he thought to seate himselfe next the Gods, but now when hee had +done his best, hee must be content with some equall, or perhaps +superiour Kings.</p> + +<p>It may be, that <i>Aristotle</i> was moved to this opinion, that hee +might thereby take from <i>Alexander</i> the occasion of this feare and +discontent, or else, perhaps, <i>Aristotle</i> himselfe was as loth to +hold the possibility of a world which he could not discover, as +<i>Alexander</i> was to heare of one which he could not conquer. Tis +likely that some such by-respect moved him to this opinion, since the +arguments he urges for it are confest by his zealous followers and +commentators, to be very sleight and frivolous, and they themselves +grant, what I am now to prove, that there is not any evidence in the +light of naturall reason, which can sufficiently +<span class = "pagenum">30</span> +manifest that there is but one world.</p> + +<p>But however some may object, would it not be inconvenient and +dangerous to admit of such opinions that doe destroy those principles of +<i>Aristotle</i>, which all the world hath so long followed?</p> + +<p>This question is much controverted by the <i>Romish</i> Divines; +<i>Campanella</i> hath writ a Treatise +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Apologia pro Galilæo.</i></span> +in defence of it, in whom you may see many things worth the reading and +notice.</p> + +<p>To it I answer, that this position in Philosophy, doth not bring any +inconvenience to the rest, since tis not <i>Aristotle</i>, but truth +that should be the rule of our opinions, and if they be not both found +together, wee may say to him, as hee said to his Master <i>Plato</i>, +<span class = "greek" title = +"amphoin gar ontoin philoin, hosion protiman tên alêtheian">ἀμφοῖν γὰρ +ὄντοιν φίλοιν, ὅσιον προτιμᾶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν</span>. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Ethic. l. 1. c. 6.</i></span></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Though <i>Plato</i> were his friend, yet hee would rather adhere to +truth than him.</p> + +<p> +<span class = "pagenum">31</span> +I must needs grant, that wee are all much beholden to the industry of +the ancient Philosophers, and more especially to <i>Aristotle</i>, for +the greater part of our learning, but yet tis not ingratitude to speake +against him, when hee opposeth truth; for then many of the Fathers would +be very guilty, especially <i>Iustin</i>, who hath writ a Treatise +purposely against him.</p> + +<p>But suppose this opinion were false, yet ’tis not against the faith, +and so it may serve for the better confirmation of that which is true; +the sparkes of errour, being forc’d out by opposition, as the sparkes of +fire, by the striking of the flint and steele. But suppose too that it +were hereticall, and against the faith, yet may it be admitted with the +same priviledge as <i>Aristotle</i>, from whom many more dangerous +opinions have proceeded: as that the world is +<span class = "pagenum">32</span> +eternall, that God cannot have while to looke after these inferiour +things, that after death there is no reward or punishment, and such like +blasphemies, which strike directly at the fundamentalls of our +Religion.</p> + +<p>So that it is justly to be wondred why some should be so +superstitious in these daies, as to sticke closer unto him, than unto +Scripture, as if his Philosophy were the onely foundation of all divine +truths.</p> + +<p>Upon these grounds both S<sup>t.</sup> <i>Uincentius</i>and +<i><ins class = "correction" title = +"could not be identified, but is not ‘Serafinus’">Senafinus</ins></i> +<i>de firmo</i> (as I have seene them +quoted) thinke that <i>Aristotle</i> was the <ins class = "correction" +title = "so in original">viol</ins> of Gods wrath, which was powred out +upon the waters of Wisedome by the third Angel; +<span class = "sidenote"> +Rev. 16. 4.</span> +But for my part, I thinke the world is much beholden to <i>Aristotle</i> +for all <ins class = "correction" title = "text reads ‘it sciences’">its +sciences</ins>. But yet twere a shame for these later ages to rest our +selves meerely upon the labours of our Fore-fathers, +<span class = "pagenum">33</span> +<span class = "folionum">D</span> +as if they had informed us of all things to be knowne, and when wee are +set upon their shoulders, not to see further then they themselves did. +’Twere a superstitious, a lazie opinion to thinke <i>Aristotles</i> +workes the bounds and limits of all humane invention, beyond which there +could be no possibility of reaching. Certainly there are yet many things +left to discovery, and it cannot be any inconvenience for us, to +maintaine a new truth, or rectifie an ancient errour.</p> + +<p>But the position<ins class = "correction" +title = "opening parenthesis missing"> (</ins>say some) is directly +against Scripture, for</p> + +<p>1. <i>Moses</i> tells us but of one world, and his History of the +creation had beene very imperfect if God had made another.</p> + +<p>2. Saint <i>John</i> speaking of Gods workes, saies he made the +world, in the singular number, and therefore there is but one: +<span class = "sidenote"> +Part 1. Q. 47. Art. 3.</span> +’tis the argument of <i>Aquinas</i>, and he thinks that none will oppose +it, but such +<span class = "pagenum">34</span> +who with <i>Democritus</i> esteeme some blinde chance, and not any wise +providence to be the framer of all things.</p> + +<p>3. The opinion of more worlds has in ancient time beene accounted a +heresie, and <i>Baronius</i> affirmes that for this very reason, +<i>Virgilius</i> was cast out of his Bishopricke, and excommunicated +from the Church. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Annal. Eccl. A.D. 748.</i></span> +</p> + +<p>4. A fourth argument there is urged by <i>Aquinas</i>, if there be +more <ins class = "correction" title = "text reads ‘words’">worlds</ins> +than one, then they must either be of the same, or of a diverse nature, +but they are not of the same kinde, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Ibid.</i></span> +for this were needlesse, and would argue an improvidence, since one +would have no more perfection than the other; not of divers kinds, for +then one of them could not be called the world or universe, since it did +not containe universall perfection, I have cited this argument, because +it is so much stood upon by <i>Iulius Cæsar la Galla</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Phænom. in orbe lunæ.</i></span> +one that has purposely +<span class = "pagenum">35</span> +<span class = "folionum">D2</span> +writ a Treatise against this opinion which I now deliver, but the +Dilemma is so blunt, that it cannot cut on either side, and the +consequences so weake, that I dare trust them without an answer; And (by +the way) you may see this Author in that place, where he endeavours to +prove a necessity of one world, doth leave the chiefe matter in hand, +and take much needlesse paines to dispute against <i>Democritus</i>, who +thought that the world was made by the casuall concourse of <i>atoms</i> +in a great <i>vacuum</i>. It should seeme, that either his cause, or his +skill was weake, or else he would have ventured upon a stronger +adversary. These arguments which I have set downe, are the chiefest +which I have met with against this subject, and yet the best of these +hath not force enough to endanger the truth that I have delivered.</p> + +<p>Unto the two first it may be +<span class = "pagenum">36</span> +answered, that the negative authority of Scripture is not prevalent in +those things which are not the fundamentalls of Religion.</p> + +<p>But you’le reply, though it doe not necessarily conclude, yet ’tis +probable if there had beene another world, wee should have had some +notice of it in Scripture.</p> + +<p>I answer, ’tis as probable that the Scripture should have informed us +of the Planets they being very remarkable parts of the Creation, and yet +neither <i>Moses</i> nor <i>Job</i>, nor the <i>Psalmes</i> (the places +most frequent in Astronomicall observations) mention any of them but the +Sunne and Moone, and moreover, you must know, that ’tis besides the +scope of the Holy Ghost either in the new Testament or in the old, to +reveale any thing unto us concerning the secrets of Philosophy; ’tis not +his intent in the new Testament, since +<span class = "pagenum">37</span> +<span class = "folionum">D3</span> +we cannot conceive how it might any way belong either to the Historicall +exegeticall or propheticall parts of it: nor is it his intent in the old +Testament, as is well observed by our Countrey-man Master <span class = +"smallcaps">Wright</span>. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In Epist. ad Gilbert.</i></span> +<i>Non Mosis aut Prophetarum institutum fuisse videtur Mathematicas +aliquas aut Physicas subtilitates promulgare, sed ad vulgi captum & +loquendi morem quemadmodum nutrices infantulis solent sese +accommodare.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +’Tis not the endeavour of <i>Moses</i> or the Prophets to discover any +Mathematicall or Philosophicall subtilties, but rather to accõmodate +themselves to vulgar capacities, and ordinary speech, as nurses are wont +to use their infants.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +True indeede, <i>Moses</i> is there to handle the history of the +Creation, but ’tis observed that he does not any where meddle with such +matters as were very hard to be apprehended, for being to informe the +common people as well +<span class = "pagenum">38</span> +as others, he does it after a vulgar way, as it is commonly noted, +declaring the originall chiefely of those things which were obvious to +the sense, and being silent of other things, which then could not well +be apprehended. And therefore <i>Aquinas</i> observes, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Part 1. Q. 68. Art. 3.</span> +that <i>Moses</i> writes nothing of the aire, because that being +invisible, the people knew not whether there were any such body or no. +And for this very reason Saint <i>Austin</i> also thinkes that there is +nothing exprest concerning the creation of Angels which notwithstanding +are as remarkable parts of the creatures, and as fit to be knowne as +another world. And therefore the Holy Ghost too uses such vulgar +expressions which set things forth rather as they appeare, then as they +are, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Gen. 1. 16</span> +as when he calls the Moone one of the greater lights <span class = +"greek" title = "hame’orot hagdolim">המארת הגדלים</span> whereas ’tis +the least, but one that wee can see in the whole heavens. +<span class = "pagenum">39</span> +<span class = "folionum">D4</span> +So afterwards speaking of the great raine which drowned the world, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Gen. 11.</span> +he saies, the windowes of heaven were opened, because it seemed to come +with that violence, as if it were, poured out from windows in the +Firmament. +<span class = "sidenote"> +S<sup>r</sup>. <i>W. Rawly</i> c. 7. §. 6.</span> +So that the phrases which the Holy Ghost uses concerning these things +are not to be understood in a literall sense; but rather as vulgar +expressions, and this rule is set downe by Saint <i>Austin</i>, where +speaking concerning that in the Psalme, <i>who stretched the earth upon +the waters</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +l. 2. in Gen.<br> +Psal. 136. 6.</span> +hee notes, that when the words of Scripture shall seeme to contradict +common sense or experience, there are they to be understood in a +qualified sense, and not according to the letter. And ’tis observed that +for want of this rule, some of the ancients have fastened strange +absurdities upon the words of the Scripture. So Saint <i>Ambrose</i> +esteemed it a heresie, to thinke, that the Sunne +<span class = "pagenum">40</span> +and starres were not very hot, as being against the words of Scripture, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Wisd. 2. 4. 17. 5.<br> +<ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘Eccles.’?">Ecclus.</ins> 43. 3. 4.</span> +<i>Psalm.</i> 19. 6. where the <i>Psalmist</i> sayes that there is +nothing that is hid from the heate of the Sunne. So others there are +that would prove the heavens not to be round, out of that place, +<i>Psal.</i> 104. 2. <i>Hee stretcheth out the heavens like a +curtaine.</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Com. in c. 1. Gen.</i></span> +So <i>Procopius</i> also was of opinion, that the earth was founded upon +the waters, nay, he made it part of his faith, proving it out of +<i>Psal.</i> 24. 2. <i>Hee hath founded the earth upon the seas, and +established it upon the flouds.</i> These and such like absurdities have +followed, when men looke for the grounds of Philosophie in the words of +Scripture. So that from what hath beene said, I may conclude that the +silence of Scripture concerning any other world is not sufficient +argument to prove that there is none. Thus for the two first +arguments.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">41</span> +Unto the third, I may answer, that this very example is quoted by +others, to shew the ignorance of those primative times, who did +sometimes condemne what they did not understand, and have often censur’d +the lawfull & undoubted parts of Mathematiques for hereticall, +because they themselves could not perceive a reason of it, and therefore +their practise in this particular, is no sufficient testimony +against us.</p> + +<p>But lastly I answer to all the above named objections, that the terme +World, may be taken in a double sense, more generally for the whole +Universe, as it implies in it the elementary and æthereall bodies, the +starres and the earth. Secondly, more particularly for an inferiour +World consisting of elements. Now the maine drift of all these +arguments, is to confute a plurality of worlds in the first sense, and +if there were any such, it might, perhaps, seeme strange, +<span class = "pagenum">42</span> +that <i>Moses</i>, or S<sup>t</sup>. <i>John</i> should either not know, +or not mention its creation. And <i>Virgilius</i> was condemned for this +opinion, because he held, <i>quòd sit alius mundus sub terrâ, aliusque +Sol & Luna</i>, (as <i>Baronius</i>) that within our globe of earth, +there was another world, another Sunne and Moone, and so he might seeme +to exclude this from the number of the other creatures.</p> + +<p>But now there is no such danger in this opinion, which is here +delivered, since this world said to be in the Moone, whose creation is +particularly exprest.</p> + +<p>So that in the first sense I yeeld, that there is but one world, +which is all that the arguments do prove, but understand it in the +second sense, and so I affirme there may be more nor doe any of the +above named objections prove the cõtrary.</p> + +<p>Neither can this opinion derogate from the divine Wisdome (as +<i>Aquinas</i> thinkes) but rather advance +<span class = "pagenum">43</span> +it, shewing a <i>compendium</i> of providence, that could make the same +body a world, and a Moone; a world for habitation, and a Moone for the +use of others, and the ornament of the whole frame of Nature. For as the +members of the body serve not onely for the preservation of themselves, +but for the use and conveniency of the whole, as the hand protects the +head as well as saves it selfe, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cusanus de doct. ignor. l. 2. c. 12.</i></span> +so is it in the parts of the Universe, where each one may serve, as well +for the conservation of that which is within it, as the helpe of others +without it.</p> + +<p>I have now in some measure, shewed that a plurality of worlds does +not contradict any principle of reason or place of Scripture, and so +cleared the first part of that supposition which is applied in the +opinion.</p> + +<p>It may next be enquired; whether ’tis possible there may be a globe +of elements in that which +<span class = "pagenum">44</span> +we call the æthereall parts of the Universe; for if this (as it is +according to the common opinion) be priviledged from any change or +corruption, it will be in vaine then to imagine any element there, and +if we will have another world, we must then seeke out some other place +for its situation. The third Proposition therefore shall be this.</p> + + + + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 3.</h4> + +<p class = "heading">That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure +matter which can priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as +these inferiour bodies are liable unto.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">I</span><span class = +"secondletter">t</span> hath beene often questioned amongst the +ancient Fathers and Philosophers, what kind of matter that should be, of +which the heavens are framed, whether or no of any fifth substance +distinct from the foure elements, as <i>Aristotle</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Cœlo., l. 1. cap. 2.</i></span> + +<span class = "pagenum">45</span> +holds, and with him some of the late Schoolemen, whose subtill braines +could not be content to attribute to those vast glorious bodies, but +common materialls, and therefore they themselves had rather take paines +to preferre them to some extraordinary nature, whereas notwithstanding, +all the arguments they could invent, were not able to convince a +necessity of any such matter, as is confest by their owne* +<span class = "sidenote"> +* <i>Colleg. Cannimb. De Cœlo. l. 1. c. 2. q. 6. art. 3.</i></span> +side. It were much to be desired, thst these men had not in other cases, +as well as this, multiplied things without necessity, and as if there +had not beene enough to be knowne in the secrets of nature, have spun +out new subjects from their owne braines to finde more worke for future +ages, I shall not mention their arguments, since ’tis already confest, +that they are none of them of any necessary consequence, and besides, +you may see them set downe in any of the bookes <i>de Cœlo.</i></p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">46</span> +But is it the generall consent of the Fathers, and the opinion of +<i>Lombard</i>, that the heavens consist of the same matter with these +sublunary bodies. S<sup>t.</sup> <i>Ambrose</i> is confident of it, that +hee esteemes the contrary a heresie. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In Hexam. lib. 4.</i></span> +True indeed, they differ much among themselves, some thinking them to be +made of fire, others of water, but herein they generally agree, that +they are all framed of some element or other. For a better confirmation +of this, you may see <i>Ludovicus Molina</i>, <i>Euseb. +Nirembergius</i>, with divers others. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In opere 6. dierum. disput. 5.</i></span> +The venerable <i>Bede</i> thought the Planets to consist of all the +foure elements, and ’tis likely that the other parts are of an aereous +substance, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In lib. de Mundi constit.</i></span> +as will be shewed afterward; however, I cannot now stand to recite the +arguments for either, I have onely urged these Authorities to +countervaile <i>Aristotle</i>, and the Schoolemen, and the better to +make way for a proof of their corruptibility.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">47</span> +The next thing then to be enquired after, is, whether they be of a +corruptible nature, +<span class = "sidenote"> +2 Pet. 3. 12.</span> +not whether they can be destroyed by God, for this Scripture puts out of +doubt.</p> + +<p>Nor whether or no in a long time they would weare away and grow +worse, for from any such feare they have beene lately priviledged. +<span class = "sidenote"> +By Doctor <i>Hackwell</i><br> +<i>Apol.</i></span> +But whether they are capable of such changes and vicissitudes, as this +inferiour world is liable unto.</p> + +<p>The two chiefe opinions concerning this, have both erred in some +extremity, the one side going so farre from the other, that they have +both gone beyond the right, whilest <i>Aristotle</i> hath opposed the +truth, as well as the Stoicks.</p> + +<p>Some of the Ancients have thought, that the heavenly bodies have +stood in need of nourishment from the elements, by which they were +continually fed, and so had +<span class = "pagenum">48</span> +divers alterations by reason of their food, this is fathered on +<i>Heraclitus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plutarch. de plac. philos. l. 2. c. 17.</i><br> +<i>Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 9.</i></span> +followed by that great Naturalist <i>Pliny</i>, +and in generall attributed to all the Stoicks. You may see <i>Seneca</i> +expressely to this purpose in these words, <i>Ex illa alimenta omnibus +animalibus, omnibus satis, omnibus stellis dividuntur, hinc profertur +quo sustineantur tot Sydera tam exercitata, tam avida, per diem, +noctemque, ut in opere, ita in pastu.</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nat. Quæst. lib. 2. cap. 5.</i></span> +Speaking of the earth, he saies, from thence it is, that nourishment is +divided to all the living creatures, the Plants and the Starres, hence +were sustained so many constellations, so laborious, so greedy both day +and night, as well in their feeding as working. Thus also <i>Lucan</i> +sings,</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Necnon Oceano pasci Phœbumque polumque credimus.</p> + +<p>Unto these <i>Ptolome</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>I<sup>o</sup> Apost.</i><a class = "tag" name = "endtag2" href = +"#endnote2">2</a></span> +also that learned Egyptian seemed to agree, when he affirmes that the +body of the Moone is moister, and cooler than any of the other Planets, +by +<span class = "pagenum">49</span> +<span class = "folionum">E</span> +reason of the earthly vapours that are exhaled unto it. You see these +ancients thought the Heavens to be so farre from this imagined +incorruptibility, that rather like the weakest bodies they stood in need +of some continuall nourishment without which they could not subsist.</p> + +<p>But <i>Aristotle</i> and his followers were so farre from this, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De cœlo. l. 1. cap. 3.</i></span> +that they thought those glorious bodies could not containe within them +any such principles, as might make them lyable to the least change or +corruption, and their chiefe reason was, because we could not in so long +a space discerne any alteration amongst them; but unto this I +answer.</p> + +<p>1. Supposing we could not, yet would it not hence follow +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Cœlo. l. 2. cap. 3.</i></span> +that there were none, as hee himselfe in effect doth confesse in another +place; for speaking concerning our knowledge of the Heavens, hee sayes +’tis very imperfect and +<span class = "pagenum">50</span> +difficult, by reason of the vaste distance of those bodies from us, and +because the changes which may happen unto it, are not either bigge +enough or frequent enough to fall within the apprehension and +observation of our senses; no wonder then if hee himselfe bee deceived +in his assertions concerning these particulars.</p> + +<p>2. Though we could not by our senses see such alterations, yet our +reason might perhaps sufficiently convince us of them. Nor can we well +conceive how the Sunne should reflect against the Moone, and yet not +produce some alteration of heate. <i>Diogenes</i> the Philosopher was +hence perswaded that those scorching heates had burnt the Moone into the +forme of a Pumice-stone.</p> + +<p>3. I answer that there have been some alterations observed there; +witnesse those comets which have beene seene above the Moone. +<span class = "pagenum">51</span> +<span class = "folionum">E2</span> +So that though <i>Aristotles</i> consequence were sufficient, when hee +proved that the heavens were not corruptible, because there have not any +changes being observed in it, yet this by the same reason must bee as +prevalent, that the Heavens are corruptible, because there have beene so +many alterations observed there; but of these together with a farther +confirmation of this proposition, I shall have occasion to speake +afterwards; In the meane space, I will referre the Reader to that worke +of <i>Scheiner</i> a late Jesuit which hee titles his <i>Rosa +Vrsina</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>lib. 4. p. 2. <ins class = "correction" title = +"unclear: ‘ty.’ or error for ‘cp.’?">cy.</ins> 24, 35.</i></span> +where hee may see this point concerning the corruptibility of the +Heavens largely handled and sufficiently confirmed.</p> + +<p>There are some other things, on which I might here take an occasion +to enlarge my selfe, but because they are directly handled by many +others, and doe not immediately belong to the chiefe +<span class = "pagenum">52</span> +matter in hand, I shall therefore referre the Reader to their authors, +and omit any large proofe of them my selfe, as defining all possible +brevity.</p> + +<p>1. The first is this: That there are no solid Orbes. If there be a +habitable World in the Moone (which I now affirme) it must follow, that +her Orbe is not solid, as <i>Aristotle</i> supposed; and if not her, why +any of the other? I rather thinke that they are all of a fluid (perhaps +aereous) substance. Saint <i>Ambrose</i>, and Saint <i>Basil</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Isa. 51. 6.</i></span> +did endeavour to prove this out of that place in <i>Isay</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4.</i></span> +where they are compared to smoake, as they are both quoted by +<i>Rhodiginus</i>, <i>Eusebius</i>, <i>Nierembergius</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Hist. nat. l. 2. c. 11. 13.</i></span> +doth likewise from that place confute the solidity and incorruptibility +of the Heavens, and cites for the same interpretation the authority of +<i>Eustachius</i> of <i>Antioch</i>; and Saint <i>Austin</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In lib. sup. Gen. ad lit.</i></span> +I am sure seemes to assent unto this opinion, though he does often +<span class = "pagenum">53</span> +<span class = "folionum">E3</span> +in his other workes contradict it. The testimony of other Fathers to +this purpose you may see in <i>Sixtus Senensis. l. 5. Biblioth. annot. +14.</i> but for your better satisfaction herein, I shall referre you to +the above named <i>Scheiner</i> in his <i>Rosa Ursina</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>lib. 4. p. 11, 2. c. 7. 26, 30.</i></span> +in whom you may see both authorities and reason, and very largely and +distinctly set downe for this opinion, for the better confirmation of +which hee adjoynes also some authenticall Epistles of <i>Fredericus +Cæsius Lynceus</i> a Noble Prince written to <i>Bellarmine</i>, +containing divers reasons to the same purpose, you may also see the same +truth set downe by <i>Johannes Pena</i> in his preface to <i>Euclids +Opticks</i>, and <i>Christoph. Rothmannus</i>, both who thought the +Firmament to bee onely aire: and though the noble <i>Tycho</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De stella. 15. 72. l. 6. c. 9.</i></span> +doe dispute against them, yet he himselfe holds, <i>Quod propius ad +veritatis penetralia accedit hæc opinio, quam Aristotelica vulgariter +approbata, +<span class = "pagenum">54</span> +quæ cœlum pluribus realibus <ins class = "correction" title = +"written out, without -que ligature">atque</ins> imperviis orbibus citra +rem replevit.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +That this opinion comes neerer to the truth than +that common one of <i>Aristotle</i> which hath to no purpose filled the +heavens with such reall and impervious Orbes.</p> + +<p>2. There is no element of fire, which must be held with this opinion +here delivered; for if wee suppose a world in the Moone, then it will +follow, that the spheare of fire, either is not there where ’tis usually +placed in the concavity of his Orbe, or else that there is no such thing +at all, which is most probable, since there are not any such solid Orbs, +that by their swift motion might heare and enkindle the adjoyning aire, +which is imagined to be the reason of that element. Concerning this see +<i>Cardan</i>, <i>Iohannes Pena</i> that learned <i>Frenchman</i>, the +noble <i>Tycho</i>, with divers others who have purposely handled this +proposition.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">55</span> +<span class = "folionum">E4</span> +3. I might adde a third, <i>viz.</i> that there is no Musicke of the +spheares, for if they be not solid, how can their motion cause any such +sound as is conceived? I doe the rather medle with this, because +<i>Plutarch</i> speaks as if a man might very conveniently heare that +harmony, if he were an inhabitant in the Moone. But I guesse that hee +said this out of incogitancy, and did not well consider those necessary +consequences which depended upon his opinion. However the world would +have no great losse in being deprived of this Musicke, unlesse at some +times we had the priviledge to heare it: Then indeede <i>Philo</i> the +Jew +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De somniis.</i></span> +thinkes it would save us the charges of diet, and we might live at an +easie rate by feeding at the eare onely, and receiving no other +nourishment; and for this very reason (saies he) was <i>Moses</i> +enabled to tarry forty daies and forty nights in the Mount without +eating any +<span class = "pagenum">56</span> +thing, because he there heard the melody of the Heavens,—<i>Risum +teneatis</i>. I know this Musicke hath had great patrons both sacred and +prophane authours, such as <i>Ambrose</i>, <i>Bede</i>, <i>Boetius</i>, +<i>Anselme</i>, <i>Plato</i>, <i>Cicero</i> and others, but because it +is not now, I thinke affirmed by any, I shall not therefore bestow +either paines or time in arguing against it.</p> + +<p>It may suffice that I have onely named these three last, and for the +two more necessary, have referred the Reader to others for satisfaction. +I shall in the next place proceede to the nature of the Moones body, to +know whether that be capable of any such conditions, as may make it +possible to be inhabited, and what those qualities are wherein it more +neerely agrees with our earth.</p> + + + + +<span class = "pagenum">57</span> + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 4.</h4> + +<p class = "heading">That the Moone is a solid, compacted, opacous +body.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">I</span> +<span class = "secondletter">s</span>hall not need to stand long in the +proofe of this proposition, since it is a truth already agreed on by the +generall consent of the most and the best Philosophers.</p> + +<p>1. It is solid in opposition to fluid, as is the ayre, for how +otherwise could it beare backe the light which it receives from the +Sunne?</p> + +<p>But here it may be questioned, whether or no the Moone bestow her +light upon us by the reflection of the Sunne-beames from the superficies +of her body, or else by her owne illumination. Some there are who +affirme this latter part. So <i>Averroes</i>, <i>Cælius Rhodiginus</i>, +<i>Iulius Cæsar</i>, <i>&c.</i> and their +<span class = "pagenum">58</span> +reason is because this light is discerned in many places, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De cœlo. l. 2. com. 49.</i><br> +<i>Ant. lection. l. 20. c. 4.</i><br> +<i>De phænom. lunæ. c. 11.</i></span> +whereas those bodies which give light by reflexion can there onely be +perceived where the angle of reflexion is equall to the angle of +incidence, and this is onely in one place, as in a looking-glasse those +beames which are reflected from it cannot bee perceived in every place +where you may see the glasse, but onely there where your eye is placed +on the same line whereon the beames are reflected.</p> + +<p>But to this I answere, that the argument will not hold of such +bodies, whose superficies is full of unequall parts and gibbosities as +the Moone is. Wherefore it is as well the more probable as the more +common opinion, that her light proceedes from both these causes, from +reflexion and illumination; nor doth it herein differ from our earth, +since that also hath some light by illumination: for +<span class = "pagenum">59</span> +how otherwise would the parts about us in a Sunne-shine day appeare so +bright, when as all the rayes of reflexion cannot enter into our +eye?</p> + +<p>2. It is compact, and not a spungie and porous substance. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plut. de pla. phil. l. 2. c. 13.</i><br> +<i>Opt. l. 4.</i><br> +<i>Com. Purbac. Theo. p. 164.</i></span> +But this is denied by <i>Diogenes</i>, <i>Vitellio</i>, and +<i>Reinoldus</i>, and some others, who held the Moone to bee of the same +kind of nature as a Pumice-stone, and this, say they, is the reason why +in the Suns eclipses there appeares within her a duskish ruddy colour, +because the Sunne-beames being refracted in passing through the pores of +her body, must necessarily be represented under such a colour.</p> + +<p>But I reply, if this be the cause of her rednesse; then why doth she +not appeare under the same forme when she is about a sextile aspect, and +the darkned part of her body is discernable? for then also doe the same +rayes passe through her, and therefore in all likelihood +<span class = "pagenum">60</span> +should produce the same effect, and notwithstanding those beames are +then diverted from us, that they cannot enter into our eyes by a +streight line, yet must the colour still remaine visible in her body, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Scaliger exercit. 80. § 13.</i></span> +and besides according to this opinion, the spots would not alwaies be +the same, but divers, as the various distance of the Sunne requires. +Againe, if the Sunne-beames did passe through her, why then hath she not +a taile as the Comets? why doth she appeare in such an exact round? and +not rather attended with a long flame, since it is meerely this +penetration of the Sunne beames that is usually attributed to be the +cause of beards in blazing starres.</p> + +<p>3. It is opacous, not transparent or diaphanous like Chrystall or +glasse, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plut. de fa. lunæ.</i></span> +as <i>Empedocles</i> thought, who held the Moone to bee a globe of pure +congealed aire, like haile inclosed in a spheare of fire, for then.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">61</span> +1. Why does shee not alwaies appeare in the full? since the light is +dispersed through all her body?</p> + +<p>2. How can the interposition of her body so darken the Sun, or cause +such great eclipses as have turned day into night, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Thucid.</i><br> +<i>Livii.</i><br> +<i>Plut. de fa. Lunæ.</i></span> +that have discovered the stars, and frighted the birds with such a +sudden darknesse, that they fell downe upon the earth, as it is related +in divers Histories? And therefore <i>Herodotus</i> telling of an +Eclipse which fell in <i>Xerxes</i> time, describes it thus: +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Herodot. l. 7 c. 37.</i></span> +<span class = "greek" title = +"ho hêlios eklipôn tên ek tou ouranou hedrên aphanês ên">ὁ ἥλιος ἐκλιπὼν +τὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕδρην ἀφανὴς ἦν</span>. The Sunne leaving his wonted +seate in the heavens, vanished away: all which argues such a great +darknesse, as could not have beene, if her body had beene perspicuous. +Yet some there are who interpret all these relations to bee +hyperbolicall expressions, and the noble <i>Tycho</i> thinkes it +naturally impossible, that any eclipse should cause such darknesse, +because +<span class = "pagenum">62</span> +the body of the Moone can never totally cover the Sunne; however, in +this he is singular, all other Astronomers (if I may believe +<i>Keplar</i>) being on the contrary opinion, by reason the Diameter of +the Moone does for the most part appeare bigger to us then the Diameter +of the Sunne.</p> + +<p>But here <i>Julius Cæsar</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De phænom. Lunæ. c. 11.</i></span> +once more, puts in to hinder our passage. The Moone (saith he) is not +altogether opacous, because ’tis still of the same nature with the +Heavens, which are incapable of totall opacity: and his reason is, +because perspicuity is an inseparable accident of those purer bodies, +and this hee thinkes must necessarily bee granted, for hee stops there, +and proves no further; but to this I shall deferre an answere, till hee +hath made up his argument.</p> + +<p>We may frequently see, that her body does so eclipse the Sunne, as +our earth doth the Moone; since +<span class = "pagenum">63</span> +then the like interposition of them both, doth produce the like effect, +they must necessarily be of the like natures, that is a like opacous, +which is the thing to be shewed; and this was the reason (as the +Interpreters guesse) why <i>Aristotle</i> affirmed the Moone to be of +the earths nature, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In lib. de animalib.</i></span> +because of their agreement in opacity, whereas all the other elements +save that, are in some measure perspicuous.</p> + +<p>But the greatest difference which may seeme to make our earth +altogether unlike the Moone, is, because the one is a bright body, and +hath light of its owne, and the other a grosse dark body which cannot +shine at all. ’Tis requisite therefore, that in the next place I cleare +this doubt, and shew that the Moone hath no more light of her owne than +our earth.</p> + + + + +<span class = "pagenum">64</span> +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 5.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That the Moone hath not any light of her owne.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">T</span><span class = +"secondletter">w</span>as the fancy of some of the Jewes, and more +especially of <i>Rabbi Simeon</i>, that the Moone was nothing else but a +contracted Sunne, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Tostatus in 1. Gen.</i><br> +<i>Hieron. de 5. Hide.</i><br> +<i><ins class = "correction" title = +"reading uncertain: ‘Hebræoma’?">Hebræonia</ins> l. 2. c. 4.</i></span> +and that both those planets at their first creation were equall both in +light and quantity, for because God did then call them both great +lights, therefore they inferred, that they must be both equall in +bignesse. But a while after (as the tradition goes) the ambitious Moone +put up her complaint to God against the Sunne, shewing, that it was not +fit there should be two such great lights in the heavens, a Monarchy +would best become the place of order and harmony. Upon this God +commanded her to contract her selfe into a narrower compasse, but she +being +<span class = "pagenum">65</span> +<span class = "folionum">F</span> +much discontented hereat, replies, What! because I have spoken that +which is reason and equity, must I therefore be diminished? This +sentence could not chuse but much trouble her; and for this reason was +shee in much distresse and griefe for a long space, but that her sorrow +might be some way pacified, God bid her be of good cheere, because her +priviledges and charet should be greater then the Suns, he should +appeare in the day timeonely, shee both in the day and night, but her +melancholy being not satisfied with this, shee replyed againe, that that +alas was no benefit, for in the day-time she should be either not seene, +or not noted. Wherefore, God to comfort her up, promised, that his +people the Israelites should celebrate all their feasts and holy daies +by a computation of her moneths, but this being not able to content her, +shee has looked very melancholy ever since; however +<span class = "pagenum">66</span> +shee hath still reserved much light of her owne.</p> + +<p>Others there were, that did thinke the Moone to be a round globe, the +one halfe of whole body was of a bright substance, the other halfe being +darke, and the divers conversions of those sides towards our eyes, +caused the variety of her appearances: of this opinion was +<i>Berosus</i>, as he is cited by <i>Vitruvius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Lib. 9. Architecturæ<ins class = "fillin">.</ins></i><br> +<i>in enarrat. Psalmorum.</i></span> +and S<sup>t</sup>. <i>Austin</i> thought it was probable enough, but +this fancy is almost equally absurd with the former, and both of them +sound rather like fables, then philosophicall truths. You may commonly +see how this latter does contradict frequent and easie experience, for +’tis observed, that that spot which is perceived about her middle, when +she is in the increase, may be discern’d in the same place when she is +in the ful: whence it must follow, that the same part which was before +darkened, is after inlightened, and that the one part +<span class = "pagenum">67</span> +<span class = "folionum">F2</span> +is not alwaies darke, and the other light of it selfe, but enough of +this, I would be loth to make an enemy, that I may afterwards overcome +him, or bestow time in proving that which is already granted. I suppose +now, that neither of them hath any patrons, and therefore need no +confutation.</p> + +<p>’Tis agreed upon by all sides, that this Planet receives most of her +light from the Sunne, but the chiefe controversie is, whether or no she +hath any of her owne? The greater multitude affirme this. <i>Cardan</i> +amongst the rest, is very confident of it, and he thinkes that if any of +us were in the Moone at the time of her greatest eclipse, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Subtil. lib. 3.</i></span> +<i>Lunam aspiceremus non secus ac innumeris cereis splendidissimis +accensis, atque in eas oculis defixis cæcutiremus</i>; “wee should +perceive so great a brightnesse of her owne, that would blind us with +the meere sight,” and when shee is enlightened by the Sunne, +<span class = "pagenum">68</span> +then no eagles eye if there were any there, is able to looke upon her. +This <i>Cardan</i> saies, and hee doth but say it without bringing any +proofe for its confirmation. However, I will set downe the arguments +that are usually urged for this opinion, and they are taken either from +Scripture or reason; from Scripture is urged that place, <i>1 Cor. +15.</i> where it is said, <i>There is one glory of the Sunne, and +another glory of the Moone</i>. <i>Vlysses Albergettus</i> urges, that +in <i>Math. 24. 22.</i> <span class = "greek" title = +"hê selênê ou dôsei to phengos autês">ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος +αὐτῆς</span>, <i>The Moone shall not give her light</i>: therefore +(saies he) she hath some of her owne.</p> + +<p>But to these wee may easily answer that the glory and light there +spoken of, may be said to be hers, though it be derived, as you may see +in many other instances.</p> + +<p>The arguments from reason are taken either</p> + +<p>1. From that light which is +<span class = "pagenum">69</span> +<span class = "folionum">F3</span> +discerned in her, when there is a totall eclipse of her owne body, or of +the Sunne.</p> + +<p>2. For the light which is discerned in the darker part of her body, +when she is but a little distant from the Sunne.</p> + +<p>1. For when there are any totall eclipses, there appeares in her body +a great rednesse, and many times light enough to cause a remarkeable +shade, as common experience doth sufficiently manifest: but this cannot +come from the Sunne, since at such times either the earth, or her owne +body shades her from the Sun-beames, therefore it must proceede from her +owne light.</p> + +<p>2. Two or three daies after the new Moone, wee may perceive light in +her whole body, whereas the rayes of the Sun reflect but upon a small +part of that which is visible, therefore ’tis likely that there is some +light of her owne.</p> + +<p>In answering to these objections, +<span class = "pagenum">70</span> +I shall first shew, that this light cannot be her owne, and then declare +that which is the true reason of it.</p> + +<p>That it is not her own, appeares</p> + +<p>1. From the variety of it at divers times; for ’tis commonly +observed, that sometimes ’tis of a brighter, sometimes of a darker +appearance, now redder, and at another time of a more duskish colour. +The observation of this variety in divers eclipses, you may see set +downe by <i>Keplar</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Opt. Astron. c. 7. num. 3.</i></span> +and many others, but now this could not be if that light were her owne, +that being constantly the same, and without any reason of such an +alteration: So that thus I may argue.</p> + +<p>If there were any light proper to the Moone, then would that Planet +appeare brightest when she is eclipied in her Perige, being neerest to +the earth, and so consequently more obscure and duskish when she is in +her Apoge or farthest +<span class = "pagenum">71</span> +<span class = "folionum">F4</span> +from it; the reason is, because the neerer any enlightened body comes to +the sight, by so much the more strong are the species and the better +perceived. This sequell is granted by some of our adversaries, and they +are the very words of noble <i>Tycho</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De nova stella lib. 1. c. 10.</i></span> +<i>Si luna genuino gauderet lumine, utique cum in umbra terræ esset, +illud non amitteret, sed eò evidentiùs exereret, omne enim lumen in +tenebris, plus splendet cum alio majore fulgore non præpeditur.</i> If +the Moone had any light of her owne, then would she not lose it in the +earths shadow, but rather shine more clearely, since every light +appeares greater in the darke, when it is not hindered by a more +perspicuous brightnesse.</p> + +<p>But now the event falls out cleane contrary, (as observation doth +manifest, and our opposites themselves doe grant) +<span class = "sidenote"> +Reinhold <i>comment. in Purb. Th<ins class = "fillin">e</ins>or. pag. +164.</i></span> +the Moone appearing with a more reddish and cleare light when she is +eclipsed +<span class = "pagenum">72</span> +being in her Apoge or farthest distance, and a more blackish yron colour +when she is in her Perige or neerest to us, therefore shee hath not any +light of her owne. Nor may we thinke that the earths shadow can cloud +the proper light of the Moone from appearing, or take away any thing +from her inherent brightnesse, for this were to thinke a shadow to be a +body, an opinion altogether mis-becomming a Philosopher, as <i>Tycho</i> +grants in the fore-cited place, <i>Nec umbra terræ corporeum quid est, +aut densa aliqua substantia, aut lunæ lumen obtenebrare possit, atque id +visui nostro præripere, sed est quædam privatio luminis solaris, ob +interpositum opacum corpus terræ</i>. Nor is the earths shadow any +corporall thing, or thicke substance, that it can cloud the Moones +brightnesse, or take it away from our sight, but it is a meere privation +of the Suns light, by reason of the interposition of the earths opacous +body.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">73</span> +2. If shee had any light of her owne then that would in it selfe be, +either such a ruddy brightnesse as appeares in the eclipses, or else +such a leaden duskish light as wee see in the darker parts of her body, +when shee is a little past the conjunction. (That it must be one of +these may follow from the opposite arguments) but it is neither of +these, therefore she hath none of her owne.</p> + +<p>1. ’Tis not such a ruddy light as appeares in eclipses, for then why +can wee not see the like rednesse, when wee may discerne the obscurer +parts of the Moone?</p> + +<p>You will say, perhaps, that then the neerenesse of that greater +light, takes away that appearance.</p> + +<p>I reply, this cannot be, for then why does Mars shine with his wonted +rednesse, when he is neere the Moone? or why cannot her greater +brightnesse make him appeare white as the other Planets? +<span class = "pagenum">74</span> +nor can there be any reason given why that greater light should +represent her body under a false colour.</p> + +<p>2. ’Tis not such a duskish leaden light, as we see in the darker part +of her body, when shee is about a sextile Aspect distant from the Sunne, +for then why does shee appeare red in the eclipses, since the more shade +cannot choose such variety, for ’tis the nature of darknesse by its +opposition, rather to make things appeare of a more white and cleare +brightnesse then they are in themselves, or if it be the shade, yet +those parts of the Moone are then in the shade of her body, and +therefore in reason should have the like rednesse. Since then neither of +these lights are hers, it followes that she hath none of her owne. Nor +is this a singular opinion, but it hath had many learned patrons, such +was <i>Macrobius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Somn. Scip. l. 1. c. 20.</i><br> +<i>Lect. antiq. l. 1. c. 15.</i></span> +who being for this quoted of <i>Rhodiginus</i>, he calls him +<span class = "pagenum">75</span> +<i>vir reconditissimæ scientiæ</i>, +a man who knew more than ordinary Philosophers, thus commending the +opinion in the credit of the Authour. To him assents the Venerable +<i>Bede</i>, upon whom the glosse hath this comparison. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In lib. de natur. rerum<ins class = "fillin">.</ins></i></span> +As the Looking-glasse represents not any image within it selfe, unlesse +it receive some from without; so the Moone hath not any light, but what +is bestowed by the Sun. To these agreed <i>Albertus Magnus</i>, +<i>Scaliger</i>, <i>Mæslin</i>, and more especially <i><ins class = +"correction" title = "text reads ‘Mulapertius’">Malapertius</ins></i>, +<span class = "sidenote"><i>De 4<sup>r</sup>. Coævis. Q. 4ª. Art. +21.</i><br> +<i>Exercit<ins class = "fillin">.</ins> 62.</i><br> +<i>1. Epitome. Astron. lib. 4. p. 2.</i></span> +whose words are more pat to the purpose then others, and therefore I +shall set them downe as you may finde them in his Preface to his +Treatise concerning the <i>Austriaca sydera</i>; <i>Luna, Venus, & +Mercurius, terrestris & humidæ sunt substantiæ ideoque de suo non +lucere, sicut nec terra</i>. The Moone, <i>Venus</i>, and +<i>Mercurie</i> (saith he) are of an earthly and moyst substance, and +therefore have no more light of +<span class = "pagenum">76</span> +their owne, then the earth hath. Nay, some there are who thinke that all +the other Starres doe receive that light, whereby they appeare visible +to us from the Sunne, so <i>Ptolomie</i>, <i>Isidore Hispalensis</i>, +<i>Albertus Magnus</i> and <i>Bede</i>, much more then must the Moone +shine with a borrowed light. +<span class = "sidenote"><i>Originum l. 3. c. 60.</i><br> +<i>De Cœlo. l. 2.</i><br> +<i>De ratione tempor. c. 4.</i></span> +</p> + +<p>But enough of this. I have now sufficiently shewed what at the first +I promised, that this light is not proper to the Moone. It remaines in +the next place, that I tell you the true reason of it. And here, I +thinke ’tis probable that the light which appeares in the Moone at the +eclipses is nothing else but the second species of the Sunnes rayes +which passe through the shadow unto her body: and from a mixture of this +second light with the shadow, arises that rednesse which at such times +appeares unto us. I may call it <i>Lumen crepusculum</i>, the +<i>Aurora</i> of +<span class = "pagenum">77</span> +the Moone, or such a kinde of blushing light, that the Sunne causes when +he is neere his rising, when he bestowes some small light upon the +thicker vapours. Thus wee see commonly the Sunne being in the Horizon, +and the reflexion growing weake, how his beames make the waters appeare +very red.</p> + +<p>The Moabites in <i>Iehorams</i> time when they rose early in the +morning, and beheld the waters a farre off, mistooke them for blood. +<span class = "sidenote"> +2 King. 3. 22.</span> +<i>Et causa hujus est, quia radius solaris in aurora contrahit quandam +rubedinem, propter vapores combustos manentes circa superficiem terræ, +per quos radii transeunt, & ideo cum repercutiantur in aqua ad +oculos nostros, trahunt secum eundem ruborem, & faciunt apparere +locum aquarum, in quo est repercussio esse rubrum</i>, saith +<i>Tostatus</i>. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>2ª. Quæst. in hoc cap.</i></span> +The reason is, because of his rayes, which being in the lower vapours, +those doe convey an imperfect mixed +<span class = "pagenum">78</span> +light upon the waters. Thus the Moone being in the earths shadow, and +the Sunne beames which are round about it, not being able to come +directly unto her body, yet some second raies there are, which passing +through the shadow, make her appeare in that ruddy colour: So that she +must appeare brightest, when shee is eclipsed, being in her Apoge, of +greatest distance from us, because then the cone of the earths shadow is +lesse, and the refraction is made through a narrower medium. So on the +contrary, she must be represented under a more darke and obscure forme +when she is eclipsed, being in her Perige, or neerest to the earth, +because then she is involved in a greater shadow, or bigger part of the +cone, and so the refraction passing through a greater medium, the light +must needes be weaker which doth proceed from it. If you aske now what +the reason may be of that light which we +<span class = "pagenum">79</span> +discerne in the darker part of the new Moone: I answer, ’tis reflected +from our earth which returnes as great a brightnesse to that Planet, as +it receives from it. This I shall have occasion to prove afterward.</p> + +<p>I have now done with these propositions which were set downe to +cleare the passage, and confirme the suppositions implied in the +opinion, I shall in the next place proceed to a more direct treating of +the chiefe matter in hand.</p> + + + + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 6.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of +many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be +deduced from the tenents of others.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">S</span><span class = +"secondletter">i</span>nce this opinion may be suspected of singularity, +I shall +<span class = "pagenum">80</span> +therefore first confirme it by sufficient authority of divers authours, +both ancient and moderne, that so I may the better cleare it from the +prejudice either of an upstart fancy, or an absolute errour. This is by +some attributed to <i>Orpheus</i>, one of the most ancient Greeke Poets, +who speaking of the Moone, saies thus, <span class = "greek" title = +"hê poll’ ourea echei, poll’ astea, polla melathra">ἡ πολλ᾽ οὔρεα ἔχει, +πολλ᾽ ἄστεα, πολλὰ μέλαθρα</span>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13<ins class = +"fillin">.</ins></i></span> +That it hath many mountaines and cities, and houses in it. To him +assented <i>Xenophanes</i>, <i>Anaxagoras</i>, <i>Democritus</i>, and +<i>Heraclitus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Ibid. c. 25.</i></span> +all who thought it to have firme solid ground, like to our earth, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Diog. Laert. l. 2. & l. 9.</i></span> +containing in it many large fields, champion grounds, and divers +inhabitants, unto these agreed <i>Pythagoras</i>, who thought that our +earth was but one of the Planets which moved round about the Sunne, (as +<i>Aristotle</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Cœlo. l. 2. cap. 13.</i></span> +relates it of him) and the <i>Pythagoreans</i> in generall did affirme, +that the Moone also was terrestriall, that she was inhabited +<span class = "pagenum">81</span> +<span class = "folionum">G</span> +as this lower world. That those living creatures & plants which are +in her, exceed any of the like kind with us in the same proportion, as +their daies are longer than ours: <i>viz.</i> by 15 times. This +<i>Pythagoras</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plut. ibid. cap. 30.</i></span> +was esteemed by all, of a most divine wit, as appeares especially by his +valuation amongst the <i>Romans</i> who being cõmanded by the Oracle to +erect a statue to the wisest <i>Grecian</i>, the Senate determined +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 34. cap. 6.</i></span> +<i>Pythagoras</i> to be meant, preferring him in their judgements before +the divine <i>Socrates</i>, whom their Gods pronounc’d the wisest. Some +think him a <i>Iew</i> by birth, but most agree that hee was much +conversant amongst the learneder sort, & Priests of that Nation, by +whom he was informed of many secrets, and perhaps, this opinion, which +he vented afterwards in <i>Greece</i>, where he was much opposed by +<i>Aristotle</i> in some worded disputations, but never <ins class = +"correction" title = "text reads ‘coufuted’">confuted</ins> by any solid +reason.</p> + +<p>To this opinion of <i>Pythagoras</i> +<span class = "pagenum">82</span> +did <i>Plato</i> also assent, when hee considered that there was the +like eclipse made by the earth, and this, that it had no light of its +owne, that it was so full of spots. And therefore wee may often reade in +him and his followers, +<span class = "sidenote"><i>Plat. de conviviis.</i><br> +<i>Macrob. Somn. Scip. lib. 1. ca. 11.</i></span> +of an <i>ætherea terra</i>, and <i>lunares populi</i>, an æthereall +earth, and inhabiters in the Moone; but afterwards this was mixed with +many ridiculous fancies: for some of them considering the mysteries +implied in the number 3. concluded that there must necessarily bee a +Trinity of worlds, whereof the first is this of ours, the second in the +Moone whose element of water is represented by the spheare of +<i>Mercury</i>, the aire by <i>Uenus</i>, and the fire by the Sunne. And +that the whole Universe might the better end in earth as it began, they +have contrived it, that <i>Mars</i> shall be a spheare of the fire, +<i>Iupiter</i> of aire, <i>Saturne</i> of water; and above all these, +the Elysian fields, spacious +<span class = "pagenum">83</span> +<span class = "folionum">G2</span> +and pleasant places appointed for the habitation of those unspotted +soules, that either never were imprisoned in, or else now have freed +themselves from any commerce with the body. <i>Scaliger</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Exercit. 62.</i></span> +speaking of this <i>Platonicke</i> fancie, <i>quæ in tres trientes +mundum quasi assem divisit</i>, thinks ’tis confutation enough, to say, +’tis <i>Plato’s</i>. However for the first part of this assertion, it +was assented unto by many others, and by reason of the grossnesse and +inequality of this planet, ’twas frequently called <i>quasi terra +cœlestis</i>, as being esteemed the sediment and more imperfect part of +those purer bodies, you may see this proved by <i>Plutarch</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De facie Lunæ.</i></span> +in that delightfull work which he properly made for the confirmition of +this particular. With him agreed <i>Alcinous</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Instit. ad discip.</i> Plat. <i>Cæl. Rhodig. l. 1. c. 4.</i></span> +and <i>Plotinus</i>, later Writers. Unto these I might also adde the +imperfect testimony of <i>Mahomet</i>, whose authority of grant can adde +but little credit to this opinion, +<span class = "pagenum">84</span> +because hee was an ignorant imposter, but yet consider that originall, +from whence hee derived most of his knowledge, and then, perhaps, his +witnesse may carry with it some probablity. He is commonly thought by +birth to be an Ismaelite, being instructed by the Jewes in the secrets +of their Philosophy, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Azoara. 57. & 65.</i></span> +and perhaps, learned this from those Rabbies, for in his <i>Alcaron</i>, +hee talkes much of mountaines, pleasant fields, and cleare rivers in the +heavens, but because he was for the maine very unlearned, he was not +able to deliver any thing so distinctly as he was informed. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cusa. de doct. ign. l. 2. cap. 12.</i></span> +The Cardinall <i>Cusanus</i> and <i>Iornandus Bunus</i>, held a +particular world in every Starre, and therefore one of them defining our +earth, he saies, it is <i>stella quædam nobilis, quæ lunam & calorem +& influentiam habet aliam, & diversam ab omnibus aliis +stellis</i>; a “noble starre having a distinct light, heat and influence +from all +<span class = "pagenum">85</span> +<span class = "folionum">G3</span> +the rest.” Unto this <i>Nichol. Hill</i>, a country man of ours was +inclined, when he said <i>Astrea terræ natura probabilis est</i>: “That +’tis probable the earth hath a starry nature.” +<span class = "sidenote"> +P<i>hilos. epicur. part. 434.</i></span> +</p> + +<p>But the opinion which I have here delivered was more directly proved +by <i>Mæslin</i><ins class = "correction" title = "no comma">, +</ins><i>Keplar</i>, and <i>Galilæus</i>, each of them late writers, and +famous men for their singular skill in Astronomy. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In </i>T<i>hesibus</i><br> +<i>dissertatio cum <ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘Dissertatio cum Nunc. Syd.’ (Kepler)?">Nic. +Hill</ins>.</i><br> +<i>Nuncius Sydereus.</i></span> +As for those workes of <i>Mæslin</i> and <i>Keplar</i> wherein they doe +more expresly treate of this opinion, I have not yet had the happinesse +to see them. However their opinions appeare plaine enough from their +owne writings, and the testimony of others concerning them. But +<i>Iulius Cæsar</i>, whom I have above quoted, speaking of their +testimony whom I now cite for this opinion, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De phænom. lunæ. c. 4.</i></span> +<i>viz.</i> <i>Keplar</i> and <i>Galilæus</i> affirmes that to his +knowledge they did but jest in those things which they write concerning +this, and as for any such world, he assuredly +<span class = "pagenum">86</span> +knowes they never so much as dreamt of it. But I had rather believe +their owne words, then his pretended knowledge.</p> + +<p>’Tis true indeed, in many things they doe but trifle, but for the +maine scope of those discourses, ’tis as manifest they seriously meant +it, as any indifferent Reader may easily discerne; otherwise sure +<i>Campanella</i> (a man as well acquainted with his opinion, and +perhaps his person as <i>Cæsar</i> was) would never have writ an +apologie for him. And besides ’tis very likely if it had beene but a +jest, <i>Galilæus</i> would never have suffered so much for it as +afterwards he did. But as for the knowledge which hee pretends, you may +guesse what it was by his confidence (I say not presumption) in other +assertions, and his boldnesse +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cap. 7.</i></span> +in them may well derogate from his credit in this. For speaking of +<i>Ptolome’s</i> <i>Hypothesis</i> he pronounces this verdict, +<i>Impossibile est +<span class = "pagenum">87</span> +<span class = "folionum">G4</span> +excentricorum & epicyclorum positio, nec aliquis est ex Mathematicis +adeo stultus qui veram illam existimet.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +The position of <i>Excentricks</i> and <i>Epicycles</i> is altogether +impossible, nor is there any Mathematician such a foole as to thinke it +true.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +I should guesse hee could not have knowledge enough to maintaine any +other Hypothesis who was so ignorant in Mathematicks, as to deny that +any good Authour held this. For I would faine know whether there were +never any that thought the Heavens to be solid bodies, and that there +were such kindes of motion as is by those feined Orbes supplyed; if so, +then <i>Cæsar la Galla</i> was much mistaken. I thinke his assertions +are equally true, that <i>Galilæus</i> and <i>Keplar</i> did not hold +this, and that there were none which ever held that other.</p> + +<p>But in my following discourse I shall most insist on the observation +of <i>Galilæus</i>, the inventour of +<span class = "pagenum">88</span> +that famous perspective, whereby we may discerne the heavens hard by us, +whereby those things which others have formerly guest at are manifested +to the eye, and plainely discovered beyond exception or doubt, of which +admirable invention, these latter ages of the world may justly boast, +and for this expect to be celebrated by posterity. ’Tis related of +<i>Eudoxus</i>, that hee wished himselfe burnt with <i>Phaeton</i>, so +he might stand over the Sunne to contemplate its nature; had hee lived +in these daies, he might have enjoyed his wish at an easie rate, and +scaling the heavens by this glasse, might plainely have discerned what +hee so much desired. <i>Keplar</i> considering those strange discoveries +which this perspective had made, could not choose but cry out in a <span +class = "greek" title = "prosôpopeia">προσωποπεία</span> and rapture of +admiration. <i>O multiscium & quovis sceptro pretiosius +perspicillum! an qui te dextra tenet, ille non dominus +<span class = "pagenum">89</span> +constituatur operum Dei?</i> And <i>Johannes Fabricius</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De macula in sole obser.</i></span> +an elegant writer, speaking of the same glasse, and for this invention +preferring our age before those former times of greater ignorance, saies +thus; <i>Adeo sumus superiores veteribus, ut quam illi carminis magici +pronunciatu de missam representâsse putantur nos non tantum innocenter +demittamus, sed etiam familiari quodam intuitu ejus quasi conditionem +intueamur.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +So much are wee above the ancients, that whereas they were faine by +their magical charms to represent the Moones approach, wee cannot onely +bring her lower with a greater innocence, but may also with a more +familiar view behold her condition.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +And because you shall have no occasion to question the truth of those +experiments, which I shal afterwards urge from it; I will therefore set +downe the testimony of an enemy, and such a witnesse hath alwaies beene +accounted +<span class = "pagenum">90</span> +prevalent: you may see it in the abovenamed <i>Cæsar la Galla</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De phænom. c. 1.</i></span> +whose words are these: <i>Mercurium caduceum gestantem, cœlestia +nunciare, & mortuorum animas ab inferis revacare sapiens finxit +antiquitas. Galilæum verò novum Iovis interpretem Telescopio caducæo +instructum Sydera aperire, & veterum Philosophorum manes ad superos +revocare solers nostra ætas videt & admiratur.</i> Wise antiquity +fabled <i>Mercury</i> carrying a rodde in his hand to relate newes from +Heaven, and call backe the soules of the dead, but it hath beene the +happinesse of our industrious age to see and admire <i>Galilæus</i> the +new Embassadour of the Gods furnished with his perspective to unfold the +nature of the Starres, and awaken the ghosts of the ancient +Philosophers. So worthily and highly did these men esteeme of this +excellent invention.</p> + +<p>Now if you would know what +<span class = "pagenum">91</span> +might be done by this glasse, in the sight of such things as were neerer +at hand, the same Authour will tell you, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>ibid. c. 5.</i></span> +when hee sayes, that by it those things which could scarce at all bee +discerned by the eye at the distance of a mile and a halfe, might +plainely and distinctly bee perceived for 16 Italian miles, and that as +they were really in themselves, without any transposition or falsifying +at all. So that what the ancient Poets were faine to put in a fable, our +more happy age hath found out in a truth, and we may discerne as farre +with these eyes which <i>Galilæus</i> hath bestowed upon us, as +<i>Lynceus</i> could with those which the Poets attributed unto him. But +if you yet doubt whether all these observations were true, the same +Authour may confirme you, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cap. 1.</i></span> +when hee saies they were shewed, <i>Non uni aut alteri, sed +quamplurimis, neque gregariis hominibus, sed præcipuis atque disciplinis +omnibus, +<span class = "pagenum">92</span> +necnon Mathematicis & opticis præceptis, optimè instructis sedulâ ac +diligenti inspectione</i>.</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Not to one or two, but to very many, and those not ordinary men, but to +those who were well vers’d in Mathematickes and Opticks, and that not +with a meere glance but with a sedulous and diligent inspection.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +And least any scruple might remaine unanswered, or you might thinke the +men who beheld all this though they might be skilfull, yet they came +with credulous minds, and so were more easie to be deluded. He addes +that it was shewed, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cap. 5.</i></span> +<i><ins class = "correction" title = "so in original">vius</ins> qui ad +experimenta hæc contradicendi animo accesserant</i>.</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +To such as were come with a great deale of prejudice, and an intent of +contradiction.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +Thus you may see the certainety of those experiments which were taken by +this glasse. I have spoken the more concerning it, because I shall +borrow many things in my farther +<span class = "pagenum">93</span> +discourse, from those discoveries which were made by it.</p> + +<p>I have now cited such Authors both ancient and moderne, who have +directly maintained the same opinion. I told you likewise in the +proposition that it might probably <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘de’">be</ins> deduced from the tenent of others: such were +<i>Aristarchus</i>, <i>Philolaus</i> and <i>Copernicus</i>, with many +other later writers who assented to their hypothesis, so <i>Ioach. <ins +class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘Rheticus’?">Rlelicus</ins></i>, <i>David Origanus</i>, +<i>Lansbergius</i>, <i>Guil. Gilbert</i>, and (if I may believe +<i>Campanella</i>) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Apologia pro Galilæo.</i></span> +<i>Innumeri alii Angli & Galli</i>. Very many others both English +and French, all who affirmed our Earth to be one of the Planets, and the +Sunne to bee the Centre of all, about which the heavenly bodies did +move, and how horrid soever this may seeme at the first, yet is it +likely enough to be true, nor is there any maxime or observation in +Opticks (saith <i>Pena</i>) that can disprove it.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">94</span> +Now if our earth were one of the Planets (as it is according to them) +then why may not another of the Planets be an earth?</p> + +<p>Thus have I shewed you the truth of this proposition: Before I +proceede farther, ’tis requisite that I informe the Reader, what method +I shall follow in the proving of this chiefe assertion, that there is a +World in the Moone.</p> + +<p>The order by which I shall bee guided will be that which +<i>Aristotle</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>à 1º. cap. ad 10<sup>m</sup>.</i></span> +uses in his booke <i>De mundo</i> (if that booke were his.)</p> + +<p>First, <span class = "greek" title = "peri tôn en autê">περὶ τῶν ἐν +αὐτῇ</span> of those chiefe parts which are in it; not the elementary +and æthereall (as he doth there) since this doth not belong to the +elementary controversie, but of the Sea and Land, &c. Secondly, +<span class = "greek" title = "peri autên pathôn">περὶ αὐτὴν +παθῶν</span>, of those things which are extrinsecall to it, as the +seasons, meteors and inhabitants.</p> + + + + +<span class = "pagenum">95</span> +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 7.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be +distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the Sea and +Land in that other World.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">F</span><span class = +"secondletter">o</span>r the cleare proofe of this proposition, I shall +first reckon up and refute the opinions of others concerning the matter +and forme of those spots, and then shew the greater probability of this +present assertion, and how agreeable it is to that truth, which is most +commonly received; as for the opinions of other concerning these, they +have beene very many, I will only reckon up those which are common and +remarkeable.</p> + +<p>Some there are that thinke those spots doe not arise from any +deformity +<span class = "pagenum">96</span> +of the parts, but a deceit of the eye, which cannot at such a distance +discerne an equall light in that planet, but these do but onely say it, +and shew not any reason for the proofe of their opinion: Others think +<span class = "sidenote"> +So <i>Bede</i> in <i>d*.<a class = "tag" name = "endtag3" href = +"#endnote3">3</a> de Mund. constit.</i></span> +that there <ins class = "correction" title = "missing word">be</ins> +some bodies betwixt the Sunne and Moone, which keeping off the lights in +some parts, doe by their shadow produce these spots which wee there +discerne.</p> + +<p>Others would have them to be the figure of the mountaines here below +represented there as in a looking-glasse. But none of those fancies can +bee true, because the spots are stil the same, & not varied +according to the difference of places, and besides, <i>Cardan</i> thinks +it is impossible that any image should be conveyed so farre as there to +be represented unto us at such a distance, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De subtil. lib. 3.</i></span> +but tis commonly related of <i>Pythagoras</i>, that he by writing, what +he pleased in a glasse, by the reflexiõ of the same species, would +<span class = "pagenum">97</span> +<span class = "folionum">H</span> +make those letters to appeare in the circle of the Moone, where they +should be legible by any other, who might at that time be some miles +distant from him.* +<span class = "sidenote"> +* <i>Occulta ad Philos. l. 1. cap. 6.</i></span> +<i>Agrippa</i> affirmes this to be possible, and the way of performing +it not unknowne to himselfe, with some others in his time. It may be +that our Bishop did by the like meanes performe those strange +conclusions which hee professes in his <i>Nuncius inanimatus</i>, where +hee pretends that hee can informe his friends of what he pleases, though +they be an hundred miles distant, <i>forte etiam, vel milliare +millesimum</i>, they are his owne words, and, perhaps, a thousand, and +all this in a minutes space, or little more, quicker than the Sunne can +move.</p> + +<p>Now, what conveyance there should be for so speedy a passage, I +cannot conceive, unlesse it be carried with the light, then which wee +know not any thing quicker; but of this onely by the way; +<span class = "pagenum">98</span> +however, whether those images can be represented so or not, yet certaine +it is, those spots are not such representations. Some thinke that when +God had at first created too much earth to make a perfect globe, not +knowing well where to bestow the rest, he placed it in the Moone, which +ever since hath so darkened it in some parts, but the impiety of this is +sufficient confutation, since it so much detracts from the divine power +and wisedome.</p> + +<p>The +<span class = "sidenote"> +* <i>Plut. de placit. phil. l. 2. c. 25.</i></span> +*Stoicks held that planet to be mixed of fire and aire, and in their +opinion, the variety of its composition, caused her spots: +<i>Anaxagoras</i> thought all the starres to be of an earthly nature, +mixed with some fire, and as for the Sunne, hee affirmed it to be +nothing else but a fiery stone; for which later opinion, the +<i>Athenians</i> sentenc’d him to death; +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Iosephus l. 2. con. App.</i><br> +<i>August. de civit. Dei. l. 18. c. 41.</i></span> +those zealous Idolaters counting it a great blasphemy, to make their +<span class = "pagenum">99</span> +<span class = "folionum">H2</span> +God a stone, whereas not withstanding, they were so senslesse in their +adoration of Idolls, as to make a stone their God, this +<i>Anaxagoras</i> affirmed the Moone to be more terrestriall then the +other, but of a greater purity then any thing here below, and the spots +hee thought were nothing else, but some cloudy parts, intermingled with +the light which belonged to that Planet, but I have above destroyed the +supposition on which this fancy is grounded: <i>Pliny</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nat. Hist. lib. 2. c. 9.</i></span> +thinkes they arise from some drossie stuffe, mixed with that moysture +which the Moone attracts unto her selfe, but hee was of their opinion, +who thought the starres were nourished by some earthly vapours, which +you may commonly see refuted in the <i>Commentators</i> on the bookes, +<i>de Cœlo</i>.</p> + +<p><i>Vitellio</i> and <i>Reinoldus</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Opt. lib. 9.</i><br> +<i>Comment. in Purb. pag. 164.</i><br> +<i>Ex qua parte luna est transpi<ins class = "fillin">c</ins>ua non +totum secundum superfi<ins class = "fillin">ci</ins>em, sed etiam +secundum substantiam, eatenus clara, ex qua autem parte opaca est, +eatenus obscura videtur.</i><br> +<i>De Phænom. cap. 11.</i></span> +affirme the spots to be the thicker parts of the Moone, into which the +Sunne cannot infuse much light, +<span class = "pagenum">100</span> +and this (say they) is the reason, why in the Sunnes eclipses, the spots +and brighter parts are still in some measure distinguished, because the +Sunne beames are not able so well to penetrate through those thicker, as +they may through the thinner parts of the Planet. Of this opinion also +was <i>Cæsar la Galla</i>, whose words are these, +</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +The Moone doth there appeare clearest, where shee is transpicuous, not +onely through the superficies, but the substance also, and there she +seemes spotted, where her body is most opacous.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +The ground of this his assertion was, because hee thought the Moone did +receive and bestow her light by illumination onely, and not at all by +reflexion, but this, together with the supposed penetration of the Sunne +beames, and the perspicuity of the Moones body I have above answered and +refuted.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">101</span> +<span class = "folionum">H3</span> +The more common and generall opinion +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Albert. mag. de <ins class = "fillin">c</ins>oævis. Q. 4. Art. +21.</i><br> +<i>Colleg. Con.</i></span> +is, that the spots are the thinner parts of the Moone, which are lesse +able to reflect the beames that they receive from the Sunne, and this is +most agreeable to reason, for if the starres are therefore brightest, +because they are thicker and more solid then their orbes, then it will +follow, that those parts of the Moone which have lesse light, have also +lesse thickenesse. It was the providence of nature (say some) that so +contrived that planet to have these spots within it, for since that is +neerest to those lower bodies which are so full of deformity, ’tis +requisite that it should in some measure agree with them, and as in this +inferiour world the higher bodies are the most compleat, so also in the +heavens perfection is ascended unto by degrees, and the Moone being the +lowest, must be the least pure, and therefore <i>Philo</i> the Jew +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Somniis.</i></span> +interpreting +<span class = "pagenum">102</span> +<i>Iacobs</i> dreame concerning the ladder, doth in an allegory shew, +how that in the fabricke of the world, all things grow perfecter as they +grow higher, and this is the reason (saith hee) why the Moone doth not +consist of any pure simple matter, but is mixed with aire, which shewes +so darkely within her body.</p> + +<p>But this cannot be a sufficient reason, for though it were true that +nature did frame every thing perfecter as it was higher, yet is it as +true, that nature frames every thing fully perfect for that office to +which shee intends it. Now, had she intended the Moone meerly to reflect +the Sunne beames and give light, the spots then had not so much argued +her providence, as her unskilfulnesse and imperfection, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>S<ins class = "fillin">c</ins>alig. exercit. 62.</i></span> +as if in the haste of her worke shee could not tell how to make that +body exactly fit, for that office to which she appointed it.</p> + +<p>Tis likely then that she had some +<span class = "pagenum">103</span> +<span class = "folionum">H4</span> +other end which moved her to produce this variety, and this in all +probability was her intent to make it a fit body for habitation with the +same conveniencies of sea and land, as this inferiour world doth partake +of. For since the Moone is such a vast, such a solid and opacous body +like our earth (as was above proved) why may it not be probable, that +those thinner and thicker parts appearing in her, doe shew the +difference betwixt the sea and land in that other world; and +<i>Galilæus</i> doubts not, but that if our earth were visible at the +same distance, there would be the like appearance of it.</p> + +<p>As for the forme of those spots, some of the vulgar thinke they +represent a man, and the Poets guesse ’tis the boy <i>Endimion</i>, +whose company shee loves so well, that shee carries him with her, others +will have it onely to be the face of a man as the Moone is usually +pictured, but <i>Albertus</i> thinkes rather, +<span class = "pagenum">104</span> +that it represents a Lyon with his taile towards the East, and his head +the West, and +<span class = "sidenote"> +* Eusebius <ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: Nieremberg">Nioremb.</ins> +<i>Hist. Nat. lib. 8. c. 15.</i></span> +*some others have thought it to be ver<ins class = "fillin">y</ins> much +like a Fox, & certainly ’tis as much like a Lyon as that in the +<i>Zodiake</i>, or as <i>Vrsa major</i> is like a Beare.</p> + +<p>I should guesse that it represents one of these as well as another, +and any thing else as well as any of these, since ’tis but a strong +imagination, which fancies such images as schoole-boyes usually doe in +the markes of a wall, whereas there is not any such similitude in the +spots themselves, which rather like our Sea, in respect of the land, +appeares under a rugged and confused figure, and doth not represent any +distinct image, so that both in respect of the matter and the forme it +may be probable enough, that those spots and brighter parts may shew the +distinction betwixt the Sea and Land in that other world.</p> + + + + +<div><span class = "pagenum">105</span></div> + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 8.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +The spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">W</span><span class = +"secondletter">h</span>en I first compared the nature of our earth and +water with those appearances in the Moone; I concluded contrary to the +proposition, that the brighter parts represented the water, and the +spots the land; of this opinion likewise was <i>Keplar</i> at the first; +but my second thoughts, and the reading of others, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Opt. Astro. c. 6. num. 9.</i><br> +<i>Dissert. cum nuncio Gal.</i></span> +have now convinced me (as after he was) of the truth of that Proposition +which I have now set downe. But before I come to the confirmation of it, +I shall mention those scruples which at first made mee doubt of the +truth of this opinion.</p> + +<p>1. It may be objected, ’tis probable, if there be any such sea and +land as ours, that it bears some proportion and similitude with ours: +but now this Proposition takes +<span class = "pagenum">106</span> +away all likenesse betwixt them, for whereas the superficies of our +earth is but the third part of the whole surface in the globe, two parts +being overspread with the water (as <i>Scaliger</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Exercit. 38.</i></span> +observes) yet here according to this opinion, the Sea should be lesse +then the Land, since there is not so much of the bespotted, as ther is +of the enlightened parts, wherefore ’tis probable, that either there is +no such thing at all, or else that the brighter parts are the Sea.</p> + +<p>2. The water, by reason of the smoothnesse of its superficies, seemes +better able to reflect the Sun beames then the earth, which in most +places is so full of ruggednesse of grasse and trees, and such like +impediments of reflection, and besides, cõmon experience shewes, that +the water shines with a greater and more glorious brightnesse then the +earth, therefore it should seeme that the spots are the earth, and the +brighter parts the water.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">107</span> +But to the first it may be answered.</p> + +<p>1. There is no great probability in this consequence, that because +’tis so with us, therefore it must be so with the parts of the Moone, +for since there is such a difference betwixt them in divers other +respects, they may not, perhaps, agree in this.</p> + +<p>2. That assertion of <i>Scaliger</i> is not by all granted for a +truth. <i>Fromondus</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Meteoris l. 5. c. 1. Art. 1.</i></span> +with others, thinke, that the superficies of the Sea and Land in so much +of the world as is already discovered, is equall, and of the same +extension.</p> + +<p>3. The Orbe of thicke and vaporous aire which encompasses the Moone, +makes the brighter parts of that Planet appeare bigger then in +themselves they are; as I shall shew afterwards.</p> + +<p>To the second it may be answered, that though the water be of a +smooth superficies, and so may seeme most fit to reverberate the +<span class = "pagenum">108</span> +light, yet because ’tis of a perspicuous nature, therefore the beames +must sinke into it, and cannot so strongly and clearely be reflected. +<i>Sicut in speculo ubi plumbum abrasum fuerit</i>, (saith +<i>Cardan</i>) as in Looking-glasses where part of the lead is raized +off, and nothing left behind to reverberate the image, the species must +there passe through and not backe againe; so it is where the beames +penetrate and sinke into the substance of the body, there cannot be such +an immediate and strong reflection as when they are beate backe from the +superficies, and therefore the Sunne causes a greater heate by farre +upon the Land then upon the water. Now as for that experiment, where +’tis said, that the waters have a greater brightness then the Land: I +answer, ’tis true onely there where they represent the image of the +Sunne or some bright cloud, and not in other places, as is very +<span class = "pagenum">109</span> +plaine by common observation.</p> + +<p>So that notwithstanding those doubts, yet this Proposition may +remaine true, that the spots may be the Sea, and the brighter parts the +Land. Of this opinion was <i>Plutarch</i>: unto him assented +<i>Keplar</i> and <i>Galilæus</i>, whose words are these, <i>Si quis +veterum Pythagoræorum sententiam <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘excuscitare’">exsuscitare</ins> velit, +lunam scilicet esse quasi +tellurem alteram, ejus pars lucidior terrenam superficiem, obscurior +verò aqueam magis congruè repræsentet. Mihi autem dubium fuit nu<ins +class = "fillin">m</ins>quam terrestris globi à longè conspecti, atque a +radiis solaribus perfusi, terream superficiem clariorem, obscuriorem +verò aqueam sese in conspectum da<ins class = "fillin">t</ins>uram.</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De facie lun.</i><br> +<i>Dissertatio.</i><br> +<i>Nunc. Syd.</i></span> +</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +If any man have a minde to renew the opinion of the <i>Pythagoreans</i>, +that the Moone is another earth, then her brighter parts may fitly +represent the earths superficies, and the darker part the water: and for +my part, I never doubted +<span class = "pagenum">110</span> +but that our earthly globe being shined upon by the Sunne, and beheld at +a great distance, the Land would appeare brightest and the Sea more +obscurely.</p> + +<p>The reasons may be.</p> + +<p>1. That which I urged about the foregoing Chapter, because the water +is the thinner part, and therefore must give the lesse light.</p> + +<p>2. Because observation tels us, that the spotted parts are alwaies +smooth and equall, having every where an equality of light, when once +they are enlightened by the Sunne, whereas the brighter parts are full +of rugged gibbosities and mountaines having many shades in them, as I +shall shew more at large afterwards.</p> + +<p>That in this Planet there must be Seas, <i>Campanella</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Apologia pro Galilæo.</i></span> +indeavours to prove out of Scripture interpreting the <i>waters above +the Firmament</i> spoken of in <i>Genesis</i> to be meant of the Sea in +this world. For (saith he) ’tis not likely that +<span class = "pagenum">111</span> +there are any such waters above the Orbes to moderate that heate which +they receive from their swift motion (as some of the Fathers thinke) nor +did <i>Moses</i> meane the Angells which may be called spirituall +waters, as <i>Origen</i> and <i>Austin</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Confession. l. 13. c. 32.</i></span> +would have it, for both these are rejected by the generall consent: nor +could he meane any waters in the second region, as most Commentators +interpret it. For first there is nothing but vapours, which though they +are afterwards turned into water, yet while they remaine there, they are +onely the matter of that element, which may as well be fire or earth, or +aire. 2. Those vapors are not above the <i>expansum</i>, but in it. So +that hee thinkes there is no other way to salve all, but by making the +Planets severall worlds with Sea & Land, with such Rivers and +Springs, as wee have here below: Especially since <i>Esdras</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +2 Esdr. 4. 7.</span> +speakes of the springs above the +<span class = "pagenum">112</span> +Firmament, but I cannot agree with him in this, nor doe I thinke that +any such thing can be proved out of Scripture.</p> + +<p>Before I proceede to the next Position, I shall first answer some +doubts which might be made against the generality of this truth, whereby +it may seeme impossible that there should be either Sea or Land in the +Moone; for since she moves so swiftly as Astronomers observe, why then +does there nothing fall from her, or why doth shee not shake something +out by the celerity of her revolution? I answer, you must know that the +inclination of every heavie body, to its proper Center doth sufficiently +tie it unto its place, so that suppose any thing were separated, yet +must it necessarily returne againe, and there is no more danger of their +falling into our world then there is feare of our falling into the +Moone.</p> + +<p>But yet there are many fabulous +<span class = "pagenum">113</span> +<span class = "folionum">I</span> +relations of such things as have dropped thence. There is a tale of the +Nemean Lyon that <i>Hercules</i> slew, which first rushing among the +heards out of his unknowne den in the Mountaine of <i>Cytheron</i> in +<i>Bœotia</i>, the credulous people thought he was sent from their +Goddesse the Moone. And if a whirle-winde did chance to snatch any thing +up, and afterwards raine it downe againe, the ignorant multitude are apt +to believe that it dropt from Heaven. Thus <i>Avicenna</i> relates the +story of a Calfe which fell downe in a storme, the beholders thinking it +a Moone-calfe, and that it fell thence. So <i>Cardan</i> travelling upon +the Apennine Mountaines, a sudden blast tooke off his hat, which if it +had beene carryed farre, he thinkes the peasants who had perceived it to +fall, would have sworne it had rained hats. After some such manner many +of our prodigies come to passe, and the people are willing +<span class = "pagenum">114</span> +to believe anything, which they may relate to others as a very strange +and wonderfull event. I doubt not but the Trojan <i>Palladium</i>, the +Romane <i>Minerva</i>, and our Ladies Church at <i>Loretto</i>, with +many sacred reliques preserved by the Papists might droppe from the +Moone as well as any of these.</p> + +<p>But it may be againe obj<ins class = "fillin">e</ins>cted, suppose +there were a bullet shot up in that world, would not the Moone runne +away from it, before it could fall downe, since the motion of her body +(being every day round our earth) is farre swifter than the other, and +so the bullet must be left behinde, and at length fall downe to us? To +this I answer,</p> + +<p>1. If a bullet could be shot so farre till it came to the +circumference of those things which belong to our center, then it would +fall downe to us.</p> + +<p>2. Though there were some +<span class = "pagenum">115</span> +<span class = "folionum">I2</span> +heavie body a great height in that ayer, yet would the motion of i<ins +class = "fillin">t</ins>s centre by an attractive vertue still hold it +w<ins class = "correction" title = "missing">i</ins><ins class = +"fillin">t</ins>hin i<ins class = "fillin">t</ins>s convenient distance, +so that whether their ear<ins class = "fillin">t</ins>h moved or stood +still, yet would the same violence cast a body from it equally farre. +That I may the plainer expresse my meaning, I will set downe this +Diagramme.</p> + +<span class = "pagenum">116</span> +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/pic116.png" width = "419" height = "323" +alt = "diagram as described in text" +title = "diagram as described in text"> +</p> + +<p>Suppose this earth were A, which was to move in the circle C, D. and +let the bullet be supposed at B. within its proper verge; I say, whether +this earth did stand stil or move swiftly towards D, yet the bullet +would still keepe at the same distance by reason of that Magneticke +vertue of the center (if I may so speake) whereby all things within its +spheare are attracted +<span class = "pagenum">117</span> +<span class = "folionum">I3</span> +with it. So that the violence to the bullet, being nothing else but that +whereby ’tis removed from its center, therefore an equall violence can +carry a body from its proper place, but at an equall distance whether or +no the center stand still or move.</p> + +<p>The impartiall Reader may finde sufficient satisfaction for this and +such other arguments as may be urged against the motion of that earth in +the writings of <ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original"><i>Capernicus</i></ins> and his followers, unto whom for +brevities sake I will referre them.</p> + + + + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 9.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plains in +the body of the Moone.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">T</span><span class = +"secondletter">h</span>ough there are some who thinke Mountaines to bee +a deformity in the earth, as if they +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘18’">118</ins></span> +were either beate up by the flood, or else cast up like so many heaps of +rubbish left at the creation, yet if well considered, they will be found +as much to conduce to the beauty and conveniency of the universe as any +of the other parts. Nature (saith <i>Pliny</i>) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nat. hist. l. 36. c. 1.</i></span> +purposely framed them for many excellent uses: partly to tame the +violence of greater Rivers, to strengthen certaine joynts within the +veines and bowels of the earth, to breake the force of the Seas +inundation, and for the safety of the earths inhabitants, whether beasts +or men. That they make much for the protection of beasts the Psalmist +<span class = "sidenote"> +Psal. 104. v. 18.</span> +testifies, <i>The highest hils are a refuge for the wilde Goats, and the +rockes for Conies</i>. The Kingly Prophet had learned the safety of +these by his owne experience, when he also was faine to make a mountaine +his refuge from the fury of his Master <i>Saul</i>, who persecuted him +in the wildernesse.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">119</span> +<span class = "folionum">I4</span> +True indeed, such places as these keepe their neighbours poore, as +beeing most barren, but yet they preserve them safe, as being most +strong, witnesse our unconquered <i>Wales</i> and <i>Scotland</i>, whose +greatest protection hath beene the naturall strength of their Countrey, +so fortified with Mountaines, that these have alwaies been unto them +sure retraites from the violence and oppression of others, wherefore a +good Authour doth rightly call them natures bulwarkes cast up at God +Almighties owne charges, the scornes and curbs of victorious armies, +which made the Barbarians in <i>Curtius</i> so confident of their owne +safety, when they were once retired to an inaccessible mountaine, that +when <i>Alexanders</i> Legate had brought them to a parley and +perswading them to yeeld, told them of his masters victories, what Seas +and Wildernesses hee had passed, they replyed that all that might +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘20’">120</ins></span> +be, but could <i>Alexander</i> fly too? Over the Seas he might have +ships, and over the land horses, but hee must have wings before he could +get up thither. Such safety did those barbarous nations conceive in the +mountaines whereunto they were retyred, certainely then such usefull +parts were not the effect of mans sinne, or produced by the Worlds curse +the flood, but rather at the first created by the goodnesse and +providence of the Almighty.</p> + +<p>So that if I intend to prove that the Moone is such a habitable world +as this is, ’tis requisite that I shew it to have the same conveniences +of habitation as this hath, and here if some Rabbi or Chymicke were to +handle the point they would first prove it out of Scripture, from that +place in <i>Moses</i> his blessing, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Deut. 33. 15</span> +where hee speakes of the ancient mountaines and lasting hils, +<i>Deut.</i> 33 <span class = "greek" title = +"Hareray kedem ugva’ot olam">הררי קדם וגבעות עולם</span> +<span class = "pagenum">121</span> +for having immediately before mentioned those blessings which should +happen unto <i>Ioseph</i> by the influence of the Moone, he does +presently exegetically iterate thẽ in blessing him with the chiefe +things of the ancient Mountaines and lasting hils; you may also see the +same expression used in <i>Iacobs</i> blessing of <i>Ioseph</i>. +<span class = "sidenote"> +Gen. 49. 26</span> +</p> + +<p>But however we may deale <i>pro</i> or <i>con</i> in Philosophy, yet +we must not jest with divine truths, or bring Scripture to patronize any +fancy of our owne, though, perhaps, it be truth. For the better proofe +of this proposition, I might here cite the testimony of <i>Diodorus</i>, +who thought the Moone to bee full of rugged places, <i>vel ut +terrestribus tumulis superciliosam</i>, but he erred much in some +circumstances of this opinion, especially where he saies, there is an +Iland amongst the <i>Hyperboreans</i>, wherein those hils may to the eye +bee plainely discovered, and for this +<span class = "pagenum">122</span> +reason. +<span class = "sidenote"> +* <i>Lect. <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘aut l. 1.’">ant. l. 1.</ins> c. 15.</i><br> +<i>Plut. de plac. l. 2. c. 25.</i><br> +<i>De cœlo. l. 2. p. 49.</i></span> +*<i>Cælius</i> calls him a fabulous Writer, but you may see more +expresse authority for the proofe of this in the opinions of +<i>Anaxagoras</i> and <i>Democritus</i>, +who held that this Planet was full of champion grounds, mountains and +vallies, and this seemed likewise probable unto <i>Augustinus Nifus</i>, +whose words are these: <i>Forsitan non est remotum dicere, lunæ partes +esse diversas, veluti sunt partes terræ, quarum aliæ sunt vallosæ, aliæ +montosæ, ex quarum differentia effici potest facies illa lunæ; nec est +rationi dissonum, nam luna est corpus imperfectè Sphæricum, cum sit +corpus ab ultimo cœlo elongatum, ut supra dixit Aristoteles.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Perhaps, it would not be amisse to say that the parts of the Moone were +divers, as the parts of this earth, whereof some are vallies, and some +mountaines, from the difference of which, some spots in the Moone may +proceed, nor is this against reason, for that +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘113’">123</ins></span> +Planet cannot be perfectly sphericall, since ’tis so remote a body from +the first orbe, as <i>Aristotle</i> had said before.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +You may see this truth assented unto by <i>Blancanus</i> the J<ins class += "fillin">e</ins>suit, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Mundi fab. pars 3ª. c. 4.</i><br> +<i>Astron. Opt. c. 6. num 9.</i></span> +that the division of her enlightened part from the shaded, was made by a +and by him confirmed with with divers reasons. <i>Keplar</i> hath +observed in the Moones eclipses, +crooked unequall line, of which there cannot be any probable cause +conceived, unlesse it did arise from the ruggednesse of that planet, for +it cannot at all be produc’d from the shade of any mountains here upon +earth, because these would be so lessned before they could reach so high +in a conicall shadow, that they would not be at all sensible unto us (as +might easily be demonstrated) nor can it be conceived what reason of +this difference there should be in the Sunne. Wherefore there being no +other body that hath any thing to doe in eclipses, we must necessarily +<span class = "pagenum">124</span> +conclude, that it is caused by a variety of parts in the Moone it selfe, +and what can there be but its gibbosities? Now if you should aske a +reason why there should be such a similitude of these in that Planet, +the same <i>Keplar</i> shall jest you out an answere, for supposing +(saith he) those inhabitants are bigger than any of us in the same +proportion, as their daies are longer than ours, viz. by fifteen times +it may bee for want of stones to erect such vast houses as were +requisite for their bodies, they are faine to digge great and round +hollowes in the earth, where they may both procure water for their +thirst, and turning about with the shade, may avoid those great heats +which otherwise they would be lyable unto; or if you will give <i>Cæsar +la Galla</i> leave to guesse in the same manner, he would rather think +that those thirsty nations cast up so many and so great heaps of earth +in digging of their wine cellars, +<span class = "pagenum">125</span> +but this onely by the way.</p> + +<p>I shall next produce the eye-witnesse of <i>Galilæus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nuncius Sydereus.</i></span> +on which I most of all depend for the proofe of this Proposition, when +he beheld the new Moone through his perspective, it appeared to him +under a rugged and spotted figure, seeming to have the darker and +enlightned parts divided by a tortuous line, having some parcels of +light at a good distance from the other, and this difference is so +remarkable, that you may easily perceive it through one of those +ordinary perspectives, which are commonly sold amongst us, but for your +better apprehending of what I deliver, I will set downe the Figure as I +find it in <i>Galilæus</i>:</p> + +<span class = "pagenum">126</span> + +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/pic126.png" width = "404" height = "383" +alt = "crescent moon" title = "crescent moon"> +</p> + +<p>Suppose ABCD to represent the appearance of the Moones body being in +a sextile, you may see some brighter parts separated at a pretty +distance from the other, which can bee nothing else but a reflexion of +the Sunne-beames upon some parts that are higher then the rest, and +those obscure gibbosities +<span class = "pagenum">127</span> +which stand out towards the enlightened parts must bee such hollow and +deepe places whereto the rayes cannot reach, but when the Moone is got +further off from the Sunne, and come to that fulnesse, as this line BD +doth represent her under, then doe these parts also receive an equall +light, excepting onely that difference which doth appeare betwixt their +sea and land. And if you do consider how any rugged body would appeare, +being enlightned, you would easily conceive that it must necessarily +seeme under some such gibbous unequall forme, as the Moone is here +represented. Now for the infallibility of these appearances, I shall +referre the reader to that which hath beene said in the 6<sup>th</sup> +Proposition.</p> + +<p>But <i>Cæsar la Galla</i> affirmes, that all these appearances may +consist with a plaine superficies, if wee suppose the parts of the body +to be some of them, <i>Diaphanous</i>, and +<span class = "pagenum">128</span> +some opacous; and if you obj<ins class = "fillin">e</ins>ct that the +light which is conveyed to any diaphanous part in a plaine superficies +must be by a continued line, whereas here there appeare many brighter +parts among the obscure at some distance from the rest. To this he +answers, it may arise from some secret conveyances and channels within +her body, that doe consist of a more diaphanous matter which being +covered over with an opacious superficies, the light passing through +them may breake out a great way off, whereas the other parts betwixt may +still remaine darke. Just as the River <i>Arethusa</i> in <i>Sicile</i> +which runnes under ground for a great way, and afterwards breakes out +againe. But because this is one of the chiefest fancies whereby hee +thinkes hee hath fully answered the arguments of this opinion, I will +therefore set downe his answere in his owne words, lest the Reader might +suspect more in +<span class = "pagenum">129</span> +<span class = "folionum">K</span> +them then I have expressed. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cap. 11.</i></span> +<i>Non est impossibile cœcos ductus diaphani & perspicui corporis, +sed opacâ superficie protendi, usque in diaphanam aliquam ex profundo in +superficiem, emergentem partem, per quos ductus lumen longo postmodum +interstitio erumpat, &c.</i> But I reply, if the superficies betwixt +these two enlightened parts remaine darke because of its opacity, then +would it alwaies be darke, and the Sunne could not make it partake of +light more then it could of perspicuity: But this contradicts all +experience as you may see in <i>Galilæus</i>, who affirmes that when the +Sunne comes nearer to his opposition, then that which is betwixt them, +both is enlightned as well as either. Nay this opposes his <ins class = +"correction" title = "text reads ‘owne-eye-witnesse’">owne +eye-witnesse</ins>, for he confesses himselfe that he saw this by the +glasse<ins class = "fillin">.</ins> He had said before that he came to +see those strange sights discovered by <i>Galilæus</i> his glasse with +an intent of contradiction, and you +<span class = "pagenum">130</span> +may reade that confirmed in the weakenesse of this answere, which rather +bewrayes an obstinate then a perswaded will, for otherwise sure hee +would never have undertooke to have destroyed such certaine proofes with +so groundlesse a fancy.</p> + +<p>But it may bee objected, that ’tis almost impossible, and +altogether unlikely that in the Moone <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘thete’">there</ins> should be any mountaines so high as +those observations make them, for doe but suppose according to the +common principles, that the Moones diameter unto the Earths is very +neere to the proportion of 2. to 7, suppose withall that the Earths +diameter containes about 7000 Italian miles, and the Moones 2000 (as is +commonly granted) now <i>Galiæus</i> hath observed that some parts have +been enlightened when they were the twentieth part of the diameter +distant from the common terme of illumination, so that +<span class = "pagenum">131</span> +<span class = "folionum">K2</span> +hence it must necessarily follow that there may bee some Mountaines in +the Moone so high, that they are able to cast a shadow a 100 miles off. +An opinion that sounds like a prodigie or a fiction; wherefore ’tis +likely that either those appearances are caused by somewhat else besides +mountaines, or else those are fallible observations, from whence may +follow such improbable inconceiveable consequences.</p> + +<p>But to this I answere:</p> + +<p>1. You must consider the height of the Mountaines is but very little, +if you compare them to the length of their shadowes. S<sup>r</sup>. +<i>Walter Rawleigh</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Hist. l. 1. c. 7. § 11.</i></span> +observes that the Mount <i>Athos</i> now called <i>Lacas</i> casts its +shadow 300 furlongs, which is above 37 miles, and yet that Mount is none +of the highest, nay <i>Solinus</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Poly. histor. c. 21.</i></span> +(whom I should rather believe in this kinde) affirmes that this +Mountaine gives his shadow quite over the Sea, from +<span class = "pagenum">132</span> +<i>Macedon</i> to the Ile of <i>Lemnos</i> which is 700 furlongs or 84 +miles, and yet according to the common reckoning it doth scarce reach 4 +miles upwards, in its perpendicular height.</p> + +<p>2. I affirme that there are very high Mountaines in the Moone. +<i>Keplar</i> and <i>Galilæus</i> thinke that they are higher than any +which are upon our earth. But I am not of their opinion in this, because +I suppose they goe upon a false ground whilst they conceive that the +highest mountaine upon the earth is not above a mile perpendicular.</p> + +<p>Whereas ’tis the common opinion and found true enough by observation, +that <i>Olympus</i>, <i>Atlas</i>, <i>Taurus</i> and <i>Emus</i><a class += "tag" name = "endtag4" href = "#endnote4">4</a>, with many others are +much above this height. <i>Tenariffa</i> in the Canary Ilands is proved +by computation to bee above 8 miles perpendicular, and about this height +is the mount <i>Perjacaca</i> in <i>America</i>. S<sup>r</sup>. +<i>Walter</i> +<span class = "pagenum">133</span> +<span class = "folionum">K3</span> +<i>Rawleigh</i> seemes to thinke, that the highest of these is neere 30 +miles upright: nay <i>Aristotle</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Meteor. l. 1. c. 11.</i></span> +speaking of <i>Caucasus</i> in <i>Asia</i>, affirmes it to bee visible +for 560 miles, as some interpreters finde by computation, from which it +will follow, that it was 78 miles perpendicularly high, as you may see +confirmed by <i>Jacobus Mazonius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Comparatio Arist. cum Platone, Sect. 3. c. 5.</i><br> +<i>Exposi. in loc. Math. Artis. loc. 148.</i></span> +and out of him in <i>Blancanus</i> the Jesuite. But this deviates from +the truth more in excesse then the other doth in defect. However though +these in the moone are not so high as some amongst us, yet certaine it +is they are of a great height, and some of them at the least foure miles +perpendicular. This I shall prove from the observation of +<i>Galilæus</i>, whose glasse can shew this truth to the senses, a +proofe beyond exception and certaine that man must needs be of a most +timerous faith who dares not believe his owne eye.</p> + +<p>By that perspective you may +<span class = "pagenum">134</span> +plainely discerne some enlightned parts (which are the mountaines) to be +distant from the other about the twentieth part of the diameter. From +whence it will follow, that those mountaines must necessarily be at the +least foure Italian miles in height.</p> + +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/pic134.png" width = "407" height = "404" +alt = "sunlight hits mountain on shady side of moon" +title = "sunlight hits mountain on shady side of moon"> +</p> + +<p>For let BDEF be the body of the moone, ABC will be a ray or beame of +the Sunne, which enlightens a mountaine at A and +<span class = "pagenum">135</span> +<span class = "folionum">K4</span> +<i>B</i> is the point of contingency, the distance betwixt A and B must +bee supposed to be the twentieth part of the diameter which is an 100 +miles, for so far are some enlightened parts severed from the common +terme of illumination. Now the aggregate of the quadrate from A <i>B</i> +a hundred, and <i>B</i> <i>G</i> a 1000 will bee 1010000, unto which the +quadrate arising from A G must be equall according to the +47<sup>th</sup> proposition in the first booke of elements. Therefore +the whole line <i>A</i> <i>G</i> is somewhat more than 104, and the +distance betwixt H A must be above 4 miles, which was the thing to be +proved.<a class = "tag" name = "endtag5" href = "#endnote5">5</a></p> + +<p>But it may be againe objected, if there be such rugged parts, and so +high mountaines, why then cannot wee discerne them at this distance, why +doth the moone appeare unto us so exactly round, and not rather as a +wheele with teeth?</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">136</span> +I answere, by reason of too great a distance, for if the whole body +appeare to our eye so little, then those parts which beare so small a +proportion to the whole will not at all be sensible.</p> + +<p>But it may be replied, if there were any such remarkeable hils, why +does not the limbe of the moone appeare like a wheele with teeth to +those who looke upon it through the great perspective on whose witnesse +you so much depend? or what reason is there that she appeares as exactly +round through it as shee doth to the bare eye? certainely then either +there is no such thing as you imagine, or else the glasse failes much in +this discovery.</p> + +<p>To this I shall answere out of <i>Galilæus</i>.</p> + +<p>1. You must know that there is not meerely one ranke of mountaines +about the edge of the moone, but divers orders, one mountaine behind +another, and +<span class = "pagenum">137</span> +so there is somewhat to hinder those void spaces which otherwise, +perhaps, might appeare.</p> + +<p>Now where there be many hils, the ground seemes even to a man that +can see the tops of all. Thus when the sea rages, and many vast waves +are lifted up, yet all may appeare plaine enough to one that stands at +the shore. So where there are so many hils, the inequality will be lesse +remarkable, if it be discerned at a distance.</p> + +<p>2. Though there be mountains in that part which appeares unto us, to +be the limbe of the Moone, as well as in any other place, yet the bright +vapours hide their appearance: for there is an orbe of thicke vaporous +aire that doth immediatly compasse the body of the Moone, which though +it have not so great opacity, as to terminate the sight, yet being once +enlightened by the Sunne, it doth represent the body of the Moone under +a greater forme, and hinders +<span class = "pagenum">138</span> +our sight from a distinct view of her true circumference. But of this in +the next Chapter.</p> + +<p>I have now sufficiently proved, that there are hills in the Moone, +and hence it may seeme likely that there is also a world, for since +providence hath some speciall end in all its workes, certainly then +these mountaines were not produced in vaine, and what more probable +meaning can wee conceive there should be, than to make that place +convenient for habitation.</p> + + + + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 10.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That there is an Atmo-sphæra, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, +immediately encompassing the body of the Moone.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">A</span><span class = +"secondletter">s</span> that part of our aire which is neerest to the +earth, is of a thicker substance than the other, by reason tis alwaies +mixed with +<span class = "pagenum">139</span> +some vapours, which are continually exhaled into it. So is it equally +requisite, that if there be a world in the Moone, that the aire about +that should be alike qualified with ours. Now, that there is such an +orbe of grosse aire, was first of all (for ought I can reade) observed +by <i>Meslin</i>, afterwards assented unto by <i>Keplar</i> and +<i>Galilæus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Vide</i> Euseb. Nierem. <i>de Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 11.</i></span> +and since by <i>Baptistae Cisatus</i>, <i>Sheiner</i> with others, all +of them confirming it by the same arguments which I shall onely cite, +and then leave this Proposition.</p> + +<p>1. ’Tis observed, that so much of the Moone as is enlightened, is +alwaies part of a bigger circle then that which is darker. Their +frequent experience hath proved this, and an easie observation may +quickely confirme it. But now this cannot proceede from any other cause +so probable, as from this orbe of aire, especially when we consider how +that planet shining with a borrowed light, doth not +<span class = "pagenum">140</span> +send forth any such rayes as may make her appearance bigger then her +body.</p> + +<p>2. ’Tis observed in the Solary eclipses, that there is a great +trepidation about the body of the Moone, from which we may likewise +argue an Atmo-sphæra, since we cannot well conceive what so probable a +cause there should be of such an appearance as this, <i>Quod radii +Solares à vaporibus Lunam ambientibus fuerint intercisi</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Scheiner. Ros. Vrs. l. 4. pars 2. c. 27.</i></span> +that the Sun beames were broken and refracted by the vapours that +encompassed the Moone.</p> + +<p>3. I may adde the like argument taken from another observation which +will be easily tried and granted. When the Sunne is eclipsed, wee +discerne the Moone as shee is in her owne naturall bignesse, but then +she appeares somewhat lesse then when shee is in the full, though she be +in the same place of her supposed excentrick and epicycle, and therefore +<i>Tycho</i> +<span class = "pagenum">141</span> +hath calculated a Table for the Diameter of the divers new Moones. But +now there is no reason so probable to salve this appearance, as to place +an orbe of thicker aire, neere the body of that Planet, which may be +enlightened by the reflected beames, and through which the direct raies +may easily penetrate.</p> + +<p>But some may object that this will not consist with that which was +before delivered, where I said, that the thinnest parts had least +light.</p> + +<p>If this were true, how comes it to passe then, that this aire should +be as bright as any of the other parts, when as tis the thinnest of +all?</p> + +<p>I answer, if the light be received by reflection, then the thickest +body hath most because it is best able to beare backe the raies, but if +the light be received by illumination +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Hist. l. 1. c. 7. § 11.</i></span> +(especially if there be an opacous body behinde, +<span class = "pagenum">142</span> +which may double the beames by reflexion) as it is here, then I deny not +but a thinne body may retaine much light, and perhaps, some of those +appearances which wee take for fiery comets, are nothing else but a +bright cloud enlightened, so that probable it is, there may be such aire +without the Moone, and hence it comes to passe, that the greater spots +are onely visible towards her middle parts, and none neere the +circumference, not but that there are some as well in those parts as +else where, but they are not there perceiveable, by reason of those +brighter vapours which hide them.</p> + + + + +<span class = "pagenum">143</span> +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 11.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone.</p> + + +<p><span class = "firstletter">I</span><span class = +"secondletter">h</span>ave already handled the first thing that I +promised according to the Method which <i>Aristotle</i> uses in his +Booke <i>de Mundo</i>, and shew’d you the necessary parts that belong to +this world in the Moone. In the next place ’tis requisite that I proceed +to those things which are extrinsecall unto it, as the Seasons, the +Meteors, and the Inhabitants.</p> + +<h5>1. Of the Seasons;</h5> + +<p>And if there be such a world in the Moone, ’tis requisite then that +their seasons should be some way correspondent unto ours, that they +should have Winter and Summer, night and day, as wee have.</p> + +<p>Now that in this Planet there is some similitude of Winter and +<span class = "pagenum">144</span> +Summer is affirmed by <i>Aristotle</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De gen. animal. l. 4. 12.</i></span> +himselfe, since there is one hemispheare that hath alwaies heate and +light, and the other that hath darknesse and cold. True indeed, their +daies and yeeres are alwaies of one and the same length, but tis so with +us also under the Poles, and therefore that great difference is not +sufficient to make it altogether unlike ours, nor can we expect that +every thing there should be in the same manner as it is here below, as +if nature had no way but one to bring about her purposes. Wee may easily +see what great differences there are amongst us, betwixt things of the +same kinde. Some men (say they) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i><ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘Plut.’ (Plutarch)?">Plat.</ins> de fac.</i><br> +<i>De naturâ populorum. c. 3.</i></span> +there are, who can live onely upon smells, without eating any thing, and +the same Plant, saith <i>Besoldus</i>, hath sometimes contrary effects. +<i>Mandragora</i> which growes in <i>Syria</i> inflames the lust, wheras +<i>Mandragora</i> which grows in other places doth coole the blood & +quench lust.</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">145</span> +<span class = "folionum">L</span> +Now if with us there be such great difference betwixt things of the same +kinde, we have no reason then to thinke it necessary that both these +worlds should be altogether alike, but it may suffice if they bee +correspondent in something onely, however it may be questioned whether +it doth not seeme to be against the wisedome of providence, to make the +night of so great a length, when they have such a long time unfit for +worke? I answere no, since tis so, and more with us also under the +poles; and besides, the generall length of their night is somewhat +abated in the bignesse of their Moone which is our earth. For this +returnes as great a light unto that Planet, as it receives from it. But +for the better proofe of this, I shall first free the way from such +opinions as might otherwise hinder the speede of a clearer +progresse.</p> + +<p><i>Plutarch</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plut. de fac. lunæ.</i></span> +one of the chiefe patrons +<span class = "pagenum">146</span> +of this world in the Moone, doth directly contradict this proposition; +affirming, that those who live there may discerne our world as the +dregges and sediment of all other creatures, appearing to them through +clouds and foggy mists, and that altogether devoid of light, being base +and unmoveable, so that they might well imagine the darke place of +damnation to be here situate, and that they onely were the inhabiters of +the world, as being in the midst betwixt Heaven and Hell.</p> + +<p>To this I may answere, ’tis probable that <i>Plutarch</i> spake this +inconsiderately, and without a reason, which makes him likewise fall +into another absurditie, when he sayes our earth would appeare +immoveable, whereas questionlesse though it did not, yet would it seeme +to move, and theirs to stand still, as the Land doth to a man in a +Shippe; according to +<span class = "pagenum">147</span> +<span class = "folionum">L2</span> +that of the Poet:</p> + +<p class = "verse"> +Provehimur portu, terræque urbesque recedunt.</p> + +<p>And I doubt not but that ingenuous Authour would easily have recanted +if hee had beene but acquainted with those experiences which men of +latter times have found out, for the confirmation of this truth.</p> + +<p>2. Unto him assents <i>Macrobius</i>, whose words are these; <i>Terra +accepto solis lumine clarescit, tantummodò, non relucet.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +The earth is by the Sunne-beames made bright, but not able to enlighten +any thing so farre.</p> + +<p>And his reason is, because this being of a thicke and grosse matter, +the light is terminated in its superficies, and cannot penetrate into +the substance; whereas the moone doth therefore seeme so bright to us, +because it receives the beames within it selfe. But the weaknesse of +this assertion, may bee easily manifest by a common experience, +<span class = "pagenum">148</span> +for polished steele (whose opacity will not give any admittance to the +rayes) reflects a stronger heate then glasse, and so consequently a +greater light.</p> + +<p>3. ’Tis the generall consent of Philosophers, that the reflection of +the Sunne-beames from the earth doth not reach much above halfe a mile +high, where they terminate the first region, so that to affirme they +might ascend to the moone, were to say, there were but one region of +aier, which contradicts the proved and received opinion.</p> + +<p>Unto this it may be answered:</p> + +<p>That it is indeed the common consent, that the reflexion of the +Sunne-beames reach onely to the second region, but yet some there are, +and those too Philosophers of good note, who thought otherwise. Thus +<i>Plotinus</i> is cited by <i>Cælius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4.</i></span> +<i>Si concipias te in sublimi quopiam mundi loco, unde oculis +subjiciatur terræ moles aquis circumfusa, +<span class = "pagenum">149</span> +<span class = "folionum">L3</span> +& solis syderumque radiis illustrata, non aliam profecto visam iri +probabile est, quam qualis modo visatur lunaris globi species.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +If you did conceive your selfe to bee in some such high place, where you +might discerne the whole Globe of the earth and water, when it was +enlightned by the Sunnes rayes, ’tis probable it would then appeare to +you in the same shape as the moone doth now unto us.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +Thus also <i>Carolus Malapertius</i>, whose words are these, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Præfat. ad <ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘Austriaca’">Austrica</ins> syd.</i></span> +<i>Terra hæc nostra si in luna constituti essemus, splendida prorsus +quasi non ignobilis planeta, nobis appareret.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +If wee were placed in the moone, and from thence beheld this our earth, +it would appeare unto us very bright, like one of the nobler +Planets.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +Unto these doth <i>Fromondus</i> assent, when he sayes, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Meteor. l. 1. c. 2. Art. 2.</i></span> +<i>Credo equidem quod si oculus quispiam in orbe lunari foret, globum +terræ & aquæ instar ingentis syderis</i> +<span class = "pagenum">150</span> +<i>à sole illustrem conspiceret.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +I believe that this globe of earth and water would appeare like some +great Starre to any one, who should looke upon it from the moone.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +Now this could not be, nor could it shine so remarkably, unlesse the +beames of light, were reflected from it. And therefore the same +<i>Fromondus</i> expresly holds, that the first region of ayre is there +terminated, where the heate caused by reflexion begins to languish, +whereas the beames themselves doe passe a great way further. The chiefe +argument which doth most plainely manifest this truth, is taken from a +common observation which may be easily tryed.</p> + +<p>If you behold the Moone a little before or after the conjunction, +when she is in a sextile with the Sunne, you may discerne not onely the +part which is enlightned, but the rest also to have in it a kind of a +duskish light, but if you +<span class = "pagenum">151</span> +<span class = "folionum">L4</span> +chuse out such a scituation, where some house or chimney (being some 70 +or 80 paces distant from you) may hide from your eye the enlightned +hornes, you may then discerne a greater and more remarkeable shining in +those parts unto which the Sunne beames cannot reach; nay there is so +great a light, that by the helpe of a good perspective you may discerne +its spots. Inso much that <i>Blancanus</i> the Jesuite speaking of it +sayes +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De mundi fab. p. 3ª. c. 3.</i></span> +<i>Hæc experientia ita me aliquando fefellit, ut in hunc fulgorem casu +ac repente incidens, existimarim novo quodam miraculo tempore +adolescentis lunæ factum esse plenilunium.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +This experiment did once so deceive mee, that happening upon the sight +of this brightnesse upon a sudden, I thought that by some new miracle +the Moone had beene got into her full a little after her change.</p> + +<p>But now this light is not proper +<span class = "pagenum">152</span> +to the Moone, it doth not proceed from the rayes of the Sunne which doth +penetrate her body, nor is it caused by any other of the Planets and +Starres. Therefore it must necessarily follow, that it comes from the +earth. The two first of these I have already proved, and as for the +last, it is confidently affirmed by <i>Cælius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Progym. 1.</i></span> +<i>Quod si in disquisitionem evocet quia, an lunari syderi lucem +fœnerent planetæ item alii, asseveranter astruendum non +fœnerare</i>.</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +If any should aske whether the other Planets lend any light to the +Moone; I answer they doe not.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +True indeed, the noble <i>Tycho</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>l. 20. c. 5.</i><a class = "tag" name = "endtag6" href = +"#endnote6">6</a></span> +discussing the reason of this light attributes it to the Planet +<i>Uenus</i>, and I grant that this may convey some light to the Moone; +but that it is not the cause of this whereof wee now discourse, is of +itselfe sufficiently plaine, because <i>Uenus</i> is sometimes over the +Moone, when as shee cannot convey any light to that +<span class = "pagenum">153</span> +part which is turned from her.</p> + +<p>It doth not proceede from the fixed starres, for then it would +retaine the same light in eclipses, whereas the light at such times is +more ruddy and dull. Then also the light of the Moone would not be +greater or lesser, according to its distance from the edge of the earths +shadow, since it did at all times equally participate this light of the +starres.</p> + +<p>Now because there is no other body in the whole Universe, save the +earth, it remaines that this light must necessarily be caused by that +which with a just gratitude repaies to the Moone, such illumination as +it receives from her.</p> + +<p>And as loving friends equally participate of the same joy and griefe, +so doe these mutually partake of the same light from the Sunne, and the +same darkenesse from the eclipses, being also severally helped by one +another in +<span class = "pagenum">154</span> +their greatest wants: For when the Moone is in conjunction with the +Sunne, and her upper part receives all the light, then her lower +Hemispheare (which would otherwise be altogether darke) is enlightened +by the reflexion of the Sunne beames from the earth. When these two +planets are in opposition, then that part of the earth which could not +receive any light from the Sunne beames, is most enlightened by the +Moone, being then in her full; and as she doth most illuminate the earth +when the Sunne beames cannot, so the gratefull earth returnes to her as +great, nay greater light when shee most wants it; so that alwaies that +visible part of the Moone which receives nothing from the Sunne, is +enlightened by the earth, as is proved by <i>Galilæus</i>, with many +more arguments, in that Treatise which he calls <i>Systema mundi</i>. +True indeed, when the Moone comes to a quartile, then +<span class = "pagenum">155</span> +you can neither discerne this light, nor yet the darker part of her +body, but the reason is, because of the <ins class = "correction" +title = "so in original: ‘exsuperancy’">exuperancy</ins> of the light in +the other parts. <i>Quippe illustratum medium speciem recipit +valentiorem</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Scal. exerc. 62.</i></span> +the clearer brightnesse involves the weaker, it being with the species +of sight, as it is with those of sound, and as the greater noise drownes +the lesse, so the brighter object hides that which is more obscure. But +they doe alwaies in their mutuall vicissitudes participate of one +anothers light; so also doe they partake of the same defects and +darknings, for when our Moone is eclipsed, then is their Sunne darkened, +and when our Sunne is eclipsed, then is their Moone deprived of its +light, as you may see affirmed by <i>Mæslin</i>. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Epit. Astro. l. 4. part. 2.</i></span> +<i>Quod si terram nobis ex alto liceret intueri, quemadmodum deficientem +lunam ex longinquo spectare possumus, videremus tempore eclipsis solis +terræ +<span class = "pagenum">156</span> +aliquam partem lumine solis deficere, eodem planè modo sicut ex opposito +luna deficit</i>,</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +If wee might behold this globe of earth at the same distance as we doe +the Moone in her defects, wee might discerne some part of it darkened in +the Sunnes eclipses, just so as the Moone is in hers.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +For as our Moone is eclipsed by the interposition of our earth, so is +their Moone eclipsed by the interposition of theirs. The manner of this +mutuall illumination betwixt these two you may plainly discerne in this +Figure following.</p> + +<span class = "pagenum">157</span> +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/pic157.png" width = "294" height = "547" +alt = "illustration as described in text" title = +"illustration as described in text"> +</p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">158</span> +Where A represents the Sun, B the Earth, and C the Moone; Now suppose +the Moone C to be in a sextile of increase, when there is onely one +small part of her body enlightened, then the earth B will have such a +part of its visible Hemispheare darkened, as is proportionable to that +part of the Moone which is enlightened; and as for so much of the Moone, +as the Sun beames cannot reach unto, it receives light from a +proportionall part of the earth which shines upon it, as you may plainly +perceive by the Figure.</p> + +<p>You see then that agreement and similitude which there is betwixt our +earth and the Moone. Now the greatest difference which makes them +unlike, is this, that the Moone enlightens our earth round about, +whereas our earth gives light onely to that Hemispheare of the Moone +which is visible unto us, as may be certainly gathered from the constant +<span class = "pagenum">159</span> +appearance of the same spots, which could not thus come to passe, if the +Moone had such a diurnall motion about its own axis, as perhaps our +earth hath. And though some suppose her to move in an epicycle, yet this +doth not so turne her body round, that we may discerne both +Hemispheares, for according to that hypothesis, the motion of her +eccentrick, doth turne her face towards us, as much as the other doth +from us.</p> + +<p>But now if any question what they doe for a Moone who live in the +upper part of her body? I answer, the solving of this is the most +uncertaine and difficult thing that I know of concerning this whole +matter. But yet I will give you two probable conjectures.</p> + +<p>1. Perhaps, the upper Hemispheare of the Moone doth receive a +sufficient light from those planets about it, and amongst these +<i>Venus</i> (it may be) bestowes a more especiall +<span class = "pagenum">160</span> +brightnesse, since <i>Galilæus</i> hath plainly discerned that she +suffers the same increase and decreases, as the Moone hath, and ’tis +probable that this may be perceived there without the help of a glasse, +because they are farre neerer it than wee. When <i>Venus</i> (saith +<i>Keplar</i>) lies downe in the Perige or lower part of her supposed +Epicycle, then is she in conjunction with her husband the Sunne, from +whom after she hath departed for the space of ten moneths, shee gets +<i>plenum uterum</i>, and is in the full.<a class = "tag" name = +"endtag7" href = "#endnote7">7</a></p> + +<p>But you’ll reply, though <i>Venus</i> may bestow some light when she +is over the Moone, and in conjunction, yet being in opposition, she is +not visible to them, and what shall they then doe for light?</p> + +<p>I answer, then they have none: nor doth this make so great a +difference betwixt those two Hemispheares as there is with us, betwixt +the places under the poles, +<span class = "pagenum">161</span> +<span class = "folionum">M</span> +and the line, but if this bee not sufficient, then I say in the second +place that</p> + +<p>2. Perhaps there may be some other enlightened body above the Moone +which we cannot discerne, nor is this altogether improbable because +there is almost the like observed in Saturne, who appeares through this +glasse with two lesser bodies on each side, which may supply the office +of Moones, unto each hemispheare thus:</p> + +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/pic161.png" width = "254" height = "83" +alt = "o O o" title = "o O o"> +</p> + +<p>So in this world also there may be some such body, though wee cannot +discerne it, because the Moone is alwaies in a streight line, betwixt +our eye and that. Nor is it altogether unlikely that there should bee +more moones to one Orbe, because <i>Jupiter</i> also is observed to have +foure such +<span class = "pagenum">162</span> +bodies that move round about him.</p> + +<p>But it may seeme a very difficult thing to conceive, how so grosse +and darke a body as our earth, should yeeld such cleare light as +proceedes from the Moone, and therefore the Cardinall <i>de Cusa</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De doct. ig. l. 2. c. 12.</i></span> +(who thinkes every Starre to be a severall world) is of opinion that the +light of the Sunne is not able to make them appeare so bright, but the +reason of their shining is, because wee behold them at a great distance +through their regions of fire which doe set a shining lustre upon those +bodies that of themselves are darke. <i>Vnde si quis esset extra +regionem ignis, terra ista in circumferentia suæ regionis per medium +ignis lucida stella appareret.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +So that if man were beyond the region of fire, this earth would appear +through that as a bright Starre.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +But if this were the onely reason then would the Moone bee +<span class = "pagenum">163</span> +<span class = "folionum">M2</span> +freed from such increases and decreases as shee is now lyable unto.</p> + +<p><i>Keplar</i> thinkes that our earth receives that light whereby it +shines from the Sunne, but this (saith he) is not such an intended +cleare brightnesse as the Moone is capable of, and therefore hee +guesses, that the earth there is of a more <ins class = "correction" +title = "so in original: chalky">chokie</ins> soyle like the Ile of +<i>Creete</i>, and so is better able to reflect a stronger light, +whereas our earth must supply this intention with the quantity of its +body, but this I conceive to be a needlesse conjecture, since our earth +if all things were well considered, will be found able enough to reflect +as great a light. For</p> + +<p>1. Consider its opacity, if you marke these sublunary things, you +shall perceive that amongst them, those that are most perspicuous, are +not so well able to reverberate the Sunne beames as the thicker bodies. +The rayes passe singly +<span class = "pagenum">164</span> +through a diaphanous matter, but in an opacous substance they are +doubled in their returne and multiplyed by reflexion. Now if the moone +and the other Planets can shine so clearely by beating backe the Sunne +beames, why may not the earth also shine as well, which agrees with them +in the cause of this brightnesse their opacity?</p> + +<p>2. Consider what a cleare light wee may discerne reflected from the +earth in the middest of Summer, and withall conceive how much greater +that must bee which is under the line, where the rayes are more directly +and strongly reverberated.</p> + +<p>3. Consider the great distance at which wee behold the Planets, for +this must needs adde much to their shining and therefore <i>Cusanus</i> +(in the above cited place) thinkes that if a man were in the Sunne, that +Planet would not appeare so bright to him, as now +<span class = "pagenum">165</span> +<span class = "folionum">M3</span> +it doth to us, because then his eye could discerne but little, whereas +here wee may comprehend the beames as they are contracted in a narrow +body. <i>Keplar</i> beholding the earth from a high mountaine when it +was enlightned by the Sunne confesses that it appeared unto him of an +incredible brightnesse, whereas then the reflected rayes entered into +his sight obliquely; but how much brighter would it have appeared if hee +might in a direct line behold the whole globe of earth and these rayes +gathered together? So that if wee consider that great light which the +earth receives from the Sunne in the Summer, and then suppose wee were +in the Moone, where wee might see the whole earth hanging in those vast +spaces where there is nothing to terminate the sight, but those beames +which are there contracted into a little compasse; I say, if wee doe +well consider this, wee may easily +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘66’">166</ins></span> +conceive, that our earth appeares a<ins class = "fillin">s</ins> +brigh<ins class = "fillin">t</ins> to those other inhabitants in the +Moone, as theirs doth to us.</p> + + + + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 12.</h4> + +<p class = "heading"> +That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world in +the Moone, as there are with us.</p> + + +<p><i><span class = "firstletter">P</span><span class = +"secondletter">l</span>utarch</i> discussing this point affirmes that it +is not necessary there should be the same meanes of growth and +fructifying in both these worlds, since nature might in her policy finde +out more waies then one how to bring about the same effect. But however +he thinks its probable that the <i>M</i>oone her selfe sendeth forth +warme winds, and by the swiftnesse of her motion there should breathe +out a sweet and comfortable ayer, pleasant dewes and gentle moysture, +<span class = "pagenum">167</span> +<span class = "folionum">M4</span> +which might serve for the refreshing and nourishment of the inhabitants +and plants in that other world.</p> + +<p>But since they have all things alike with us, as sea and land, and +vaporous ayer encompassing both, I should rather therefore thinke that +nature there should use the same way of producing meteors as she doth +with us (and not by a motion as <i>Plutarch</i> supposes) because shee +doth not love to vary from her usuall operations without some +extraordinary impediment, but still keepes her beaten path unlesse she +be driven thence.</p> + +<p>One argument whereby I shall manifest this truth, may be taken from +those new Starres which have appeared in divers ages of the world, and +by their parallax have beene discerned to have been above the +<i>M</i>oone, such as was that in <i>Cassiopeia</i>, that in +<i>Sagittarius</i>, with many others betwixt the Planets. +<i>Hipparchus</i> in his time +<span class = "pagenum">168</span> +<ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘looke’ but catchword is ‘tooke’">tooke</ins> +especiall notice of such as these, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Plin. nat. hist. l. 2. c. 26.</i></span> +and therefore fancied out such constellations in which to place the +Starres, shewing how many there were in every asterisme, that so +afterwards posterity might know, whether there were any new Starre +produced or any old one missing. Now the nature of these Comets may +probably manifest, that in this other world there are other meteors +also; for these in all likelihood are nothing else but such evaporations +caused by the Sunne, from the bodies of the Planets. I shall prove this +by shewing the improbabilities and inconveniences of any other +opinion.</p> + +<p>For the better pursuite of this ’tis in the first place requisite +that I deale with our chiefe adversary, <i>Cæsar la Galla</i>, who doth +most directly oppose that truth which is here to bee proved. Hee +endeavouring to confirme the incorruptibility of the Heavens, +<span class = "pagenum">169</span> +and being there to satisfie the argument which is taken from these +comets, He answers it thus: <i>Aut argumentum desumptum ex paralaxi non +est efficax, aut si est efficax, eorum instrumentorum usum decipere, vel +ratione astri vel medii, vel distantiæ, aut ergo erat in suprema parte +aeris, aut si in cœlo, tum forsan factum erat ex reflectione radiorum +Saturni & Jovis, qui tunc in conjunctione fuerant.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Either the argument from the paralax is not efficacious, or if it be, +yet the use of the instruments might deceive either in regard of the +starre or the <i>medium</i>, or the distance, and so this comet might be +in the upper regions of the aire, or if it were in the heavens, there it +might be produced by the reflexion of the rayes from <i>Saturne</i> and +<i>Jupiter</i>, who were then in conjunction.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +You see what shifts hee is driven to, how he runnes up and downe to many +starting holes, that hee may find +<span class = "pagenum">170</span> +some shelter, and in stead of the strength of reason, he answers with a +multitude of words, thinking (as the Proverbe is) that hee may use +haile, when hee hath no thunder, <i>Nihil turpius</i> (saith +<span class = "sidenote"> +* <i>Epist. 95.</i></span> +*<i>Seneca</i>) <i>dubio est incerto, pedem modo referente, modo +producente.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +What can there bee more unseemely in one that should be a faire +disputant, then to be now here, now there, and so uncertaine, that one +cannot tell where to find him.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +He thinkes that there are not Comets in the heavens, because there may +be many other reasons of such appearances, but what he knowes not, +perhaps (he saies) that argument from the parallax is not sufficient, or +if it be, then there may be some deceit in the observation. To this I +may safely say, that hee may justly be accounted a weake Mathematician +who mistrusts the strength of this argument, nor can hee know much in +Astronomy, who understands +<span class = "pagenum">171</span> +not the parallax, which is the foundation of that Science, and I am sure +that hee is a timorous man, who dares not believe the frequent +experience of his senses, or trust to a demonstration.</p> + +<p>True indeed, I grant tis possible, that the eye, the <i>medium</i>, +and the distance may al deceive the beholder, but I would have him shew +which of all these was likely to cause an error in this observation? +Meerely to say they might be deceived is no sufficient answer, for by +this I might confute the positions of all Astronomers, and affirme the +starres are hard by us, because ’tis possible they may be deceived in +their observing that distance. But I forbeare any further reply; my +opinion is of that Treatise, that either it was set forth purposely to +tempt a confutation, that hee might see the opinion of <i>Galilæus</i> +confirmed by others, or else it was invented with as much haste and +negligence as it was printed, there +<span class = "pagenum">172</span> +being in it almost as many faults as lines.</p> + +<p>Others thinke that these are not any new Comets, but some ancient +starres that were there before, which now shine with that unusuall +brightnesse, by reason of the interposition of such vapors which doe +multiply their light, and so the alteration will be here onely, and not +in the heavens. Thus <i>Aristotle</i> thought the appearance of the +milkie way was produced, for he held that there were many little +starres, which by their influence did constantly attract such a vapour +towards that place of heaven, so that it alwaies appeared white. Now by +the same reason may a brighter vapor be the cause of these +appearances.</p> + +<p>But how probable soever this opinion may seeme, yet if well +considered, you shall finde it to be altogether absurd and impossible: +for,</p> + +<p>1. These starres were never +<span class = "pagenum">173</span> +seene there before, and tis not likely that a vapour being hard by us +can so multiply that light which could not before be at all +discerned.</p> + +<p>2. This supposed vapour cannot be either contracted into a narrow +compasse or dilated into a broad: 1. it could not be within a little +space, for then that starre would not appeare with the same multiplied +light to those in other climates: 2. it cannot be a dilated vapour, for +then other starres which were discerned through the same vapour would +seeme as bigg as that; this argument is the same in effect with that of +the paralax, as you may see in this Figure.</p> + +<span class = "pagenum">174</span> +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/pic174.png" width = "391" height = "232" +alt = "diagram as described in text" +title = "diagram as described in text"> +</p> + +<p>Suppose A B to be a Hemispheare of one earth, C D to be the upper +part of the highest region, in which there might be either a contracted +vapour, as G, or else a dilated one, as H I. Suppose E F likewise to +represent halfe the heavens, wherein was this appearing Comet at K. Now +I say, that a contracted vapour, as G, could not cause this appearance, +because an inhabitant at M could not discerne the same starre +<span class = "pagenum">175</span> +with this brightnesse, but perhaps another at L, betwixt which the +vapour is directly interposed. Nor could it be caused by a dilated +vapour, as H I, because then all the starres that were discerned through +it would be perceived with the same brightnesse.</p> + +<p>Tis necessary therefore that the cause of this appearance should be +in the heavens. And this is granted by the most and best Astronomers. +But, say some, this doth not argue any naturall alteration in those +purer bodies, since tis probable that the concourse of many little +vagabond starres by the union of their beames may cause so great a +light. Of this opinion were <i>Anaxagoras</i> and <i>Zeno</i> amongst +the ancient, and <i>Baptista Cisatus</i>, <i>Blancanus</i>, with others +amongst our moderne Astronomers. For, say they, when there happens to be +a concourse of some few starres, then doe many other flie unto them from +all the parts of heaven +<span class = "pagenum">176</span> +like so many Bees unto their King. But 1. tis not likely that amongst +those which wee count the fixed starres there should be any such +uncertaine motions, that they can wander from all parts of the heavens, +as if Nature had neglected them, or forgot to appoint them a determinate +course. 2. If there be such a conflux of these, as of Bees to their +King, then what reason is there that they doe not still tarry with it, +that so the Comet may not be dissolved? But enough of this. You may +commonly see it confuted by many other arguments. Others there are, who +affirme these to be some new created stars, produced by an extraordinary +supernaturall power. I answer, true indeed, tis possible they might be +so, but however tis not likely they were so, since such appearances may +be <ins class = "correction" title = "so in original">salved</ins> some +other way, wherefore to fly unto a miracle for such things, were a great +injury to nature, and to derogate +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘175’">177</ins></span> +<span class = "folionum">N</span> +from her skill, an indignitie much mis-becomming a man who professes +himselfe to be a Philosopher, <i>Miraculum</i> (saith one) <i>est +ignorantiæ Asylum</i>, a miracle often serves for the receptacle of a +lazy ignorance which any industrious Spirit would be ashamed of, it +being but an idle way to shift off the labour of any further search. But +here’s the misery of it, wee first tie our selves unto <i>Aristotles</i> +Principles, and then conclude, that nothing could contradict them but a +miracle, whereas ’twould be much better for the Common-wealth of +learning, if we would ground our Principles rather upon the frequent +experiences of our owne, then the bare authority of others.</p> + +<p>Some there are, who thinke that these Comets are nothing else, but +exhalations from our earth, carried up into the higher parts of the +Heaven. So <i>Peno</i>, +<span class = "pagenum">178</span> +<i>Rothmannus</i> & <i>Galilæus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Tycho Progym. l. 1. cap. 9.</i></span> +but this is not possible, since by computation ’tis found that one of +them is above 300 times bigger than the whole Globe of Land and Water. +Others therefore have thought that they did proceed from the body of the +Sun, and that that Planet onely is <i>Cometarum officina, unde tanquam +emissarii & exploratores emitterentur, brevi ad solem redituri</i>: +The shop or forge of Comets from whence they were sent, like so many +spies, that they might in some short space returne againe, but this +cannot be, since if so much matter had proceeded from him alone, it +would have made a sensible diminution in his body. The Noble +<i>Tycho</i> therefore thinkes that they consist of some such fluider +parts of the Heaven, as the milkie way is framed of, which being +condenst together, yet not attaining to the consistency of a Starre, is +in +<span class = "pagenum">179</span> +<span class = "folionum">N2</span> +some space of time rarified againe into its wonted nature. But this is +not likely, for if there had beene so great a condensation as to make +them shine so bright, and last so long, they would then sensibly have +moved downewards towards some center of gravity, because whatsoever is +condenst must necessarily grow heavier, whereas these rather seemed to +ascend higher, as they lasted longer. But some may object, that a thing +may be of the same weight, when it is rarified, as it had while it was +condenst: so metalls, when they are melted, and when they are cold: so +water also when it is frozen, and when it is fluid, doth not differ in +respect of gravity. But to these I answer: First, Metalls are not +rarified by melting, but molified. Secondly, waters are not properly +condensed, but congealed into a harder substance, the parts being not +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘178’">180</ins></span> +contracted closer together, but still possessing the same extension.</p> + +<p>And beside, what likely cause can we conceive of this condensation, +unlesse there be such qualities there, as there are in our ayre, and +then why may not the Planets have the like qualities, as our earth? and +if so, then ’tis more probable that they are made by the ordinary way of +nature, as they are with us, and consist of exhalations from the bodies +of the Planets. Nor is this a singular opinion; but it seemed most +likely to <i>Camillus Gloriosus</i><ins class = "correction" +title = "text has period (full stop)">, </ins><i>Th. Campanella</i>, +<i>Fromondus</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Comet. l. 5. c. 4.</i><br> +<i>Apolog.</i><br> +<i>Meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6.</i><br> +<i>Iohan. Fabr.</i><br> +<i>Carolus <ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘Malapert(ius)’">Malaptius</ins> de Heliocyc.</i><br> +<i>Scheiner. Rosa Vrsina.</i></span> +with some others. But if you aske whither all these exhalations shall +returne, I answer, every one into his owne Planet: if it be againe +objected, +that then there will be so many centers of gravity, and each severall +Planet will be a distinct world; I reply, perhaps all of them are +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘179’">181</ins></span> +<span class = "folionum">N3</span> +so except the Sunne, though <i>Cusanus</i> thinkes there is one also, +and later times have discovered some lesser Planets moving round about +him. But as for <i>Saturne</i>, he hath two Moones on each side. +<i>Jupiter</i> hath foure, that incircle his body with their motion. +<i>Venus</i> is observed to increase and decrease as the Moone. +<i>Mars</i>, and all the rest, derive their light from the Sunne onely. +Concerning <i>Mercury</i>, there hath beene little or no observation, +because for the most part, he lies hid under the Sunne beames, and +seldome appeares by himselfe. So that if you consider their quantity, +their opacity, or these other discoveries, you shall finde it probable +enough, that each of them may be a severall world. But this would be too +much for to vent at the first<ins class = "correction" title = +"text has period (full stop)">: </ins>the chiefe thing at which I now +ayme in this discourse, is to +<span class = "pagenum">182</span> +prove that there may be one in the Moone.</p> + +<p>It hath beene before confirmed that there was a spheare of thicke +vaporous aire encompasing the Moone, as the first and second regions doe +this earth. I have now shewed, that thence such exhalations may proceede +as doe produce the Comets: now from hence it may probably follow, that +there may be wind also and raine, with such other Meteors as are common +amongst us. This consequence is so dependant, that <i>Fromondus</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6.</i></span> +dares not deny it, though hee would (as hee confesses himselfe) for if +the Sunne be able to exhale from them such fumes as may cause Comets, +why not then such as may cause winds, and why not such also as cause +raine, since I have above shewed, that there is Sea and Land as with us. +Now raine seemes to be more especially requisite for them, +<span class = "pagenum">183</span> +<span class = "folionum">N4</span> +since it may allay the heate and scorchings of the Sunne, when he is +over their heads. And nature hath thus provided for those in +<i>Peru</i>, with the other inhabitants under the line.</p> + +<p>But if there be such great, and frequent alterations in the Heavens, +why cannot wee discerne them?</p> + +<p>I answer:</p> + +<p>1. There may be such, and we not able to perceive them, because of +the weaknesse of our eye, and the distance of those places from us, they +are the words of <i>Fienus</i>, as they are quoted by <i>Fromondus</i> +in the above cited place,<a class = "tag" name = "endtag8" href = +"#endnote8">8</a> <i>Possunt maximæ permutationes in cœlo fieri, etiamsi +a nobis non conspiciantur, hoc visus nostri debilitas & immensa cœli +distantia faciunt.</i> And unto him assents <i>Fromondus</i> himselfe, +when a little after hee saies, <i>Si in sphæris planetarum degeremus, +plurima forsan cœlestium nebularum vellere toto æthere passim +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘182’">184</ins></span> +dispersa videremus, quorum species jam evanescit nimia spatii +intercapedine.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +If we did live in the spheares of the Planets, wee might there, perhaps, +discerne many great clouds dispersed through the whole Heavens, which +are not now visible by reason of this great distance.</p> + +<p>2. <i>Mæslin</i> and <i>Keplar</i> affirme, that they have seene some +of these alterations. The words of <i>Mæslin</i> are these (as I finde +them cited.) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil.</i><a class = "tag" name = "endtag9" href += "#endnote9">9</a></span> +<i>In eclipsi Lunari vespere Dominicæ Palmarum Anni 1605<ins class = +"correction" title = "text has period (full stop)">,</ins> in corpore +Lunæ versus Boream, nigricans quædam macula conspecta fuit, obscurior +cætero toto corpore, quod candentis ferri figuram repræsentabat; +dixisses nubila in multam regionem extensa pluviis & tempestuosis +imbribus gravida, cujusmodi ab excelsorum montium jugis in humiliora +convallium loca videre non rarò contingit.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +In that lunary eclipse which happened in the even of Palme-sunday, +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘183’">185</ins></span> +in the yeere 1605, there was a certaine blackish spot discerned in the +Northerly part of the Moone, being darker than any other part of her +body, and representing the colour of red hot yron; you might conjecture +that it was some dilated cloud, being pregnant with showers, for thus +doe such lower clouds appeare from the tops of high mountaines.</p> + +<p>Unto this I may adde another testimony of <i>Bapt. Cisatus</i>, as he +is quoted by <i>Nierembergius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Hist. Nat. l. 2. c. 11.</i></span> +grounded upon an observation taken 23. yeeres after this of +<i>Mæslin</i>, and writ to this <i>Euseb. Nieremberg.</i> in a letter by +that diligent and judicious Astronomer. The words of it runne thus: +<i>Et quidem in eclipsi nupra solari quæ fuit ipso die natali Christi, +observavi clarè in luna soli supposita, quidpiam quod valde probat id +ipsum quod Cometæ quoque & maculæ solares urgent, nempe cœlum non +esse +<span class = "pagenum">186</span> +à tenuitate & variationibus aeris exemptum, nam circa Lunam adverti +esse sphæram seu orbem quendam vaporosum, non secus atque circum terram, +adeoque sicut ex terra in aliquam usque sphæram vapores & +exhalationes expirant, ita quoque ex luna.</i></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +In that late solary eclipse which happened on Christmas day, when the +Moone was just under the Sunne, I plainly discerned that in her which +may clearely confirme what the Comets and Sunne spots doe seeme to +prove, <i>viz.</i> that the heavens are not solid, nor freed from those +changes which our aire is liable unto, for about the Moone I perceived +such an orbe of vaporous aire, as that is which doth encompasse our +earth, and as vapours and exhalations, are raised from our earth into +this aire, so are they also from the Moone.</p> + +<p>You see what probable +<span class = "pagenum">187</span> +grounds and plaine testimonies have brought for the confirmation of this +Proposition: many other things in this behalfe might be spoken, which +for brevity sake I now omit, and passe unto the next.</p> + + + + +<h4 class = "section">Proposition 13.</h4> + +<p class = "heading">That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this +other World, but of what kinde they are is uncertaine.</p> + + +<p>I have already handled the Seasons and Meteors belonging to this new +World: ’tis requisite that in the next place I should come unto the +third thing which I promised, and to say somewhat of the inhabitants, +concerning whom there might be many difficult questions raised, as +whether that place be more inconvenient for habitation +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘186’">188</ins></span> +then our World (as <i>Keplar</i> thinkes) whether they are the seed of +<i>Adam</i>, whether they are there in a blessed estate, or else what +meanes there may be for their salvation, with many other such uncertaine +enquiries, which I shall willingly omit, leaving it to their +examination, who have more leisure and learning for the search of such +particulars.</p> + +<p>Being for mine own part content only to set downe such notes +belonging unto these which have observed in other Writers. <i>Cum tota +illa regio nobis ignota sit, remanent inhabitores illi ignoti +penitus</i>, (saith <i>Cusanus</i>) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12.</i></span> +since we know not the regions of that place, wee must be altogether +ignorant of the inhabitants. There hath not yet beene any such discovery +concerning these, upon which wee may build a certainty, or good +probability: well may wee guesse at them, and +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘187’">189</ins></span> +that too very doubtfully, but we can know nothing, for if we doe hardly +guesse aright at things which be upon earth, if with labour wee doe +finde the things that are at hand, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Wisd. 9. 16.</span> +how then can wee search out those things that are in Heaven? What a +little is that which wee know? in respect of those many matters +contained within this great Universe, this whole globe of earth and +water? though it seeme to us to be of a large extent, yet it beares not +so great a proportion unto the whole frame of Nature, as a small sand +doth unto it; and what can such little creatures as wee discerne, who +are tied to this point of earth? or what can they in the Moone know of +us? If wee understand any thing (saith <i>Esdras</i>) +<span class = "sidenote"> +2 Esd. 4. 22.</span> +’tis nothing but that which is upon the earth, and hee that dwelleth +above in the Heavens, may onely understand +<span class = "pagenum">190</span> +the things that are above in the heighth of the heavens.</p> + +<p>So that ’twere a very needelesse thing for us, to search after any +particulars, however, wee may guesse in the generall, that there are +some <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘inhabitans’">inhabitants</ins> in that Planet: +for why else did Providence furnish that place with all such +conveniences of habitation as have beene above declared?</p> + +<p>But you will say, perhaps, is there not too great and intollerable a +heate, since the Sunne is in their Zinith every moneth, and doth tarry +their so long before hee leaves it?</p> + +<p>I answer, 1. This may, perhaps, be remedied (as it is under the line) +by the frequencie of mid-day showers, which may cloud their Sunne, and +coole their earth: <ins class = "correction" title = +"wording of following sentence as in the original">2. </ins>The equality +of their nights doth much temper the scorching of the day, and the +extreme cold that comes +<span class = "pagenum">191</span> +from the one, require some space before it can be dispelled by the +other, so that the heate spending a great while before it can have the +victory, hath not afterwards much time to rage in. Wherfore +notwithstanding this, yet that place may remaine habitable. And this was +the opinion of the <i>Cardinal de <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘cusa’">Cusa</ins></i>, when speaking of this Planet, he +saies, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12.</i></span> +<i>Hic locus Mundi est habitatio hominum & animalium atque +vegetabilium</i>.</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and <ins class = +"correction" title = "text reads ‘Planets’">Plantes</ins>.</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +To him assented <i>Campanella</i>, but hee cannot determine whether +there were men, or rather some other kinde of creatures. If they were +men, then he thinkes they could not be infected with <i>Adams</i> sinne; +yet, perhaps, they had some of their owne, which might make them liable +to the same misery with us, out of which, perhaps, they were delivered +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘190’">192</ins></span> +by the same means as we, the death of Christ, and thus he thinkes that +place of the <i>Ephesians</i> may be interpreted, where the Apostle +saies, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Eph. 1. 10.</span> +<i>God gathered all things together in Christ, both which are in earth, +and which are in the heavens</i>: So also that of the same Apostle to +the <i>Colossians</i>, where hee saies, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Col. 1. 20.</span> +that <i>it pleased the Father to reconcile all things unto himselfe by +Christ, whether they be things in earth, or things in heaven</i>.</p> + +<p>But I dare not jest with Divine truthes, or apply these places +according as fancy directs. As I thinke this opinion doth not any where +contradict Scripture, so I thinke likewise, that it cannot be proved +from it, wherefore <i>Campanella’s</i> second conjecture may be more +probable, that the inhabitants of that world, are not men as wee are, +but some other kinde of creatures which beare some proportion +<span class = "pagenum">193</span> +<span class = "folionum">O</span> +and likenesse to our natures, and <i>Cusanus</i> too thinkes they differ +from us in many respects; I will set downe his words as they may bee +found in the abovecited place, <i>Suspicamus in regione solis magis esse +solares, claros & illuminatos <ins class = "correction" title = +"so in original: ‘intellectuales’?">intellectuares</ins> habitatores, +spiritu aliores etiam quam in lunâ, ubi magis lunatici, & in terra, +magis materiales, & grossi, ut illi intellectualis naturæ solares +sint multum in actu & parum in potentia; terreni vero magis in +potentia, & parum in actu, lunares in medio fluctuantes. Hoc quidem +opinamur ex influentia <ins class = "correction" title = +"coined word?">ignili</ins> solis aquatica simul & aeria lunæ, & +gravedine materiali terræ, & consimiliter de aliis stellarum +regionibus suspicantes, nullam habitatoribus carêre, quasi tot sint +partes particulares mundiales omnius universi, quot sunt stellæ quarum +non est numerus, nisi apud eum qui omnia in numero creavit.</i></p> + +<p><span class = "pagenum">194</span></p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Wee may conjecture (saith he) the inhabiters of the Sunne are like to +the nature of that Planet, more cleare and bright, more intellectuall +and spirituall than those in the Moone where they are neerer to the +nature of that duller Planet, and those of the earth being more grosse +and materiall than either, so that these intellectuall natures in the +Sun, are more forme than matter, those in the earth more matter than +forme, and those in the Moone betwixt both. This wee may guesse from the +fiery influence of the Sunne, the watery and aereous influence of the +Moone, as also the matereall heavinesse of the earth. In some such +manner likewise is it with the regions of the other Starres, for wee +conjecture that none of them are without inhabitants, but that there are +so many particular +<span class = "pagenum">195</span> +<span class = "folionum">O2</span> +worlds and parts of this one universe, as there are Stars which are +innumerable, unlesse it bee to him who created all things in number.</p> + +<p>For he held that the stars were not all in one equall Orbe as we +commonly suppose, but that some were farre higher than others which made +them appeare lesse and that many others were so farre above any of +these, that they were altogether invisible unto us. An opinion (which as +I conceive) hath not any great probability for it, nor certainty +against it.</p> + +<p>The Priest of <i>Saturne</i> relating to <i>Plutarch</i> (as he +faignes it) the nature of the Selenites, told him they were of divers +dispositions, some desiring to live in the lower parts of the Moone, +where they might looke downewards upon us, while others were more surely +mounted aloft, all of them shining like the rayes of +<span class = "pagenum">196</span> +the Sun, and as being victorious are crowned with garlands made with the +wings of <i>Eustathia</i> or <i>Constancie</i>.</p> + +<p>It hath beene the opinion amongst some of the Ancients, that their +Heavens and Elysian fields were in the Moone where the aire is most +quiet and pure. Thus <i>Socrates</i>, thus <i>Plato</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nat. Com. lib. 3. c. 19.</i></span> +with his followers, did esteeme this to bee the place where those purer +soules inhabit, who are freed from the Sepulchre, and contagion of the +body. And by the Fable of <i>Ceres</i>, continually wandring in search +of her daughter <i>Proserpina</i>, is meant nothing else but the longing +desire of men, who live upon <i>Ceres</i> earth, to attaine a place in +<i>Proserpina</i>, the Moone or Heaven.</p> + +<p><i>Plutarch</i> also seemes to assent unto this, but hee thinkes +moreover, that there are two places of happinesse answerable to those +two parts which hee fancies to +<span class = "pagenum">197</span> +<span class = "folionum">O3</span> +remaine of a man when hee is dead, the soule and the understanding; the +soule he thinkes is made of the Moone, and as our bodies doe so proceede +from the dust of this earth, that they shall returne to it hereafter, so +our soules were generated out of that Planet, and shall bee resolved +into it againe, whereas the understanding shall ascend unto the Sunne, +out of which it was made where it shall possesse an eternity of well +being, and farre greater happinesse than that which is enjoyed in the +Moone. So that when a man dies, if his soule bee much polluted, then +must it wander up and downe in the middle regions of the aire where hell +is, and there suffer unspeakable torments for those sinnes whereof it is +guilty. Whereas the soules of better men, when they have in some space +of time beene purged from that impurity which they did derive from the +body, +<span class = "pagenum">198</span> +then doe they returne into the Moone, where they are possest with such a +joy, as those men feele who professe holy misteries, from which place +(saith he) some are sent downe to have the superintendance of Oracles, +being diligent either in the preservation of the good, either from or in +all perils, and the prevention or punishment of all wicked actions, but +if in these imployments they mis-behave themselves, then are they againe +to be imprisoned in a body, otherwise they remaine in the Moone till +their body be resolved into it, & the understanding being cleared +from all impediments, ascends to the Sunne which is its proper place. +But this requires a diverse space of time according to the diverse +affections of the soule. As for those who have beene retired and honest, +addicting themselves to a studious and quiet life, these are quickly +preferred to a +<span class = "pagenum">199</span> +<span class = "folionum">O4</span> +higher happinesse. But as for such who have busied themselves in many +broyles, or have beene vehement in the prosecution of any lust, as the +ambitious, the amorous, the wrathfull man, these still retaine the +glimpses and dreames of such things as they have performed in their +bodies, which makes them either altogether unfit to remaine there where +they are, or else keepes them long ere they can put off their soules. +Thus you see <i>Plutarchs</i> opinion concerning the inhabitants and +neighbours of the Moone, which (according to the manner of the +Academickes) hee delivers in a third person; you see he makes that +Planet an inferiour kind of heaven, and though hee differ in many +circumstances, yet doth hee describe it to be some such place, as wee +suppose Paradise to be. You see likewise his opinion concerning the +place of damned spirits, +<span class = "pagenum">200</span> +that it is in the middle region of the aire, and in neither of these is +hee singular, but some more late and Orthodox Writers have agreed with +him. As for the place of hell, many thinke it may be in the aire as well +as any where else.</p> + +<p>True indeed, Saint <i>Austin</i> affirmes that this place cannot bee +discovered; +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De civit. Dei. lib. 22. ca. 16.</i></span> +But others there are who can shew the situation of it out of Scripture; +Some holding it to bee in some other world without this, because our +Saviour calls it <span class = "greek" title = "skotos exôteron">σκότος +ἐξώτερον</span>, outward darkenesse. +<span class = "sidenote"> +Mat. 25. 30</span> +But the most will have it placed towards the Center of our earth, +because ’tis said, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Eph. 4. 9.</span> +Christ descended into the lower parts of the earth, and some of these +are so confident, that this is its situation, that they can describe you +its bignes also, and of what capacity it is. <i>Francis Ribera</i> in +his Comment on the <i>Revelations</i>, speaking of those +<span class = "pagenum">201</span> +words, where ’tis said, +<span class = "sidenote"> +Rev. 14. 20.</span> +that the blood went out of the Wine-presse, even unto the horses +bridles by the space of one thousand and sixe hundred furlongs, +interprets them to bee meant of Hell, and that that number expresses +the diameter of its concavity, which is 200 <i>Italian</i> miles; but +<i>Lessius</i> thinkes that this <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘opi/on’ at line break">opinion</ins> gives them too much +roome in hell, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>De Morib. div. l. 13. c. 24.</i></span> +and therefore hee guesses that ’tis not so wide; for (saith hee) the +diameter of one league being cubically multiplied, will make a spheare +capable of 800000 millions of damned bodies, allowing to each sixe foote +in the square, whereas (saies hee) ’tis certaine that there shall not be +one hundred thousand millions in all that shall bee damned. You see the +bold <i>Iesuit</i> was carefull that every one should have but roome +enough in hell, and by the strangenesse of the conjecture, you may +guesse that he had +<span class = "pagenum">202</span> +rather bee absurd, than seeme either uncharitable or ignorant. I +remember there is a relation in <i>Pliny</i>, how that +<i>Dionisiodorus</i> a Mathematician, being dead, did send a letter from +his place to some of his friends upon earth, to certifie them what +distance there was betwixt the center and superficies: hee might have +done well to have prevented this controversie, and enformed them the +utmost capacity of that place. However, certaine it is, that that number +cannot bee knowne, and probable it is, that the place is not yet +determined, but that hell is there where there is any tormented soule, +which may bee in the regions of the aire as well as in the center; but +of this onely occasionally, and by reason of <i>Plutarchs</i> opinion +concerning those that are round about the Moone; as for the Moone it +selfe, hee esteemes it to bee a lower kinde of Heaven, and +<span class = "pagenum">203</span> +therefore in another place hee cals it a <ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘terrestraill’">terrestriall</ins> starre, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Cur silent oracula.</i></span> +and an Olympian or celestiall earth answerable, as I conceive, to the +paradise of the Schoolemen, and that Paradise was either in or neere the +Moone, is the opinion of some later Writers, who derived it (in all +likelihood) from the assertion of <i>Plato</i>, and perhaps, this of +<i>Plutarch</i>. <i>Tostatus</i> +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>S. W. Raw. lib. 1. cap. 3. § 7.</i><br> +<i>in Gen.</i></span> +laies this opinion upon <i>Isioder. Hispalensis</i>, and the venerable +<i>Bede</i>; and <i>Pererius</i> fathers <ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘is’">it</ins> upon <i>Strabus</i> and +<i>Rabanus</i> his Master. Some would have it to bee situated in such a +place as could not be discovered, which causes the penman of +<i>Esdras</i> to make it a harder matter to know the outgoings of +Paradise, then to weigh the weight of the fire, or measure the blasts of +wind, or call againe a day that is past. +<span class = "sidenote"> +2 Esd. 4. 7.</span> +But notwithstanding this, there bee some others who thinke that it is on +the top of some high mountaine under +<span class = "pagenum">204</span> +the line, and these interpreted the torrid Zone to be the flaming Sword +whereby Paradise was guarded. ’Tis the consent of divers others, who +agree in this, that Paradise is situated in some high and eminent place. +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>In </i>Genes.<i></i></span> +So <i>Tostatus</i>: <i>Est etiam Paradisus situ altissima, supra omnem +terræ altitudinem</i>,</p> + +<p class = "marginquote"> +Paradise is situated in some high place above the earth:</p> + +<p class = "nospace"> +and therefore in his Cõment upon the 49. of <i>Genesis</i>, hee +understands the blessing of <i>Iacob</i> concerning the everlasting +hills to bee meant of Paradise, and the blessing it selfe to bee nothing +else but a promise of Christs comming, by whose passion the gates of +Paradise should bee opened. Unto him assented <i>Rupertus</i>, +<i>Scotus</i>, and most of the other Schoolemen, as I find them cited by +<i>Pererius</i>, +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Comment. in 2. Gen. v. 8. lib 1. cap. 3. § 6 7.</i></span> +and out of him in Sr. <i>W. Rawleigh</i>. Their reason was this: because +in probability this place was not overflowed +<span class = "pagenum">205</span> +by the flood, since there were no sinners there which might draw that +curse upon it. Nay <i>Tostatus</i> thinkes that the body of <i>Enoch</i> +was kept there, and some of the Fathers, as <i>Tertullian</i> and +<i>Austin</i> have affirmed, that the blessed soules were reserved in +that place till the day of judgement, and therefore ’tis likely that it +was not overflowed by the flood; and besides, since all men should have +went naked if <i>Adam</i> had not fell, ’tis requisite therefore that it +should be situated in some such place where it might bee priviledged +from the extremities of heat and cold. But now this could not bee (they +thought) so conveniently in any lower, as it might in some higher aire. +For these and such like considerations have so many affirmed that +Paradise was in a high elevated place, which some have conceived could +bee no where but in the Moone: For +<span class = "pagenum">206</span> +it could not be in the top of any mountaine, nor can we thinke of any +other body separated from this earth which can bee a more convenient +place for habitation than this Planet, therefore they concluded that it +was there.</p> + +<p>It could not bee on the top of any mountaine.</p> + +<p>1. Because wee have expresse Scripture, that the highest of them was +overflowed. +<span class = "sidenote"> +Gen. 7. 19.</span> +</p> + +<p>2. Because it must bee of a greater extension, and not some small +patch of ground, since ’tis likely all men should have lived there, if +<i>Adam</i> had not fell. But for a satisfaction of these arguments, +together with a farther discourse of Paradise, I shall referre you to +those who have written purposely upon this subject. Being content for my +owne part to have spoken so much of it, as may conduce to shew the +opinion of others concerning the inhabitants of the +<span class = "pagenum">207</span> +Moone, I dare not my selfe affirme any thing of these Selenites, +because I know not any ground whereon to build any probable opinion. +But I thinke that future ages will discover more; and our posterity, +perhaps, may invent some meanes for our better acquaintance with these +inhabitants. ’Tis the method of providence not presently to shew us all, +but to lead us <ins class = "correction" title = +"text reads ‘a long’ at line break">along</ins> from the knowledge of +one thing to another. ’Twas a great while ere the Planets were +distinguished from the fixed Stars, and sometime after that ere the +morning and evening starre were found to bee the same, and in greater +space I doubt not but this also, and farre greater mysteries will bee +discovered. In the first ages of the world the Islanders either thought +themselves to be the onely dwellers upon the earth, or else if there +were any other, yet they could not possibly +<span class = "pagenum">208</span> +conceive how they might have any commerce with them, being severed by +the deepe and broad Sea, but the after-times found out the invention of +ships, in which notwithstanding none but some bold daring men durst +venture, there being few so resolute as to commit themselves unto the +vaste Ocean, and yet now how easie a thing is this, even to a timorous +& cowardly nature? So, perhaps, there may be some other meanes +invented for a conveyance to the Moone, and though it may seeme a +terrible and impossible thing ever to passe through the vaste spaces of +the aire, yet no question there would bee some men who durst venture +this as well as the other. True indeed, I cannot conceive any possible +meanes for the like discovery of this conjecture, since there can bee no +sailing to the Moone, unlesse that were true which the Poets doe but +feigne, +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘107’">209</ins></span> +<span class = "folionum">P</span> +that shee made her bed in the Sea. We have not now any <i>Drake</i> or +<i>Columbus</i> to undertake this voyage, or any <i>Dædalus</i> to +invent a conveyance through the aire. However, I doubt not but that time +who is still the father of new truths, and hath revealed unto us many +things which our Ancestours were ignorant of, will also manifest to our +posterity, that which wee now desire, but cannot know. <i>Veniet +tempus</i> (saith <i>Seneca</i>) +<span class = "sidenote"> +<i>Nat. Quæst. l. 7. c. 25.</i></span> +<i>quo ista quæ nunc latent, in lucem, dies extrahet, & longioris +ævi diligentia.</i> Time will come when the indeavours of after-ages +shall bring such things to light, as now lie hid in obscurity. Arts are +not yet come to their Solstice, but the industry of future times +assisted with the labours of their forefathers, may reach unto that +height which wee could not attaine to. <i>Ueniet tempus quo posteri +nostri nos tam aperta nescisse +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘208’">210</ins></span> +mirentur.</i> As wee now wonder at the blindnesse of our Ancestors, who +were not able to discerne such things as seeme plaine and obvious unto +us. So will our posterity admire our ignorance in as perspicuous +matters. <i>Keplar</i> doubts not, but that as soone as the art of +flying is found out, some of their Nation will make one of the first +colonies that shall inhabite that other world. But I leave this and the +like conjectures to the fancie of the reader; Desiring now to finish +this Discourse, wherein I have in some measure proved what at the first +I promised, a world in the Moone. However, I am not so resolute in this, +that I thinke tis necessary there must be one, but my opinion is that +’tis possible there may be, and tis probable there is another habitable +world in that Planet. And this was that I +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘209’">211</ins></span> +<span class = "folionum">P2</span> +undertooke to prove. In the pursuit whereof, if I have shewed much +weaknesse or indiscretion; I shall willingly submit my selfe to the +reason and censure of the more judicious.</p> + + +<hr class = "tiny chapter"> + +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "no printed number">212</ins></span> +<table> +<tr> +<td class = "border end"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td> +<h1>The Propositions</h1> +<h2>that are proved</h2> +<h3>in this Discourse.</h3> +</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr class = "mid"> + +<h5>Proposition 1.</h5> + +<p class = "summary one"> +That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it +should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly +esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common +consent.</p> + +<h5>By way of Preface.<br> +<br> +Prop. 2.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of reason +or faith.</p> + + +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "no printed number">213</ins></span> +<h5>Prop. 3.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can +priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these inferiour +bodies are liable unto.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 4.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That the Moone is a solid, compacted opacous body.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 5.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That the Moone hath not any light of her owne.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 6.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of +many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be +deduced from the tenents of others.</p> + + +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "no printed number">214</ins></span> +<h5>Prop. 7.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be +distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the Sea and +Land in that other world.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 8.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That the spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 9.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plaines in +the body of the Moone.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 10.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That there is an Atmo-sphæra, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, +immediately encompassing the body of the Moone.</p> + + +<span class = "pagenum"><ins class = "correction" +title = "text reads ‘63’">215</ins></span> +<h5>Prop. 11.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 12.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world in +the Moone, as there are with us.</p> + + +<h5>Prop. 13.</h5> + +<p class = "summary"> +That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but of +what kinde they are is uncertaine.</p> + + +<h3 class = "extended section">FINIS.</h3> + +</div> +<!--end of "wholetext" div--> + + +<div class = "technote chapter"> +<h3 class = "sans"><a name = "endnotes">Technical Notes and Further +Information</a></h3> + +<p>Spelling and punctuation are as in the original, including the +consistently “modern” use of V and U. Italic capital V has two forms, +used interchangeably. Since italic capital U does not occur, the +rounded form has been transcribed as U.</p> + +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/Venus.png" width = "103" height = "34" +alt = "word ‘Venus’, first form"> +<img src = "images/Uenus.png" width = "109" height = "35" +alt = "word ‘Venus’, second form"> +</p> + +<p>The element <i>-que</i> in Latin passages was almost always printed +with a ligature resembling “q3”:</p> + +<p class = "illustration"> +<img src = "images/que_lig.png" width = "105" height = "52" +alt = "word showing ‘-que’ ligature resembling ‘q3’"></p> + +<p>Translations of Latin and Greek passages were usually printed with +marginal quotation marks. These passages have been shown as block quotes +(indented) <i>with quotation marks</i>.</p> + +<p>The incorrect pagination on pages 177-192 (printed as 175-190) is all +one error: The eight pages printed on one side of the sheet forming +signature N— 177, 180, 181, 184, 185, 188, 189, 192— were +misnumbered by -2.</p> + +<h4 class = "section">Works and Authors Cited in Sidenotes:</h4> + +<p>This is not intended to be a comprehensive list. A few sources could +not be identified; others are so well-known, they did not need to be +marked.</p> + +<p>The following spellings and name forms are used consistently:</p> + +<div class = "hanging"> +<p class = "inset"> +Austin = Augustine</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Blancanus the Jesuit(e) = Josephus Blancanus, Giuseppe Biancani</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Tycho = Tycho Brahe</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Nicholas Hill “a country man of ours”. Hill the early atomist, not Hill +(Montanus, van de Bergh) the printer.</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Keplar = Kepler (Johannes)</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Julius Caesar = Cæsar la Galla, Giulio Cesare La Galla, Lagalla</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Mæslin = Maestlin (Michael)</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Rawleigh, Rawly = Raleigh (Sir Walter)</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Verulam = Francis Bacon (1st Baron Verulam)</p> + +<br> + +<p class = "inset"> +Note also “sydera” for “sidera”.</p> + +<br> + +<p>Albertus Magnus: <i>De quattuor coaequaevis</i></p> +<p>—: <i>De caelo et mundo</i></p> +<p>Aristotle: <i>De Caelo</i></p> +<p>Bede: <i>De ratione temporum</i></p> +<p>Christopher Besoldus: <i>De Natura Populorum ejusque variatione, et +de Linguarum ortu atque immutatione</i> (1632)</p> +<p>Josephus Blancanus (Giuseppe Biancani): <i>Sphaera mundi</i> (Full +Title: <i>Sphaera Mundi seu Cosmographia. Demonstrativa, ac facili +Methodo tradita: In qua totius Mundi fabrica, una cum novis, Tychonis, +Kepleri, Galilaei, aliorumque; Astronomorum adinventis +continetur</i>)</p> +<p>—: <i>Aristotelis loca mathematica ex universes ipsius operibus +collecta et explicata</i></p> +<p>Tycho (Brahe): <i>Astronomiae instauratae progymnasmata</i></p> +<p>Th. (Tommaso) Campanella: <i>Apologia pro Galileo</i> (1622)</p> +<p>Collegium Conimbricenses (Jesuits of Coimbra University): +<i>Commentarii Collegii Conimbricensis Societatis Jesu in quattuor +libros physicorum Aristotelis de Coelo</i> (1592)</p> +<p>Cardinal de Cusa, Cusanus (Nicholas of Cusa/Kues, Nicolaus Cryffts): +<i>De Docta Ignorantia</i></p> +<p>Johannes Fabricius: <i>De Maculis in Sole Observatis, et Apparente +earum cum Sole Conversione Narratio</i> (1611)</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Text not identified by name.</p> +<p>Libertus Fromondus (Libert Froidmont): <i>Meteorologicorum libri +sex</i> (1627)</p> +<p>Galileo: <i>Nuncius Sidereus</i></p> +<p>Camillus Gloriosus (Giovanni Camillo Glorioso): <i>De Cometis +dissertatio astronomico-physica</i> (1624)</p> +<p>Isidore: <i>Originum</i></p> +<p>Johannes Kepler: <i>Dissertatio cum Nuncio Sidereo</i></p> +<p class = "inset"> +The name “Galileo” (or “Galilei”) is sometimes included in the title, as +“Diss. cum Nunc. Syd. Galil.”</p> +<p>—: <i>Epitome astronomiae Copernicanae</i></p> +<p>—: <i>Astronomiae Pars Optica</i></p> +<p>Julius Caesar (Giulio Cesare La Galla): <i>De Phenomenis in Orbe +Lunae</i> (1612)</p> +<p>Leonard Lessius: <i>De perfectionibus moribusque divinis</i> +(1620)</p> +<p class = "inset"> +This work is often cited as “De Moribus”; other early mentions are found +in <i>Tristram Shandy</i> and <i>The Anatomy of Melancholy</i>.</p> +<p>Mæslin (Michael Maestlin): <i>Epitome Astronomiae</i> (1610)</p> +<p>Carolus Malapertus, Malapertius (Charles Malapert): <i>Austriaca +sidera heliocyclia astronomicis hypothesibus illigata</i> (1633)</p> +<p>Jacobus Mazonius (Jacopo Mazzoni): <i>In universam Platonis et +Aristotelis philosophiam praeludia sive de Comparatione Platonis et +Aristotelis</i></p> +<p>Johannes Eusebius (Juan Eusebio) Nieremberg: <i>Historia Naturae</i> +(1635)</p> +<p>Augustinus Nifus (Niphus, Agostino Nifo)</p> +<p class = "inset"> +Quoted text not identified by name.</p> +<p>Benedictus Pererius (Benito Pereira): <i>Commentariorum et +disputationum in Genesim tomi quattuor</i> (1591-99)</p> +<p>Plutarch: <i>De facie in orbe lunae</i></p> +<p>—: <i>De tranquillitate animi</i></p> +<p>Erasmus Reinhold: Commentary (1542, 1553) on Georg Purbach’s +<i>Theoricae novae planetarum</i></p> +<p>Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus (Lodovico / Luigi Ricchieri): +<i>Lectionum antiquarum libri triginta</i></p> +<p>Ruvio (Antonio Rubio): Commentary on Aristotle’s <i>De Caelo</i></p> +<p>(Julius Caesar) Scaliger: <i>Exotericae exercitationes ad Hieronymum +Cardanum</i></p> +<p>Christoph Scheiner: <i>Rosa Ursina sive Sol ex Admirando Facularum & +Macularum suarum Phoenomeno varius</i></p> +<p>Tostatus (Alonso Tostado): <i>In Genesis</i></p> +</div> +</div> + +<h3 class = "section">Transcriber’s Footnotes</h3> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote1" href = "#endtag1">1.</a> +There are a few illegible points in the Greek text (Herodotus IV.36.2): +<div class = "endquote"> +Γελῶ δὲ ὁρῶν γῆς περιόδος γράψαντας, πολλοὺς ἤδη καὶ οὐδένα νόον ἔχοντας +ἐξηγησάμενον ὃι Ὠκεανόν τε ῥεόντα γράφουσι πέριξ τήν τε γὴν ἐοῦσαν +κυκλοτερέα ὡς ἀπὸ τόρνου.<br> +Gelô de horôn gês periodous grapsantas pollous êdê kai oudena noon +echontas exêgêsamenon hoi Ôkeanon te rheonta graphousi perix tên te gên +eousan kukloterea hôs apo tornou. +</div> +<span class = "greek" title = "pollous">πολλοὺς</span>: text reads +“<span class = "greek" title = "pellous">πελλοὺς</span>”.<br> +<span class = "greek" title = "echontas">ἔχοντας</span>: last vowel +unclear; may be ου (ou) ligature. +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote2" href = "#endtag2">2.</a> +Sidenote unclear:<br> +<img src = "images/sidenote48.png" width = "129" height = "40" +alt = "sidenote text"> +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote3" href = "#endtag3">3.</a> +Sidenote unclear:<br> +<img src = "images/sidenote96.png" width = "156" height = "120" +alt = "sidenote text"> +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote4" href = "#endtag4">4.</a> +Reading doubtful; may be intended for “Enius” (modern Aenus?). +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote5" href = "#endtag5">5.</a> +<div class = "endquote"> +Now the aggregate of the quadrate from A <i>B</i> a hundred, and +<i>B</i> <i>G</i> a 1000 will bee 1010000, unto which the quadrate +arising from A G must be equall according to the 47<sup>th</sup> +proposition in the first booke of elements. Therefore the whole line +<i>A</i> <i>G</i> is somewhat more than 104, and the distance betwixt +H A must be above 4 miles, which was the thing to be proved.</div> +That is: given that AB = 100 and BG = 1000, 100<sup>2</sup> + +1000<sup>2</sup> = 1,010,000. By the Pythagorean Theorem (“the 47th +proposition”), AG = √1010000. 104 is presumably an error for 1004; +the actual figure is almost 1005. +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote6" href = "#endtag6">6.</a> +<div class = "endquote"> +<i>Cælius</i> (Sidenote) <i>Progym. 1.</i><br> +the noble <i>Tycho</i> (Sidenote) <i>l. 20. c. 5.</i> +</div> +These two sidenotes may be reversed: one of Tycho Brahe’s works is +called <i>Progymnasmata</i>. +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote7" href = "#endtag7">7.</a> +The first paragraph on this page is very unclear. The page image is +shown in full because in other respects this is a typical page. If there +were sidenotes, they would be printed in the wide margin, outside the +line.<br> +<img src = "images/page160.png" width = "419" height = "777" +alt = "image of page 160"> +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote8" href = "#endtag8">8.</a> +<div class = "endquote"> +the words of <i>Fienus</i>, as they are quoted by <i>Fromondus</i> in +the above cited place, <i>Possunt maximæ permutationes in cœlo +fieri</i></div> +The text as printed reads: +<div class = "endquote"> +in the above cited place) <i>Possunt maximæ</i></div> +The passage could also be punctuated as: +<div class = "endquote"> +the words of <i>Fienus</i> (as they are quoted by <i>Fromondus</i> in +the above cited place) <i>Possunt maximæ permutationes in cœlo +fieri</i></div> +</div> + +<div class = "endnote"><a name = "endnote9" href = "#endtag9">9.</a> +The sidenote is printed alongside the Mæslin quotation, but the text +named in the sidenote is by Kepler. +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by +John Wilkins + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + +***** This file should be named 19103-h.htm or 19103-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/1/0/19103/ + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> + +</html> diff --git a/19103-h/images/Uenus.png b/19103-h/images/Uenus.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..553fd1c --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/Uenus.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/Venus.png b/19103-h/images/Venus.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e07bad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/Venus.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/capI.png b/19103-h/images/capI.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea02322 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/capI.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/capT.png b/19103-h/images/capT.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..465b1ab --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/capT.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/dec_1.png b/19103-h/images/dec_1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4a5f02 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/dec_1.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/dec_219.png b/19103-h/images/dec_219.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..05b8d38 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/dec_219.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/dec_A2.png b/19103-h/images/dec_A2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4561636 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/dec_A2.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/dec_A2b_bottom.png b/19103-h/images/dec_A2b_bottom.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dcfbe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/dec_A2b_bottom.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/dec_A2b_top.png b/19103-h/images/dec_A2b_top.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..325d003 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/dec_A2b_top.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/dec_A3.png b/19103-h/images/dec_A3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4627752 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/dec_A3.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/page160.png b/19103-h/images/page160.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f7b81a --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/page160.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/pic116.png b/19103-h/images/pic116.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f263a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/pic116.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/pic126.png b/19103-h/images/pic126.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba7864e --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/pic126.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/pic134.png b/19103-h/images/pic134.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..425d250 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/pic134.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/pic157.png b/19103-h/images/pic157.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..905db10 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/pic157.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/pic161.png b/19103-h/images/pic161.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e15b881 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/pic161.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/pic174.png b/19103-h/images/pic174.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb925a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/pic174.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/que_lig.png b/19103-h/images/que_lig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3710380 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/que_lig.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/sidenote48.png b/19103-h/images/sidenote48.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a086be1 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/sidenote48.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/sidenote96.png b/19103-h/images/sidenote96.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..932b52d --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/sidenote96.png diff --git a/19103-h/images/titlepage.png b/19103-h/images/titlepage.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec874c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103-h/images/titlepage.png diff --git a/19103.txt b/19103.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3c66da --- /dev/null +++ b/19103.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4422 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by John Wilkins + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Discovery of a World in the Moone + Or, A Discovrse Tending To Prove That 'Tis Probable There + May Be Another Habitable World In That Planet + +Author: John Wilkins + +Release Date: August 23, 2006 [EBook #19103] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + + + + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + [Transcriber's Note: + + Spelling and punctuation are as in the original, including the + consistently "modern" use of V and U. Italic capital V has two forms, + used interchangeably. Since italic capital U does not occur, the + rounded V-form has been transcribed as U. + + Greek words and phrases have been transliterated and shown between + +marks+. Hebrew is shown between #marks#. + + Latin quotations were given in italics; the translation was usually + printed with marginal quotation marks. In this e-text, Latin passages + are shown as block quotes (indented) _without_ quotation marks, while + passages with marginal quotes are shown as block quotes _with_ + quotation marks. + + The six Sidenotes shown with an asterisk alongside their number were + printed with an asterisk in the original text; all other notes were + unmarked. + + References from the Sidenotes are identified at the end of the text, + followed by a complete list of errata.] + + * * * * * + * * * * + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: + Sun with six orbits, each with symbol: + Mercurius, Venus, Ceres et Proserpina, Mars, Jupiter, Saturnus + Sun utters: Ame omnes + "Ceres and Proserpina" orbit continuing below sun shows earth with + orbiting moon. + Text on earth orbit: Sua fovent; Vniuersum ornant. + Text on moon's orbit: Mutuo se illuminant] + + + THE + DISCOVERY + OF A + WORLD + IN THE + MOONE. + + + or, + + A DISCOVRSE + Tending + TO PROVE + + that 'tis probable there + may be another habitable + World in that Planet. + + + _Quid tibi inquis ista proderunt? Si nihil aliud, + hoc certe, sciam omnia angusta esse._ + SENECA. Praef. ad 1. Lib. _N. Q._ + + [Decoration] + + _LONDON_, + + Printed by _E. G._ for _Michael Sparl_ + and _Edward Forrest_, 1638. + + + + + [Decoration] + + _Perlegi haec +paradoxa+ & novitatis gracia typis + mandari permitto._ + + Mart. 29. 1638. + THO. WEEKES _R.P._ + _Episc. Lond. Cap._ + _Domest._ + + [Decoration] + + + + +To the Reader. + + +_If amongst thy leisure houres thou canst spare any for the perusall of +this discourse, and dost looke to finde somewhat in it which may serve +for thy information and benefit: let me then advise thee to come unto +it with an equall minde, not swayed by prejudice, but indifferently +resolved to assent unto that truth which upon deliberation shall seeme +most probable unto thy reason, and then I doubt not, but either thou +wilt agree with mee in this assertion, or at least not thinke it to be +as farre from truth, as it is from common opinion._ + +_Two cautions there are which I would willingly admonish thee of in the +beginning._ + +1. _That thou shouldst not here looke to find any exact, accurate + Treatise, since this discourse was but the fruit of some lighter + studies, and those too hudled up in a short time, being first + thought of and finished in the space of some few weekes, and + therefore you cannot in reason expect, that it should be so + polished, as perhaps, the subject would require, or the leisure + of the Author might have done it._ + +2. _To remember that I promise onely probable arguments for the + proofe of this opinion, and therefore you must not looke that every + consequence should be of an undeniable dependance, or that the truth + of each argument should be measured by its necessity. I grant that + some Astronomicall appearances may possibly be solved otherwise then + here they are. But the thing I aime at is this, that probably they + may so be solved, as I have here set them downe: Which, if it be + granted (as I thinke it must) then I doubt not, but the indifferent + reader will find some satisfaction in the maine thing that is to be + proved._ + +_Many ancient Philosophers of the better note, have formerly defended +this assertion, which I have here laid downe, and it were to be wished, +that some of us would more apply our endeavours unto the examination of +these old opinions, which though they have for a long time lien +neglected by others, yet in them may you finde many truths well worthy +your paines and observation. Tis a false conceit, for us to thinke, that +amongst the ancient variety and search of opinions, the best hath still +prevailed. Time (saith the learned _Verulam_) seemes to be of the nature +of a river or streame, which carrieth downe to us that which is light, +or blowne up, but sinketh that which is weighty and solid._ + +_It is my desire that by the occasion of this discourse, I may raise up +some more active spirit to a search after other hidden and unknowne +truthes. Since it must needes be a great impediment unto the growth of +sciences, for men still so to plod on upon beaten principles, as to be +afraid of entertaining any thing that may seeme to contradict them. An +unwillingnesse to take such things into examination, is one of those +errours of learning in these times observed by the judicious _Verulam_. +Questionlesse there are many secret truths, which the ancients have +passed over, that are yet left to make some of our age famous for their +discovery._ + +_If by this occasion I may provoke any reader to an attempt of this +nature, I shall then thinke my selfe happy, and this work successefull._ + +Farewell. + + + + + [Decoration] + + +The First Proposition, by way of Preface. + +_That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it + should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly + esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common + consent._ + + +There is an earnestnesse and hungering after novelty, which doth still +adhere unto all our natures, and it is part of that primative image, +that wide extent and infinite capacity at first created in the heart of +man, for this since its depravation in _Adam_ perceiving it selfe +altogether emptied of any good doth now catch after every new thing, +conceiving that possibly it may finde satisfaction among some of its +fellow creatures. But our enemy the divell (who strives still to pervert +our gifts, and beate us with our owne weapons) hath so contriv'd it, +that any truth doth now seeme distastefull for that very reason, for +which errour is entertain'd--Novelty, for let but some upstart heresie +be set abroach, and presently there are some out of a curious humour; +others, as if they watched an occasion of singularity, will take it up +for canonicall, and make it part of their creede and profession; whereas +solitary truth cannot any where finde so ready entertainement; but the +same Novelty which is esteemed the commendation of errour and makes that +acceptable, is counted the fault of truth, and causes that to bee +rejected. How did the incredulous World gaze at _Columbus_ when hee +promised to discover another part of the earth, and he could not for a +long time by his confidence, or arguments, induce any of the Christian +Princes, either to assent unto his opinion, or goe to the charges of an +experiment. Now if he who had such good grounds for his assertion, could +finde no better entertainement among the wiser sort, and upper end of +the World; 'tis not likely then that this opinion which I now deliver, +shall receive any thing from the men of these daies, especially our +vulgar wits, but misbeliefe or derision. It hath alwaies beene the +unhappinesse of new truths in Philosophy, to be derided by those that +are ignorant of the causes of things, and reiected by others whose +perversenesse ties them to the contrary opinion, men whose envious pride +will not allow any new thing for truth which they themselves were not +the first inventors of. So that I may iustly expect to be accused of a +pragmaticall ignorance, and bold ostentation, especially since for this +opinion _Xenophanes_, a man whose authority was able to adde some credit +to his assertion could not escape the like censure from others. For +_Natales Comes_ speaking of that Philosopher,[1] and this his opinion, +saith thus, + + _Nonnulli ne nihil scisse videantur, aliqua nova monstra in + Philosophia introducunt, ut alicujus rei inventores fuisse appareant._ + + "Some there are who least they might seeme to know nothing, will + bring up monstrous absurdities in Philosophy, that so afterward they + may bee famed for the invention of somewhat." + +The same author doth also in another place accuse _Anaxagoras_[2] of +folly for the same opinion, + + _Est enim non ignobilis gradus stultitiae, vel si nescias quid dicas, + tamen velle de rebus propositis hanc vel illam partem stabilire._ + +"'Tis none of the worst kindes of folly, boldly to affirme one side or +other, when a man knows not what to say." + + [Sidenote 1: _Mytholog. lib. 3. c. 17._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Lib. 7. c. 1._] + +If these men were thus censur'd, I may iustly then expect to be derided +by most, and to be believed by few or none; especially since this +opinion seemes to carry in it so much strangenesse, so much +contradiction to the generall consent of others. But how ever, I am +resolved that this shall not be any discouragement, since I know that it +is not the common opinion of others that can either adde or detract from +the truth. For, + +1. Other truths have beene formerly esteemed altogether as ridiculous + as this can be. + +2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall opinion. + +I shall give an instance of each, that so I may the better prepare the +Reader to consider things without a prejudice, when hee shall see that +the common opposition against this which I affirme cannot any way +derogate from its truth. + +1. Other truths have beene formerly accounted as ridiculous as this, I +shall specifie that of the Antipodes, which have beene denied and laught +at by many wise men and great Schollers, such as were _Herodotus_, St. +_Austin_, _Lactantius_, the _Venerable Bede_, _Lucretius_ the Poet, +_Procopius_, and the voluminous _Abulensis_ with others. _Herodotus_ +counted it so horrible an absurdity, that hee could not forbeare +laughing to thinke of it. +Gelo de horon ges periodous grapsantas, +pollous ede kai oudena noon echontas exegesamenon hoi Okeanon te +rheonta graphousi, perix ten te gen eousan kukloterea hos apo tornou.+ + + "I cannot choose but laugh, (saith he) to see so many men venture to + describe the earths compasse, relating those things that are without + all sense, as that the Sea flowes about the World, and that the earth + it selfe is round as an Orbe." + +But this great ignorance is not so much to be admired in him, as in +those learneder men of later times, when all sciences began to flourish +in the World. Such was Saint _Austin_ who censures that relation of the +Antipodes to be an incredible fable,[1] and with him agrees the eloquent +_Lactantius_,[2] + + _quid illi qui esse contrarios vestigiis nostris Antipodes putant? + num aliquid loquuntur? aut est quispiam tam ineptus, qui credat esse + homines, quorum vestigia sunt superiora quam capita? aut ibi quae apud + nos jacent inversa pendere? fruges & arbores deorsum versus crescere, + pluvias & nives, & grandinem sursum versus cadere in terram? & + miratur aliquis hortor pensiles inter septem mira narrari, quum + Philosophi, & agros & maria, & urbes & montes pensiles faciunt? &c._ + + "What (saith he) are they that thinke there are Antipodes, such as + walke with their feet against ours? doe they speake any likelyhood? + or is there any one so foolish as to believe that there are men whose + heeles are higher than their heads? that things which with us doe lie + on the ground doe hang there? that the Plants and Trees grow + downewards, that the haile, and raine, and snow fall upwards to the + earth? and doe wee admire the hanging Orchards amongst the seven + wonders, whereas here the Philosophers have made the Field and Seas, + the Cities and Mountaines hanging." + +What shall wee thinke (saith hee in _Plutarch_) that men doe clyng to +that place like wormes, or hang by their clawes as Cats, or if wee +suppose a man a little beyond the Center, to bee digging with a spade? +is it likely (as it must bee according to this opinion) that the earth +which hee loosened, should of it selfe ascend upwards? or else suppose +two men with their middles about the center, the feete of the one being +placed where the head of the other is, and so two other men crosse them, +yet all these men thus situated according to this opinion should stand +upright, and many other such grosse consequences would follow (saith +hee) which a false imagination is not able to fancy as possible. Upon +which considerations, _Bede_[3] also denies the being of any Antipodes, + + _Neque enim Antipodarum ullatenus est Fabulis accommodandus assensus_, + +"Nor should wee any longer assent to the Fable of Antipodes." So also +_Lucretius_ the Poet speaking of the same subject, sayes: + + _Sed vanus stolidis haec omnia finxerit error._[4] + + [Sidenote 1: _De civit. Dei. lib. 16. cap. 9._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Institut. l. 3. c. 24._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De ratione temporum, Cap. 32._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De nat. rerum, lib. 1._] + +That some idle fancy faigned these for fooles to believe. Of this +opinion was _Procopius Gazaeus_,[1] but he was perswaded to it by another +kinde of reason; for he thought that all the earth under us was sunke in +the water, according to the saying of the Psalmist,[2] Hee hath founded +the Earth upon the Seas, and therefore hee accounted it not inhabited by +any. Nay _Tostatus_ a man of later yeeres and generall learning doth +also confidently deny that there are any such Antipodes, though the +reason which hee urges for it bee not so absurde as the former, for the +Apostles, saith hee,[3] travelled through the whole habitable world, but +they never passed the Equinoctiall; and if you answer that they are said +to goe through all the earth, because they went through all the knowne +world, hee replies, that this is not sufficient, since Christ would have +all men to be saved, and come to the knowledge of his truth,[4] and +therefore 'tis requisite that they should have travelled thither also, +if there had been any inhabitants, especially since he did expressely +command them to goe and teach all nations, and preach the Gospell +through the whole world,[5] and therefore he thinkes that as there are +no men, so neither are there seas, or rivers, or any other conveniency +for habitation: 'tis commonly related of one _Virgilius_, that he was +excommunicated and condemned for a Heretique by _Zachary_ Bishop of +_Rome_, because hee was not of the same opinion. But _Baronius_ +saies,[6] it was because hee thought there was another habitable world +within ours. How ever, you may well enough discerne in these examples +how confident many of these great Schollars were in so grosse an errour, +how unlikely, what an incredible thing it seemed to them, that there +should be any Antipodes, and yet now this truth is as certaine and +plaine, as sense or demonstration can make it. This then which I now +deliver is not to be rejected; though it may seeme to contradict the +common opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Comment. in 1. Cap. Gen._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Psal. 24. 2._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Comment. in_ 1. Genes.] + + [Sidenote 4: 1 Tim. 2. 4.] + + [Sidenote 5: Mat. 28. 19] + + [Sidenote 6: _Annal. Eccles. A.D. 748._] + +2. Grosse absurdities have beene entertained by generall consent. I +might instance in many remarkeable examples, but I will onely speake of +the supposed labour of the Moone in her eclipses, because this is +neerest to the chiefe matter in hand, and was received as a common +opinion amongst many of the ancients, and therefore _Plutarch_ speaking +of a Lunary eclipse, relates, that at such times 'twas a custome amongst +the _Romanes_ (the most civill and learned people in the world) to sound +brasse Instruments, and hold great torches toward the heaven. +Ton de +Romaion (hosper esto enomismenon) chalkou te patagois anakaloumenon +to phos autos kai pura polla dalois kai dassin anechonton pros ton +ouranon+,[1] for by this meanes they supposed the Moone was much eased +in her labours, and therfore _Ovid_ calls such loud Instruments the +auxiliaries or helpes of the Moone.[2] + + _Cum frustra resonant aera auxiliaria Lunae._ + +and therefore the Satyrist too describing a loud scold, saies, she was +able to make noise enough to deliver the labouring Moone.[3] + + _Vna laboranti poterit succurrere Lunae._ + + [Sidenote 1: _In vita Paul. AEmil._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Metam. l. 4._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Iuven. Sat. 6_] + +Now the reason of all this their ceremonie, was, because they feared the +world would fall asleepe, when one of its eyes began to winke, and +therefore they would doe what they could by loud sounds to rouse it from +its drowsinesse, and keepe it awake by bright torches, to bestow that +light upon it which it began to lose. Some of them thought hereby to +keepe the Moone in her orbe, whereas otherwise she would have fallen +downe upon the earth, and the world would have lost one of its lights, +for the credulous people believed, that Inchanters, and Witches could +bring the Moone downe, which made _Virgil_ say, + + _Cantus & e coelo possunt deducere Lunam._ + +And those Wizards knowing the times of her eclipses, would then threaten +to shew their skill, by pulling her out of her orbe. So that when the +silly multitude saw that she began to looke red, they presently feared +they should lose the benefit of her light, and therefore made a great +noise that she might not heare the sound of those Charmes, which would +otherwise bring her downe, and this is rendered for a reason of this +custome by _Pliny_ and _Propertius_: + + _Cantus & e curru lunam deducere tentant, + Et facerent, si non aera repulsa sonent._[1] + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. hist. lib. 2. c. 12._] + +_Plutarch_ gives another reason of it, and he sayes, 'tis because they +would hasten the Moone out of the darke shade wherein shee was involv'd, +that so she might bring away the soules of those Saints that inhabit +within her, which cry out by reason they are then deprived of their +wonted happinesse, and cannot heare the musicke of the Spheares, but are +forced to behold the torments, and wailing of those damned soules which +are represented to them as they are tortured in the region of the aire, +but whether this or what ever else was the meaning of this superstition, +yet certainly 'twas a very ridiculous custome, and bewrayed a great +ignorance of those ancient times, especially since it was not onely +received by the vulgar, such as were men of lesse note and learning, but +believed also, by the more famous and wiser sort, such as were those +great Poets, _Stesichorus_ and _Pindar_. And not onely amongst the more +sottish heathens, who might account that Planet to be one of their Gods, +but the primitive Christians also were in this kinde guilty; which made +S. _Ambrose_ so tartly to rebuke those of his time, when he said, + + _Tum turbatur carminibus Globus Lunae, quando calicibus turbantur & + oculi_. + +"When your heads are troubled with cups, then you thinke the Moone to be +troubled with charmes." + +And for this reason also did _Maximus_ a Bishop,[1] write a Homily +against it, wherein hee shewed the absurditie of that foolish +superstition. I remember, that _Ludovicus Uives_ relates a more +ridiculous story of a people that imprisoned an Asse for drinking up the +Moone, whose image appearing in the water was covered with a cloud, as +the Asse was drinking, for which the poore beast was afterward brought +to the barre to receive a sentence according to his deserts, where the +grave Senate being set to examine the matter, one of the Counsell +(perhaps wiser than the rest) rises up, and out of his deepe judgement, +thinkes it not fit that their Towne should lose its Moone, but that +rather the Asse should be cut up, and that taken out of him, which +sentence being approved by the rest of those Politicians, as the +subtillest way for the conclusion of the matter was accordingly +performed. But whether this tale were true or no I will not question, +however there is absurdity enough in that former custome of the +ancients, that may confirme the truth to be proved, and plainly declare +the insufficiency of common opinion to adde true worth or estimation +unto any thing. So that from that which I have said may be gathered thus +much. + + [Sidenote 1: _Turinens. Episc._] + +1. That a new truth may seeme absurd and impossible not onely to the + vulgar, but to those also who are otherwise wise men, and excellent + schollers; and hence it will follow, that every new thing which + seemes to oppose common Principles is not presently to be rejected, + but rather to be pry'd into with a diligent enquiry, since there + are many things which are yet hid from us, and reserv'd for future + discovery. + +2. That it is not the commonnesse of an opinion that can priviledge it + for a truth, the wrong way is sometime a well beaten path, whereas + the right way (especially to hidden truths) may bee lesse trodden + and more obscure. + +True indeed, the strangeness of this opinion will detract much from its +credit; but yet we should know that nothing is in its selfe strange, +since every naturall effect has an equall dependance upon its cause, and +with the like necessity doth follow from it, so that 'tis our ignorance +which makes things appeare so, and hence it comes to passe that many +more evident truths seeme incredible to such who know not the causes of +things: you may as soone perswade some Country peasants that the Moone +is made of greene Cheese (as wee say) as that 'tis bigger than his +Cart-wheele, since both seeme equally to contradict his sight, and hee +has not reason enough to leade him farther than his senses. Nay, suppose +(saith _Plutarch_) a Philosopher should be educated in such a secret +place, where hee might not see either Sea or River, and afterwards +should be brought out where one might shew him the great Ocean telling +him the quality of that water, that it is blackish, salt, and not +potable, and yet there were many vast creatures of all formes living in +it, which make use of the water as wee doe of the aire, questionlesse he +would laugh at all this, as being monstrous lies & fables, without any +colour of truth. Just so will this truth which I now deliver appeare +unto others; because we never dreamt of any such matter as a world in +the Moone, because the state of that place hath as yet been vailed from +our knowledge, therefore wee can scarcely assent to any such matter. +Things are very hardly received which are altogether strange to our +thoughts and our senses. The soule may with lesse difficulty be brought +to believe any absurdity, when as it has formerly beene acquainted with +some colours and probabilities for it, but when a new, and an unheard of +truth shall come before it, though it have good grounds and reasons, yet +the understanding is afraid of it as a stranger, and dares not admit it +into its beliefe without a great deale of reluctancy and tryall. And +besides things that are not manifested to the senses, are not assented +unto without some labour of mind, some travaile and discourse of the +understanding, and many lazie soules had rather quietly repose +themselves in an easie errour, then take paines to search out the truth. +The strangenesse then of this opinion which I now deliver will be a +great hinderance to its beliefe, but this is not to be respected by +reason it cannot bee helped. I have stood the longer in the Preface, +because that prejudice which the meere title of the booke may beget +cannot easily be removed without a great deale of preparation, and I +could not tell otherwise how to rectifie the thoughts of the Reader for +an impartiall survey of the following discourse. + +I must needs confesse, though I had often thought with my selfe that it +was possible there might be a world in the Moone, yet it seemed such an +uncouth opinion that I never durst discover it, for feare of being +counted singular and ridiculous, but afterward having read _Plutarch_, +_Galilaeus_, _Keplar_, with some others, and finding many of mine owne +thoughts confirmed by such strong authority, I then concluded that it +was not onely possible there might bee, but probable that there was +another habitable world in that Planet. In the prosecuting of this +assertion, I shall first endeavour to cleare the way from such doubts as +may hinder the speed or ease of farther progresse; and because the +suppositions imply'd in this opinion may seeme to contradict the +principles of reason or faith, it will be requisite that I first remove +this scruple, shewing the conformity of them to both these, and proving +those truths that may make way for the rest, which I shall labour to +performe in the second, third, fourth, and fifth Chapters, and then +proceede to confirme such Propositions, which doe more directly belong +to the maine point in hand. + + + + +Proposition 2. + +_That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of + reason or faith._ + + +Tis reported of _Aristotle_ that when hee saw the bookes of _Moses_ he +commended them for such a majesticke stile as might become a God, but +withall hee censured that manner of writing to be very unfitting for a +Philosopher because there was nothing proved in them, but matters were +delivered as if they would rather command than perswade beliefe. And +'tis observed that hee sets downe nothing himselfe, but he confirmes it +by the strongest reasons that may be found, there being scarce an +argument of force for any subject in Philosophy which may not bee picked +out of his writings, and therefore 'tis likely if there were in reason a +necessity of one onely world, that hee would have found out some such +necessary proofe as might confirme it: Especially since hee labours for +it so much in two whole Chapters. But now all the arguments which he +himselfe urges in this subject,[1] are very weake and farre enough from +having in them any convincing power. Therefore 'tis likely that a +plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of reason. +However, I will set downe the two chiefe of his arguments from his owne +workes, and from them you may guesse the force of the other. The 1. is +this,[2] since every heavy body doth naturally tend downwards, and every +light body upwards, what a hudling and confusion must there bee if there +were two places for gravity and two places for lightnesse: for it is +probable that the Earth of that other World would fall downe to this +Center, and so mutually the aire and fire here ascend to those Regions +in the other, which must needes much derogate from the providence of +nature, and cause a great disorder in his workes. To this I answere, +that if you will consider the nature of gravity, you will plainely see +there is no ground to feare any such confusion, for heavinesse is +nothing else but such a quality as causes a propension in 'its subject +to tend downewards towards its owne Centre, so that for some of that +earth to come hither would not bee said a fall but an ascension, since +it moved from its owne place, and this would bee impossible (saith +_Ruvio_) because against nature,[3] and therefore no more to bee feared +than the falling of the Heavens. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Coelo_ l. 1. c. 8. 9.] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ibid._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De Coelo_ l. 1. c. 9. q. 1.] + +Another Argument hee had from his master _Plato_,[1] that there is but +one World, because there is but one first mover, God.[2] + + [Sidenote 1: _Metaphys._ l. 12. c. 8.] + + [Sidenote 2: _Diog. Laert. lib._ 3.] + +But here I may deny the consequence, since a plurality of worlds doth +not take away the unity of the first mover. + + _Vt enim forma substantialis, sic primum efficiens apparentem + solummodo multiplicitatem induit per signatam materiam_ + +(saith a Countreyman of ours.)[1] As the substantiall forme, so the +efficient cause hath onely an appearing multiplicity from its particular +matter. You may see this point more largely handled, and these Arguments +more fully answered by _Plutarch_ in his Booke (why Oracles are silent) +and _Iacob Carpentarius_ in his comment on _Alcinous_. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nic. Hill. de Philosop. Epic. partic. 379._] + +But our opposites the Interpreters themselves, (who too often doe +_jurare in verba magistri_) will grant that there is not any strength in +these consequences, and certainely their such weake arguments could not +convince that wise Philosopher, who in his other opinions was wont to +bee swayed by the strength and power of reason: wherefore I should +rather thinke that he had some by-respect, which made him first assent +to this opinion, and afterwards strive to prove it. Perhaps it was +because hee feared to displease his scholler _Alexander_, of whom 'tis +related[1] that he wept to heare a disputation of another world, since +he had not then attained the Monarchy of this, his restlesse wide heart +would have esteemed this Globe of Earth not big enough for him, if there +had beene another, which made the Satyrist say of him, + + _AEstuat infoelix angusto limite mundi._[2] + + "That he did vexe himselfe and sweate in his desires, as being pend + up in a narrow roome, when hee was confin'd but to one world." + +Before he thought to seate himselfe next the Gods, but now when hee had +done his best, hee must be content with some equall, or perhaps +superiour Kings. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plutarch. de tranq. anim._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iuvenal._] + +It may be, that _Aristotle_ was moved to this opinion, that hee might +thereby take from _Alexander_ the occasion of this feare and discontent, +or else, perhaps, _Aristotle_ himselfe was as loth to hold the +possibility of a world which he could not discover, as _Alexander_ was +to heare of one which he could not conquer. Tis likely that some such +by-respect moved him to this opinion, since the arguments he urges for +it are confest by his zealous followers and commentators, to be very +sleight and frivolous, and they themselves grant, what I am now to +prove, that there is not any evidence in the light of naturall reason, +which can sufficiently manifest that there is but one world. + +But however some may object, would it not be inconvenient and dangerous +to admit of such opinions that doe destroy those principles of +_Aristotle_, which all the world hath so long followed? + +This question is much controverted by the _Romish_ Divines; _Campanella_ +hath writ a Treatise[1] in defence of it, in whom you may see many +things worth the reading and notice. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilaeo._] + +To it I answer, that this position in Philosophy, doth not bring any +inconvenience to the rest, since tis not _Aristotle_, but truth that +should be the rule of our opinions, and if they be not both found +together, wee may say to him, as hee said to his Master _Plato_, + + +amphoin gar ontoin philoin, hosion protiman ten aletheian+.[1] + + "Though _Plato_ were his friend, yet hee would rather adhere to + truth than him." + + [Sidenote 1: _Ethic. l. 1. c. 6._] + +I must needs grant, that wee are all much beholden to the industry of +the ancient Philosophers, and more especially to _Aristotle_, for the +greater part of our learning, but yet tis not ingratitude to speake +against him, when hee opposeth truth; for then many of the Fathers would +be very guilty, especially _Iustin_, who hath writ a Treatise purposely +against him. + +But suppose this opinion were false, yet 'tis not against the faith, and +so it may serve for the better confirmation of that which is true; the +sparkes of errour, being forc'd out by opposition, as the sparkes of +fire, by the striking of the flint and steele. But suppose too that it +were hereticall, and against the faith, yet may it be admitted with the +same priviledge as _Aristotle_, from whom many more dangerous opinions +have proceeded: as that the world is eternall, that God cannot have +while to looke after these inferiour things, that after death there is +no reward or punishment, and such like blasphemies, which strike +directly at the fundamentalls of our Religion. + +So that it is justly to be wondred why some should be so superstitious +in these daies, as to sticke closer unto him, than unto Scripture, as if +his Philosophy were the onely foundation of all divine truths. + +Upon these grounds both St. _Uincentius_and _Senafinus_ _de firmo_ (as I +have seene them quoted) thinke that _Aristotle_ was the viol of Gods +wrath, which was powred out upon the waters of Wisedome by the third +Angel;[1] But for my part, I thinke the world is much beholden to +_Aristotle_ for all its sciences. But yet twere a shame for these later +ages to rest our selves meerely upon the labours of our Fore-fathers, as +if they had informed us of all things to be knowne, and when wee are set +upon their shoulders, not to see further then they themselves did. +'Twere a superstitious, a lazie opinion to thinke _Aristotles_ workes +the bounds and limits of all humane invention, beyond which there could +be no possibility of reaching. Certainly there are yet many things left +to discovery, and it cannot be any inconvenience for us, to maintaine a +new truth, or rectifie an ancient errour. + + [Sidenote 1: Rev. 16. 4.] + +But the position (say some) is directly against Scripture, for + +1. _Moses_ tells us but of one world, and his History of the creation +had beene very imperfect if God had made another. + +2. Saint _John_ speaking of Gods workes, saies he made the world, in the +singular number, and therefore there is but one:[1] 'tis the argument of +_Aquinas_, and he thinks that none will oppose it, but such who with +_Democritus_ esteeme some blinde chance, and not any wise providence to +be the framer of all things. + + [Sidenote 1: Part 1. Q. 47. Art. 3.] + +3. The opinion of more worlds has in ancient time beene accounted a +heresie, and _Baronius_ affirmes that for this very reason, _Virgilius_ +was cast out of his Bishopricke, and excommunicated from the Church.[1] + + [Sidenote 1: _Annal. Eccl. A.D. 748._] + +4. A fourth argument there is urged by _Aquinas_, if there be more +worlds than one, then they must either be of the same, or of a diverse +nature, but they are not of the same kinde,[1] for this were needlesse, +and would argue an improvidence, since one would have no more perfection +than the other; not of divers kinds, for then one of them could not be +called the world or universe, since it did not containe universall +perfection, I have cited this argument, because it is so much stood upon +by _Iulius Caesar la Galla_,[2] one that has purposely writ a Treatise +against this opinion which I now deliver, but the Dilemma is so blunt, +that it cannot cut on either side, and the consequences so weake, that I +dare trust them without an answer; And (by the way) you may see this +Author in that place, where he endeavours to prove a necessity of one +world, doth leave the chiefe matter in hand, and take much needlesse +paines to dispute against _Democritus_, who thought that the world was +made by the casuall concourse of _atoms_ in a great _vacuum_. It should +seeme, that either his cause, or his skill was weake, or else he would +have ventured upon a stronger adversary. These arguments which I have +set downe, are the chiefest which I have met with against this subject, +and yet the best of these hath not force enough to endanger the truth +that I have delivered. + + [Sidenote 1: _Ibid._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De Phaenom. in orbe lunae._] + +Unto the two first it may be answered, that the negative authority of +Scripture is not prevalent in those things which are not the +fundamentalls of Religion. + +But you'le reply, though it doe not necessarily conclude, yet 'tis +probable if there had beene another world, wee should have had some +notice of it in Scripture. + +I answer, 'tis as probable that the Scripture should have informed us of +the Planets they being very remarkable parts of the Creation, and yet +neither _Moses_ nor _Job_, nor the _Psalmes_ (the places most frequent +in Astronomicall observations) mention any of them but the Sunne and +Moone, and moreover, you must know, that 'tis besides the scope of the +Holy Ghost either in the new Testament or in the old, to reveale any +thing unto us concerning the secrets of Philosophy; 'tis not his intent +in the new Testament, since we cannot conceive how it might any way +belong either to the Historicall exegeticall or propheticall parts of +it: nor is it his intent in the old Testament, as is well observed by +our Countrey-man Master WRIGHT.[1] + + _Non Mosis aut Prophetarum institutum fuisse videtur Mathematicas + aliquas aut Physicas subtilitates promulgare, sed ad vulgi captum + & loquendi morem quemadmodum nutrices infantulis solent sese + accommodare._ + + "'Tis not the endeavour of _Moses_ or the Prophets to discover any + Mathematicall or Philosophicall subtilties, but rather to accomodate + themselves to vulgar capacities, and ordinary speech, as nurses are + wont to use their infants." + +True indeede, _Moses_ is there to handle the history of the Creation, +but 'tis observed that he does not any where meddle with such matters as +were very hard to be apprehended, for being to informe the common people +as well as others, he does it after a vulgar way, as it is commonly +noted, declaring the originall chiefely of those things which were +obvious to the sense, and being silent of other things, which then could +not well be apprehended. And therefore _Aquinas_ observes,[2] that +_Moses_ writes nothing of the aire, because that being invisible, the +people knew not whether there were any such body or no. And for this +very reason Saint _Austin_ also thinkes that there is nothing exprest +concerning the creation of Angels which notwithstanding are as +remarkable parts of the creatures, and as fit to be knowne as another +world. And therefore the Holy Ghost too uses such vulgar expressions +which set things forth rather as they appeare, then as they are,[3] as +when he calls the Moone one of the greater lights #hame'orot hagdolim# +whereas 'tis the least, but one that wee can see in the whole heavens. +So afterwards speaking of the great raine which drowned the world,[4] +he saies, the windowes of heaven were opened, because it seemed to +come with that violence, as if it were, poured out from windows in the +Firmament.[5] So that the phrases which the Holy Ghost uses concerning +these things are not to be understood in a literall sense; but rather +as vulgar expressions, and this rule is set downe by Saint _Austin_, +where speaking concerning that in the Psalme, _who stretched the earth +upon the waters_,[6] hee notes, that when the words of Scripture shall +seeme to contradict common sense or experience, there are they to be +understood in a qualified sense, and not according to the letter. And +'tis observed that for want of this rule, some of the ancients have +fastened strange absurdities upon the words of the Scripture. So Saint +_Ambrose_ esteemed it a heresie, to thinke, that the Sunne and starres +were not very hot, as being against the words of Scripture,[7] _Psalm._ +19. 6. where the _Psalmist_ sayes that there is nothing that is hid from +the heate of the Sunne. So others there are that would prove the heavens +not to be round, out of that place, _Psal._ 104. 2. _Hee stretcheth out +the heavens like a curtaine._[8] So _Procopius_ also was of opinion, +that the earth was founded upon the waters, nay, he made it part of his +faith, proving it out of _Psal._ 24. 2. _Hee hath founded the earth +upon the seas, and established it upon the flouds._ These and such like +absurdities have followed, when men looke for the grounds of Philosophie +in the words of Scripture. So that from what hath beene said, I may +conclude that the silence of Scripture concerning any other world is +not sufficient argument to prove that there is none. Thus for the two +first arguments. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Epist. ad Gilbert._] + + [Sidenote 2: Part 1. Q. 68. Art. 3.] + + [Sidenote 3: Gen. 1. 16] + + [Sidenote 4: Gen. 11.] + + [Sidenote 5: Sr. _W. Rawly_ c. 7. Sec.. 6.] + + [Sidenote 6: l. 2. in Gen. / Psal. 136. 6.] + + [Sidenote 7: Wisd. 2. 4. 17. 5. / Ecclus. 43. 3. 4.] + + [Sidenote 8: _Com. in c. 1. Gen._] + +Unto the third, I may answer, that this very example is quoted by +others, to shew the ignorance of those primative times, who did +sometimes condemne what they did not understand, and have often censur'd +the lawfull & undoubted parts of Mathematiques for hereticall, because +they themselves could not perceive a reason of it, and therefore their +practise in this particular, is no sufficient testimony against us. + +But lastly I answer to all the above named objections, that the terme +World, may be taken in a double sense, more generally for the whole +Universe, as it implies in it the elementary and aethereall bodies, the +starres and the earth. Secondly, more particularly for an inferiour +World consisting of elements. Now the maine drift of all these +arguments, is to confute a plurality of worlds in the first sense, and +if there were any such, it might, perhaps, seeme strange, that _Moses_, +or St. _John_ should either not know, or not mention its creation. And +_Virgilius_ was condemned for this opinion, because he held, _quod sit +alius mundus sub terra, aliusque Sol & Luna_, (as _Baronius_) that +within our globe of earth, there was another world, another Sunne and +Moone, and so he might seeme to exclude this from the number of the +other creatures. + +But now there is no such danger in this opinion, which is here +delivered, since this world said to be in the Moone, whose creation is +particularly exprest. + +So that in the first sense I yeeld, that there is but one world, which +is all that the arguments do prove, but understand it in the second +sense, and so I affirme there may be more nor doe any of the above named +objections prove the cotrary. + +Neither can this opinion derogate from the divine Wisdome (as _Aquinas_ +thinkes) but rather advance it, shewing a _compendium_ of providence, +that could make the same body a world, and a Moone; a world for +habitation, and a Moone for the use of others, and the ornament of the +whole frame of Nature. For as the members of the body serve not onely +for the preservation of themselves, but for the use and conveniency of +the whole, as the hand protects the head as well as saves it selfe,[1] +so is it in the parts of the Universe, where each one may serve, as well +for the conservation of that which is within it, as the helpe of others +without it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cusanus de doct. ignor. l. 2. c. 12._] + +I have now in some measure, shewed that a plurality of worlds does not +contradict any principle of reason or place of Scripture, and so cleared +the first part of that supposition which is applied in the opinion. + +It may next be enquired; whether 'tis possible there may be a globe of +elements in that which we call the aethereall parts of the Universe; for +if this (as it is according to the common opinion) be priviledged from +any change or corruption, it will be in vaine then to imagine any +element there, and if we will have another world, we must then seeke out +some other place for its situation. The third Proposition therefore +shall be this. + + + + +Proposition 3. + +_That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can + priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these + inferiour bodies are liable unto._ + + +It hath beene often questioned amongst the ancient Fathers and +Philosophers, what kind of matter that should be, of which the heavens +are framed, whether or no of any fifth substance distinct from the foure +elements, as _Aristotle_[1] holds, and with him some of the late +Schoolemen, whose subtill braines could not be content to attribute to +those vast glorious bodies, but common materialls, and therefore they +themselves had rather take paines to preferre them to some extraordinary +nature, whereas notwithstanding, all the arguments they could invent, +were not able to convince a necessity of any such matter, as is confest +by their owne[2]* side. It were much to be desired, thst these men had +not in other cases, as well as this, multiplied things without +necessity, and as if there had not beene enough to be knowne in the +secrets of nature, have spun out new subjects from their owne braines to +finde more worke for future ages, I shall not mention their arguments, +since 'tis already confest, that they are none of them of any necessary +consequence, and besides, you may see them set downe in any of the +bookes _de Coelo._ + + [Sidenote 1: _De Coelo., l. 1. cap. 2._] + + [Sidenote 2*: _Colleg. Cannimb. De Coelo. l. 1. c. 2. q. 6. art. 3._] + +But is it the generall consent of the Fathers, and the opinion of +_Lombard_, that the heavens consist of the same matter with these +sublunary bodies. St. _Ambrose_ is confident of it, that hee esteemes +the contrary a heresie.[1] True indeed, they differ much among +themselves, some thinking them to be made of fire, others of water, but +herein they generally agree, that they are all framed of some element or +other. For a better confirmation of this, you may see _Ludovicus +Molina_, _Euseb. Nirembergius_, with divers others.[2] The venerable +_Bede_ thought the Planets to consist of all the foure elements, and +'tis likely that the other parts are of an aereous substance,[3] as will +be shewed afterward; however, I cannot now stand to recite the arguments +for either, I have onely urged these Authorities to countervaile +_Aristotle_, and the Schoolemen, and the better to make way for a proof +of their corruptibility. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Hexam. lib. 4._] + + [Sidenote 2: _In opere 6. dierum. disput. 5._] + + [Sidenote 3: _In lib. de Mundi constit._] + +The next thing then to be enquired after, is, whether they be of a +corruptible nature, [1]not whether they can be destroyed by God, for +this Scripture puts out of doubt. + + [Sidenote 1: 2 Pet. 3. 12.] + +Nor whether or no in a long time they would weare away and grow worse, +for from any such feare they have beene lately priviledged.[1] But +whether they are capable of such changes and vicissitudes, as this +inferiour world is liable unto. + + [Sidenote 1: By Doctor _Hackwell_ _Apol._] + +The two chiefe opinions concerning this, have both erred in some +extremity, the one side going so farre from the other, that they have +both gone beyond the right, whilest _Aristotle_ hath opposed the truth, +as well as the Stoicks. + +Some of the Ancients have thought, that the heavenly bodies have stood +in need of nourishment from the elements, by which they were continually +fed, and so had divers alterations by reason of their food, this is +fathered on _Heraclitus_,[1] followed by that great Naturalist +_Pliny_,[2] and in generall attributed to all the Stoicks. You may see +_Seneca_ expressely to this purpose in these words, + + _Ex illa alimenta omnibus animalibus, omnibus satis, omnibus stellis + dividuntur, hinc profertur quo sustineantur tot Sydera tam exercitata, + tam avida, per diem, noctemque, ut in opere, ita in pastu._[3] + +Speaking of the earth, he saies, from thence it is, that nourishment is +divided to all the living creatures, the Plants and the Starres, hence +were sustained so many constellations, so laborious, so greedy both day +and night, as well in their feeding as working. Thus also _Lucan_ sings, + + _Necnon Oceano pasci Phoebumque polumque credimus._ + + [Sidenote 1: _Plutarch. de plac. philos. l. 2. c. 17._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 9._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Nat. Quaest. lib. 2. cap. 5._] + +Unto these _Ptolome_[1] also that learned Egyptian seemed to agree, when +he affirmes that the body of the Moone is moister, and cooler than any +of the other Planets, by reason of the earthly vapours that are exhaled +unto it. You see these ancients thought the Heavens to be so farre from +this imagined incorruptibility, that rather like the weakest bodies they +stood in need of some continuall nourishment without which they could +not subsist. + + [Sidenote 1: _I{o} Apost._] + +But _Aristotle_ and his followers were so farre from this,[1] that they +thought those glorious bodies could not containe within them any such +principles, as might make them lyable to the least change or corruption, +and their chiefe reason was, because we could not in so long a space +discerne any alteration amongst them; but unto this I answer. + + [Sidenote 1: _De coelo. l. 1. cap. 3._] + +1. Supposing we could not, yet would it not hence follow[1] that there +were none, as hee himselfe in effect doth confesse in another place; for +speaking concerning our knowledge of the Heavens, hee sayes 'tis very +imperfect and difficult, by reason of the vaste distance of those bodies +from us, and because the changes which may happen unto it, are not +either bigge enough or frequent enough to fall within the apprehension +and observation of our senses; no wonder then if hee himselfe bee +deceived in his assertions concerning these particulars. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Coelo. l. 2. cap. 3._] + +2. Though we could not by our senses see such alterations, yet our +reason might perhaps sufficiently convince us of them. Nor can we well +conceive how the Sunne should reflect against the Moone, and yet not +produce some alteration of heate. _Diogenes_ the Philosopher was hence +perswaded that those scorching heates had burnt the Moone into the forme +of a Pumice-stone. + +3. I answer that there have been some alterations observed there; +witnesse those comets which have beene seene above the Moone. So that +though _Aristotles_ consequence were sufficient, when hee proved that +the heavens were not corruptible, because there have not any changes +being observed in it, yet this by the same reason must bee as prevalent, +that the Heavens are corruptible, because there have beene so many +alterations observed there; but of these together with a farther +confirmation of this proposition, I shall have occasion to speake +afterwards; In the meane space, I will referre the Reader to that worke +of _Scheiner_ a late Jesuit which hee titles his _Rosa Vrsina_,[1] where +hee may see this point concerning the corruptibility of the Heavens +largely handled and sufficiently confirmed. + + [Sidenote 1: _lib. 4. p. 2. cy. 24, 35._] + +There are some other things, on which I might here take an occasion to +enlarge my selfe, but because they are directly handled by many others, +and doe not immediately belong to the chiefe matter in hand, I shall +therefore referre the Reader to their authors, and omit any large proofe +of them my selfe, as defining all possible brevity. + +1. The first is this: That there are no solid Orbes. If there be a +habitable World in the Moone (which I now affirme) it must follow, that +her Orbe is not solid, as _Aristotle_ supposed; and if not her, why any +of the other? I rather thinke that they are all of a fluid (perhaps +aereous) substance. Saint _Ambrose_, and Saint _Basil_[1] did endeavour +to prove this out of that place in _Isay_,[2] where they are compared to +smoake, as they are both quoted by _Rhodiginus_, _Eusebius_, +_Nierembergius_[3] doth likewise from that place confute the solidity +and incorruptibility of the Heavens, and cites for the same +interpretation the authority of _Eustachius_ of _Antioch_; and Saint +_Austin_,[4] I am sure seemes to assent unto this opinion, though he +does often in his other workes contradict it. The testimony of other +Fathers to this purpose you may see in _Sixtus Senensis. l. 5. Biblioth. +annot. 14._ but for your better satisfaction herein, I shall referre you +to the above named _Scheiner_ in his _Rosa Ursina_,[5] in whom you may +see both authorities and reason, and very largely and distinctly set +downe for this opinion, for the better confirmation of which hee +adjoynes also some authenticall Epistles of _Fredericus Caesius Lynceus_ +a Noble Prince written to _Bellarmine_, containing divers reasons to the +same purpose, you may also see the same truth set downe by _Johannes +Pena_ in his preface to _Euclids Opticks_, and _Christoph. Rothmannus_, +both who thought the Firmament to bee onely aire: and though the noble +_Tycho_[6] doe dispute against them, yet he himselfe holds, + + _Quod propius ad veritatis penetralia accedit haec opinio, quam + Aristotelica vulgariter approbata, quae coelum pluribus realibus atque + imperviis orbibus citra rem replevit._ + + "That this opinion comes neerer to the truth than that common one + of _Aristotle_ which hath to no purpose filled the heavens with such + reall and impervious Orbes." + + [Sidenote 1: _Isa. 51. 6._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Hist. nat. l. 2. c. 11. 13._] + + [Sidenote 4: _In lib. sup. Gen. ad lit._] + + [Sidenote 5: _lib. 4. p. 11, 2. c. 7. 26, 30._] + + [Sidenote 6: _De stella. 15. 72. l. 6. c. 9._] + +2. There is no element of fire, which must be held with this opinion +here delivered; for if wee suppose a world in the Moone, then it will +follow, that the spheare of fire, either is not there where 'tis usually +placed in the concavity of his Orbe, or else that there is no such thing +at all, which is most probable, since there are not any such solid Orbs, +that by their swift motion might heare and enkindle the adjoyning aire, +which is imagined to be the reason of that element. Concerning this see +_Cardan_, _Iohannes Pena_ that learned _Frenchman_, the noble _Tycho_, +with divers others who have purposely handled this proposition. + +3. I might adde a third, _viz._ that there is no Musicke of the +spheares, for if they be not solid, how can their motion cause any such +sound as is conceived? I doe the rather medle with this, because +_Plutarch_ speaks as if a man might very conveniently heare that +harmony, if he were an inhabitant in the Moone. But I guesse that hee +said this out of incogitancy, and did not well consider those necessary +consequences which depended upon his opinion. However the world would +have no great losse in being deprived of this Musicke, unlesse at some +times we had the priviledge to heare it: Then indeede _Philo_ the Jew[1] +thinkes it would save us the charges of diet, and we might live at an +easie rate by feeding at the eare onely, and receiving no other +nourishment; and for this very reason (saies he) was _Moses_ enabled to +tarry forty daies and forty nights in the Mount without eating any +thing, because he there heard the melody of the Heavens,--_Risum +teneatis_. I know this Musicke hath had great patrons both sacred and +prophane authours, such as _Ambrose_, _Bede_, _Boetius_, _Anselme_, +_Plato_, _Cicero_ and others, but because it is not now, I thinke +affirmed by any, I shall not therefore bestow either paines or time in +arguing against it. + + [Sidenote 1: _De somniis._] + +It may suffice that I have onely named these three last, and for the two +more necessary, have referred the Reader to others for satisfaction. I +shall in the next place proceede to the nature of the Moones body, to +know whether that be capable of any such conditions, as may make it +possible to be inhabited, and what those qualities are wherein it more +neerely agrees with our earth. + + + + +Proposition 4. + +_That the Moone is a solid, compacted, opacous body._ + + +I shall not need to stand long in the proofe of this proposition, since +it is a truth already agreed on by the generall consent of the most and +the best Philosophers. + +1. It is solid in opposition to fluid, as is the ayre, for how otherwise +could it beare backe the light which it receives from the Sunne? + +But here it may be questioned, whether or no the Moone bestow her light +upon us by the reflection of the Sunne-beames from the superficies of +her body, or else by her owne illumination. Some there are who affirme +this latter part. So _Averroes_, _Caelius Rhodiginus_, _Iulius Caesar_, +_&c._ and their reason is because this light is discerned in many +places,[1] whereas those bodies which give light by reflexion can there +onely be perceived where the angle of reflexion is equall to the angle +of incidence, and this is onely in one place, as in a looking-glasse +those beames which are reflected from it cannot bee perceived in every +place where you may see the glasse, but onely there where your eye is +placed on the same line whereon the beames are reflected. + + [Sidenote 1: _De coelo. l. 2. com. 49._ + _Ant. lection. l. 20. c. 4._ + _De phaenom. lunae. c. 11._] + +But to this I answere, that the argument will not hold of such bodies, +whose superficies is full of unequall parts and gibbosities as the Moone +is. Wherefore it is as well the more probable as the more common +opinion, that her light proceedes from both these causes, from reflexion +and illumination; nor doth it herein differ from our earth, since that +also hath some light by illumination: for how otherwise would the parts +about us in a Sunne-shine day appeare so bright, when as all the rayes +of reflexion cannot enter into our eye? + +2. It is compact, and not a spungie and porous substance.[1] But this is +denied by _Diogenes_, _Vitellio_, and _Reinoldus_, and some others, who +held the Moone to bee of the same kind of nature as a Pumice-stone, and +this, say they, is the reason why in the Suns eclipses there appeares +within her a duskish ruddy colour, because the Sunne-beames being +refracted in passing through the pores of her body, must necessarily be +represented under such a colour. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de pla. phil. l. 2. c. 13._ + _Opt. l. 4._ + _Com. Purbac. Theo. p. 164._] + +But I reply, if this be the cause of her rednesse; then why doth she not +appeare under the same forme when she is about a sextile aspect, and the +darkned part of her body is discernable? for then also doe the same +rayes passe through her, and therefore in all likelihood should produce +the same effect, and notwithstanding those beames are then diverted from +us, that they cannot enter into our eyes by a streight line, yet must +the colour still remaine visible in her body,[1] and besides according +to this opinion, the spots would not alwaies be the same, but divers, as +the various distance of the Sunne requires. Againe, if the Sunne-beames +did passe through her, why then hath she not a taile as the Comets? why +doth she appeare in such an exact round? and not rather attended with a +long flame, since it is meerely this penetration of the Sunne beames +that is usually attributed to be the cause of beards in blazing starres. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scaliger exercit. 80. Sec. 13._] + +3. It is opacous, not transparent or diaphanous like Chrystall or +glasse,[1] as _Empedocles_ thought, who held the Moone to bee a globe of +pure congealed aire, like haile inclosed in a spheare of fire, for then. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de fa. lunae._] + +1. Why does shee not alwaies appeare in the full? since the light is +dispersed through all her body? + +2. How can the interposition of her body so darken the Sun, or cause +such great eclipses as have turned day into night,[1] that have +discovered the stars, and frighted the birds with such a sudden +darknesse, that they fell downe upon the earth, as it is related in +divers Histories? And therefore _Herodotus_ telling of an Eclipse which +fell in _Xerxes_ time, describes it thus:[2] +ho helios eklipon ten ek +tou ouranou hedren aphanes en+. The Sunne leaving his wonted seate in +the heavens, vanished away: all which argues such a great darknesse, as +could not have beene, if her body had beene perspicuous. Yet some there +are who interpret all these relations to bee hyperbolicall expressions, +and the noble _Tycho_ thinkes it naturally impossible, that any eclipse +should cause such darknesse, because the body of the Moone can never +totally cover the Sunne; however, in this he is singular, all other +Astronomers (if I may believe _Keplar_) being on the contrary opinion, +by reason the Diameter of the Moone does for the most part appeare +bigger to us then the Diameter of the Sunne. + + [Sidenote 1: _Thucid._ + _Livii._ + _Plut. de fa. Lunae._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Herodot. l. 7 c. 37._] + +But here _Julius Caesar_[1] once more, puts in to hinder our passage. The +Moone (saith he) is not altogether opacous, because 'tis still of the +same nature with the Heavens, which are incapable of totall opacity: and +his reason is, because perspicuity is an inseparable accident of those +purer bodies, and this hee thinkes must necessarily bee granted, for hee +stops there, and proves no further; but to this I shall deferre an +answere, till hee hath made up his argument. + + [Sidenote 1: _De phaenom. Lunae. c. 11._] + +We may frequently see, that her body does so eclipse the Sunne, as our +earth doth the Moone; since then the like interposition of them both, +doth produce the like effect, they must necessarily be of the like +natures, that is a like opacous, which is the thing to be shewed; and +this was the reason (as the Interpreters guesse) why _Aristotle_ +affirmed the Moone to be of the earths nature,[1] because of their +agreement in opacity, whereas all the other elements save that, are in +some measure perspicuous. + + [Sidenote 1: _In lib. de animalib._] + +But the greatest difference which may seeme to make our earth altogether +unlike the Moone, is, because the one is a bright body, and hath light +of its owne, and the other a grosse dark body which cannot shine at all. +'Tis requisite therefore, that in the next place I cleare this doubt, +and shew that the Moone hath no more light of her owne than our earth. + + + + +Proposition 5. + +_That the Moone hath not any light of her owne._ + + +Twas the fancy of some of the Jewes, and more especially of _Rabbi +Simeon_, that the Moone was nothing else but a contracted Sunne,[1] and +that both those planets at their first creation were equall both in +light and quantity, for because God did then call them both great +lights, therefore they inferred, that they must be both equall in +bignesse. But a while after (as the tradition goes) the ambitious Moone +put up her complaint to God against the Sunne, shewing, that it was not +fit there should be two such great lights in the heavens, a Monarchy +would best become the place of order and harmony. Upon this God +commanded her to contract her selfe into a narrower compasse, but she +being much discontented hereat, replies, What! because I have spoken +that which is reason and equity, must I therefore be diminished? This +sentence could not chuse but much trouble her; and for this reason was +shee in much distresse and griefe for a long space, but that her sorrow +might be some way pacified, God bid her be of good cheere, because her +priviledges and charet should be greater then the Suns, he should +appeare in the day timeonely, shee both in the day and night, but her +melancholy being not satisfied with this, shee replyed againe, that that +alas was no benefit, for in the day-time she should be either not seene, +or not noted. Wherefore, God to comfort her up, promised, that his +people the Israelites should celebrate all their feasts and holy daies +by a computation of her moneths, but this being not able to content her, +shee has looked very melancholy ever since; however shee hath still +reserved much light of her owne. + + [Sidenote 1: _Tostatus in 1. Gen._ + _Hieron. de 5. Hide._ + _Hebraeonia l. 2. c. 4._] + +Others there were, that did thinke the Moone to be a round globe, the +one halfe of whole body was of a bright substance, the other halfe being +darke, and the divers conversions of those sides towards our eyes, +caused the variety of her appearances: of this opinion was _Berosus_, as +he is cited by _Vitruvius_,[1] and St. _Austin_[2] thought it was +probable enough, but this fancy is almost equally absurd with the +former, and both of them sound rather like fables, then philosophicall +truths. You may commonly see how this latter does contradict frequent +and easie experience, for 'tis observed, that that spot which is +perceived about her middle, when she is in the increase, may be +discern'd in the same place when she is in the ful: whence it must +follow, that the same part which was before darkened, is after +inlightened, and that the one part is not alwaies darke, and the other +light of it selfe, but enough of this, I would be loth to make an enemy, +that I may afterwards overcome him, or bestow time in proving that which +is already granted. I suppose now, that neither of them hath any +patrons, and therefore need no confutation. + + [Sidenote 1: _Lib. 9. Architecturae._] + + [Sidenote 2: _in enarrat. Psalmorum._] + +'Tis agreed upon by all sides, that this Planet receives most of her +light from the Sunne, but the chiefe controversie is, whether or no she +hath any of her owne? The greater multitude affirme this. _Cardan_ +amongst the rest, is very confident of it, and he thinkes that if any of +us were in the Moone at the time of her greatest eclipse,[1] + + _Lunam aspiceremus non secus ac innumeris cereis splendidissimis + accensis, atque in eas oculis defixis caecutiremus_; + +"wee should perceive so great a brightnesse of her owne, that would +blind us with the meere sight," and when shee is enlightened by the +Sunne, then no eagles eye if there were any there, is able to looke upon +her. This _Cardan_ saies, and hee doth but say it without bringing any +proofe for its confirmation. However, I will set downe the arguments +that are usually urged for this opinion, and they are taken either from +Scripture or reason; from Scripture is urged that place, _1 Cor. 15._ +where it is said, _There is one glory of the Sunne, and another glory +of the Moone_. _Vlysses Albergettus_ urges, that in _Math. 24. 22._ ++he selene ou dosei to phengos autes+, _The Moone shall not give her +light_: therefore (saies he) she hath some of her owne. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Subtil. lib. 3._] + +But to these wee may easily answer that the glory and light there spoken +of, may be said to be hers, though it be derived, as you may see in many +other instances. + +The arguments from reason are taken either + +1. From that light which is discerned in her, when there is a totall +eclipse of her owne body, or of the Sunne. + +2. For the light which is discerned in the darker part of her body, when +she is but a little distant from the Sunne. + +1. For when there are any totall eclipses, there appeares in her body a +great rednesse, and many times light enough to cause a remarkeable +shade, as common experience doth sufficiently manifest: but this cannot +come from the Sunne, since at such times either the earth, or her owne +body shades her from the Sun-beames, therefore it must proceede from her +owne light. + +2. Two or three daies after the new Moone, wee may perceive light in her +whole body, whereas the rayes of the Sun reflect but upon a small part +of that which is visible, therefore 'tis likely that there is some light +of her owne. + +In answering to these objections, I shall first shew, that this light +cannot be her owne, and then declare that which is the true reason of +it. + +That it is not her own, appeares + +1. From the variety of it at divers times; for 'tis commonly observed, +that sometimes 'tis of a brighter, sometimes of a darker appearance, now +redder, and at another time of a more duskish colour. The observation of +this variety in divers eclipses, you may see set downe by _Keplar_[1] +and many others, but now this could not be if that light were her owne, +that being constantly the same, and without any reason of such an +alteration: So that thus I may argue. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. Astron. c. 7. num. 3._] + +If there were any light proper to the Moone, then would that Planet +appeare brightest when she is eclipied in her Perige, being neerest to +the earth, and so consequently more obscure and duskish when she is in +her Apoge or farthest from it; the reason is, because the neerer any +enlightened body comes to the sight, by so much the more strong are the +species and the better perceived. This sequell is granted by some of our +adversaries, and they are the very words of noble _Tycho_,[1] + + _Si luna genuino gauderet lumine, utique cum in umbra terrae esset, +illud non amitteret, sed eo evidentius exereret, omne enim lumen in +tenebris, plus splendet cum alio majore fulgore non praepeditur._ + +If the Moone had any light of her owne, then would she not lose it in +the earths shadow, but rather shine more clearely, since every light +appeares greater in the darke, when it is not hindered by a more +perspicuous brightnesse. + + [Sidenote 1: _De nova stella lib. 1. c. 10._] + +But now the event falls out cleane contrary, (as observation doth +manifest, and our opposites themselves doe grant)[1] the Moone appearing +with a more reddish and cleare light when she is eclipsed being in her +Apoge or farthest distance, and a more blackish yron colour when she is +in her Perige or neerest to us, therefore shee hath not any light of her +owne. Nor may we thinke that the earths shadow can cloud the proper +light of the Moone from appearing, or take away any thing from her +inherent brightnesse, for this were to thinke a shadow to be a body, an +opinion altogether mis-becomming a Philosopher, as _Tycho_ grants in the +fore-cited place, + + _Nec umbra terrae corporeum quid est, aut densa aliqua substantia, + aut lunae lumen obtenebrare possit, atque id visui nostro praeripere, + sed est quaedam privatio luminis solaris, ob interpositum opacum + corpus terrae._ + +Nor is the earths shadow any corporall thing, or thicke substance, that +it can cloud the Moones brightnesse, or take it away from our sight, but +it is a meere privation of the Suns light, by reason of the +interposition of the earths opacous body. + + [Sidenote 1: Reinhold _comment. in Purb. Theor. pag. 164._] + +2. If shee had any light of her owne then that would in it selfe be, +either such a ruddy brightnesse as appeares in the eclipses, or else +such a leaden duskish light as wee see in the darker parts of her body, +when shee is a little past the conjunction. (That it must be one of +these may follow from the opposite arguments) but it is neither of +these, therefore she hath none of her owne. + +1. 'Tis not such a ruddy light as appeares in eclipses, for then why can +wee not see the like rednesse, when wee may discerne the obscurer parts +of the Moone? + +You will say, perhaps, that then the neerenesse of that greater light, +takes away that appearance. + +I reply, this cannot be, for then why does Mars shine with his wonted +rednesse, when he is neere the Moone? or why cannot her greater +brightnesse make him appeare white as the other Planets? nor can there +be any reason given why that greater light should represent her body +under a false colour. + +2. 'Tis not such a duskish leaden light, as we see in the darker part of +her body, when shee is about a sextile Aspect distant from the Sunne, +for then why does shee appeare red in the eclipses, since the more shade +cannot choose such variety, for 'tis the nature of darknesse by its +opposition, rather to make things appeare of a more white and cleare +brightnesse then they are in themselves, or if it be the shade, yet +those parts of the Moone are then in the shade of her body, and +therefore in reason should have the like rednesse. Since then neither of +these lights are hers, it followes that she hath none of her owne. Nor +is this a singular opinion, but it hath had many learned patrons, such +was _Macrobius_,[1] who being for this quoted of _Rhodiginus_, he calls +him _vir reconditissimae scientiae_,[2] a man who knew more than ordinary +Philosophers, thus commending the opinion in the credit of the Authour. +To him assents the Venerable _Bede_, upon whom the glosse hath this +comparison.[3] As the Looking-glasse represents not any image within it +selfe, unlesse it receive some from without; so the Moone hath not any +light, but what is bestowed by the Sun. To these agreed _Albertus +Magnus_, _Scaliger_, _Maeslin_, and more especially _Mulapertius_,[4] +whose words are more pat to the purpose then others, and therefore I +shall set them downe as you may finde them in his Preface to his +Treatise concerning the _Austriaca sydera_; + + _Luna, Venus, & Mercurius, terrestris & humidae sunt substantiae + ideoque de suo non lucere, sicut nec terra._ + +The Moone, _Venus_, and _Mercurie_ (saith he) are of an earthly and +moyst substance, and therefore have no more light of their owne, then +the earth hath. Nay, some there are who thinke that all the other +Starres doe receive that light, whereby they appeare visible to us from +the Sunne, so _Ptolomie_, _Isidore Hispalensis_, _Albertus Magnus_ and +_Bede_, much more then must the Moone shine with a borrowed light.[5] + + [Sidenote 1: _Somn. Scip. l. 1. c. 20._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Lect. antiq. l. 1. c. 15._] + + [Sidenote 3: _In lib. de natur. rerum._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De 4r. Coaevis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ + _Exercit. 62._ + _1. Epitome. Astron. lib. 4. p. 2._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Originum l. 3. c. 60._ + _De Coelo. l. 2._ + _De ratione tempor. c. 4._] + +But enough of this. I have now sufficiently shewed what at the first I +promised, that this light is not proper to the Moone. It remaines in the +next place, that I tell you the true reason of it. And here, I thinke +'tis probable that the light which appeares in the Moone at the eclipses +is nothing else but the second species of the Sunnes rayes which passe +through the shadow unto her body: and from a mixture of this second +light with the shadow, arises that rednesse which at such times appeares +unto us. I may call it _Lumen crepusculum_, the _Aurora_ of the Moone, +or such a kinde of blushing light, that the Sunne causes when he is +neere his rising, when he bestowes some small light upon the thicker +vapours. Thus wee see commonly the Sunne being in the Horizon, and the +reflexion growing weake, how his beames make the waters appeare very +red. + +The Moabites in _Iehorams_ time when they rose early in the morning, and +beheld the waters a farre off, mistooke them for blood.[1] + + _Et causa hujus est, quia radius solaris in aurora contrahit quandam + rubedinem, propter vapores combustos manentes circa superficiem + terrae, per quos radii transeunt, & ideo cum repercutiantur in aqua + ad oculos nostros, trahunt secum eundem ruborem, & faciunt apparere + locum aquarum, in quo est repercussio esse rubrum_, + +saith _Tostatus_.[2] The reason is, because of his rayes, which being in +the lower vapours, those doe convey an imperfect mixed light upon the +waters. Thus the Moone being in the earths shadow, and the Sunne beames +which are round about it, not being able to come directly unto her body, +yet some second raies there are, which passing through the shadow, make +her appeare in that ruddy colour: So that she must appeare brightest, +when shee is eclipsed, being in her Apoge, of greatest distance from us, +because then the cone of the earths shadow is lesse, and the refraction +is made through a narrower medium. So on the contrary, she must be +represented under a more darke and obscure forme when she is eclipsed, +being in her Perige, or neerest to the earth, because then she is +involved in a greater shadow, or bigger part of the cone, and so the +refraction passing through a greater medium, the light must needes be +weaker which doth proceed from it. If you aske now what the reason may +be of that light which we discerne in the darker part of the new Moone: +I answer, 'tis reflected from our earth which returnes as great a +brightnesse to that Planet, as it receives from it. This I shall have +occasion to prove afterward. + + [Sidenote 1: 2 King. 3. 22.] + + [Sidenote 2: _2. Quaest. in hoc cap._] + +I have now done with these propositions which were set downe to cleare +the passage, and confirme the suppositions implied in the opinion, I +shall in the next place proceed to a more direct treating of the chiefe +matter in hand. + + + + +Proposition 6. + +_That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of + many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be + deduced from the tenents of others._ + + +Since this opinion may be suspected of singularity, I shall therefore +first confirme it by sufficient authority of divers authours, both +ancient and moderne, that so I may the better cleare it from the +prejudice either of an upstart fancy, or an absolute errour. This is by +some attributed to _Orpheus_, one of the most ancient Greeke Poets, who +speaking of the Moone, saies thus, +he poll' ourea echei, poll' astea, +polla melathra+,[1] That it hath many mountaines and cities, and houses +in it. To him assented _Xenophanes_, _Anaxagoras_, _Democritus_, and +_Heraclitus_,[2] all who thought it to have firme solid ground, like to +our earth,[3] containing in it many large fields, champion grounds, and +divers inhabitants, unto these agreed _Pythagoras_, who thought that our +earth was but one of the Planets which moved round about the Sunne,[4] +(as _Aristotle_ relates it of him) and the _Pythagoreans_ in generall +did affirme, that the Moone also was terrestriall, that she was +inhabited as this lower world. That those living creatures & plants +which are in her, exceed any of the like kind with us in the same +proportion, as their daies are longer than ours: _viz._ by 15 times. +This _Pythagoras_[5] was esteemed by all, of a most divine wit, as +appeares especially by his valuation amongst the _Romans_ who being +comanded by the Oracle to erect a statue to the wisest _Grecian_, the +Senate determined[6] _Pythagoras_ to be meant, preferring him in their +judgements before the divine _Socrates_, whom their Gods pronounc'd the +wisest. Some think him a _Iew_ by birth, but most agree that hee was +much conversant amongst the learneder sort, & Priests of that Nation, +by whom he was informed of many secrets, and perhaps, this opinion, +which he vented afterwards in _Greece_, where he was much opposed by +_Aristotle_ in some worded disputations, but never confuted by any solid +reason. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ibid. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Diog. Laert. l. 2. & l. 9._] + + [Sidenote 4: _De Coelo. l. 2. cap. 13._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Plut. ibid. cap. 30._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Plin. Nat. Hist. l. 34. cap. 6._] + +To this opinion of _Pythagoras_ did _Plato_ also assent, when hee +considered that there was the like eclipse made by the earth, and this, +that it had no light of its owne, that it was so full of spots. And +therefore wee may often reade in him and his followers,[1] of an +_aetherea terra_, and _lunares populi_, an aethereall earth, and +inhabiters in the Moone; but afterwards this was mixed with many +ridiculous fancies: for some of them considering the mysteries implied +in the number 3. concluded that there must necessarily bee a Trinity of +worlds, whereof the first is this of ours, the second in the Moone whose +element of water is represented by the spheare of _Mercury_, the aire by +_Uenus_, and the fire by the Sunne. And that the whole Universe might +the better end in earth as it began, they have contrived it, that _Mars_ +shall be a spheare of the fire, _Iupiter_ of aire, _Saturne_ of water; +and above all these, the Elysian fields, spacious and pleasant places +appointed for the habitation of those unspotted soules, that either +never were imprisoned in, or else now have freed themselves from any +commerce with the body. _Scaliger_[2] speaking of this _Platonicke_ +fancie, _quae in tres trientes mundum quasi assem divisit_, thinks 'tis +confutation enough, to say, 'tis _Plato's_. However for the first part +of this assertion, it was assented unto by many others, and by reason of +the grossnesse and inequality of this planet, 'twas frequently called +_quasi terra coelestis_, as being esteemed the sediment and more +imperfect part of those purer bodies, you may see this proved by +_Plutarch_,[3] in that delightfull work which he properly made for the +confirmition of this particular. With him agreed _Alcinous_[4] and +_Plotinus_, later Writers. Unto these I might also adde the imperfect +testimony of _Mahomet_, whose authority of grant can adde but little +credit to this opinion, because hee was an ignorant imposter, but yet +consider that originall, from whence hee derived most of his knowledge, +and then, perhaps, his witnesse may carry with it some probablity. He is +commonly thought by birth to be an Ismaelite, being instructed by the +Jewes in the secrets of their Philosophy,[5] and perhaps, learned this +from those Rabbies, for in his _Alcaron_, hee talkes much of mountaines, +pleasant fields, and cleare rivers in the heavens, but because he was +for the maine very unlearned, he was not able to deliver any thing so +distinctly as he was informed.[6] The Cardinall _Cusanus_ and _Iornandus +Bunus_, held a particular world in every Starre, and therefore one of +them defining our earth, he saies, it is + + _stella quaedam nobilis, quae lunam & calorem & influentiam habet + aliam, & diversam ab omnibus aliis stellis_; + +a "noble starre having a distinct light, heat and influence from all the +rest." Unto this _Nichol. Hill_, a country man of ours was inclined, +when he said _Astrea terrae natura probabilis est_: "That 'tis probable +the earth hath a starry nature."[7] + + [Sidenote 1: _Plat. de conviviis._ + _Macrob. Somn. Scip. lib. 1. ca. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Exercit. 62._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De facie Lunae._] + + [Sidenote 4: _Instit. ad discip._ Plat. _Cael. Rhodig. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 5: _Azoara. 57. & 65._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Cusa. de doct. ign. l. 2. cap. 12._] + + [Sidenote 7: _Philos. epicur. part. 434._] + +But the opinion which I have here delivered was more directly proved by +_Maeslin_, _Keplar_, and _Galilaeus_, each of them late writers, and +famous men for their singular skill in Astronomy.[1] As for those workes +of _Maeslin_ and _Keplar_ wherein they doe more expresly treate of this +opinion, I have not yet had the happinesse to see them. However their +opinions appeare plaine enough from their owne writings, and the +testimony of others concerning them. But _Iulius Caesar_, whom I have +above quoted, speaking of their testimony whom I now cite for this +opinion,[2] _viz._ _Keplar_ and _Galilaeus_ affirmes that to his +knowledge they did but jest in those things which they write concerning +this, and as for any such world, he assuredly knowes they never so much +as dreamt of it. But I had rather believe their owne words, then his +pretended knowledge. + + [Sidenote 1: _In Thesibus_ + _dissertatio cum Nic. Hill._ + _Nuncius Sydereus._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De phaenom. lunae. c. 4._] + +'Tis true indeed, in many things they doe but trifle, but for the maine +scope of those discourses, 'tis as manifest they seriously meant it, as +any indifferent Reader may easily discerne; otherwise sure _Campanella_ +(a man as well acquainted with his opinion, and perhaps his person as +_Caesar_ was) would never have writ an apologie for him. And besides 'tis +very likely if it had beene but a jest, _Galilaeus_ would never have +suffered so much for it as afterwards he did. But as for the knowledge +which hee pretends, you may guesse what it was by his confidence (I say +not presumption) in other assertions, and his boldnesse[1] in them may +well derogate from his credit in this. For speaking of _Ptolome's_ +_Hypothesis_ he pronounces this verdict, + + _Impossibile est excentricorum & epicyclorum positio, nec aliquis + est ex Mathematicis adeo stultus qui veram illam existimet._ + + "The position of _Excentricks_ and _Epicycles_ is altogether + impossible, nor is there any Mathematician such a foole as to + thinke it true." + +I should guesse hee could not have knowledge enough to maintaine any +other Hypothesis who was so ignorant in Mathematicks, as to deny that +any good Authour held this. For I would faine know whether there were +never any that thought the Heavens to be solid bodies, and that there +were such kindes of motion as is by those feined Orbes supplyed; if so, +then _Caesar la Galla_ was much mistaken. I thinke his assertions are +equally true, that _Galilaeus_ and _Keplar_ did not hold this, and that +there were none which ever held that other. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cap. 7._] + +But in my following discourse I shall most insist on the observation of +_Galilaeus_, the inventour of that famous perspective, whereby we may +discerne the heavens hard by us, whereby those things which others have +formerly guest at are manifested to the eye, and plainely discovered +beyond exception or doubt, of which admirable invention, these latter +ages of the world may justly boast, and for this expect to be celebrated +by posterity. 'Tis related of _Eudoxus_, that hee wished himselfe burnt +with _Phaeton_, so he might stand over the Sunne to contemplate its +nature; had hee lived in these daies, he might have enjoyed his wish at +an easie rate, and scaling the heavens by this glasse, might plainely +have discerned what hee so much desired. _Keplar_ considering those +strange discoveries which this perspective had made, could not choose +but cry out in a +prosopopeia+ and rapture of admiration. + + _O multiscium & quovis sceptro pretiosius perspicillum! an qui te + dextra tenet, ille non dominus constituatur operum Dei?_ + +And _Johannes Fabricius_[1] an elegant writer, speaking of the same +glasse, and for this invention preferring our age before those former +times of greater ignorance, saies thus; + + _Adeo sumus superiores veteribus, ut quam illi carminis magici + pronunciatu de missam representasse putantur nos non tantum + innocenter demittamus, sed etiam familiari quodam intuitu ejus quasi + conditionem intueamur._ + + "So much are wee above the ancients, that whereas they were faine by + their magical charms to represent the Moones approach, wee cannot + onely bring her lower with a greater innocence, but may also with a + more familiar view behold her condition." + +And because you shall have no occasion to question the truth of those +experiments, which I shal afterwards urge from it; I will therefore set +downe the testimony of an enemy, and such a witnesse hath alwaies beene +accounted prevalent: you may see it in the abovenamed _Caesar la +Galla_,[2] whose words are these: + + _Mercurium caduceum gestantem, coelestia nunciare, & mortuorum animas + ab inferis revacare sapiens finxit antiquitas. Galilaeum vero novum + Iovis interpretem Telescopio caducaeo instructum Sydera aperire, & + veterum Philosophorum manes ad superos revocare solers nostra aetas + videt & admiratur._ + +Wise antiquity fabled _Mercury_ carrying a rodde in his hand to relate +newes from Heaven, and call backe the soules of the dead, but it hath +beene the happinesse of our industrious age to see and admire _Galilaeus_ +the new Embassadour of the Gods furnished with his perspective to unfold +the nature of the Starres, and awaken the ghosts of the ancient +Philosophers. So worthily and highly did these men esteeme of this +excellent invention. + + [Sidenote 1: _De macula in sole obser._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De phaenom. c. 1._] + +Now if you would know what might be done by this glasse, in the sight of +such things as were neerer at hand, the same Authour will tell you,[1] +when hee sayes, that by it those things which could scarce at all bee +discerned by the eye at the distance of a mile and a halfe, might +plainely and distinctly bee perceived for 16 Italian miles, and that as +they were really in themselves, without any transposition or falsifying +at all. So that what the ancient Poets were faine to put in a fable, our +more happy age hath found out in a truth, and we may discerne as farre +with these eyes which _Galilaeus_ hath bestowed upon us, as _Lynceus_ +could with those which the Poets attributed unto him. But if you yet +doubt whether all these observations were true, the same Authour may +confirme you,[2] when hee saies they were shewed, + + _Non uni aut alteri, sed quamplurimis, neque gregariis hominibus, + sed praecipuis atque disciplinis omnibus, necnon Mathematicis & + opticis praeceptis, optime instructis sedula ac diligenti inspectione_. + + "Not to one or two, but to very many, and those not ordinary men, + but to those who were well vers'd in Mathematickes and Opticks, + and that not with a meere glance but with a sedulous and diligent + inspection." + +And least any scruple might remaine unanswered, or you might thinke the +men who beheld all this though they might be skilfull, yet they came +with credulous minds, and so were more easie to be deluded. He addes +that it was shewed,[3] + + _vius qui ad experimenta haec contradicendi animo accesserant_. + + "To such as were come with a great deale of prejudice, and an intent + of contradiction." + +Thus you may see the certainety of those experiments which were taken by +this glasse. I have spoken the more concerning it, because I shall +borrow many things in my farther discourse, from those discoveries which +were made by it. + + [Sidenote 1: _ibid. c. 5._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Cap. 1._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Cap. 5._] + +I have now cited such Authors both ancient and moderne, who have +directly maintained the same opinion. I told you likewise in the +proposition that it might probably be deduced from the tenent of others: +such were _Aristarchus_, _Philolaus_ and _Copernicus_, with many other +later writers who assented to their hypothesis, so _Ioach. Rlelicus_, +_David Origanus_, _Lansbergius_, _Guil. Gilbert_, and (if I may believe +_Campanella_[1]) _Innumeri alii Angli & Galli_. Very many others both +English and French, all who affirmed our Earth to be one of the Planets, +and the Sunne to bee the Centre of all, about which the heavenly bodies +did move, and how horrid soever this may seeme at the first, yet is it +likely enough to be true, nor is there any maxime or observation in +Opticks (saith _Pena_) that can disprove it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilaeo._] + +Now if our earth were one of the Planets (as it is according to them) +then why may not another of the Planets be an earth? + +Thus have I shewed you the truth of this proposition: Before I proceede +farther, 'tis requisite that I informe the Reader, what method I shall +follow in the proving of this chiefe assertion, that there is a World in +the Moone. + +The order by which I shall bee guided will be that which _Aristotle_[1] +uses in his booke _De mundo_ (if that booke were his.) + + [Sidenote 1: _a 1. cap. ad 10m._] + +First, +peri ton en aute+ of those chiefe parts which are in it; not the +elementary and aethereall (as he doth there) since this doth not belong +to the elementary controversie, but of the Sea and Land, &c. Secondly, ++peri auten pathon+, of those things which are extrinsecall to it, as +the seasons, meteors and inhabitants. + + + + +Proposition 7. + +_That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be + distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the Sea + and Land in that other World._ + + +For the cleare proofe of this proposition, I shall first reckon up and +refute the opinions of others concerning the matter and forme of those +spots, and then shew the greater probability of this present assertion, +and how agreeable it is to that truth, which is most commonly received; +as for the opinions of other concerning these, they have beene very +many, I will only reckon up those which are common and remarkeable. + +Some there are that thinke those spots doe not arise from any deformity +of the parts, but a deceit of the eye, which cannot at such a distance +discerne an equall light in that planet, but these do but onely say it, +and shew not any reason for the proofe of their opinion: Others think[1] +that there be some bodies betwixt the Sunne and Moone, which keeping off +the lights in some parts, doe by their shadow produce these spots which +wee there discerne. + + [Sidenote 1: So _Bede_ in _d. de Mund. constit._] + +Others would have them to be the figure of the mountaines here below +represented there as in a looking-glasse. But none of those fancies can +bee true, because the spots are stil the same, & not varied according to +the difference of places, and besides, _Cardan_ thinks it is impossible +that any image should be conveyed so farre as there to be represented +unto us at such a distance,[1] but tis commonly related of _Pythagoras_, +that he by writing, what he pleased in a glasse, by the reflexio of the +same species, would make those letters to appeare in the circle of the +Moone, where they should be legible by any other, who might at that time +be some miles distant from him.[2]* _Agrippa_ affirmes this to be +possible, and the way of performing it not unknowne to himselfe, with +some others in his time. It may be that our Bishop did by the like +meanes performe those strange conclusions which hee professes in his +_Nuncius inanimatus_, where hee pretends that hee can informe his +friends of what he pleases, though they be an hundred miles distant, +_forte etiam, vel milliare millesimum_, they are his owne words, and, +perhaps, a thousand, and all this in a minutes space, or little more, +quicker than the Sunne can move. + + [Sidenote 1: _De subtil. lib. 3._] + + [Sidenote 2*: _Occulta ad Philos. l. 1. cap. 6._] + +Now, what conveyance there should be for so speedy a passage, I cannot +conceive, unlesse it be carried with the light, then which wee know not +any thing quicker; but of this onely by the way; however, whether those +images can be represented so or not, yet certaine it is, those spots are +not such representations. Some thinke that when God had at first created +too much earth to make a perfect globe, not knowing well where to bestow +the rest, he placed it in the Moone, which ever since hath so darkened +it in some parts, but the impiety of this is sufficient confutation, +since it so much detracts from the divine power and wisedome. + +The *[1]Stoicks held that planet to be mixed of fire and aire, and in +their opinion, the variety of its composition, caused her spots: +_Anaxagoras_ thought all the starres to be of an earthly nature, mixed +with some fire, and as for the Sunne, hee affirmed it to be nothing else +but a fiery stone; for which later opinion, the _Athenians_ sentenc'd +him to death;[2] those zealous Idolaters counting it a great blasphemy, +to make their God a stone, whereas not withstanding, they were so +senslesse in their adoration of Idolls, as to make a stone their God, +this _Anaxagoras_ affirmed the Moone to be more terrestriall then the +other, but of a greater purity then any thing here below, and the spots +hee thought were nothing else, but some cloudy parts, intermingled with +the light which belonged to that Planet, but I have above destroyed the +supposition on which this fancy is grounded: _Pliny_[3] thinkes they +arise from some drossie stuffe, mixed with that moysture which the Moone +attracts unto her selfe, but hee was of their opinion, who thought the +starres were nourished by some earthly vapours, which you may commonly +see refuted in the _Commentators_ on the bookes, _de Coelo_. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Plut. de placit. phil. l. 2. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iosephus l. 2. con. App._ + _August. de civit. Dei. l. 18. c. 41._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Nat. Hist. lib. 2. c. 9._] + +_Vitellio_ and _Reinoldus_[1] affirme the spots to be the thicker parts +of the Moone, into which the Sunne cannot infuse much light, and this +(say they) is the reason, why in the Sunnes eclipses, the spots and +brighter parts are still in some measure distinguished, because the +Sunne beames are not able so well to penetrate through those thicker, as +they may through the thinner parts of the Planet. Of this opinion also +was _Caesar la Galla_, whose words are these,[2] + + "The Moone doth there appeare clearest, where shee is transpicuous, + not onely through the superficies, but the substance also, and there + she seemes spotted, where her body is most opacous." + +The ground of this his assertion was, because hee thought the Moone did +receive and bestow her light by illumination onely, and not at all by +reflexion, but this, together with the supposed penetration of the Sunne +beames, and the perspicuity of the Moones body I have above answered and +refuted. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. lib. 9._ + _Comment. in Purb. pag. 164._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Ex qua parte luna est transpicua non totum secundum + superficiem, sed etiam secundum substantiam, eatenus clara, ex qua + autem parte opaca est, eatenus obscura videtur._ _De Phaenom. + cap. 11._] + +The more common and generall opinion[1] is, that the spots are the +thinner parts of the Moone, which are lesse able to reflect the beames +that they receive from the Sunne, and this is most agreeable to reason, +for if the starres are therefore brightest, because they are thicker and +more solid then their orbes, then it will follow, that those parts of +the Moone which have lesse light, have also lesse thickenesse. It was +the providence of nature (say some) that so contrived that planet to +have these spots within it, for since that is neerest to those lower +bodies which are so full of deformity, 'tis requisite that it should in +some measure agree with them, and as in this inferiour world the higher +bodies are the most compleat, so also in the heavens perfection is +ascended unto by degrees, and the Moone being the lowest, must be the +least pure, and therefore _Philo_ the Jew[2] interpreting _Iacobs_ +dreame concerning the ladder, doth in an allegory shew, how that in the +fabricke of the world, all things grow perfecter as they grow higher, +and this is the reason (saith hee) why the Moone doth not consist of any +pure simple matter, but is mixed with aire, which shewes so darkely +within her body. + + [Sidenote 1: _Albert. mag. de coaevis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ + _Colleg. Con._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De Somniis._] + +But this cannot be a sufficient reason, for though it were true that +nature did frame every thing perfecter as it was higher, yet is it as +true, that nature frames every thing fully perfect for that office to +which shee intends it. Now, had she intended the Moone meerly to reflect +the Sunne beames and give light, the spots then had not so much argued +her providence, as her unskilfulnesse and imperfection,[1] as if in the +haste of her worke shee could not tell how to make that body exactly +fit, for that office to which she appointed it. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scalig. exercit. 62._] + +Tis likely then that she had some other end which moved her to produce +this variety, and this in all probability was her intent to make it a +fit body for habitation with the same conveniencies of sea and land, as +this inferiour world doth partake of. For since the Moone is such a +vast, such a solid and opacous body like our earth (as was above proved) +why may it not be probable, that those thinner and thicker parts +appearing in her, doe shew the difference betwixt the sea and land in +that other world; and _Galilaeus_ doubts not, but that if our earth were +visible at the same distance, there would be the like appearance of it. + +As for the forme of those spots, some of the vulgar thinke they +represent a man, and the Poets guesse 'tis the boy _Endimion_, whose +company shee loves so well, that shee carries him with her, others will +have it onely to be the face of a man as the Moone is usually pictured, +but _Albertus_ thinkes rather, that it represents a Lyon with his taile +towards the East, and his head the West, and [1]*some others have +thought it to be very much like a Fox, & certainly 'tis as much like a +Lyon as that in the _Zodiake_, or as _Vrsa major_ is like a Beare. + + [Sidenote 1*: Eusebius Nioremb. _Hist. Nat. lib. 8. c. 15._] + +I should guesse that it represents one of these as well as another, and +any thing else as well as any of these, since 'tis but a strong +imagination, which fancies such images as schoole-boyes usually doe in +the markes of a wall, whereas there is not any such similitude in the +spots themselves, which rather like our Sea, in respect of the land, +appeares under a rugged and confused figure, and doth not represent any +distinct image, so that both in respect of the matter and the forme it +may be probable enough, that those spots and brighter parts may shew the +distinction betwixt the Sea and Land in that other world. + + + + +Proposition 8. + +_The spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land._ + + +When I first compared the nature of our earth and water with those +appearances in the Moone; I concluded contrary to the proposition, that +the brighter parts represented the water, and the spots the land; of +this opinion likewise was _Keplar_ at the first; but my second thoughts, +and the reading of others,[1] have now convinced me (as after he was) of +the truth of that Proposition which I have now set downe. But before I +come to the confirmation of it, I shall mention those scruples which at +first made mee doubt of the truth of this opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Opt. Astro. c. 6. num. 9._ + _Dissert. cum nuncio Gal._] + +1. It may be objected, 'tis probable, if there be any such sea and land +as ours, that it bears some proportion and similitude with ours: but now +this Proposition takes away all likenesse betwixt them, for whereas the +superficies of our earth is but the third part of the whole surface in +the globe, two parts being overspread with the water (as _Scaliger_[1] +observes) yet here according to this opinion, the Sea should be lesse +then the Land, since there is not so much of the bespotted, as ther is +of the enlightened parts, wherefore 'tis probable, that either there is +no such thing at all, or else that the brighter parts are the Sea. + + [Sidenote 1: _Exercit. 38._] + +2. The water, by reason of the smoothnesse of its superficies, seemes +better able to reflect the Sun beames then the earth, which in most +places is so full of ruggednesse of grasse and trees, and such like +impediments of reflection, and besides, comon experience shewes, that +the water shines with a greater and more glorious brightnesse then the +earth, therefore it should seeme that the spots are the earth, and the +brighter parts the water. + +But to the first it may be answered. + +1. There is no great probability in this consequence, that because 'tis +so with us, therefore it must be so with the parts of the Moone, for +since there is such a difference betwixt them in divers other respects, +they may not, perhaps, agree in this. + +2. That assertion of _Scaliger_ is not by all granted for a truth. +_Fromondus_[1] with others, thinke, that the superficies of the Sea and +Land in so much of the world as is already discovered, is equall, and of +the same extension. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Meteoris l. 5. c. 1. Art. 1._] + +3. The Orbe of thicke and vaporous aire which encompasses the Moone, +makes the brighter parts of that Planet appeare bigger then in +themselves they are; as I shall shew afterwards. + +To the second it may be answered, that though the water be of a smooth +superficies, and so may seeme most fit to reverberate the light, yet +because 'tis of a perspicuous nature, therefore the beames must sinke +into it, and cannot so strongly and clearely be reflected. _Sicut in +speculo ubi plumbum abrasum fuerit_, (saith _Cardan_) as in +Looking-glasses where part of the lead is raized off, and nothing left +behind to reverberate the image, the species must there passe through +and not backe againe; so it is where the beames penetrate and sinke into +the substance of the body, there cannot be such an immediate and strong +reflection as when they are beate backe from the superficies, and +therefore the Sunne causes a greater heate by farre upon the Land then +upon the water. Now as for that experiment, where 'tis said, that the +waters have a greater brightness then the Land: I answer, 'tis true +onely there where they represent the image of the Sunne or some bright +cloud, and not in other places, as is very plaine by common observation. + +So that notwithstanding those doubts, yet this Proposition may remaine +true, that the spots may be the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land. Of +this opinion was _Plutarch_: unto him assented _Keplar_ and _Galilaeus_, +whose words are these, + + _Si quis veterum Pythagoraeorum sententiam excuscitare velit, lunam + scilicet esse quasi tellurem alteram, ejus pars lucidior terrenam + superficiem, obscurior vero aqueam magis congrue repraesentet. Mihi + autem dubium fuit numquam terrestris globi a longe conspecti, + atque a radiis solaribus perfusi, terream superficiem clariorem, + obscuriorem vero aqueam sese in conspectum daturam._[1] + + "If any man have a minde to renew the opinion of the _Pythagoreans_, + that the Moone is another earth, then her brighter parts may fitly + represent the earths superficies, and the darker part the water: + and for my part, I never doubted but that our earthly globe being + shined upon by the Sunne, and beheld at a great distance, the Land + would appeare brightest and the Sea more obscurely." + + [Sidenote 1: _De facie lun._ + _Dissertatio._ + _Nunc. Syd._] + +The reasons may be. + +1. That which I urged about the foregoing Chapter, because the water is +the thinner part, and therefore must give the lesse light. + +2. Because observation tels us, that the spotted parts are alwaies +smooth and equall, having every where an equality of light, when once +they are enlightened by the Sunne, whereas the brighter parts are full +of rugged gibbosities and mountaines having many shades in them, as I +shall shew more at large afterwards. + +That in this Planet there must be Seas, _Campanella_[1] indeavours to +prove out of Scripture interpreting the _waters above the Firmament_ +spoken of in _Genesis_ to be meant of the Sea in this world. For (saith +he) 'tis not likely that there are any such waters above the Orbes to +moderate that heate which they receive from their swift motion (as some +of the Fathers thinke) nor did _Moses_ meane the Angells which may be +called spirituall waters, as _Origen_ and _Austin_[2] would have it, for +both these are rejected by the generall consent: nor could he meane any +waters in the second region, as most Commentators interpret it. For +first there is nothing but vapours, which though they are afterwards +turned into water, yet while they remaine there, they are onely the +matter of that element, which may as well be fire or earth, or aire. +2. Those vapors are not above the _expansum_, but in it. So that hee +thinkes there is no other way to salve all, but by making the Planets +severall worlds with Sea & Land, with such Rivers and Springs, as wee +have here below: Especially since _Esdras_[3] speakes of the springs +above the Firmament, but I cannot agree with him in this, nor doe I +thinke that any such thing can be proved out of Scripture. + + [Sidenote 1: _Apologia pro Galilaeo._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Confession. l. 13. c. 32._] + + [Sidenote 3: 2 Esdr. 4. 7.] + +Before I proceede to the next Position, I shall first answer some doubts +which might be made against the generality of this truth, whereby it may +seeme impossible that there should be either Sea or Land in the Moone; +for since she moves so swiftly as Astronomers observe, why then does +there nothing fall from her, or why doth shee not shake something out by +the celerity of her revolution? I answer, you must know that the +inclination of every heavie body, to its proper Center doth sufficiently +tie it unto its place, so that suppose any thing were separated, yet +must it necessarily returne againe, and there is no more danger of their +falling into our world then there is feare of our falling into the +Moone. + +But yet there are many fabulous relations of such things as have dropped +thence. There is a tale of the Nemean Lyon that _Hercules_ slew, which +first rushing among the heards out of his unknowne den in the Mountaine +of _Cytheron_ in _Boeotia_, the credulous people thought he was sent +from their Goddesse the Moone. And if a whirle-winde did chance to +snatch any thing up, and afterwards raine it downe againe, the ignorant +multitude are apt to believe that it dropt from Heaven. Thus _Avicenna_ +relates the story of a Calfe which fell downe in a storme, the beholders +thinking it a Moone-calfe, and that it fell thence. So _Cardan_ +travelling upon the Apennine Mountaines, a sudden blast tooke off his +hat, which if it had beene carryed farre, he thinkes the peasants who +had perceived it to fall, would have sworne it had rained hats. After +some such manner many of our prodigies come to passe, and the people are +willing to believe anything, which they may relate to others as a very +strange and wonderfull event. I doubt not but the Trojan _Palladium_, +the Romane _Minerva_, and our Ladies Church at _Loretto_, with many +sacred reliques preserved by the Papists might droppe from the Moone as +well as any of these. + +But it may be againe objected, suppose there were a bullet shot up in +that world, would not the Moone runne away from it, before it could fall +downe, since the motion of her body (being every day round our earth) is +farre swifter than the other, and so the bullet must be left behinde, +and at length fall downe to us? To this I answer, + +1. If a bullet could be shot so farre till it came to the circumference +of those things which belong to our center, then it would fall downe to +us. + +2. Though there were some heavie body a great height in that ayer, yet +would the motion of its centre by an attractive vertue still hold it +within its convenient distance, so that whether their earth moved or +stood still, yet would the same violence cast a body from it equally +farre. That I may the plainer expresse my meaning, I will set downe this +Diagramme. + + [Illustration as described in text] + +Suppose this earth were A, which was to move in the circle C, D. and let +the bullet be supposed at B. within its proper verge; I say, whether +this earth did stand stil or move swiftly towards D, yet the bullet +would still keepe at the same distance by reason of that Magneticke +vertue of the center (if I may so speake) whereby all things within its +spheare are attracted with it. So that the violence to the bullet, being +nothing else but that whereby 'tis removed from its center, therefore an +equall violence can carry a body from its proper place, but at an equall +distance whether or no the center stand still or move. + +The impartiall Reader may finde sufficient satisfaction for this and +such other arguments as may be urged against the motion of that earth in +the writings of _Capernicus_ and his followers, unto whom for brevities +sake I will referre them. + + + + +Proposition 9. + +_That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plains + in the body of the Moone._ + + +Though there are some who thinke Mountaines to bee a deformity in the +earth, as if they were either beate up by the flood, or else cast up +like so many heaps of rubbish left at the creation, yet if well +considered, they will be found as much to conduce to the beauty and +conveniency of the universe as any of the other parts. Nature (saith +_Pliny_[1]) purposely framed them for many excellent uses: partly to +tame the violence of greater Rivers, to strengthen certaine joynts +within the veines and bowels of the earth, to breake the force of the +Seas inundation, and for the safety of the earths inhabitants, whether +beasts or men. That they make much for the protection of beasts the +Psalmist[2] testifies, _The highest hils are a refuge for the wilde +Goats, and the rockes for Conies_. The Kingly Prophet had learned the +safety of these by his owne experience, when he also was faine to make a +mountaine his refuge from the fury of his Master _Saul_, who persecuted +him in the wildernesse. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. hist. l. 36. c. 1._] + + [Sidenote 2: Psal. 104. v. 18.] + +True indeed, such places as these keepe their neighbours poore, as +beeing most barren, but yet they preserve them safe, as being most +strong, witnesse our unconquered _Wales_ and _Scotland_, whose greatest +protection hath beene the naturall strength of their Countrey, so +fortified with Mountaines, that these have alwaies been unto them sure +retraites from the violence and oppression of others, wherefore a good +Authour doth rightly call them natures bulwarkes cast up at God +Almighties owne charges, the scornes and curbs of victorious armies, +which made the Barbarians in _Curtius_ so confident of their owne +safety, when they were once retired to an inaccessible mountaine, that +when _Alexanders_ Legate had brought them to a parley and perswading +them to yeeld, told them of his masters victories, what Seas and +Wildernesses hee had passed, they replyed that all that might be, but +could _Alexander_ fly too? Over the Seas he might have ships, and over +the land horses, but hee must have wings before he could get up thither. +Such safety did those barbarous nations conceive in the mountaines +whereunto they were retyred, certainely then such usefull parts were not +the effect of mans sinne, or produced by the Worlds curse the flood, but +rather at the first created by the goodnesse and providence of the +Almighty. + +So that if I intend to prove that the Moone is such a habitable world as +this is, 'tis requisite that I shew it to have the same conveniences of +habitation as this hath, and here if some Rabbi or Chymicke were to +handle the point they would first prove it out of Scripture, from that +place in _Moses_ his blessing,[1] where hee speakes of the ancient +mountaines and lasting hils, _Deut._ #Hareray kedem ugva'ot olam# +for having immediately before mentioned those blessings which should +happen unto _Ioseph_ by the influence of the Moone, he does presently +exegetically iterate them in blessing him with the chiefe things of +the ancient Mountaines and lasting hils; you may also see the same +expression used in _Iacobs_ blessing of _Ioseph_.[2] + + [Sidenote 1: Deut. 33. 15] + + [Sidenote 2: Gen. 49. 26] + +But however we may deale _pro_ or _con_ in Philosophy, yet we must not +jest with divine truths, or bring Scripture to patronize any fancy of +our owne, though, perhaps, it be truth. For the better proofe of this +proposition, I might here cite the testimony of _Diodorus_, who thought +the Moone to bee full of rugged places, _vel ut terrestribus tumulis +superciliosam_, but he erred much in some circumstances of this opinion, +especially where he saies, there is an Iland amongst the _Hyperboreans_, +wherein those hils may to the eye bee plainely discovered, and for this +reason. [1]*_Caelius_ calls him a fabulous Writer, but you may see more +expresse authority for the proofe of this in the opinions of +_Anaxagoras_ and _Democritus_,[2] who held that this Planet was full of +champion grounds, mountains and vallies, and this seemed likewise +probable unto _Augustinus Nifus_, whose words are these: + + _Forsitan non est remotum dicere, lunae partes esse diversas, veluti + sunt partes terrae, quarum aliae sunt vallosae, aliae montosae, ex quarum + differentia effici potest facies illa lunae; nec est rationi dissonum, + nam luna est corpus imperfecte Sphaericum, cum sit corpus ab ultimo + coelo elongatum, ut supra dixit Aristoteles._ + + "Perhaps, it would not be amisse to say that the parts of the Moone + were divers, as the parts of this earth, whereof some are vallies, + and some mountaines, from the difference of which, some spots in the + Moone may proceed, nor is this against reason, for that Planet cannot + be perfectly sphericall, since 'tis so remote a body from the first + orbe, as _Aristotle_ had said before." + +You may see this truth assented unto by _Blancanus_ the Jesuit,[3] and +by him confirmed with with divers reasons. _Keplar_ hath observed in the +Moones eclipses,[4] that the division of her enlightened part from the +shaded, was made by a crooked unequall line, of which there cannot be +any probable cause conceived, unlesse it did arise from the ruggednesse +of that planet, for it cannot at all be produc'd from the shade of any +mountains here upon earth, because these would be so lessned before they +could reach so high in a conicall shadow, that they would not be at all +sensible unto us (as might easily be demonstrated) nor can it be +conceived what reason of this difference there should be in the Sunne. +Wherefore there being no other body that hath any thing to doe in +eclipses, we must necessarily conclude, that it is caused by a variety +of parts in the Moone it selfe, and what can there be but its +gibbosities? Now if you should aske a reason why there should be such a +similitude of these in that Planet, the same _Keplar_ shall jest you out +an answere, for supposing (saith he) those inhabitants are bigger than +any of us in the same proportion, as their daies are longer than ours, +viz. by fifteen times it may bee for want of stones to erect such vast +houses as were requisite for their bodies, they are faine to digge great +and round hollowes in the earth, where they may both procure water for +their thirst, and turning about with the shade, may avoid those great +heats which otherwise they would be lyable unto; or if you will give +_Caesar la Galla_ leave to guesse in the same manner, he would rather +think that those thirsty nations cast up so many and so great heaps of +earth in digging of their wine cellars, but this onely by the way. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Lect. aut l. 1. c. 15._ + _Plut. de plac. l. 2. c. 25._] + + [Sidenote 2: _De coelo. l. 2. p. 49._] + + [Sidenote 3: _De Mundi fab. pars 3. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 4: _Astron. Opt. c. 6. num 9._] + +I shall next produce the eye-witnesse of _Galilaeus_,[1] on which I most +of all depend for the proofe of this Proposition, when he beheld the new +Moone through his perspective, it appeared to him under a rugged and +spotted figure, seeming to have the darker and enlightned parts divided +by a tortuous line, having some parcels of light at a good distance from +the other, and this difference is so remarkable, that you may easily +perceive it through one of those ordinary perspectives, which are +commonly sold amongst us, but for your better apprehending of what I +deliver, I will set downe the Figure as I find it in _Galilaeus_: + + [Sidenote 1: _Nuncius Sydereus._] + + [Illustration: Crescent Moon] + +Suppose ABCD to represent the appearance of the Moones body being in a +sextile, you may see some brighter parts separated at a pretty distance +from the other, which can bee nothing else but a reflexion of the +Sunne-beames upon some parts that are higher then the rest, and those +obscure gibbosities which stand out towards the enlightened parts must +bee such hollow and deepe places whereto the rayes cannot reach, but +when the Moone is got further off from the Sunne, and come to that +fulnesse, as this line BD doth represent her under, then doe these parts +also receive an equall light, excepting onely that difference which doth +appeare betwixt their sea and land. And if you do consider how any +rugged body would appeare, being enlightned, you would easily conceive +that it must necessarily seeme under some such gibbous unequall forme, +as the Moone is here represented. Now for the infallibility of these +appearances, I shall referre the reader to that which hath beene said in +the 6th Proposition. + +But _Caesar la Galla_ affirmes, that all these appearances may consist +with a plaine superficies, if wee suppose the parts of the body to be +some of them, _Diaphanous_, and some opacous; and if you object that the +light which is conveyed to any diaphanous part in a plaine superficies +must be by a continued line, whereas here there appeare many brighter +parts among the obscure at some distance from the rest. To this he +answers, it may arise from some secret conveyances and channels within +her body, that doe consist of a more diaphanous matter which being +covered over with an opacious superficies, the light passing through +them may breake out a great way off, whereas the other parts betwixt may +still remaine darke. Just as the River _Arethusa_ in _Sicile_ which +runnes under ground for a great way, and afterwards breakes out againe. +But because this is one of the chiefest fancies whereby hee thinkes hee +hath fully answered the arguments of this opinion, I will therefore set +downe his answere in his owne words, lest the Reader might suspect more +in them then I have expressed.[1] + + _Non est impossibile coecos ductus diaphani & perspicui corporis, + sed opaca superficie protendi, usque in diaphanam aliquam ex profundo + in superficiem, emergentem partem, per quos ductus lumen longo + postmodum interstitio erumpat, &c._ + +But I reply, if the superficies betwixt these two enlightened parts +remaine darke because of its opacity, then would it alwaies be darke, +and the Sunne could not make it partake of light more then it could of +perspicuity: But this contradicts all experience as you may see in +_Galilaeus_, who affirmes that when the Sunne comes nearer to his +opposition, then that which is betwixt them, both is enlightned as well +as either. Nay this opposes his owne eye-witnesse, for he confesses +himselfe that he saw this by the glasse. He had said before that he came +to see those strange sights discovered by _Galilaeus_ his glasse with an +intent of contradiction, and you may reade that confirmed in the +weakenesse of this answere, which rather bewrayes an obstinate then a +perswaded will, for otherwise sure hee would never have undertooke to +have destroyed such certaine proofes with so groundlesse a fancy. + + [Sidenote 1: _Cap. 11._] + +But it may bee objected, that 'tis almost impossible, and altogether +unlikely that in the Moone thete should be any mountaines so high as +those observations make them, for doe but suppose according to the +common principles, that the Moones diameter unto the Earths is very +neere to the proportion of 2. to 7, suppose withall that the Earths +diameter containes about 7000 Italian miles, and the Moones 2000 (as is +commonly granted) now _Galiaeus_ hath observed that some parts have been +enlightened when they were the twentieth part of the diameter distant +from the common terme of illumination, so that hence it must necessarily +follow that there may bee some Mountaines in the Moone so high, that +they are able to cast a shadow a 100 miles off. An opinion that sounds +like a prodigie or a fiction; wherefore 'tis likely that either those +appearances are caused by somewhat else besides mountaines, or else +those are fallible observations, from whence may follow such improbable +inconceiveable consequences. + +But to this I answere: + +1. You must consider the height of the Mountaines is but very little, if +you compare them to the length of their shadowes. Sr. _Walter +Rawleigh_[1] observes that the Mount _Athos_ now called _Lacas_ casts +its shadow 300 furlongs, which is above 37 miles, and yet that Mount is +none of the highest, nay _Solinus_[2] (whom I should rather believe in +this kinde) affirmes that this Mountaine gives his shadow quite over the +Sea, from _Macedon_ to the Ile of _Lemnos_ which is 700 furlongs or 84 +miles, and yet according to the common reckoning it doth scarce reach 4 +miles upwards, in its perpendicular height. + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. l. 1. c. 7. Sec. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Poly. histor. c. 21._] + +2. I affirme that there are very high Mountaines in the Moone. _Keplar_ +and _Galilaeus_ thinke that they are higher than any which are upon our +earth. But I am not of their opinion in this, because I suppose they goe +upon a false ground whilst they conceive that the highest mountaine upon +the earth is not above a mile perpendicular. + +Whereas 'tis the common opinion and found true enough by observation, +that _Olympus_, _Atlas_, _Taurus_ and _Enius_, with many others are much +above this height. _Tenariffa_ in the Canary Ilands is proved by +computation to bee above 8 miles perpendicular, and about this height is +the mount _Perjacaca_ in _America_. Sr. _Walter Rawleigh_ seemes to +thinke, that the highest of these is neere 30 miles upright: nay +_Aristotle_[1] speaking of _Caucasus_ in _Asia_, affirmes it to bee +visible for 560 miles, as some interpreters finde by computation, from +which it will follow, that it was 78 miles perpendicularly high, as you +may see confirmed by _Jacobus Mazonius_,[2] and out of him in +_Blancanus_ the Jesuite.[3] But this deviates from the truth more in +excesse then the other doth in defect. However though these in the moone +are not so high as some amongst us, yet certaine it is they are of a +great height, and some of them at the least foure miles perpendicular. +This I shall prove from the observation of _Galilaeus_, whose glasse can +shew this truth to the senses, a proofe beyond exception and certaine +that man must needs be of a most timerous faith who dares not believe +his owne eye. + + [Sidenote 1: _Meteor. l. 1. c. 11._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Comparatio Arist. cum Platone, Sect. 3. c. 5._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Exposi. in loc. Math. Artis. loc. 148._] + +By that perspective you may plainely discerne some enlightned parts +(which are the mountaines) to be distant from the other about the +twentieth part of the diameter. From whence it will follow, that those +mountaines must necessarily be at the least foure Italian miles in +height. + + [Illustration] + +For let BDEF be the body of the moone, ABC will be a ray or beame of the +Sunne, which enlightens a mountaine at A and _B_ is the point of +contingency, the distance betwixt A and B must bee supposed to be the +twentieth part of the diameter which is an 100 miles, for so far are +some enlightened parts severed from the common terme of illumination. +Now the aggregate of the quadrate from A _B_ a hundred, and _B_ _G_ a +1000 will bee 1010000, unto which the quadrate arising from A G must be +equall according to the 47th proposition in the first booke of elements. +Therefore the whole line _A_ _G_ is somewhat more than 104, and the +distance betwixt H A must be above 4 miles, which was the thing to be +proved. + +But it may be againe objected, if there be such rugged parts, and so +high mountaines, why then cannot wee discerne them at this distance, why +doth the moone appeare unto us so exactly round, and not rather as a +wheele with teeth? + +I answere, by reason of too great a distance, for if the whole body +appeare to our eye so little, then those parts which beare so small a +proportion to the whole will not at all be sensible. + +But it may be replied, if there were any such remarkeable hils, why does +not the limbe of the moone appeare like a wheele with teeth to those who +looke upon it through the great perspective on whose witnesse you so +much depend? or what reason is there that she appeares as exactly round +through it as shee doth to the bare eye? certainely then either there is +no such thing as you imagine, or else the glasse failes much in this +discovery. + +To this I shall answere out of _Galilaeus_. + +1. You must know that there is not meerely one ranke of mountaines about +the edge of the moone, but divers orders, one mountaine behind another, +and so there is somewhat to hinder those void spaces which otherwise, +perhaps, might appeare. + +Now where there be many hils, the ground seemes even to a man that can +see the tops of all. Thus when the sea rages, and many vast waves are +lifted up, yet all may appeare plaine enough to one that stands at the +shore. So where there are so many hils, the inequality will be lesse +remarkable, if it be discerned at a distance. + +2. Though there be mountains in that part which appeares unto us, to be +the limbe of the Moone, as well as in any other place, yet the bright +vapours hide their appearance: for there is an orbe of thicke vaporous +aire that doth immediatly compasse the body of the Moone, which though +it have not so great opacity, as to terminate the sight, yet being once +enlightened by the Sunne, it doth represent the body of the Moone under +a greater forme, and hinders our sight from a distinct view of her true +circumference. But of this in the next Chapter. + +I have now sufficiently proved, that there are hills in the Moone, and +hence it may seeme likely that there is also a world, for since +providence hath some speciall end in all its workes, certainly then +these mountaines were not produced in vaine, and what more probable +meaning can wee conceive there should be, than to make that place +convenient for habitation. + + + + +Proposition 10. + +_That there is an Atmo-sphaera, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, + immediately encompassing the body of the Moone._ + + +As that part of our aire which is neerest to the earth, is of a thicker +substance than the other, by reason tis alwaies mixed with some vapours, +which are continually exhaled into it. So is it equally requisite, that +if there be a world in the Moone, that the aire about that should be +alike qualified with ours. Now, that there is such an orbe of grosse +aire, was first of all (for ought I can reade) observed by _Meslin_, +afterwards assented unto by _Keplar_ and _Galilaeus_,[1] and since by +_Baptistae Cisatus_, _Sheiner_ with others, all of them confirming it by +the same arguments which I shall onely cite, and then leave this +Proposition. + + [Sidenote 1: _Vide_ Euseb. Nierem. _de Nat. Hist. l. 2. c. 11._] + +1. 'Tis observed, that so much of the Moone as is enlightened, is +alwaies part of a bigger circle then that which is darker. Their +frequent experience hath proved this, and an easie observation may +quickely confirme it. But now this cannot proceede from any other cause +so probable, as from this orbe of aire, especially when we consider how +that planet shining with a borrowed light, doth not send forth any such +rayes as may make her appearance bigger then her body. + +2. 'Tis observed in the Solary eclipses, that there is a great +trepidation about the body of the Moone, from which we may likewise +argue an Atmo-sphaera, since we cannot well conceive what so probable a +cause there should be of such an appearance as this, + + _Quod radii Solares a vaporibus Lunam ambientibus fuerint + intercisi_,[1] + +that the Sun beames were broken and refracted by the vapours that +encompassed the Moone. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scheiner. Ros. Vrs. l. 4. pars 2. c. 27._] + +3. I may adde the like argument taken from another observation which +will be easily tried and granted. When the Sunne is eclipsed, wee +discerne the Moone as shee is in her owne naturall bignesse, but then +she appeares somewhat lesse then when shee is in the full, though she be +in the same place of her supposed excentrick and epicycle, and therefore +_Tycho_ hath calculated a Table for the Diameter of the divers new +Moones. But now there is no reason so probable to salve this appearance, +as to place an orbe of thicker aire, neere the body of that Planet, +which may be enlightened by the reflected beames, and through which the +direct raies may easily penetrate. + +But some may object that this will not consist with that which was +before delivered, where I said, that the thinnest parts had least light. + +If this were true, how comes it to passe then, that this aire should be +as bright as any of the other parts, when as tis the thinnest of all? + +I answer, if the light be received by reflection, then the thickest body +hath most because it is best able to beare backe the raies, but if the +light be received by illumination[1] (especially if there be an opacous +body behinde, which may double the beames by reflexion) as it is here, +then I deny not but a thinne body may retaine much light, and perhaps, +some of those appearances which wee take for fiery comets, are nothing +else but a bright cloud enlightened, so that probable it is, there may +be such aire without the Moone, and hence it comes to passe, that the +greater spots are onely visible towards her middle parts, and none neere +the circumference, not but that there are some as well in those parts as +else where, but they are not there perceiveable, by reason of those +brighter vapours which hide them. + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. l. 1. c. 7. Sec. 11._] + + + + +Proposition 11. + +_That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone._ + + +I have already handled the first thing that I promised according to the +Method which _Aristotle_ uses in his Booke _de Mundo_, and shew'd you +the necessary parts that belong to this world in the Moone. In the next +place 'tis requisite that I proceed to those things which are +extrinsecall unto it, as the Seasons, the Meteors, and the Inhabitants. + + 1. Of the Seasons; + +And if there be such a world in the Moone, 'tis requisite then that +their seasons should be some way correspondent unto ours, that they +should have Winter and Summer, night and day, as wee have. + +Now that in this Planet there is some similitude of Winter and Summer is +affirmed by _Aristotle_ [1] himselfe, since there is one hemispheare +that hath alwaies heate and light, and the other that hath darknesse and +cold. True indeed, their daies and yeeres are alwaies of one and the +same length, but tis so with us also under the Poles, and therefore that +great difference is not sufficient to make it altogether unlike ours, +nor can we expect that every thing there should be in the same manner as +it is here below, as if nature had no way but one to bring about her +purposes. Wee may easily see what great differences there are amongst +us, betwixt things of the same kinde. Some men (say they) [2] there are, +who can live onely upon smells, without eating any thing, and the same +Plant, saith _Besoldus_, hath sometimes contrary effects. _Mandragora_ +which growes in _Syria_ inflames the lust, wheras _Mandragora_ which +grows in other places doth coole the blood & quench lust. + + [Sidenote 1: _De gen. animal. l. 4. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Plat. de fac._ + _De natura populorum. c. 3._] + +Now if with us there be such great difference betwixt things of the same +kinde, we have no reason then to thinke it necessary that both these +worlds should be altogether alike, but it may suffice if they bee +correspondent in something onely, however it may be questioned whether +it doth not seeme to be against the wisedome of providence, to make the +night of so great a length, when they have such a long time unfit for +worke? I answere no, since tis so, and more with us also under the +poles; and besides, the generall length of their night is somewhat +abated in the bignesse of their Moone which is our earth. For this +returnes as great a light unto that Planet, as it receives from it. But +for the better proofe of this, I shall first free the way from such +opinions as might otherwise hinder the speede of a clearer progresse. + +_Plutarch_[1] one of the chiefe patrons of this world in the Moone, doth +directly contradict this proposition; affirming, that those who live +there may discerne our world as the dregges and sediment of all other +creatures, appearing to them through clouds and foggy mists, and that +altogether devoid of light, being base and unmoveable, so that they +might well imagine the darke place of damnation to be here situate, and +that they onely were the inhabiters of the world, as being in the midst +betwixt Heaven and Hell. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plut. de fac. lunae._] + +To this I may answere, 'tis probable that _Plutarch_ spake this +inconsiderately, and without a reason, which makes him likewise fall +into another absurditie, when he sayes our earth would appeare +immoveable, whereas questionlesse though it did not, yet would it seeme +to move, and theirs to stand still, as the Land doth to a man in a +Shippe; according to that of the Poet: + + _Provehimur portu, terraeque urbesque recedunt._ + +And I doubt not but that ingenuous Authour would easily have recanted if +hee had beene but acquainted with those experiences which men of latter +times have found out, for the confirmation of this truth. + +2. Unto him assents _Macrobius_, whose words are these; + + _Terra accepto solis lumine clarescit, tantummodo, non relucet._ + + "The earth is by the Sunne-beames made bright, but not able to + enlighten any thing so farre." + +And his reason is, because this being of a thicke and grosse matter, the +light is terminated in its superficies, and cannot penetrate into the +substance; whereas the moone doth therefore seeme so bright to us, +because it receives the beames within it selfe. But the weaknesse of +this assertion, may bee easily manifest by a common experience, for +polished steele (whose opacity will not give any admittance to the +rayes) reflects a stronger heate then glasse, and so consequently a +greater light. + +3. 'Tis the generall consent of Philosophers, that the reflection of the +Sunne-beames from the earth doth not reach much above halfe a mile high, +where they terminate the first region, so that to affirme they might +ascend to the moone, were to say, there were but one region of aier, +which contradicts the proved and received opinion. + +Unto this it may be answered: + +That it is indeed the common consent, that the reflexion of the +Sunne-beames reach onely to the second region, but yet some there are, +and those too Philosophers of good note, who thought otherwise. Thus +_Plotinus_ is cited by _Caelius_,[1] + + _Si concipias te in sublimi quopiam mundi loco, unde oculis + subjiciatur terrae moles aquis circumfusa, & solis syderumque radiis + illustrata, non aliam profecto visam iri probabile est, quam qualis + modo visatur lunaris globi species._ + + "If you did conceive your selfe to bee in some such high place, + where you might discerne the whole Globe of the earth and water, + when it was enlightned by the Sunnes rayes, 'tis probable it would + then appeare to you in the same shape as the moone doth now unto us." + +Thus also _Carolus Malapertius_, whose words are these,[2] + + _Terra haec nostra si in luna constituti essemus, splendida prorsus + quasi non ignobilis planeta, nobis appareret._ + + "If wee were placed in the moone, and from thence beheld this our + earth, it would appeare unto us very bright, like one of the nobler + Planets." + +Unto these doth _Fromondus_ assent, when he sayes,[3] + + _Credo equidem quod si oculus quispiam in orbe lunari foret, globum + terrae & aquae instar ingentis syderis a sole illustrem conspiceret._ + + "I believe that this globe of earth and water would appeare like + some great Starre to any one, who should looke upon it from the + moone." + +Now this could not be, nor could it shine so remarkably, unlesse the +beames of light, were reflected from it. And therefore the same +_Fromondus_ expresly holds, that the first region of ayre is there +terminated, where the heate caused by reflexion begins to languish, +whereas the beames themselves doe passe a great way further. The chiefe +argument which doth most plainely manifest this truth, is taken from a +common observation which may be easily tryed. + + [Sidenote 1: _Ant. lect. l. 1. c. 4._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Praefat. ad Austrica syd._] + + [Sidenote 3: _Meteor. l. 1. c. 2. Art. 2._] + +If you behold the Moone a little before or after the conjunction, when +she is in a sextile with the Sunne, you may discerne not onely the part +which is enlightned, but the rest also to have in it a kind of a duskish +light, but if you chuse out such a scituation, where some house or +chimney (being some 70 or 80 paces distant from you) may hide from your +eye the enlightned hornes, you may then discerne a greater and more +remarkeable shining in those parts unto which the Sunne beames cannot +reach; nay there is so great a light, that by the helpe of a good +perspective you may discerne its spots. Inso much that _Blancanus_ the +Jesuite speaking of it sayes[1] + + _Haec experientia ita me aliquando fefellit, ut in hunc fulgorem + casu ac repente incidens, existimarim novo quodam miraculo tempore + adolescentis lunae factum esse plenilunium._ + + "This experiment did once so deceive mee, that happening upon the + sight of this brightnesse upon a sudden, I thought that by some new + miracle the Moone had beene got into her full a little after her + change." + + [Sidenote 1: _De mundi fab. p. 3. c. 3._] + +But now this light is not proper to the Moone, it doth not proceed from +the rayes of the Sunne which doth penetrate her body, nor is it caused +by any other of the Planets and Starres. Therefore it must necessarily +follow, that it comes from the earth. The two first of these I have +already proved, and as for the last, it is confidently affirmed by +_Caelius_,[1] + + _Quod si in disquisitionem evocet quia, an lunari syderi lucem + foenerent planetae item alii, asseveranter astruendum non foenerare_. + +"If any should aske whether the other Planets lend any light to the +Moone; I answer they doe not." True indeed, the noble _Tycho_[2] +discussing the reason of this light attributes it to the Planet _Uenus_, +and I grant that this may convey some light to the Moone; but that it is +not the cause of this whereof wee now discourse, is of itselfe +sufficiently plaine, because _Uenus_ is sometimes over the Moone, when +as shee cannot convey any light to that part which is turned from her. + + [Sidenote 1: _Progym. 1._] + + [Sidenote 2: _l. 20. c. 5._] + +It doth not proceede from the fixed starres, for then it would retaine +the same light in eclipses, whereas the light at such times is more +ruddy and dull. Then also the light of the Moone would not be greater or +lesser, according to its distance from the edge of the earths shadow, +since it did at all times equally participate this light of the starres. + +Now because there is no other body in the whole Universe, save the +earth, it remaines that this light must necessarily be caused by that +which with a just gratitude repaies to the Moone, such illumination as +it receives from her. + +And as loving friends equally participate of the same joy and griefe, so +doe these mutually partake of the same light from the Sunne, and the +same darkenesse from the eclipses, being also severally helped by one +another in their greatest wants: For when the Moone is in conjunction +with the Sunne, and her upper part receives all the light, then her +lower Hemispheare (which would otherwise be altogether darke) is +enlightened by the reflexion of the Sunne beames from the earth. When +these two planets are in opposition, then that part of the earth which +could not receive any light from the Sunne beames, is most enlightened +by the Moone, being then in her full; and as she doth most illuminate +the earth when the Sunne beames cannot, so the gratefull earth returnes +to her as great, nay greater light when shee most wants it; so that +alwaies that visible part of the Moone which receives nothing from the +Sunne, is enlightened by the earth, as is proved by _Galilaeus_, with +many more arguments, in that Treatise which he calls _Systema mundi_. +True indeed, when the Moone comes to a quartile, then you can neither +discerne this light, nor yet the darker part of her body, but the reason +is, because of the exuperancy of the light in the other parts. _Quippe +illustratum medium speciem recipit valentiorem_,[1] the clearer +brightnesse involves the weaker, it being with the species of sight, as +it is with those of sound, and as the greater noise drownes the lesse, +so the brighter object hides that which is more obscure. But they doe +alwaies in their mutuall vicissitudes participate of one anothers light; +so also doe they partake of the same defects and darknings, for when our +Moone is eclipsed, then is their Sunne darkened, and when our Sunne is +eclipsed, then is their Moone deprived of its light, as you may see +affirmed by _Maeslin_.[2] + + _Quod si terram nobis ex alto liceret intueri, quemadmodum + deficientem lunam ex longinquo spectare possumus, videremus tempore + eclipsis solis terrae aliquam partem lumine solis deficere, eodem + plane modo sicut ex opposito luna deficit_, + + "If wee might behold this globe of earth at the same distance as we + doe the Moone in her defects, wee might discerne some part of it + darkened in the Sunnes eclipses, just so as the Moone is in hers." + +For as our Moone is eclipsed by the interposition of our earth, so is +their Moone eclipsed by the interposition of theirs. The manner of this +mutuall illumination betwixt these two you may plainly discerne in this +Figure following. + + [Sidenote 1: _Scal. exerc. 62._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Epit. Astro. l. 4. part. 2._] + + [Illustration as described in text: + sun, crescent moon and gibbous earth] + +Where A represents the Sun, B the Earth, and C the Moone; Now suppose +the Moone C to be in a sextile of increase, when there is onely one +small part of her body enlightened, then the earth B will have such a +part of its visible Hemispheare darkened, as is proportionable to that +part of the Moone which is enlightened; and as for so much of the Moone, +as the Sun beames cannot reach unto, it receives light from a +proportionall part of the earth which shines upon it, as you may plainly +perceive by the Figure. + +You see then that agreement and similitude which there is betwixt our +earth and the Moone. Now the greatest difference which makes them +unlike, is this, that the Moone enlightens our earth round about, +whereas our earth gives light onely to that Hemispheare of the Moone +which is visible unto us, as may be certainly gathered from the constant +appearance of the same spots, which could not thus come to passe, if the +Moone had such a diurnall motion about its own axis, as perhaps our +earth hath. And though some suppose her to move in an epicycle, yet this +doth not so turne her body round, that we may discerne both +Hemispheares, for according to that hypothesis, the motion of her +eccentrick, doth turne her face towards us, as much as the other doth +from us. + +But now if any question what they doe for a Moone who live in the upper +part of her body? I answer, the solving of this is the most uncertaine +and difficult thing that I know of concerning this whole matter. But yet +I will give you two probable conjectures. + +1. Perhaps, the upper Hemispheare of the Moone doth receive a sufficient +light from those planets about it, and amongst these _Venus_ (it may be) +bestowes a more especiall brightnesse, since _Galilaeus_ hath plainly +discerned that she suffers the same increase and decreases, as the Moone +hath, and 'tis probable that this may be perceived there without the +help of a glasse, because they are farre neerer it than wee. When +_Venus_ (saith _Keplar_) lies downe in the Perige or lower part of her +supposed Epicycle, then is she in conjunction with her husband the +Sunne, from whom after she hath departed for the space of ten moneths, +shee gets _plenum uterum_, and is in the full. + +But you'll reply, though _Venus_ may bestow some light when she is over +the Moone, and in conjunction, yet being in opposition, she is not +visible to them, and what shall they then doe for light? + +I answer, then they have none: nor doth this make so great a difference +betwixt those two Hemispheares as there is with us, betwixt the places +under the poles, and the line, but if this bee not sufficient, then I +say in the second place that + +2. Perhaps there may be some other enlightened body above the Moone +which we cannot discerne, nor is this altogether improbable because +there is almost the like observed in Saturne, who appeares through this +glasse with two lesser bodies on each side, which may supply the office +of Moones, unto each hemispheare thus: + + o O o + +So in this world also there may be some such body, though wee cannot +discerne it, because the Moone is alwaies in a streight line, betwixt +our eye and that. Nor is it altogether unlikely that there should bee +more moones to one Orbe, because _Jupiter_ also is observed to have +foure such bodies that move round about him. + +But it may seeme a very difficult thing to conceive, how so grosse and +darke a body as our earth, should yeeld such cleare light as proceedes +from the Moone, and therefore the Cardinall _de Cusa_[1] (who thinkes +every Starre to be a severall world) is of opinion that the light of the +Sunne is not able to make them appeare so bright, but the reason of +their shining is, because wee behold them at a great distance through +their regions of fire which doe set a shining lustre upon those bodies +that of themselves are darke. + + _Vnde si quis esset extra regionem ignis, terra ista in + circumferentia suae regionis per medium ignis lucida stella + appareret._ + + "So that if man were beyond the region of fire, this earth would + appear through that as a bright Starre." + +But if this were the onely reason then would the Moone bee freed from +such increases and decreases as shee is now lyable unto. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ig. l. 2. c. 12._] + +_Keplar_ thinkes that our earth receives that light whereby it shines +from the Sunne, but this (saith he) is not such an intended cleare +brightnesse as the Moone is capable of, and therefore hee guesses, that +the earth there is of a more chokie soyle like the Ile of _Creete_, and +so is better able to reflect a stronger light, whereas our earth must +supply this intention with the quantity of its body, but this I conceive +to be a needlesse conjecture, since our earth if all things were well +considered, will be found able enough to reflect as great a light. For + +1. Consider its opacity, if you marke these sublunary things, you shall +perceive that amongst them, those that are most perspicuous, are not so +well able to reverberate the Sunne beames as the thicker bodies. The +rayes passe singly through a diaphanous matter, but in an opacous +substance they are doubled in their returne and multiplyed by reflexion. +Now if the moone and the other Planets can shine so clearely by beating +backe the Sunne beames, why may not the earth also shine as well, which +agrees with them in the cause of this brightnesse their opacity? + +2. Consider what a cleare light wee may discerne reflected from the +earth in the middest of Summer, and withall conceive how much greater +that must bee which is under the line, where the rayes are more directly +and strongly reverberated. + +3. Consider the great distance at which wee behold the Planets, for this +must needs adde much to their shining and therefore _Cusanus_ (in the +above cited place) thinkes that if a man were in the Sunne, that Planet +would not appeare so bright to him, as now it doth to us, because then +his eye could discerne but little, whereas here wee may comprehend the +beames as they are contracted in a narrow body. _Keplar_ beholding the +earth from a high mountaine when it was enlightned by the Sunne +confesses that it appeared unto him of an incredible brightnesse, +whereas then the reflected rayes entered into his sight obliquely; but +how much brighter would it have appeared if hee might in a direct line +behold the whole globe of earth and these rayes gathered together? So +that if wee consider that great light which the earth receives from the +Sunne in the Summer, and then suppose wee were in the Moone, where wee +might see the whole earth hanging in those vast spaces where there is +nothing to terminate the sight, but those beames which are there +contracted into a little compasse; I say, if wee doe well consider this, +wee may easily conceive, that our earth appeares as bright to those +other inhabitants in the Moone, as theirs doth to us. + + + + +Proposition 12. + +_That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world + in the Moone, as there are with us._ + + +_Plutarch_ discussing this point affirmes that it is not necessary there +should be the same meanes of growth and fructifying in both these +worlds, since nature might in her policy finde out more waies then one +how to bring about the same effect. But however he thinks its probable +that the Moone her selfe sendeth forth warme winds, and by the +swiftnesse of her motion there should breathe out a sweet and +comfortable ayer, pleasant dewes and gentle moysture, which might serve +for the refreshing and nourishment of the inhabitants and plants in that +other world. + +But since they have all things alike with us, as sea and land, and +vaporous ayer encompassing both, I should rather therefore thinke that +nature there should use the same way of producing meteors as she doth +with us (and not by a motion as _Plutarch_ supposes) because shee doth +not love to vary from her usuall operations without some extraordinary +impediment, but still keepes her beaten path unlesse she be driven +thence. + +One argument whereby I shall manifest this truth, may be taken from +those new Starres which have appeared in divers ages of the world, and +by their parallax have beene discerned to have been above the _M_oone, +such as was that in _Cassiopeia_, that in _Sagittarius_, with many +others betwixt the Planets. _Hipparchus_ in his time tooke especiall +notice of such as these,[1] and therefore fancied out such +constellations in which to place the Starres, shewing how many there +were in every asterisme, that so afterwards posterity might know, +whether there were any new Starre produced or any old one missing. Now +the nature of these Comets may probably manifest, that in this other +world there are other meteors also; for these in all likelihood are +nothing else but such evaporations caused by the Sunne, from the bodies +of the Planets. I shall prove this by shewing the improbabilities and +inconveniences of any other opinion. + + [Sidenote 1: _Plin. nat. hist. l. 2. c. 26._] + +For the better pursuite of this 'tis in the first place requisite that I +deale with our chiefe adversary, _Caesar la Galla_, who doth most +directly oppose that truth which is here to bee proved. Hee endeavouring +to confirme the incorruptibility of the Heavens, and being there to +satisfie the argument which is taken from these comets, He answers it +thus: + + _Aut argumentum desumptum ex paralaxi non est efficax, aut si est + efficax, eorum instrumentorum usum decipere, vel ratione astri vel + medii, vel distantiae, aut ergo erat in suprema parte aeris, aut si + in coelo, tum forsan factum erat ex reflectione radiorum Saturni & + Jovis, qui tunc in conjunctione fuerant._ + + "Either the argument from the paralax is not efficacious, or if it + be, yet the use of the instruments might deceive either in regard of + the starre or the _medium_, or the distance, and so this comet might + be in the upper regions of the aire, or if it were in the heavens, + there it might be produced by the reflexion of the rayes from + _Saturne_ and _Jupiter_, who were then in conjunction." + +You see what shifts hee is driven to, how he runnes up and downe to many +starting holes, that hee may find some shelter, and in stead of the +strength of reason, he answers with a multitude of words, thinking (as +the Proverbe is) that hee may use haile, when hee hath no thunder, +_Nihil turpius_ (saith [1]*_Seneca_) + + _dubio est incerto, pedem modo referente, modo producente._ + + "What can there bee more unseemely in one that should be a faire + disputant, then to be now here, now there, and so uncertaine, that + one cannot tell where to find him." + +He thinkes that there are not Comets in the heavens, because there may +be many other reasons of such appearances, but what he knowes not, +perhaps (he saies) that argument from the parallax is not sufficient, or +if it be, then there may be some deceit in the observation. To this I +may safely say, that hee may justly be accounted a weake Mathematician +who mistrusts the strength of this argument, nor can hee know much in +Astronomy, who understands not the parallax, which is the foundation of +that Science, and I am sure that hee is a timorous man, who dares not +believe the frequent experience of his senses, or trust to a +demonstration. + + [Sidenote 1*: _Epist. 95._] + +True indeed, I grant tis possible, that the eye, the _medium_, and the +distance may al deceive the beholder, but I would have him shew which of +all these was likely to cause an error in this observation? Meerely to +say they might be deceived is no sufficient answer, for by this I might +confute the positions of all Astronomers, and affirme the starres are +hard by us, because 'tis possible they may be deceived in their +observing that distance. But I forbeare any further reply; my opinion is +of that Treatise, that either it was set forth purposely to tempt a +confutation, that hee might see the opinion of _Galilaeus_ confirmed by +others, or else it was invented with as much haste and negligence as it +was printed, there being in it almost as many faults as lines. + +Others thinke that these are not any new Comets, but some ancient +starres that were there before, which now shine with that unusuall +brightnesse, by reason of the interposition of such vapors which doe +multiply their light, and so the alteration will be here onely, and not +in the heavens. Thus _Aristotle_ thought the appearance of the milkie +way was produced, for he held that there were many little starres, which +by their influence did constantly attract such a vapour towards that +place of heaven, so that it alwaies appeared white. Now by the same +reason may a brighter vapor be the cause of these appearances. + +But how probable soever this opinion may seeme, yet if well considered, +you shall finde it to be altogether absurd and impossible: for, + +1. These starres were never seene there before, and tis not likely that +a vapour being hard by us can so multiply that light which could not +before be at all discerned. + +2. This supposed vapour cannot be either contracted into a narrow +compasse or dilated into a broad: 1. it could not be within a little +space, for then that starre would not appeare with the same multiplied +light to those in other climates: 2. it cannot be a dilated vapour, for +then other starres which were discerned through the same vapour would +seeme as bigg as that; this argument is the same in effect with that of +the paralax, as you may see in this Figure. + + [Illustration] + +Suppose A B to be a Hemispheare of one earth, C D to be the upper part +of the highest region, in which there might be either a contracted +vapour, as G, or else a dilated one, as H I. Suppose E F likewise to +represent halfe the heavens, wherein was this appearing Comet at K. Now +I say, that a contracted vapour, as G, could not cause this appearance, +because an inhabitant at M could not discerne the same starre with this +brightnesse, but perhaps another at L, betwixt which the vapour is +directly interposed. Nor could it be caused by a dilated vapour, as H I, +because then all the starres that were discerned through it would be +perceived with the same brightnesse. + +Tis necessary therefore that the cause of this appearance should be in +the heavens. And this is granted by the most and best Astronomers. But, +say some, this doth not argue any naturall alteration in those purer +bodies, since tis probable that the concourse of many little vagabond +starres by the union of their beames may cause so great a light. Of this +opinion were _Anaxagoras_ and _Zeno_ amongst the ancient, and _Baptista +Cisatus_, _Blancanus_, with others amongst our moderne Astronomers. For, +say they, when there happens to be a concourse of some few starres, then +doe many other flie unto them from all the parts of heaven like so many +Bees unto their King. But 1. tis not likely that amongst those which wee +count the fixed starres there should be any such uncertaine motions, +that they can wander from all parts of the heavens, as if Nature had +neglected them, or forgot to appoint them a determinate course. 2. If +there be such a conflux of these, as of Bees to their King, then what +reason is there that they doe not still tarry with it, that so the Comet +may not be dissolved? But enough of this. You may commonly see it +confuted by many other arguments. Others there are, who affirme these to +be some new created stars, produced by an extraordinary supernaturall +power. I answer, true indeed, tis possible they might be so, but however +tis not likely they were so, since such appearances may be salved some +other way, wherefore to fly unto a miracle for such things, were a great +injury to nature, and to derogate from her skill, an indignitie much +mis-becomming a man who professes himselfe to be a Philosopher, +_Miraculum_ (saith one) _est ignorantiae Asylum_, a miracle often serves +for the receptacle of a lazy ignorance which any industrious Spirit +would be ashamed of, it being but an idle way to shift off the labour of +any further search. But here's the misery of it, wee first tie our +selves unto _Aristotles_ Principles, and then conclude, that nothing +could contradict them but a miracle, whereas 'twould be much better for +the Common-wealth of learning, if we would ground our Principles rather +upon the frequent experiences of our owne, then the bare authority of +others. + +Some there are, who thinke that these Comets are nothing else, but +exhalations from our earth, carried up into the higher parts of the +Heaven. So _Peno_, _Rothmannus_ & _Galilaeus_,[1] but this is not +possible, since by computation 'tis found that one of them is above 300 +times bigger than the whole Globe of Land and Water. Others therefore +have thought that they did proceed from the body of the Sun, and that +that Planet onely is + + _Cometarum officina, unde tanquam emissarii & exploratores + emitterentur, brevi ad solem redituri_: + +The shop or forge of Comets from whence they were sent, like so many +spies, that they might in some short space returne againe, but this +cannot be, since if so much matter had proceeded from him alone, it +would have made a sensible diminution in his body. The Noble _Tycho_ +therefore thinkes that they consist of some such fluider parts of the +Heaven, as the milkie way is framed of, which being condenst together, +yet not attaining to the consistency of a Starre, is in some space of +time rarified againe into its wonted nature. But this is not likely, for +if there had beene so great a condensation as to make them shine so +bright, and last so long, they would then sensibly have moved downewards +towards some center of gravity, because whatsoever is condenst must +necessarily grow heavier, whereas these rather seemed to ascend higher, +as they lasted longer. But some may object, that a thing may be of the +same weight, when it is rarified, as it had while it was condenst: so +metalls, when they are melted, and when they are cold: so water also +when it is frozen, and when it is fluid, doth not differ in respect of +gravity. But to these I answer: First, Metalls are not rarified by +melting, but molified. Secondly, waters are not properly condensed, but +congealed into a harder substance, the parts being not contracted closer +together, but still possessing the same extension. + + [Sidenote 1: _Tycho Progym. l. 1. cap. 9._] + +And beside, what likely cause can we conceive of this condensation, +unlesse there be such qualities there, as there are in our ayre, and +then why may not the Planets have the like qualities, as our earth? and +if so, then 'tis more probable that they are made by the ordinary way of +nature, as they are with us, and consist of exhalations from the bodies +of the Planets. Nor is this a singular opinion; but it seemed most +likely to _Camillus Gloriosus_, _Th. Campanella_, _Fromondus_,[1] with +some others. But if you aske whither all these exhalations shall +returne, I answer, every one into his owne Planet: if it be againe +objected,[2] that then there will be so many centers of gravity, and +each severall Planet will be a distinct world; I reply, perhaps all of +them are so except the Sunne, though _Cusanus_ thinkes there is one +also, and later times have discovered some lesser Planets moving round +about him. But as for _Saturne_, he hath two Moones on each side. +_Jupiter_ hath foure, that incircle his body with their motion. _Venus_ +is observed to increase and decrease as the Moone. _Mars_, and all the +rest, derive their light from the Sunne onely. Concerning _Mercury_, +there hath beene little or no observation, because for the most part, +he lies hid under the Sunne beames, and seldome appeares by himselfe. +So that if you consider their quantity, their opacity, or these other +discoveries, you shall finde it probable enough, that each of them may +be a severall world. But this would be too much for to vent at the +first: the chiefe thing at which I now ayme in this discourse, is to +prove that there may be one in the Moone. + + [Sidenote 1: _De Comet. l. 5. c. 4._ + _Apolog._ + _Meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6._] + + [Sidenote 2: _Iohan. Fabr._ + _Carolus Malaptius de Heliocyc._ + _Scheiner. Rosa Vrsina._] + +It hath beene before confirmed that there was a spheare of thicke +vaporous aire encompasing the Moone, as the first and second regions doe +this earth. I have now shewed, that thence such exhalations may proceede +as doe produce the Comets: now from hence it may probably follow, that +there may be wind also and raine, with such other Meteors as are common +amongst us. This consequence is so dependant, that _Fromondus_[1] dares +not deny it, though hee would (as hee confesses himselfe) for if the +Sunne be able to exhale from them such fumes as may cause Comets, why +not then such as may cause winds, and why not such also as cause raine, +since I have above shewed, that there is Sea and Land as with us. Now +raine seemes to be more especially requisite for them, since it may +allay the heate and scorchings of the Sunne, when he is over their +heads. And nature hath thus provided for those in _Peru_, with the other +inhabitants under the line. + + [Sidenote 1: _De meteor. l. 3. c. 2. Art. 6._] + +But if there be such great, and frequent alterations in the Heavens, why +cannot wee discerne them? + +I answer: + +1. There may be such, and we not able to perceive them, because of the +weaknesse of our eye, and the distance of those places from us, they are +the words of _Fienus_, as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the above +cited place, + + _Possunt maximae permutationes in coelo fieri, etiamsi a nobis non + conspiciantur, hoc visus nostri debilitas & immensa coeli distantia + faciunt._ + +And unto him assents _Fromondus_ himselfe, when a little after hee +saies, + + _Si in sphaeris planetarum degeremus, plurima forsan coelestium + nebularum vellere toto aethere passim dispersa videremus, quorum + species jam evanescit nimia spatii intercapedine._ + + "If we did live in the spheares of the Planets, wee might there, + perhaps, discerne many great clouds dispersed through the whole + Heavens, which are not now visible by reason of this great distance." + +2. _Maeslin_ and _Keplar_ affirme, that they have seene some of these +alterations. The words of _Maeslin_ are these (as I finde them cited.)[1] + + _In eclipsi Lunari vespere Dominicae Palmarum Anni 1605, in corpore + Lunae versus Boream, nigricans quaedam macula conspecta fuit, obscurior + caetero toto corpore, quod candentis ferri figuram repraesentabat; + dixisses nubila in multam regionem extensa pluviis & tempestuosis + imbribus gravida, cujusmodi ab excelsorum montium jugis in humiliora + convallium loca videre non raro contingit._ + + "In that lunary eclipse which happened in the even of Palme-sunday, + in the yeere 1605, there was a certaine blackish spot discerned in + the Northerly part of the Moone, being darker than any other part of + her body, and representing the colour of red hot yron; you might + conjecture that it was some dilated cloud, being pregnant with + showers, for thus doe such lower clouds appeare from the tops of + high mountaines." + + [Sidenote 1: _Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil._] + +Unto this I may adde another testimony of _Bapt. Cisatus_, as he is +quoted by _Nierembergius_,[1] grounded upon an observation taken 23. +yeeres after this of _Maeslin_, and writ to this _Euseb. Nieremberg._ in +a letter by that diligent and judicious Astronomer. The words of it +runne thus: + + _Et quidem in eclipsi nupra solari quae fuit ipso die natali Christi, + observavi clare in luna soli supposita, quidpiam quod valde probat + id ipsum quod Cometae quoque & maculae solares urgent, nempe coelum non + esse a tenuitate & variationibus aeris exemptum, nam circa Lunam + adverti esse sphaeram seu orbem quendam vaporosum, non secus atque + circum terram, adeoque sicut ex terra in aliquam usque sphaeram + vapores & exhalationes expirant, ita quoque ex luna._ + + "In that late solary eclipse which happened on Christmas day, when + the Moone was just under the Sunne, I plainly discerned that in her + which may clearely confirme what the Comets and Sunne spots doe seeme + to prove, _viz._ that the heavens are not solid, nor freed from those + changes which our aire is liable unto, for about the Moone I perceived + such an orbe of vaporous aire, as that is which doth encompasse our + earth, and as vapours and exhalations, are raised from our earth into + this aire, so are they also from the Moone." + + [Sidenote 1: _Hist. Nat. l. 2. c. 11._] + +You see what probable grounds and plaine testimonies have brought for +the confirmation of this Proposition: many other things in this behalfe +might be spoken, which for brevity sake I now omit, and passe unto the +next. + + + + +Proposition 13. + +_That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but + of what kinde they are is uncertaine._ + + +I have already handled the Seasons and Meteors belonging to this new +World: 'tis requisite that in the next place I should come unto the +third thing which I promised, and to say somewhat of the inhabitants, +concerning whom there might be many difficult questions raised, as +whether that place be more inconvenient for habitation then our World +(as _Keplar_ thinkes) whether they are the seed of _Adam_, whether they +are there in a blessed estate, or else what meanes there may be for +their salvation, with many other such uncertaine enquiries, which I +shall willingly omit, leaving it to their examination, who have more +leisure and learning for the search of such particulars. + +Being for mine own part content only to set downe such notes belonging +unto these which have observed in other Writers. + + _Cum tota illa regio nobis ignota sit, remanent inhabitores illi + ignoti penitus_, + +(saith _Cusanus_)[1] since we know not the regions of that place, wee +must be altogether ignorant of the inhabitants. There hath not yet beene +any such discovery concerning these, upon which wee may build a +certainty, or good probability: well may wee guesse at them, and that +too very doubtfully, but we can know nothing, for if we doe hardly +guesse aright at things which be upon earth, if with labour wee doe +finde the things that are at hand, [2]how then can wee search out those +things that are in Heaven? What a little is that which wee know? in +respect of those many matters contained within this great Universe, this +whole globe of earth and water? though it seeme to us to be of a large +extent, yet it beares not so great a proportion unto the whole frame of +Nature, as a small sand doth unto it; and what can such little creatures +as wee discerne, who are tied to this point of earth? or what can they +in the Moone know of us? If wee understand any thing (saith _Esdras_[3]) +'tis nothing but that which is upon the earth, and hee that dwelleth +above in the Heavens, may onely understand the things that are above in +the heighth of the heavens. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: Wisd. 9. 16.] + + [Sidenote 3: 2 Esd. 4. 22.] + +So that 'twere a very needelesse thing for us, to search after any +particulars, however, wee may guesse in the generall, that there are +some inhabitans in that Planet: for why else did Providence furnish that +place with all such conveniences of habitation as have beene above +declared? + +But you will say, perhaps, is there not too great and intollerable a +heate, since the Sunne is in their Zinith every moneth, and doth tarry +their so long before hee leaves it? + +I answer, 1. This may, perhaps, be remedied (as it is under the line) by +the frequencie of mid-day showers, which may cloud their Sunne, and +coole their earth: 2. The equality of their nights doth much temper the +scorching of the day, and the extreme cold that comes from the one, +require some space before it can be dispelled by the other, so that the +heate spending a great while before it can have the victory, hath not +afterwards much time to rage in. Wherfore notwithstanding this, yet that +place may remaine habitable. And this was the opinion of the _Cardinal +de Cusa_, when speaking of this Planet, he saies,[1] + + _Hic locus Mundi est habitatio hominum & animalium atque + vegetabilium_. + + "This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and Plantes." + +To him assented _Campanella_, but hee cannot determine whether there +were men, or rather some other kinde of creatures. If they were men, +then he thinkes they could not be infected with _Adams_ sinne; yet, +perhaps, they had some of their owne, which might make them liable to +the same misery with us, out of which, perhaps, they were delivered by +the same means as we, the death of Christ, and thus he thinkes that +place of the _Ephesians_ may be interpreted, where the Apostle saies,[2] +_God gathered all things together in Christ, both which are in earth, +and which are in the heavens_: So also that of the same Apostle to the +_Colossians_, where hee saies,[3] that _it pleased the Father to +reconcile all things unto himselfe by Christ, whether they be things in +earth, or things in heaven_. + + [Sidenote 1: _De doct. ign. l. 2. c. 12._] + + [Sidenote 2: Eph. 1. 10.] + + [Sidenote 3: Col. 1. 20.] + +But I dare not jest with Divine truthes, or apply these places according +as fancy directs. As I thinke this opinion doth not any where contradict +Scripture, so I thinke likewise, that it cannot be proved from it, +wherefore _Campanella's_ second conjecture may be more probable, that +the inhabitants of that world, are not men as wee are, but some other +kinde of creatures which beare some proportion and likenesse to our +natures, and _Cusanus_ too thinkes they differ from us in many respects; +I will set downe his words as they may bee found in the abovecited +place, + + _Suspicamus in regione solis magis esse solares, claros & illuminatos + intellectuares habitatores, spiritu aliores etiam quam in luna, ubi + magis lunatici, & in terra, magis materiales, & grossi, ut illi + intellectualis naturae solares sint multum in actu & parum in + potentia; terreni vero magis in potentia, & parum in actu, lunares + in medio fluctuantes. Hoc quidem opinamur ex influentia ignili + solis aquatica simul & aeria lunae, & gravedine materiali terrae, + & consimiliter de aliis stellarum regionibus suspicantes, nullam + habitatoribus carere, quasi tot sint partes particulares mundiales + omnius universi, quot sunt stellae quarum non est numerus, nisi apud + eum qui omnia in numero creavit._ + + "Wee may conjecture (saith he) the inhabiters of the Sunne are + like to the nature of that Planet, more cleare and bright, more + intellectuall and spirituall than those in the Moone where they + are neerer to the nature of that duller Planet, and those of the + earth being more grosse and materiall than either, so that these + intellectuall natures in the Sun, are more forme than matter, those + in the earth more matter than forme, and those in the Moone betwixt + both. This wee may guesse from the fiery influence of the Sunne, the + watery and aereous influence of the Moone, as also the matereall + heavinesse of the earth. In some such manner likewise is it with the + regions of the other Starres, for wee conjecture that none of them + are without inhabitants, but that there are so many particular + worlds and parts of this one universe, as there are Stars which are + innumerable, unlesse it bee to him who created all things in number." + +For he held that the stars were not all in one equall Orbe as we +commonly suppose, but that some were farre higher than others which made +them appeare lesse and that many others were so farre above any of +these, that they were altogether invisible unto us. An opinion (which as +I conceive) hath not any great probability for it, nor certainty against +it. + +The Priest of _Saturne_ relating to _Plutarch_ (as he faignes it) the +nature of the Selenites, told him they were of divers dispositions, some +desiring to live in the lower parts of the Moone, where they might looke +downewards upon us, while others were more surely mounted aloft, all of +them shining like the rayes of the Sun, and as being victorious are +crowned with garlands made with the wings of _Eustathia_ or +_Constancie_. + +It hath beene the opinion amongst some of the Ancients, that their +Heavens and Elysian fields were in the Moone where the aire is most +quiet and pure. Thus _Socrates_, thus _Plato_,[1] with his followers, +did esteeme this to bee the place where those purer soules inhabit, who +are freed from the Sepulchre, and contagion of the body. And by the +Fable of _Ceres_, continually wandring in search of her daughter +_Proserpina_, is meant nothing else but the longing desire of men, who +live upon _Ceres_ earth, to attaine a place in _Proserpina_, the Moone +or Heaven. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. Com. lib. 3. c. 19._] + +_Plutarch_ also seemes to assent unto this, but hee thinkes moreover, +that there are two places of happinesse answerable to those two parts +which hee fancies to remaine of a man when hee is dead, the soule and +the understanding; the soule he thinkes is made of the Moone, and as our +bodies doe so proceede from the dust of this earth, that they shall +returne to it hereafter, so our soules were generated out of that +Planet, and shall bee resolved into it againe, whereas the understanding +shall ascend unto the Sunne, out of which it was made where it shall +possesse an eternity of well being, and farre greater happinesse than +that which is enjoyed in the Moone. So that when a man dies, if his +soule bee much polluted, then must it wander up and downe in the middle +regions of the aire where hell is, and there suffer unspeakable torments +for those sinnes whereof it is guilty. Whereas the soules of better men, +when they have in some space of time beene purged from that impurity +which they did derive from the body, then doe they returne into the +Moone, where they are possest with such a joy, as those men feele who +professe holy misteries, from which place (saith he) some are sent downe +to have the superintendance of Oracles, being diligent either in the +preservation of the good, either from or in all perils, and the +prevention or punishment of all wicked actions, but if in these +imployments they mis-behave themselves, then are they againe to be +imprisoned in a body, otherwise they remaine in the Moone till their +body be resolved into it, & the understanding being cleared from all +impediments, ascends to the Sunne which is its proper place. But this +requires a diverse space of time according to the diverse affections of +the soule. As for those who have beene retired and honest, addicting +themselves to a studious and quiet life, these are quickly preferred to +a higher happinesse. But as for such who have busied themselves in many +broyles, or have beene vehement in the prosecution of any lust, as the +ambitious, the amorous, the wrathfull man, these still retaine the +glimpses and dreames of such things as they have performed in their +bodies, which makes them either altogether unfit to remaine there where +they are, or else keepes them long ere they can put off their soules. +Thus you see _Plutarchs_ opinion concerning the inhabitants and +neighbours of the Moone, which (according to the manner of the +Academickes) hee delivers in a third person; you see he makes that +Planet an inferiour kind of heaven, and though hee differ in many +circumstances, yet doth hee describe it to be some such place, as wee +suppose Paradise to be. You see likewise his opinion concerning the +place of damned spirits, that it is in the middle region of the aire, +and in neither of these is hee singular, but some more late and Orthodox +Writers have agreed with him. As for the place of hell, many thinke it +may be in the aire as well as any where else. + +True indeed, Saint _Austin_ affirmes that this place cannot bee +discovered;[1] But others there are who can shew the situation of it out +of Scripture; Some holding it to bee in some other world without this, +because our Saviour calls it +skotos exoteron+, outward darkenesse.[2] +But the most will have it placed towards the Center of our earth, +because 'tis said,[3] Christ descended into the lower parts of the +earth, and some of these are so confident, that this is its situation, +that they can describe you its bignes also, and of what capacity it is. +_Francis Ribera_ in his Comment on the _Revelations_, speaking of those +words, where 'tis said,[4] that the blood went out of the Wine-presse, +even unto the horses bridles by the space of one thousand and sixe +hundred furlongs, interprets them to bee meant of Hell, and that that +number expresses the diameter of its concavity, which is 200 _Italian_ +miles; but _Lessius_ thinkes that this opinion gives them too much roome +in hell,[5] and therefore hee guesses that 'tis not so wide; for (saith +hee) the diameter of one league being cubically multiplied, will make a +spheare capable of 800000 millions of damned bodies, allowing to each +sixe foote in the square, whereas (saies hee) 'tis certaine that there +shall not be one hundred thousand millions in all that shall bee damned. +You see the bold _Iesuit_ was carefull that every one should have but +roome enough in hell, and by the strangenesse of the conjecture, you may +guesse that he had rather bee absurd, than seeme either uncharitable or +ignorant. I remember there is a relation in _Pliny_, how that +_Dionisiodorus_ a Mathematician, being dead, did send a letter from his +place to some of his friends upon earth, to certifie them what distance +there was betwixt the center and superficies: hee might have done well +to have prevented this controversie, and enformed them the utmost +capacity of that place. However, certaine it is, that that number cannot +bee knowne, and probable it is, that the place is not yet determined, +but that hell is there where there is any tormented soule, which may bee +in the regions of the aire as well as in the center; but of this onely +occasionally, and by reason of _Plutarchs_ opinion concerning those that +are round about the Moone; as for the Moone it selfe, hee esteemes it to +bee a lower kinde of Heaven, and therefore in another place hee cals it +a terrestriall starre,[6] and an Olympian or celestiall earth +answerable, as I conceive, to the paradise of the Schoolemen, and that +Paradise was either in or neere the Moone, is the opinion of some later +Writers, who derived it (in all likelihood) from the assertion of +_Plato_, and perhaps, this of _Plutarch_. _Tostatus_[7] laies this +opinion upon _Isioder. Hispalensis_, and the venerable _Bede_; and +_Pererius_[8] fathers it upon _Strabus_ and _Rabanus_ his Master. Some +would have it to bee situated in such a place as could not be +discovered, which causes the penman of _Esdras_ to make it a harder +matter to know the outgoings of Paradise, then to weigh the weight of +the fire, or measure the blasts of wind, or call againe a day that is +past.[9] But notwithstanding this, there bee some others who thinke that +it is on the top of some high mountaine under the line, and these +interpreted the torrid Zone to be the flaming Sword whereby Paradise was +guarded. 'Tis the consent of divers others, who agree in this, that +Paradise is situated in some high and eminent place.[10] So _Tostatus_: + + _Est etiam Paradisus situ altissima, supra omnem terrae altitudinem_, + + "Paradise is situated in some high place above the earth": + +and therefore in his Coment upon the 49. of _Genesis_, hee understands +the blessing of _Iacob_ concerning the everlasting hills to bee meant of +Paradise, and the blessing it selfe to bee nothing else but a promise of +Christs comming, by whose passion the gates of Paradise should bee +opened. Unto him assented _Rupertus_, _Scotus_, and most of the other +Schoolemen, as I find them cited by _Pererius_,[11] and out of him in +Sr. _W. Rawleigh_. Their reason was this: because in probability this +place was not overflowed by the flood, since there were no sinners there +which might draw that curse upon it. Nay _Tostatus_ thinkes that the +body of _Enoch_ was kept there, and some of the Fathers, as _Tertullian_ +and _Austin_ have affirmed, that the blessed soules were reserved in +that place till the day of judgement, and therefore 'tis likely that it +was not overflowed by the flood; and besides, since all men should have +went naked if _Adam_ had not fell, 'tis requisite therefore that it +should be situated in some such place where it might bee priviledged +from the extremities of heat and cold. But now this could not bee (they +thought) so conveniently in any lower, as it might in some higher aire. +For these and such like considerations have so many affirmed that +Paradise was in a high elevated place, which some have conceived could +bee no where but in the Moone: For it could not be in the top of any +mountaine, nor can we thinke of any other body separated from this earth +which can bee a more convenient place for habitation than this Planet, +therefore they concluded that it was there. + + [Sidenote 1: _De civit. Dei. lib. 22. ca. 16._] + + [Sidenote 2: Mat. 25. 30] + + [Sidenote 3: Eph. 4. 9.] + + [Sidenote 4: Rev. 14. 20.] + + [Sidenote 5: _De Morib. div. l. 13. c. 24._] + + [Sidenote 6: _Cur silent oracula._] + + [Sidenote 7: _S. W. Raw. lib. 1. cap. 3. Sec. 7._] + + [Sidenote 8: _in Gen._] + + [Sidenote 9: 2 Esd. 4. 7.] + + [Sidenote 10: _In_ Genes.] + + [Sidenote 11: _Comment. in 2. Gen. v. 8. lib 1. cap. 3. Sec. 6 7._] + +It could not bee on the top of any mountaine. + +1. Because wee have expresse Scripture, that the highest of them was +overflowed.[1] + + [Sidenote 1: Gen. 7. 19.] + +2. Because it must bee of a greater extension, and not some small patch +of ground, since 'tis likely all men should have lived there, if _Adam_ +had not fell. But for a satisfaction of these arguments, together with a +farther discourse of Paradise, I shall referre you to those who have +written purposely upon this subject. Being content for my owne part to +have spoken so much of it, as may conduce to shew the opinion of others +concerning the inhabitants of the Moone, I dare not my selfe affirme any +thing of these Selenites, because I know not any ground whereon to build +any probable opinion. But I thinke that future ages will discover more; +and our posterity, perhaps, may invent some meanes for our better +acquaintance with these inhabitants. 'Tis the method of providence not +presently to shew us all, but to lead us along from the knowledge of one +thing to another. 'Twas a great while ere the Planets were distinguished +from the fixed Stars, and sometime after that ere the morning and +evening starre were found to bee the same, and in greater space I doubt +not but this also, and farre greater mysteries will bee discovered. In +the first ages of the world the Islanders either thought themselves to +be the onely dwellers upon the earth, or else if there were any other, +yet they could not possibly conceive how they might have any commerce +with them, being severed by the deepe and broad Sea, but the after-times +found out the invention of ships, in which notwithstanding none but some +bold daring men durst venture, there being few so resolute as to commit +themselves unto the vaste Ocean, and yet now how easie a thing is this, +even to a timorous & cowardly nature? So, perhaps, there may be some +other meanes invented for a conveyance to the Moone, and though it may +seeme a terrible and impossible thing ever to passe through the vaste +spaces of the aire, yet no question there would bee some men who durst +venture this as well as the other. True indeed, I cannot conceive any +possible meanes for the like discovery of this conjecture, since there +can bee no sailing to the Moone, unlesse that were true which the Poets +doe but feigne, that shee made her bed in the Sea. We have not now any +_Drake_ or _Columbus_ to undertake this voyage, or any _Daedalus_ to +invent a conveyance through the aire. However, I doubt not but that time +who is still the father of new truths, and hath revealed unto us many +things which our Ancestours were ignorant of, will also manifest to our +posterity, that which wee now desire, but cannot know. _Veniet tempus_ +(saith _Seneca_[1]) + + _quo ista quae nunc latent, in lucem, dies extrahet, & longioris aevi + diligentia._ + +Time will come when the indeavours of after-ages shall bring such things +to light, as now lie hid in obscurity. Arts are not yet come to their +Solstice, but the industry of future times assisted with the labours of +their forefathers, may reach unto that height which wee could not +attaine to. + + _Ueniet tempus quo posteri nostri nos tam aperta nescisse mirentur._ + +As wee now wonder at the blindnesse of our Ancestors, who were not able +to discerne such things as seeme plaine and obvious unto us. So will our +posterity admire our ignorance in as perspicuous matters. _Keplar_ +doubts not, but that as soone as the art of flying is found out, some of +their Nation will make one of the first colonies that shall inhabite +that other world. But I leave this and the like conjectures to the +fancie of the reader; Desiring now to finish this Discourse, wherein I +have in some measure proved what at the first I promised, a world in the +Moone. However, I am not so resolute in this, that I thinke tis +necessary there must be one, but my opinion is that 'tis possible there +may be, and tis probable there is another habitable world in that +Planet. And this was that I undertooke to prove. In the pursuit whereof, +if I have shewed much weaknesse or indiscretion; I shall willingly +submit my selfe to the reason and censure of the more judicious. + + [Sidenote 1: _Nat. Quaest. l. 7. c. 25._] + + + + + [Decoration] + +The Propositions that are proved in this Discourse. + + +Proposition 1. + +_That the strangenesse of this opinion is no sufficient reason why it + should be rejected, because other certaine truths have beene formerly + esteemed ridiculous, and great absurdities entertayned by common + consent._ + +By way of Preface. + + +Prop. 2. + +_That a plurality of worlds doth not contradict any principle of + reason or faith._ + + +Prop. 3. + +_That the heavens doe not consist of any such pure matter which can + priviledge them from the like change and corruption, as these + inferiour bodies are liable unto._ + + +Prop. 4. + +_That the Moone is a solid, compacted opacous body._ + + +Prop. 5. + +_That the Moone hath not any light of her owne._ + + +Prop. 6. + +_That there is a world in the Moone, hath beene the direct opinion of + many ancient, with some moderne Mathematicians, and may probably be + deduced from the tenents of others._ + + +Prop. 7. + +_That those spots and brighter parts which by our sight may be + distinguished in the Moone, doe shew the difference betwixt the + Sea and Land in that other world._ + + +Prop. 8. + +_That the spots represent the Sea, and the brighter parts the Land._ + + +Prop. 9. + +_That there are high Mountaines, deepe vallies, and spacious plaines + in the body of the Moone._ + + +Prop. 10. + +_That there is an Atmo-sphaera, or an orbe of grosse vaporous aire, + immediately encompassing the body of the Moone._ + + +Prop. 11. + +_That as their world is our Moone, so our world is their Moone._ + + +Prop. 12. + +_That tis probable there may bee such Meteors belonging to that world + in the Moone, as there are with us._ + + +Prop. 13. + +_That tis probable there may be inhabitants in this other World, but + of what kinde they are is uncertaine._ + + +FINIS. + + + * * * * * + * * * * + * * * * * + +[Transcriber's Additional Notes and Errata] + +Works and Authors Cited in Sidenotes: + +This is not intended to be a comprehensive list. A few sources could not +be identified; others are so well-known, they did not need to be marked. + +The following spellings and name forms are used consistently: + + Austin = Augustine + Blancanus the Jesuit(e) = Josephus Blancanus, Giuseppe Biancani + Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus + Tycho = Tycho Brahe + Nicholas Hill "a country man of ours". Hill the early atomist, + not Hill (Montanus, van de Bergh) the printer. + Keplar = Kepler (Johannes) + Julius Caesar = Caesar la Galla, Giulio Cesare La Galla, Lagalla + Maeslin = Maestlin (Michael) + Rawleigh, Rawly = Raleigh (Sir Walter) + Verulam = Francis Bacon (1st Baron Verulam) + + Note also "sydera" for "sidera". + +Albertus Magnus: _De quattuor coaequaevis_ +----: _De caelo et mundo_ +Aristotle: _De Caelo_ +Bede: _De ratione temporum_ +Christopher Besoldus: _De Natura Populorum ejusque variatione, et de + Linguarum ortu atque immutatione_ (1632) +Josephus Blancanus (Giuseppe Biancani): _Sphaera mundi_ + (Full Title: _Sphaera Mundi seu Cosmographia. Demonstrativa, ac + facili Methodo tradita: In qua totius Mundi fabrica, una cum novis, + Tychonis, Kepleri, Galilaei, aliorumque; Astronomorum adinventis + continetur_) +----: _Aristotelis loca mathematica ex universes ipsius operibus + collecta et explicata_ +Tycho (Brahe): _Astronomiae instauratae progymnasmata_ +Th. (Tommaso) Campanella: _Apologia pro Galileo_ (1622) +Collegium Conimbricenses (Jesuits of Coimbra University): _Commentarii + Collegii Conimbricensis Societatis Jesu in quattuor libros + physicorum Aristotelis de Coelo_ (1592) +Cardinal de Cusa, Cusanus (Nicholas of Cusa/Kues, Nicolaus Cryffts): + _De Docta Ignorantia_ +Johannes Fabricius: _De Maculis in Sole Observatis, et Apparente earum + cum Sole Conversione Narratio_ (1611) + Text not identified by name. +Libertus Fromondus (Libert Froidmont): _Meteorologicorum libri sex_ + (1627) +Galileo: _Nuncius Sidereus_ +Camillus Gloriosus (Giovanni Camillo Glorioso): _De Cometis dissertatio + astronomico-physica_ (1624) +Isidore: _Originum_ +Johannes Kepler: _Dissertatio cum Nuncio Sidereo_ + The name "Galileo" (or "Galilei") is sometimes included in the + title, as "Diss. cum Nunc. Syd. Galil." +----: _Epitome astronomiae Copernicanae_ +----: _Astronomiae Pars Optica_ +Julius Caesar (Giulio Cesare La Galla): _De Phenomenis in Orbe Lunae_ + (1612) +Leonard Lessius: _De perfectionibus moribusque divinis_ (1620) + This work is often cited as "De Moribus"; other early mentions are + found in _Tristram Shandy_ and _The Anatomy of Melancholy_. +Maeslin (Michael Maestlin): _Epitome Astronomiae_ (1610) +Carolus Malapertus, Malapertius (Charles Malapert): _Austriaca sidera + heliocyclia astronomicis hypothesibus illigata_ (1633) +Jacobus Mazonius (Jacopo Mazzoni): _In universam Platonis et Aristotelis + philosophiam praeludia sive de Comparatione Platonis et Aristotelis_ +Johannes Eusebius (Juan Eusebio) Nieremberg: _Historia Naturae_ (1635) +Augustinus Nifus (Niphus, Agostino Nifo) + Quoted text not identified by name. +Benedictus Pererius (Benito Pereira): _Commentariorum et disputationum + in Genesim tomi quattuor_ (1591-99) +Plutarch: _De facie in orbe lunae_ +----: _De tranquillitate animi_ +Erasmus Reinhold: Commentary (1542, 1553) on Georg Purbach's _Theoricae + novae planetarum_ +Caelius = Lodovicus Caelius Rhodiginus (Lodovico / Luigi Ricchieri): + _Lectionum antiquarum libri triginta_ +Ruvio (Antonio Rubio): Commentary on Aristotle's _De Caelo_ +(Julius Caesar) Scaliger: _Exotericae exercitationes ad Hieronymum + Cardanum_ +Christoph Scheiner: _Rosa Ursina sive Sol ex Admirando Facularum + & Macularum suarum Phoenomeno varius_ +Tostatus (Alonso Tostado): _In Genesis_ + + * * * * * + +Errors and Anomalies: + +All but one occurrence of -que is written with a ligature. They have +been expanded for this e-text. + +though they have for a long time lien neglected + _so in original: "lain"?_ ++pollous ede kai oudena noon echontas+ + _text reads +pellous+; last vowel in +echontas+ unclear_ +both St. _Uincentius_and _Senafinus_ + _"Senafinus" could not be identified, but cannot be Serafinus_ +_Aristotle_ was the viol of Gods wrath + _spelling "viol" as in original_ +the world is much beholden to _Aristotle_ for all its sciences + _text reads "it sciences"_ +if there be more worlds than one + _text reads "more words"_ +[Sidenote] Ecclus. 43. 3. 4. + _so in original: "Eccles."?_ +[Sidenote to "Ptolome"] _I{o} Apost._ + _reading unclear, text not identified: "I^o."?_ +[Sidenote to "Rosa Vrsina"] _lib. 4. p. 2. cy. 24, 35._ + _unclear: "ty." or error for "cp."?_ +_Hebraeonia l. 2. c. 4._ + _text unclear: "Hebraeoma"?_ +and more especially _Malapertius_ + _text reads "Mulapertius"_ +but never confuted by any solid reason + _text reads "coufuted"_ +[Sidenote] ... _dissertatio / cum Nic. Hill._ ... + _so in original: error for "dissertatio cum Nunc[ius] Sid[ereus]" + (by Kepler)?_ +vius qui ad experimenta haec contradicendi animo accesserant + _so in original_ +it might probably be deduced + _text reads "de deduced"_ +so _Ioach. Rlelicus_ + _so in original: "Rheticus"?_ +Others think[1] that there be some bodies + _text reads "that there some bodies"_ +[Sidenote] So _Bede_ in _d. de Mund. constit._ + _single letter illegible: could be "fi" or "a"_ +[Sidenote] Eusebius Nioremb. _Hist. Nat. + _so in original: "Nieremberg"_ +sententiam exsuscitare velit + _text reads "excuscitare"_ +that earth in the writings of _Capernicus_ and his followers + _spelling as in original_ +[Sidenote] _Lect. ant. l. 1. c. 15._ + _text reads "Lect. aut l. 1"_ +Nay this opposes his owne eye-witnesse + _text reads "owne-eye-witnesse"_ +that in the Moone there should be any mountaines + _text reads "thete"_ +_Olympus_, _Atlas_, _Taurus_ and _Enius_ + _text unclear; may be "Emus": for Mt. Aenus?_ +the 47th proposition in the first booke of elements. +Therefore the whole line _A_ _G_ is somewhat more than 104 + _"the 47th proposition" is better known as the Pythagorean theorem. + "104" is presumably an error for "1004"; the correct figure is + almost 1005_ +[Sidenote] _Plat. de fac._ + _so in original: "Plut[arch]"?_ +[Sidenote] _Praefat. ad Austrica syd._ + _so in original: "Austriaca"_ +[Sidenote to Caelius] _Progym. 1._ +[Sidenote to Tycho] _l. 20. c. 5._ + _notes may be reversed: Tycho Brahe wrote a "Progymnasmata"_ +because of the exuperancy of the light in the other parts + _so in original: "exsuperancy"_ +because they are farre neerer it than wee + _text unclear_ +a more chokie soyle like the Ile of _Creete_ + _spelling as in original: "chalky"_ +in his time tooke especiall notice + _text reads "looke" but catchword has "tooke"_ +such appearances may be salved some other way + _so in original_ +[Sidenote] _Carolus Malaptius de Heliocyc._ + _so in original: Malapert(i)us_ +2. _Maeslin_ and _Keplar_ affirme, that they have seene some of these + alterations. The words of _Maeslin_ are these (as I finde them + cited.) +[Sidenote] _Disser. 2. cum nunc. Galil._ + _sidenote is attached to Maeslin quote, but work named is by Kepler_ +there are some inhabitants in that Planet + _text reads "inhabitans"_ +The equality of their nights doth much temper the scorching of the day, + and the extreme cold that comes from the one, require some space + _wording as in original_ +This part of the world is inhabited by men and beasts, and Plantes. + _text reads "Planets"_ +intellectuares habitatores + _so in original: "intellectuales"?_ +ex influentia ignili solis + _adjective "ignilis" may have been invented by author cited_ +but _Lessius_ thinkes that this opinion gives them too much roome + _text reads "opi/on" at line break_ +hee cals it a terrestriall starre + _text reads "terrestraill"_ +_Pererius_ fathers it upon _Strabus_ and _Rabanus_ + _text reads "fathers is"_ + +Punctuation: + +the Cities and Mountaines hanging." What shall wee thinke + _marginal quotes continue through line beginning "shall wee"_ +a propension in its subject + _text reads "'its" with leading apostrophe_ +But the position (say some) is directly against Scripture + _opening parenthesis missing_ +Scripturequae coelum pluribus realibus atque + _"atque" written out (all other -que occurrences use ligature)_ +more directly proved by _Maeslin_, _Keplar_, and _Galilaeus_ + _no comma after "Maeslin"_ +it seemed most / likely to _Camillus Gloriosus_, _Th. Campanella_ + _text has period (full stop) for comma_ +too much for to vent at the first: the chiefe thing + _text reads "at the first. the"_ +the words of _Fienus_, as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the above + cited place, _Possunt maximae ..._ + _text has "... cited place) _Possunt ..."_ + _could also be:_ + the words of _Fienus_ (as they are quoted by _Fromondus_ in the + above cited place) _Possunt maximae +vespere Dominicae Palmarum Anni 1605, in corpore Lunae + _text reads "Anni 1605. in corpore"_ +And this was the opinion of the _Cardinal de Cusa_ + _text reads "de cusa"_ +but to lead us along from the knowledge of one thing to another + _"a/long" printed at line break without hyphen_ + +Printer's Errors: + +Invisible letters or punctuation marks, supplied from context, are shown +in {braces}. + +2{.} Grosse absurdities have beene entertained +[Sidenote] _Plutarch. de t{r}anq. anim._ +[Sidenote] _Lib. 9. Architecturae{.}_ +[Sidenote] Reinhold _comment. in Purb. Th{e}or. pag. 164._ +[Sidenote] _In lib. de natur. rerum{.}_ +[Sidenote] _De 4r. Coaevis.... Exercit{.} 62._ +[Sidenote] _Plut. de plac. phil. l. 2. c. 13{.}_] +[Sidenote] _Ex qua parte luna est transpi{c}ua non totum secundum + superfi{ci}em, +[Sidenote] _Albert. mag. de {c}oaevis. Q. 4. Art. 21._ +[Sidenote] _S{c}alig. exercit. 62._ +some others have thought it to be ver{y} much like a Fox +Mihi autem dubium fuit nu{m}quam ... sese in conspectum da{t}uram +But it may be againe obj{e}cted +yet would the motion of i{t}s centre by an attractive vertue still hold + it w{it}hin i{t}s convenient distance, so that whether their ear{t}h + moved + _"within": "i" missing, "t" invisible_ +You may see this truth assented unto by _Blancanus_ the J{e}suit +and if you obj{e}ct that the light which is conveyed +for he confesses himselfe that he saw this by the glasse{.} +our earth appeares a{s} brigh{t} + + * * * * * + +Pagination: + +_Pages 177-192 (printed as 175-190) are all one error: The eight pages +printed on one side of the sheet forming signature N were misnumbered +by -2._ + +118, 120 _read_ 18, 20 +123 _reads_ 113 +166 _reads_ 66 +177, 180, 181, 184, 185, 188, 189, 192 + _read_ 175, 178, 179, 182, 183, 186, 187, 190 +209 _reads_ 107 +210, 211 _read_ 208, 209 +212, 213, 214 _no printed number_ +215 _reads_ 63 + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery of a World in the Moone, by +John Wilkins + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORLD IN THE MOONE *** + +***** This file should be named 19103.txt or 19103.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/1/0/19103/ + +Produced by Louise Hope, Robert Shimmin and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/19103.zip b/19103.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fd4845 --- /dev/null +++ b/19103.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2edd061 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #19103 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/19103) |
